MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1 G-3/5 7 Nov 2014 MARINE

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS

MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST-MARINE CORPS BASE

PSC BOX 20005

CAMP LEJEUNE NC 28542-0005

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

G-3/5

7 Nov 2014

MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST-MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE ORDER

3570.1

From: Commanding General

To: Distribution List

Subj: RANGE ORDER FOR RANGE CONTROL OPERATIONS (SHORT TITLE:

RANGE CONTROL SOP)

Ref: (a) MCO 3570.1C/DA PAM 385-63

(b) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ 1700.6A

(c) SECNAVINST 5510.34A

(d) NDP-1

(e) MCO 5510.20B

(f) MCO 3500.27B

(g) MCO 5100.8

(h) SECNAVINST 5100.10

(i) NAVMC Directive 5100.8

(j) DOD 4160.21-M, “Defense Disposition Material Manual,”

August 18, 1997

(k) BO 8020.1C

(l) MCO 8025.1E

(m) NAVMC 10155

(n) MCO 5104.1

(o) Military Handbook 828B

(p) MCO P8020.10B

(q) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3440.6

(r) ALMAR 010-01

(s) MCO P5090.2A Ch 3

(t) BO 5090.111

(u) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 5090.8

(v) BO 5090.91

(w) 40 CFR 266.202(d)

(x) MCO 3570.1D.10

(y) MSOSO 3570.1D

(z) 14 CFR 91.209

(aa) BO 1540.1D

(ab) MCO 3440.3G

(ac) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 5090.115

(ad) 2d Marine Division Training SOP P1540.28J

(ae) NAVSEA OP. 5, Vol.1, Seventh Rev.

(af) MCO 5530.14A

(ag) NAVSEA SW020-AG-SAF-010

(ah) NAVSEA OP 3565, Vol. I and II

(ai) NAVAIR 16-1-529 Vol. 2, Rev. 18

(aj) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 8020.2

(ak) MCO 3400.3G

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution

is unlimited.

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 Nov 2014

(al) FM 3-22-68

(am) TM 43-0001-28

(an) TM-086-55A-10A

(ao) TC 3-23.30

(ap) TM 3-22.31

(aq) FM 3-22.27 Ch 1

(ar) 10th Marines Artillery JtRegtO P3570.1E

(as) MCWP 3-1 6.23

(at) NAVMC 3500.7

(au) CG MCB CAMLEJ Decision Memo 01-39 of 26 Apr 01

(av) Joint CAS Publication JP 3-09.3 Ch 1, “Close Air Support,”

July 8, 2009

(aw) FM 3-24.214

(ax) NAVSEA SW060-AA-A-010

(ay) TC 3-22.23

(az) FM 3-23.30

(ba) BUMEDINST 6470.19A

(bb) BUMEDINST 6470.23

(bc) SECNAVINST 5100.14D

(bd) Joint Publication 3-09.1, “Joint Tactics, Techniques, and

Procedures for Lasers,” May 28, 1999

(be) OPNAVINST 5100.27

(bf) 21 CFR 1040 21, Performance Standard for Light Emitting

Products

(bg) United States Coast Pilot 4 (USCP 4)

(bh) 33 CFR 334.440

(bi) USN Fleet Exercise Publication 5B Series

(bj) Allied Tactical Publication 4E–Naval Gunfire Procedures

(bk) United States Navy SW 323-AB-ORD-020 Rev 2

(bl) NAVORD PUB TW024-AA-ORD-010, Ammunition (Serviceable,

Suspended, and Limited Use)

(bm) DODI 6055.01, “DoD Safety and Occupational Health (SOH)

Program,” October 14, 2014

(bn) MCRP 5-12.1, Risk Management

(bo) MCO 3120.11

(bp) MCWP 3-15.7, Static Line Parachuting Techniques and

Training

Encl: (1) Range Control Order/SOP

Reports Requireds: I. Class V (W) Expenditure Report

(NAVMC Form 11381). par. 5g(2)(x) Chap. 1

II. Serious Incident Report EXEMPT;

Event/Incident (OPREP-3). par. 5f(4) Chap. 1

III. Casualty Report DD-3040-2; Personnel

Casualty Report (PCR). par. 5f(4) Chap. 1

1. Situation. To publish a directive covering the requirements,

instructions, and procedures governing the use of all training

facilities, live-fire ranges, airspace, ground maneuver areas, and

water areas within and adjacent to Marine Corps Installation East-

2

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 Nov 2014

Marine Corps Base Camp Lejeune (MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ), under the

jurisdiction of the Commanding General (CG), MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. All

facilities referenced in this Order are associated directly with live-

fire ranges, training areas, and training facilities and do not

include academic or applied instruction facilities within established

cantonment areas.

2. Cancellation.

BO 3570.1C dated 2 May 2011.

3. Mission

a. The Range Control Division (RCD) provides operationally ready

training ranges, facilities, and maneuver areas to operational forces

assigned, formal schools of Training and Education Command, and other

Department of Defense (DoD), Federal, state, and local agencies while

ensuring safe, efficient use, and management of all training

facilities aboard MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

b. Summary of Revision. This Order contains substantial

revisions/updates/changes in format and shall/must be completely

reviewed by all units/commands assigned to MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

4. Execution

a. Commander’s Intent. The intent of this Order is to provide

specific guidance for all using units/commands with information and

operating procedures for all training facilities, live-fire ranges,

airspace, ground maneuver areas, and water areas to be used in a safe,

efficient manner, preserving life, equipment, and natural resources

aboard Camp Lejeune. All commands/units shall ensure strict

compliance with the instructions contained in this Order and reference

(a) at all times.

b. Subordinate Element Missions. Organizational Unit Commanders

training aboard Camp Lejeune are to be guided by reference (a) and

this Order. All units are encouraged to submit recommendations

concerning training improvements or changes to this Order to the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD) through written communication.

Occasionally or as necessary, the RCD will release Range Advisory

Messages that are numbered to clarify or update this Order and it will

update the Range Cards as required or as directed.

c. Coordinating Instructions

(1) In the event the instructions contained in this document

conflict with those issued by higher authority; higher authority shall

always take precedence. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ will be notified of

such conflicts and questions of interpretation will be referred to the

Director, RCD/Range Control Officer (RCO) for resolution.

3

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 Nov 2014

(2) Punitive Effect

(a) Violations of this Order may be punishable in

accordance with the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) for all

military personnel and may be the basis for appropriate disciplinary

actions with respect to Government civilian employees. All other

civilian violations could be punishable by the appropriate law

enforcement agencies.

(b) This Order prohibits the use of alcohol and

controlled substances in the training complex, and prohibits any

individual under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances

entrance into the training complex. Consumption of alcohol during

special military functions in the field like Field Mess and Warrior

Nights will require a Special Range Request submitted to the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) at least 30 working days in advance of the

event. Requests for underage drinking at these events will be

submitted via the unit’s chain of command to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

(G-1 Adjutant) as required. Amplifying information and guidance is

available in reference (b).

(c) This Order requires that ammunition and explosives

(A&E) not expended during training must be returned to the Ammunition

Supply Point (ASP) in the original packaging, when firing/training is

complete.

(3) This Order ensures that an aggressive education program on

the dangers of dud ammunition and other unexploded ordnance (UXO)

items is implemented.

5. Administration and Logistics

a. This Order has been reviewed, coordinated, and approved by the

CGs of II Marine Expeditionary Force (II MEF), 2d Marine Division (2d

MarDiv), 2d Marine Aircraft Wing (2d MAW), 2d Marine Logistics Group

(2d MLG), the Commander, U.S. Marine Corps Forces, Special Operations

Command (MARSOC), as well as the Commanding Officers (COs) of the

United States Coast Guard (USCG), Special Missions Training Center

(SMTC), U.S. Navy Center for Security Forces Learning Site, Marine

Corps Air Station (MCAS) New River, School of Infantry-East (SOI-E),

Marine Corps Engineer School (MCES) and Marine Corps Combat Service

Support Schools (MCCSSS), and other MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ General and

Special Staff Departments. It has also been coordinated with the

Range and Training Area Management (RTAM) Branch (C465), Training and

Education Command (TECOM), Quantico, VA.

b. Information contained in this Order may be disclosed on an

oral, visual, or documentary basis, as approved by the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ Designated Disclosure Authority. Disclosure must be in

accordance with the policies, and procedures of current regulations,

references (c), (d), and (e). MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the delegated

4

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RECORD OF CHANGES

Log completed change action as indicated.

Change

Number

Date of

Change

Date

Entered

Signature of Person

Incorporated Change

Note: This listing would include Range Control Advisory Messages.

i Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

Chapter 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ............................ 1-1

1. Purpose and Scope ............................... 1-1

2. Applicability ................................... 1-2

3. Abbreviations and Definitions ................... 1-2

4. Camp Lejeune Overview ........................... 1-2

5. Responsibilities ................................ 1-12

6. Safety/Risk Management .......................... 1-29

7. Training Accidents and Incident Reporting ....... 1-31

8. Lost Personnel .................................. 1-32

9. Missing, Lost, Stolen, or Recovered Government

Property Reporting .............................. 1-33

10. Deviations ..................................... 1-34

11. Medical Evacuation/Casualty Evacuation

Procedures ..................................... 1-34

12. Casualty Procedures for Diving, Internal Passenger

Helicopter Aircrew Breathing Device (IPHABD), and

Underwater Egress Trainer (UET) Accidents ....... 1-40

13. Forest Fire Danger and Ratings .................. 1-40

14. Destructive Weather Warnings and Conditions ..... 1-42

15. Conditions of Readiness ......................... 1-47

16. Vehicle Restrictions Due to Wind and Ice/Snow ... 1-50

17. Tropical Storm Conditions of Readiness .......... 1-50

18. Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index ................ 1-51

19. Airspace Management during Emergency Response

Requiring ....................................... 1-52

20. Observation of or Participation in Training by

Military Dependents and Civilians ............... 1-53

21. Quiet Hours ..................................... 1-54

22. Privately-Owned Vehicles, Weapons, and Alcohol .. 1-55

23. Addresses/Phone Numbers/Websites ................ 1-57

24. Applicable Map Sheet ............................ 1-58

Figure 1-1 Camp Lejeune Range Complex ...................... 1-11

Figure 1-2 Live-Fire Ranges and Surface Danger Zones ....... 1-12

Figure 1-3 Personnel Requirements for Combined Arms/TACP

Shoot ........................................... 1-24

Chapter 2 Environmental Procedures ........................ 2-1

1. Purpose ......................................... 2-1

2. General ......................................... 2-1

3. Laws, Policies, and Plans ....................... 2-1

4. Environmental Impact Review ..................... 2-2

ii Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

5. Protected Species ............................... 2-3

6. Endangered Animals .............................. 2-4

7. Endangered Plants ............................... 2-13

8. Land and Wildlife Resource Issues ............... 2-14

9. Generators and Fuel Storage Areas ............... 2-16

10. Spill Prevention, Containment and Clean Up ...... 2-16

11. Off-Road Vehicle Movement ....................... 2-17

12. Fighting/Mortar Positions ....................... 2-18

13. Laying Cable and Field Wire ..................... 2-18

14. Cutting Brush and Trees ......................... 2-19

15. Archeological Sites ............................. 2-19

16. Field Waste Disposal ............................ 2-20

17. HAZMAT, HAZMAT Spills, and Spoil Areas .......... 2-23

18. Beach Operations ................................ 2-25

19. Environmental Assessment ........................ 2-27

20. Graffiti ........................................ 2-27

Chapter 3 Scheduling ...................................... 3-1

1. General ......................................... 3-1

2. RFMSS ........................................... 3-3

3. General Scheduling Information .................. 3-3

4. Scheduling ...................................... 3-4

5. No-Shows/Late Arrivals .......................... 3-6

6. Special Range Request ........................... 3-8

7. Non-Standard Training Area Requests ............. 3-9

8. Scheduling Hikes/Conditioning Marches ........... 3-10

9. Priority of Training ............................ 3-11

10. Bumping Procedures .............................. 3-12

11. Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR) ..................... 3-13

12. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) ........................ 3-13

13. Road Closures ................................... 3-14

14. Check Out/In Procedures ......................... 3-15

Chapter 4 Airspace, Aircraft, UAS Operations, and .........

Facilities ...................................... 4-1

1. General ......................................... 4-1

2. Special Use Airspace ............................ 4-1

3. General Aircraft Operations ..................... 4-4

4. Coordination and Control ........................ 4-10

5. Aircraft Mishaps ................................ 4-13

6. Helicopter and Tiltrotor Operations ............. 4-17

7. Helicopter/Tiltrotor Landing Zones .............. 4-19

8. Parachute Operations and Drop Zones ............. 4-23

iii Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

9. Water Drop Zones ................................ 4-24

10. Drop Zone Control ............................... 4-24

11. Unmanned Aircraft System Operations ............. 4-25

12. Lyman Road Operations ........................... 4-32

13. Concurrent Lyman Road and G-10 Operations ....... 4-32

14. Forward Arming and Refueling Point Operations ... 4-33

15. Chaff and Flare Training ........................ 4-37

16. Landing Helicopter Deck ......................... 4-38

17. MCOLF Camp Davis North/South .................... 4-40

18. MCOLF Oak Grove ................................. 4-49

19. Outlying Field Turnbull Creek ................... 4-58

Figure 4-1 SUA and Air Control Points ...................... 4-5

Figure 4-2 Altitude V Diagram .............................. 4-18

Figure 4-3 Camp Davis Entry Points and Landing Patterns .... 4-46

Figure 4-4 Oak Grove Avoidance and Prohibited Areas ........ 4-50

Figure 4-5 Oak Grove TLZs and Landing Patterns ............. 4-52

Chapter 5 RANGE POLICIES .................................. 5-1

1. General ......................................... 5-1

2. Establishment of Ranges, Training Facilities .... 5-3

3. Modification of Ranges .......................... 5-3

4. Maintenance and Operation of Ranges ............. 5-4

5. Authorization to Fire ........................... 5-5

6. Restrictions .................................... 5-5

7. Off-Limits/Restricted Areas ..................... 5-6

8. Ranges and Firing Positions ..................... 5-7

9. Range Signs and Markers ......................... 5-8

10. Communications .................................. 5-9

11. Safety Equipment ................................ 5-10

12. Face-to-Face Briefs ............................. 5-10

13. Utilization Reporting ........................... 5-11

14. Barricades, Road Guards, and Tower Guards ....... 5-12

15. Vehicles ........................................ 5-13

16. Other Notes/General Comments(s) ................. 5-14

17. Hikes ........................................... 5-14

18. Police of Ranges, Training Areas, and Training

Facilities ...................................... 5-15

19. Fouled Ranges ................................... 5-17

20. Range Violations ................................ 5-17

21. Ranges .......................................... 5-19

22. Pistol Ranges ................................... 5-26

23. Impact Areas .................................... 5-26

24. Training Areas .................................. 5-27

iv Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

25. Training Areas External to Camp Lejeune ......... 5-32

26. Observation Posts ............................... 5-33

27. Recreational Use of Ranges, Training Areas, and

Facilities ...................................... 5-35

28. Fire and Movement/Maneuver ...................... 5-36

29. Road Crossing Procedures ........................ 5-37

30. Vehicle Training Procedures (Road March Safety

Issues) ......................................... 5-38

31. Onslow Beach Bridge Crossing Procedures ......... 5-40

32. Public Affairs and Range Operations ............. 5-40

33. Bivouacking on a Range or TA .................... 5-41

34. John E. Waters Jr Wildlife Viewing Area ......... 5-42

Chapter 6 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE (A&E) .................. 6-1

1. General ......................................... 6-1

2. Transportation, Handling, and Storage of

Ammunition and Explosives ....................... 6-1

3. Explosive Ordnance Disposal ..................... 6-3

4. Hazards of Electromagnetic Radiation to Ordnance 6-5

5. Ammunition ...................................... 6-6

6. Chemical Ammunition and Smoke ................... 6-7

7. Simunitions, Special Effects Small Arms Marking

System (SESAMS), Close Combat Mission Capability

Kit (CCMCK), and Ultimate Training Munitions (UTM),

and I-TESS-II Gear/Equipment .................... 6-9

8. Small Arms ...................................... 6-12

9. Mortars ......................................... 6-15

10. Hand Grenades ................................... 6-17

11. 40mm Grenade Launchers .......................... 6-19

12. Guided Missiles and Rockets (Ground Systems Only) 6-20

13. Artillery ....................................... 6-20

14. Tanks, Assault Amphibian Vehicles and Light

Armored Vehicles ................................ 6-24

15. Aerial Gunnery .................................. 6-26

16. Air Defense Weapons ............................. 6-27

17. Demolitions ..................................... 6-27

18. Mines, Booby Traps, and Pyrotechnics ............ 6-28

19. Non-Lethal Weapons .............................. 6-30

20. Non-Standard Weapons and Ammunition ............. 6-30

21. Research, Development, Testing & Evaluation ..... 6-31

22. Counter Improvised Explosive Device Home Station

Lane Training Complex (SR-12) ................... 6-31

v Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

Chapter 7 LASER OPERATIONS ................................ 7-1

1. General ......................................... 7-1

2. Unit Laser Safety Program ....................... 7-4

3. Range Laser Safety Officer ...................... 7-5

4. Range Control Laser Procedures .................. 7-6

5. Laser Incidents/Accidents ....................... 7-9

6. Supplemental Laser Information .................. 7-9

7. Using Unit ...................................... 7-10

8. Laser Ranges .................................... 7-10

Chapter 8 MARITIME OPERATIONS ............................. 8-1

1. General ......................................... 8-1

2. Navy Boat Crew .................................. 8-5

3. H Range, E-1 RANGE, N-1/BT-3, and Naval Gunfire

Range Sweeps .................................... 8-6

4. Amphibious Vehicle Splash Points ................ 8-8

5. Naval Gunfire ................................... 8-9

APPENDIX A ACRONYMS/DEFINITIONS ............................ A-1

APPENDIX B IMPACT AREAS .................................... B-1

APPENDIX C OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT ..................... C-1

APPENDIX D GREATER SANDY RUN AREA TRAINING COMPLEX (GSRA) .. D-1

APPENDIX E SPECIAL RANGE REQUEST (SRR) FORMAT .............. E-1

APPENDIX F ELECTRONIC WARFARE/DEFENSIVE MEASURE ............ F-1

APPENDIX G RANGE CONTROL PHONE NUMBERS ..................... G-1

APPENDIX H WAIVER OF LIABILITY AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK

MANAGEMENT ...................................... H-1

APPENDIX I ROIC/RSO RANK REQUIREMENTS ...................... I-1

APPENDIX J NOTAM PARA DROP WORKSHEET ....................... J-1

APPENDIX K MCOLF OAK GROVE STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING ...... K-1

APPENDIX L RSO AND ROIC DESIGNATION LETTER ................. L-1

vi Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IDENTIFICATION TITLE PAGE

APPENDIX M AUTHORIZED AMMUNITION ........................... M-1

APPENDIX N LASER FIRING LOG ................................ N-1

APPENDIX O ROIC AND RSO CHECKLIST .......................... O-1

vii Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 1

General Instructions

1. Purpose and Scope

a. This Order prescribes the regulations, general information and

precautions to be taken in the firing of United States (U.S.)

military, approved foreign, and civilian-issued weapons if approved by

special request, and the use of live ammunition, simunitions, non-

lethal weapons devices, energy producing weapons/equipment (lasers),

pyrotechnics, blank ammunition, training devices, and explosives; also

the use of all live-fire ranges, mortar positions (MPs), gun positions

(GPs), training towers, observation posts (OPs), training/maneuver

areas (TAs), airspace, tactical and administrative landing and

parachute drop zones (DZs), water DZs, waterways/New River water

sectors, training beach (EB) Training Area [TA]), and other training

facilities such as the military operations in urban terrain (MOUT)

complex, Enhanced MOUT complex, Combat Town, Mobile MOUT, several

different Forward Operating Bases (FOBs) at various locations,

Training Tanks/Pools, Underwater Egress Trainer (UET), HMMWV Egress

Assistance Trainer (HEAT), and other related approved and control

training devices/facilities. All facilities referenced in this Order

are associated directly with live-fire ranges and TAs (RTAs) and

training facilities and do not include academic or applied

instructions facilities located within the established cantonment

areas of MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

b. The primary purpose of this Order is to maximize safe and

realistic training opportunities and provide a source of general

information to the using units and all commands that train aboard this

Installation. Nothing contained in these regulations will be

construed as permitting live-fire, or other high-risk training

activity/events that endangers life, property, and/or equipment.

Local Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs) and range policies will

reinforce the current edition of reference (a).

c. Safety regulations, as prescribed by this Order and the

current edition of reference (a) with all published/approved changes

are applicable to firing ammunition for training and target practice.

Where conflicts occur with instructions contained in references like

Field Manuals (FMs), Technical Manuals (TMs), Marine Corps Manuals

(MCMs, MCDPs, MCRPs), and unit SOPs; the provisions of the current

edition of reference (a) will take precedence.

d. Policies and procedures established in this Order are based on

combat, operational, and training experiences, as well as safety

considerations specified in reference (a). They have been

developed in a manner that allows units to use RTAs and training

1-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

facilities efficiently to achieve realistic combat training while

ensuring an acceptable level of risk. Training casualties are

unacceptable. Safety considerations and common sense are paramount.

e. Operational Risk Management (ORM) is to avoid unnecessary

risk. Successful implementation of the ORM process will increase

mission effectiveness while minimizing unnecessary loss of assets,

both personnel, and material, per reference (f).

f. MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Range Control reserves the right to revoke

the Range Officer-in-Charge (ROIC)/Range Safety Officer (RSO) range

certification/ROIC/RSO card and usage of the airspace to any aircrew

when warranted or as directed by the RCO.

g. ROICs/RSOs will brief all personnel concerning the danger of

dud ammunition, off-limits areas, and other pertinent range

restrictions, possible hazardous areas/situations, and general/range

safety requirements. See the Range Control Web Page or RFMSS

dashboard for latest information. Personnel will be instructed not to

touch or disturb UXO duds, but to mark the site and report the

location to Range Control/BLACKBURN. If you did not drop it, do not

pick it up.

2. Applicability

a. This Range Order (SOP) and Range Cards applies to active

/reserve United States Marine Corps (USMC), active/reserve Army, the

Army National Guard, and all other Department of Defense agencies,

unless otherwise stated. It also applies to any Federal, state, and

local law enforcement agencies/departments, and persons or

organizations using Camp Lejeune RTAs or facilities.

b. In addition to the regulations stated in this Order, all

training units must abide by the Special Instructions (SPINS) outlined

in the individual range cards, which are an extension of this order.

Individual range cards containing SPINS and duties along with

responsibilities of the ROIC/RSO are located at Range Control, as well

as the Camp Lejeune Range Control Website.

3. Abbreviations and Definitions. A list of abbreviations and

definitions used throughout this Order can be found in Appendix A.

4. Camp Lejeune Overview

a. The mission of MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is to provide training and

logistic support for active and reserve components and to provide

mobilization and deployment support to units during exercises and

contingencies so they can deploy, fight, and win anywhere in the

world. This requires operation and maintenance of training and

1-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

support facilities, provision of a wide range of municipal services

(Local/State/Federal) to include security, housing, education, medical

care and recreation for Marines, Sailors, retired service members,

civilian Marines, and family members who make up the Camp Lejeune

military community. It also requires the management and preservation

of our natural resources.

b. Camp Lejeune is the largest USMC expeditionary training base

on the east coast of the U.S., housing approximately 42,000 Marines

and Sailors serving in the assigned major commands aboard the

installation. Camp Lejeune geographically encompasses the onshore,

near shore, and surf areas in and adjacent to the Atlantic Ocean, the

New River, and the complex’s boundaries. The Range and Training

Complex includes:

(1) 11.5 nautical miles (nm) of ocean-side coastline,

including 2.4 nm of amphibious landing beach, 1.8 nm of recreational

beach, 5.74 nm of impact area beach and 3 nm of special use area.

(2) 246 square miles of land area with about 97,400 acres of

usable training area.

(3) 98 live-fire ranges/92 training areas. The number of

ranges aboard Camp Lejeune are subject to change as new ranges are

developed/opened up, and older live fire ranges are closed (in-active

ranges.

(4) A MOUT Complex with 33 concrete block buildings, and Urban

Training Facility (UTF), Mobile MOUT Complex with 71 metal containers

/structures, with 5 live fire containers and one OP. Combat Town has

14 older, wooden building and 48 metal containers and one OP. The

Enhanced MOUT (E-MOUT) has 72 concrete buildings, a control tower,

UTF/classrooms/restrooms with atomospherics/props.

(5) Shallow ocean areas (less than 100 fathoms) in Onslow Bay

for amphibious training and riverine TAs in the New River and Atlantic

Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW).

(6) 200 square miles of Special Use Airspace (SUA), restricted

for military use from sea level to 17,999 feet (ft.).

(7) Three dudded impact areas (G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3) that

support munitions from 9mm/5.56 mm ammunition to 155mm delivered by

direct fire, indirect fire, fixed-wing Close Air Support (CAS),

Rotary-wing CAS and Naval Gunfire. Camp Lejeune no longer allows dud

producing ordnance to be fired or dropped into the N-1/BT-3 Impact

Area.

(8) 47 Tactical Landing Zones (TLZs), 21 Administrative

Landing Zones (ALZs), 12 ground and 5 water DZs, 27 GPs, 8 MPs, 16

1-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) restricted operating zones (ROZs) and 12

OPs.

(9) A Landing Helicopter Deck (LHD) training site for

helicopter and tiltrotor pilot training, two Air Field Seizure (AFS)

Facilities (AFS Complex North and AFS Complex South) with a mock

airport/FOB and two runways contained at Outlying Field (OLF) Camp

Davis (Camp Davis South/North Runways) description use. Camp Lejeune

also controls Marine Corps Outlying Field (MCOLF) Oak Grove with three

additional runways and two TLZs.

c. The topography lacks hilly or mountainous terrain, but the TA

is densely vegetated with hardwood/pine forest, heavy undergrowth,

dotted pocosin swamps and wetland areas. The vegetation, climate,

growing season and high water table combine to present several unique

training and environmental challenges.

d. The Eastern North Carolina Coastal area has a temperate

climate with relatively mild winters, hot, humid summers, and

precipitation throughout the year. The average annual rainfall is

over 40 to 50 inches (in.), and snow/ice, although rare, does fall

occasionally on the area. Climate is influenced by the Atlantic Ocean

and the Gulf Stream, as weather patterns and temperatures are slightly

different from areas farther inland. Camp Lejeune is occasionally

affected by tropical storms, tornados, and hurricanes from June

through November each year. The average annual temperature is near 62

degrees Fahrenheit (°F) with high summer temperatures near 90°F and

low winter temperatures near 45°F. Humidity plays a major factor

during the hot summer months, increasing the temperature by 5-10°F.

The weather is not suitable for flying approximately 40 days per year

due to ceiling and visibility issues.

(1) Training/Maneuver Areas. Camp Lejeune has 92 designated

training/maneuver areas in and around the live-fire ranges and impact

areas. Scheduling of some TAs can be affected (a conflict) by live-

fire operations on the ranges. TAs are designated alphabetically from

“AA” to “SW”. 85 of the 92 TAs are designated as tactical maneuver

areas; one area (EB) is designated separately for amphibious and

expeditionary exercise support and beach training. TA EC is the

recreational portion of Onslow Beach and typically not scheduled for

training. Camp Lejeune also controls MCOLF Oak Grove that includes

seven TAs (Oak Grove OLF, OA, OB, OC, OD, OE, and OF), three runways,

and two TLZs (LZ Bat and LZ Emu). MCOLF Oak Grove runways and TLZs

are only for rotary-wing/tilt-rotor aircraft operations. Units can

conduct ground training at Oak Grove if properly scheduled and signed

for.

(2) Impact Areas. There are three main impact areas aboard

Camp Lejeune: G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3.

1-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) G-10 Impact Area Ranges. G-10, located east of the

New River, supports fixed-wing/rotary-wing air-to-ground operations,

helicopter live-fire gunnery exercises, mortar and field artillery

indirect firing, naval gunfire, infantry weapons, and infantry rocket

and missile live-fire evolutions. Laser designators can be used

within the G-10 Impact Area. Twelve ranges encircle the G-10 Impact

Area: G-3, G-3 TOW, G-6 Company Battle Course (CBC), G-10 Convoy Ops

Range (Site 3 and Site 4), G-19A rocket range, G-19B M203/M32 40mm

range, G-21 Multi-Purpose Machinegun (MPMG) and Sniper Range, G-27

Infantry Squad Battle Course (ISBC), and Range G-29A/B. Each range

can support multiple weapon systems, per this Order/Range Cards.

Range G-3, Range G-3 TOW, and G-29A/B Multi-Purpose Range are oriented

to support infantry weapons training evolutions with all ordnance

impacting in the G-10 Impact Area. The G-6 CBC is a company/platoon

/squad-sized combined arms, live-fire and maneuver attack range that

requires a Special Range Request (SRR). The G-10 Impact Area also

includes the Urban CAS (UCAS) Facility, eight MPs and five OPs which

must be scheduled and signed for separately.

(b) K-2 Impact Area Ranges. K-2, located on the western

banks of the New River, supports infantry weapons training (5.56mm and

below), mortar live-fire, field artillery indirect fire, and infantry

rocket/M203 /M32/MK-19 training and supports limited/restricted rotary

wing air operations within the K-2 Impact Area. The K-2 Impact Area

has 16 live-fire ranges (see Range Cards and Table 5-1 of this Order

for a complete list of ranges within the K Range complex) oriented

around its perimeter. The ranges can support multiple weapon systems.

These ranges are oriented to support infantry weapon systems and basic

infantry tactics. Close to the K-2 Impact Area are several other

ranges like K-510 Hand grenade Range and Engineer TA (ETA-5/ETA-5A)

that support limited demolition and light breacher training. The K-2

ranges do not support 7.62mm or .50 cal. machinegun type training

events.

(c) N-1/BT-3. N-1/BT-3, located on the southeast corner

of Camp Lejeune with a 168-degree direction of fire (seaward), is a

live-fire range that can support air-to-ground weapons, ground-to-air

Stinger and Avenger live-fire at E-1 range, field artillery direct

fires at G-7 range, riverine/small boat training at H-1 range,

helicopter gunnery exercises which will include limited training

practice (TP) Hellfire Missile live-fire and limited training practice

(TP) Joint Direct Attack Munitions being delivered by fixed-wing

aircraft, and machinegun familiarization training at G-5 range. The

H range, (Riverine Assault and Waterborne Gunnery Range), is located

within N-1/BT-3’s boundaries. Additionally, the G-7 range, which

supports field artillery direct fire and infantry weapons training

evolutions, orients the fires of all weapon systems and ordnance to

impact within the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area. Camp Lejeune no longer allows

dud producing ordnance to be fired or dropped into the N-1/BT-3 Impact

Area/Brown’s Island complex.

1-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Engineer Training Area. There are 14 ETAs aboard Camp

Lejeune: ETA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5A, 7, 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, 8, 9, and ETA 10.

The primary function of the ETAs is to provide operational engineering

units like MCES, 2d Combat Engineer Battalion (CEB), Marine Wing

Support Squadron (MWSS) and other scheduled units with facilities to

conduct engineer demolition/explosives training. Alternative uses of

the ETAs include as an infiltration course at ETA-1, a mechanized

assault course and breaching operations range at ETA-2, execution of

live-fire breaching exercises and a Close Quarters Battle (CQB) area

and MOUT breaching house at ETA-5A. The above Net Explosive Weight

(NEW) authorized per shot, depends on the assigned/scheduled ETA as

delineated within this Order and the applicable Range Card. Camp

Lejeune also has two separate Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) ranges

(EOD-2 and EOD-3). ETA-6 is not a live-fire ETA and has been

converted to a Combat Vehicle Operators Training (CVOT) Confidence

Course. Camp Lejeune also has two Engineer Heavy equipment TAs called

Mainside ETA and New River Air Station ETA, which support heavy

equipment operator training. ETA-3 has been put into an in an

inactive status for live fire and ETA-4 will be limited to inert

MICLICs and live APOBS.

(4) MOUT Facilities and MOUT Assault Courses (MACs). The MOUT

complex is located just off Lyman Road in the eastern part of Camp

Lejeune (see Range Cards). The MOUT Facility has 31 concrete block

building facility focused on training for combat in an urban

environment. Close to the MOUT Facility there are seven live-fire

assault courses, MAC 1-7, maintained for individual, fire team, and

squad level urban live-fire training. These ranges provide the

opportunity to shoot 9mm/45 cal. pistols, M-16, M4, M203/M32 (TP Only)

and shotgun ammunition.

(a) MAC-1, the Urban Quick Kill Range, with multiple

wooden buildings, is used for basic room entry and clearing that has

electronic targets and can only be scheduled ten hours per day.

(b) MAC-2, the Search and Kill Range, is used for search

and clearance operations that has electronic targets and can only be

scheduled ten (10) hours per day.

(c) MAC-3, the live-fire Grenade House, is for live-fire

room clearing room clearing, constructed of a shock-absorbing concrete

(Shock/Bullet absorbing concrete panels) structure. MAC-3 is

authorized for live fragmentation grenades if properly scheduled and a

Special Range Reguest (SRR) is submitted as per this Order/Range Card

for MAC-3.

(d) MAC-4, the Cover and Clear Range, is primarily a fire

team MOUT/urban battle drill facility.

(e) MAC-5, Dodge City, is the basic squad MOUT range.

1-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(f) MAC-6 is the Combat Marksmanship Program (CMP) and

BZO/Zeroing range that has electronic targets and can only be

scheduled 10 hours per day.

(g) MAC 7 is an urban M203/M32 40mm Training Practice

Ammunition (TP Ammunition Only).

(h) Mobile MOUT, located nearby has 71 metal type

containers/structures including five live-fire shoot houses and is

laid out to resemble a Middle Eastern village that includes a market

area, tunnels, walls, and courtyards, with a FOB and Vehicle Check

Point (VCP)/Vehicle Entry Point (VEP) nearby and 1 OP. Also in

general area of Mobile MOUT/MOUT Complex is a three story Urban

Training Facility (UTF) that supports training for a wide range of

MOUT skills.

(i) Combat Town, located in the center of Camp Lejeune off

Sneads Ferry Road, has 14 older wooden structures, 48 metal containers

/structures with courtyard walls/gates and 1 OP.

(j) The Enhanced MOUT (E-MOUT) located next to the MOUT

Complex which has 72 buildings, control tower, UTF, heads, classroom

with atmospheric/props.

(k) A FOB (FOB Hawk) located close to LZ Hawk, located

just east of Combat Town which has a Vehicle Check Point (VCP)/Vehicle

Entry Point (VEP)/Personnel Check Point (PCP) to support company size

units working in or around Combat Town or adjacent training areas.

(5) Greater Sandy Run Area (GSRA) Ranges. The six GSRA ranges

are located on the western side of Camp Lejeune (see Appendix D and

Range Cards). These ranges primarily support Tank, Light Armored

Vehicle (LAV), Amphibious Assault Vehicle (AAV), and infantry platoon

training or below.

(a) SR-6 is an automated Infantry Platoon Battle Course

(IPBC) range, allowing live-fire and maneuver to be combined.

(b) SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, and SR-10 are automated multi-

purpose training ranges. SR-7 is utilized as the LAV/AAV crew

qualification range and LAV/AAV multipurpose mechanized assault range.

OP-9 can be used as an elevated live-fire sniper position in

conjunction with SR-7.

(c) SR-8 is a MPMG and sniper range that supports the M249

SAW/M27 IAR, M240B, and the M-2 .50 cal. along with the presently

issued sniper rifles (7.62mm, .50 cal. and others). This range has

334 Stationary Infantry Targets (SITS) in 10 firing lanes along with

three Moving Infantry Targets (MITS).

1-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(d) SR-9 a new Infantry Platoon Battle Course (IPBC)

/Combined Arms Range (CAR) is under construction on the far western

side of the GSRA and is due to open in FY-15. OP-10 can be used as an

elevated live-fire sniper position in conjunction with SR-9.

(e) SR-10 serves as the Tank Crew Qualification range,

supporting individual and tank platoon crew qualifications through

Gunnery Table 12.

(f) SR-11 is a Baffled Pistol Range and supports

individual pistol qualification and is located on the SR-10 range

complex.

(g) Also located within the GSRA is the Camp Davis

Airfield Seizure Facility North. This facility is comprised of five

cinder block shell structures that serve as a mock tower, two mock

hangars, a mock maintenance building, and a mock terminal. The

facility also includes two A-4 aircraft to simulate ongoing airfield

operations.

(h) GSRA FOB between SR-6 and SR-7 and the new Camp Davis,

Air Field Seizure South Complex with 15 containers/structures for that

training requirements/skill sets near the Camp Davis South Runway.

See the Range Cards for additional information on this site.

(6) Stone Bay Ranges. Stone Bay Rifle Ranges are located

aboard Camp Lejeune on the western side of the New River, off of

Highway 210. Stone Bay has three 50-target known distance rifle

ranges (A, B, and C ranges), two pistol ranges, Hathcock Sniper range

(1000-yard sniper range), Dodge City (Urban Sniper range) and the

Multi-Purpose range that are under the direct control of the

Commanding Officer (CO), Weapons Training Battalion (WTBn). The CO,

WTBn maintains and operates the pistol and rifle ranges for annual

marksmanship qualification/re-qualification training and

familiarization firing to support the operating forces. Eight

additional ranges at Stone Bay are within the Expeditionary Operations

Training Group (EOTG) compound, including one and three-story urban

shoot houses, breacher pit/facilities, non-lethal range, Square Bay

pistol and rifle range, Helicopter Rope Suspension Training (HRST)

facility that supports wall climbing/fast roping/rappelling training

towers for EOTG, Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU), and other MEF units

training requirements. See the Range Cards for locations and all

listed restrictions.

(7) Area F and R Ranges. There are eight live-fire ranges and

one fast-roping/rappelling tower within the F Areas located in the

northeastern part of Camp Lejeune. The live-fire ranges include

ranges F-2, F-4, F-5, F-25T, F-6, F-11A, F-11B, and F-18/F-18 7.62mm

/F-18 .50 cal.

(a) Ranges F-2 and F-4 are small arms live-fire ranges.

1-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(b) Range F-5 is an automated range that supports live-

fire and maneuver training.

(c) Range F-6 is standard a hand grenade range with

grenade assault course.

(d) Range F-11A serves as a M16A2, M16A4, and M-4 rifle

“Zero” range and F-11B supports pistol qualification range.

(e) Range F-18, F-18 7.62mm, and F-18 .50 cal serves as a

machinegun field firing range for 5.56mm weapons and 7.62mm and .50

cal machineguns.

(f) Range F-17 is not for live-fire training; it is a fast

roping, climbing, and rappelling training tower.

(g) Camp Lejeune also has the R Areas, Range R-100

Skeet/Trap and Archery Range that supports Marine Corps Community

Services (MCCS) events only. This range is not authorized for

military shotgun training.

(8) Area D Ranges. There are three live-fire ranges within

the Area D TAs: D-29A, D-29B, and D-30. Ranges D-29A, D-29B, and D-30

serve as standard military issued pistol qualification and re-

qualification ranges located along Julian C. Smith Road.

(9) Area I Range. Range I-1, located within the boundaries of

the Courthouse Bay sub-area near the Sneads Ferry Gate off Highway

172, serves as a pistol qualification/re-qualification range for the

Courthouse Bay area and assigned units.

(10) Area L Range. Range L-5 is an automated infantry fire

team/squad small arms live-fire and maneuver range located within the

Area L TA.

(11) OPs, Range Towers, and Sniper Towers. There are 13 OPs,

20 Range Towers, and one Forest Fire/Observation Tower at Camp Lejeune

(See Table 5-4). Combat Town (OP-15) and the Mobile MOUT (OP-16) have

OPs to support military operations in those scheduled areas. These

OPs and towers are used for observation of live-fire and laser

operations at each of the impact areas, amphibious operations on the

beach area, and live-fire and maneuver events in the GSRA. The towers

at the MOUT Complex, Stone Bay Dodge City, SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, and G-21

will also support elevated sniper live-fire training. OP-12 will

provide observation into the K-2 Impact Area to support indirect

artillery and mortar live fire.

(12) Helicopter Landing Zones (HLZs). Camp Lejeune has two

types of HLZs: TLZs and ALZs. There are 47 TLZs within Camp

Lejeune’s boundaries and 21 numerically identified ALZs (See chapter 4

1-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

for locations). The TLZs shall be scheduled for external operations,

heliborne operations, rappelling, fast rope, and Special Purpose

Insertion and Extraction (SPIE) training. Unscheduled helicopter

operations may occur in TLZs after ensuring that the TLZ is not

occupied and authorization is granted by BLACKBURN. Oak Grove has two

TLZs, see Chapter 4 for locations/grids.

(13) Drop Zones (DZs). DZs are TLZs designated for parachute

operations. Camp Lejeune has 11 DZs and five additional Water DZs

(WDZs). See chapter 4 for locations.

(14) Special Use Airspace (SUA). Camp Lejeune has four

specific SUA segments designated for control and utilization. See

Figure 1-1 for more details. All restricted airspace is activated as

needed/scheduled in order to support safe range operations.

(a) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303A: Surface to 6,999

ft. Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303B: Surface 7,000 to 9,999 ft.

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303C: Surface 10,000 to 17,999 ft.

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A: Surface to 6,999 ft.

(b) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304B: Surface 7,000 to

9,999 ft. Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304C: Surface 10,000 to

17,999 ft.

(c) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E: Surface to 17,999

ft.

(d) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D: Surface to 17,999

ft.

1-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure 1-1.--Camp Lejeune Range Complex

(15) Targets. There are numerous automated target ranges

aboard Camp Lejeune that are equipped with the Remote Engagement

Target System (RETS); All Pistol Ranges, F-5, K-402, K-408, K-501,

K-503, K-502, K-509, L-5, MAC-1, MAC-2, MAC-6, G-6 CBC (First

objective only), G-10 Convoy Ops range, G-21, G-27, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8,

SR-9, and SR-10. See Range Cards for all locations. These RETS

ranges offer feedback-automated pop-up, stationary, and moving

reactionary targets, which can be used for infantry and armor. The

RETS system offers computer-driven, programmed, tactical scenarios or

can be operated in a manual mode, with group or individual targets

raised on-command. Some of the ranges listed above will also provide

small arms sound and muzzle flash simulators to enhance realism. The

remaining target and target systems consist of Portable Infantry

Targets (PITs); (A-1, B-12, D-29A, D-29B, D-30, F-11B, I-1, and SR-11.

See Range Cards for locations (card board/plastic silhouette targets).

1-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

WTBn located at Stone Bay has two pistol ranges with automated

targets. The G-10/K-2 Impact Areas have a wide variety of vehicle

type hulk targets in the range box to support direct and indirect

live-fire. A current list of locations and type of targets is

available at Range Control.

Figure 1-2.--Live-Fire Ranges and Surface Danger Zones

5. Responsibilities

a. MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5

(1) Plans, coordinates, and supervises the development,

modernization, maintenance, and operation of the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

RTAs and training facilities.

(2) Establishs policy, guidance, oversight, assignments, and

scheduling procedures for the use of all MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ RTAs and

training facilities.

(3) Publishes appropriate orders, directives, messages, and

correspondence concerning all RTAs, training facilities, airspace, and

their required support.

1-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) Conducts continuous reviews of the training complexes to

ensure all safety procedures are meeting the established criteria

prescribed in current regulations/orders.

(5) Coordinates with the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, Assistant Chief

of Staff (AC/S) G-F (Facilities) to ensure that the Range Complex

Management Plan receives proper planning, programming, and budgeting

of real property management resources. Participate in Military

Construction (MILCON) Review Board and the R1/R2 Minor Construction

Review Boards as a voting member.

(6) Programs for new construction and range transformation.

(7) Programs for maintenance and repairs of all RTAs and

training facilities, in coordination with MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ the

AC/S, G-F, and other agencies as required.

(8) Prioritizes RTA and training facility projects based on CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ’S intent, mission, requirements, and available

funding.

(9) Programs or budgets for the procurement of communication

equipment and other related equipment to support RCD operations as

required.

(10) Coordinates with the AC/S, G-7 (GEA) Office MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ with all matters dealing with Range Compatible Use Zones Study

(RCUZ) and Air Installations Compatible Use Zones Study (AICUZ)

requirements and update as required.

b. Director, Range Control Division (Dir, RCD)

(1) Responsible to the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) for

scheduling, controlling, and coordination of all training activities

conducted within the Camp Lejeune training complex, which also

includes MCOLF Oak Grove. Ensure the safety and deconfliction of all

operations and training within the Camp Lejeune training complex.

Supervise, manage, and coordinate operations within RCD to accomplish

assigned missions, duties, and tasks as required.

(2) Publishes, maintains, and updates the Range Order and

Range Cards, Range Control Advisory Messages as required and ensures

dissemination to all commands and units that conduct training aboard

Camp Lejeune. Monitors all RTA and training facility activities to

ensure compliance with, and to remove the privileges of, any person,

organization, military unit, command, agency, or club that willfully

violates this Order, reference (a), or other related MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ orders/policies and USMC orders/policies.

1-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Coordinates with the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-F) and other

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ departments regarding live-fire noise issues and

all training and training facilities use that could potentially affect

the environment and the surrounding local community.

(4) Assists the Installation Safety Office, ESO, and MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ Public Affair Office (PAO) in establishing and implementing

a comprehensive range safety and UXO awareness educational program as

required or directed.

(5) Ensures assessed hazards are effectively communicated to

the training units via RFMSS, BLACKBURN, and/or message traffic.

(6) Supervises, coordinates, and manages the following RCD

sections/departments and assigned resources:

(a) Base EOD Team

(b) Navy Boat Crew

(c) MOUT Complex Staff

(d) Fire Desk Operators (BLACKBURN)

(e) Range Operations

(f) Range Safety

(g) Range Scheduling

(h) Range Inspectors (Vipers)

(i) Safety/Hazardous Material (HAZMAT) Section

(j) Information System and Technology (IT) Section

c. Director, Range Development and Management Division (Dir,

RDMD)

(1) Responsible for RTA and training facility development and

modernization which includes, but is not limited to, coordinating

designs, award, and delivery of construction efforts, initial

outfitting, and developing SOPs in support of all training assets.

(2) Continually assess RTAs and training facilities for the

ability to meet published training standards, missions and

requirements for range maintenance. Make improvements based on

assessments and prioritized requests from tenant commands/units as

required for range maintenance-type requirements.

1-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Acts as the Integrated Geographic Information Repository

(IGIR) Working Group liaison to ensure appropriate changes are

incorporated into the Geographic Information System (GIS) and mapping

products.

(4) Coordinates the submission of training-related projects to

the Environmental Impact Working Group. Ensures action items in

National Environmental Protection Act (NEPA) documents are resolved

prior to implementation of proposed actions. As the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5) action sponsor to the group, review all requests for

Field Exercise Request for Environmental Impact Review (FEREIR)

submissions for impacts to the RTAs training facilities, and other

training assets as required.

(5) Develops and coordinates with the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ,

(G-F) the range modernization plan, incorporating short-term, mid-

term, and long-term RTA and training facility requirements/projects to

meet current and future requirements and goals. Evaluates changing

requirements to the plan with the military organizations assigned to

Camp Lejeune to ensure mission objectives are sustained and the

operating forces can meet training requirements.

(6) Maintains historical information on active and inactive

ranges, project data, and related files relevant to the installation

training complex boundaries.

(7) Coordinates the submission of new training-related

construction and maintenance requirements (R1/R2/M1/M2/MILCON) with

the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-F).

(8) Manage and coordinate all contracts associated with range

maintenance and range operations as required.

(9) Ensure adequate noise monitoring systems are in place at

appropriate locations and funded as required.

(10) Ensure MCIEAST-MCB Safety is notified on all known

potential safety hazards to training within the training complex.

d. Range Control Officer (RCO)

(1) Designated by the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ in writing.

Responsible for executing and enforcing those regulations relative to

the land, sea, and airspace within the Camp Lejeune training complex

at all times.

(2) Serves as the central point for scheduling, operational

control, range safety, and coordination for all training activities

conducted within the installation-training complex to ensure safety

and unified operations.

1-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Approves, control, and monitor personnel access into the

training complex for both training and administrative activities.

Coordinate the scheduling of all requested training within Camp

Lejeune’s controlled air, land, and water spaces.

(4) Produces and publishes a daily Range Firing Warning and

Airspace Utilization Order (RFWO) and other documents/messages as

required of all scheduled training.

(5) Publishes weekly documents/messages, Notice to Mariners

(NOTMARs), Notice to Airmen (NOTAM), and Road Closures, and other

required Range Control advisory messages via naval message system and

the posting on the Range Control website as required.

(6) Activates the restricted airspace as required and

disseminates airspace hazard advisory warning through BLACKBURN to all

aircraft to include all UASs operating in the assigned restricted

airspace controlled by Camp Lejeune.

(7) Responsible for range safety throughout the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ training complex. Provides impact area layouts, Surface Danger

Zones (SDZs), Weapon Danger Zone (WDZs), and analysis of special or

unique live-fire and maneuver training requests by evaluating and

applying applicable safety parameters and environmental restrictions.

Conducts field safety inspections as required or directed.

(8) Recommends range maintenance priorities to the Director,

RCD/Director, RDMD as required/directed.

(9) Assists the Installation Safety Office and Installation

PAO in establishing and implementing a comprehensive range safety and

UXO/dud awareness educational program as required.

(10) Assists the Director, RCD with supervising, coordinating

and managing the RCD departments and assigned resources.

(11) Maintains and updates files of current, historical,

active and inactive usage data of the installation training complex to

include known hazards, type of ammunition expended on each range,

UXO/dud accumulation, and disposal records, and clearance status of

temporary, dedicated, and high-hazard impact areas.

(12) Ensure MCIEAST-MCB Safety is notified on all known

potential safety hazards to training.

(13) Provide ROIC/RSO and Range Laser Safety Officer (RLSO)

Information Safety Briefs to include:

(a) Installation training complex facilities;

1-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(b) Installation procedures for signing for opening

/closing ranges, training areas and training facilities.

(c) Communications requirements.

(d) Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC)/Casualty Evacuation

(CASEVAC) procedures.

(e) Environmental issues.

(f) Safety training for ROIC/RSO/RLSO.

(g) Other topics as directed or required.

e. Fire Desk Operators (FDO) (BLACKBURN)

(1) The Fire Desk Operators, call sign BLACKBURN, will be

manned 24 hours per day, seven days per week to monitor/deconflict

training, advise aircraft/UASs operating in the restricted airspace,

provide safety guidance, and provide emergency assistance to all units

conducting training aboard Camp Lejeune as directed/required.

(2) BLACKBURN will act as the primary point of contact (POC)

for all current training operations at CAMLEJ. BLACKBURN will

coordinate with all scheduled training units/commands and will perform

a variety of supervisory duties, to include, but not limited to;

putting units into “Hot/Cold/Check-Fire” status, recording end-of-

training reports, directing range inspectors, advising all aircraft of

“HOT” ranges/hazard areas, contacting MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Command Duty

Officer (CDO) AT (910) 451-2414 and 911 Center when the first live-

fire range goes “HOT” and last live-fire range goes “COLD”,

controlling airspace and monitoring use of all RTAs and training

facilities assigned to RCD. Ground training units must contact and

maintain communication at all times with BLACKBURN via 34.70 FM, air

frequency is 233.8 UHF, and alternate frequency in the GSRA is 40.10

FM, and eastside of the New River is 38.85.

(3) BLACKBURN is the primary means of providing MEDEVAC

/CASEVAC assistance to units on RTAs or at training facilities. All

injuries must be reported to BLACKBURN, even if no assistance is

needed or required. BLACKBURN will ensure that all reported injuries

are forwarded to the Installation Safety Office as required or

directed. Units must provide follow-up reports as required to

BLACKBURN. This will also include military vehicle accidents that

happen on RTAs and training facilities, and weather/storm-related

injuries including cold, heat stress, heat exhaustion, and heat

stroke. BLACKBURN will advise/pass to all units conducting training

known, potential, accessed hazards as required/directed.

1-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Commanding Officer (CO) of Using Unit

(1) Ensures compliance with this Order, the current edition of

reference (a) with all published changes, applicable ammunition,

weapons, and equipment MCOs, TMs, FMs, and Marine Corps Warfighting

Publications (MCWPs), Marine Corps Reference Publications (MCRPs) and

all other applicable SOPs/Range Cards/safety of use messages (SOUMs)

for safe training and firing for each weapon system, explosives

/demolitions within that command/unit. Ensures all Marines/Sailors

have received the required training on the weapon systems/ammunition

to be employed and that subordinate leaders involved in the training

have a working knowledge of and comply with this Order and other

references as required.

(2) Conducts ORM assessment for all training being conducted

and have a reviewed and command signed copy of the ORM worksheets on

the RTA, training facility, or any high-risk training event. Develop

control measures and safety procedures for all phases of training.

See Appendix C, ORM for detailed information.

(3) Establishes and maintains a safety training/certification

program to train and qualify all personnel assigned to that command in

safety procedures for their specific area of responsibility

/assignments/weapons/ammunition. Personnel who have not completed the

certification will not be appointed as ROICs/RSOs or RLSOs. ROIC/RSO

re-certification is required every three years.

(4) Per references (g) through (i), ensures incident reports

are filed using Web-Enabled Safety System. Enterprise Safety

Applications Management Systems is a web-enabled system that

facilitates the filing of incident reports. When Operational

Situational Serious Incident Reports (OPREP-3 SIRs) or Personnel

Casualty Reports (PCRs) are sent via message traffic, the CG MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ must be informed on all message traffic for that incident.

(5) Designates a ROIC, RSO, and Position Safety Officers

(PSOs)/Assistant RSOs (ARSOs) (if required) for each RTA or training

facility as delineated in this chapter. The ROIC, RSO or the assigned

corpsman will not have any assigned additional duties other than the

safe operation of that assigned RTA or training facilities.

(6) Certifies in writing, by the commander or “By direction”,

those individuals designated to perform the duties as ROIC/RSO or any

additional training specialists like RLSO, Chemical, Biological,

Radiological, Nuclear, High-Yield Explosives (CBRNE), UAS, HST, HRST,

Dive Master, Dive Supervisor, Jump Master, Cast Master, MCIWS/MCITWS,

DZ Safety Officer, Safety Insert Officer, Breacher, HEAT Trainer, and

others as follows:

1-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) Are competent and current in the required

certification and properly instructed/trained in the performance of

their duties of the assigned tasks/responsibilities as a ROIC/RSO.

(b) Are knowledgeable of proper procedures for the weapon

system and ammunition for which they are responsible.

(c) Have completed the Marine Net, Distance Learning

Course “Range Safety,” and have a copy of the diploma in hand to

attend the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ ROIC/RSO Information Safety Course that

is conducted Friday mornings. Only 48 seats are available on a first-

come, first-served basis. The class goes from 0730-1145, and the door

opens at 0700. The ROIC/RSO must keep their Marine Net Range Safety

Course current. The Range Safety diploma is valid for three years and

must be renewed as required.

(d) Have attended the ROIC/RSO Information Safety Brief

given by the Range Safety Specialist (RSS)/Operation Chief and possess

a valid ROIC/RSO card. This course is valid for three years and must

be renewed as required by re-attending the course.

(e) The original command certification letter with

required enclosure must be delivered to RCD and updated quarterly or

as necessary to ensure currency/accuracy. All pages of the enclosure

listing command certified personnel must have columns properly labeled

and must be signed by the commander or “By direction”. Units must

have the Range Control Card number for the assigned personnel listed

on this letter/enclosure.

(7) Designate the appropriate uniform and protective equipment

if not prescribed by a higher authority (helmets/flak jackets/hearing

and eye protection/gloves) or other items if needed or required based

on the type of training to be conducted.

(8) Ensure the scheduling, modification, approval, and/or

cancellation of Electronic Training Area Requests (E-TAR) in the

RFMSS, per Chapter 3. All units must ensure all training areas/water

areas being used and transiting are properly scheduled in RFMSS.

(9) Unit commanders should ensure an adequate route

reconnaissance is conducted when the type of training and/or

meteorological conditions add risk.

(9) Appoint technically qualified personnel to certify,

verify, and properly handle ammunition, explosives, and range residue

(i.e. spent brass, bandoleers, clips, links, casings, ammunition

cans/boxes) in accordance with references (j) and (k).

1-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

g. Range Officer-in-Charge (ROIC)

(1) Qualifications

(a) Must be a commissioned officer, warrant officer, or

staff noncommissioned officer (SNCO) (E-7 or above for dud producing

ammunition and fire and movement type training events like CMP).

Requests to deviate from the established rank criteria must be signed

by the Commanding Officer (CO) only (Not “By Direction”) and endorsed

by at least an (0-6) or Colonel within that chain of command and must

be submitted via the chain of command (e.g., Bn, Regiment, Div, MEF)

to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ at least 30 days prior to the training.

The ROIC is the only one that can sign for a live-fire range, high-

risk training event or a training facility. TAs and facilities where

the use of pyrotechnics, blanks, other non-high-risk training devices

will be treated similar to a live-fire event and must be signed for by

an E-5 or above. TAs or when training does not use any of the above

devices and only involves maneuvering will not have to be signed for.

Civilian Contractors can not serve as the Range Officer-in-Charge

(ROIC).

(b) Must have completed the Marine Net, Distance Learning

Course “Range Safety Course, Title RTAMRSOCAA,” and have a valid

completion diploma that is kept current. This course is a

prerequisite for the enrollment in the Range Control Information

Safety Brief. A current copy must be provided to Range Control.

(c) Must have received the Range Control Information

Safety Brief (ROIC/RSO Class) and possess a valid CAMLEJ ROIC/RSO card

which is valid for three years.

(d) ROICs must be certified in writing by the CO of that

unit or “By direction” authority for the weapon system and ammunition

for which they are responsible. For weapon systems equipped or

dependent on lasers, the ROIC must be knowledgeable of laser hazards,

proper employment and all laser safety procedures and must take the

Marine Net Range Laser Safety Course (Course Title RTAMRLSOAA) or the

ALSO Course (Laser Safety) to be assigned as a RLSO for laser devices.

The ROIC is responsible and accountable for conduct of the activity

and adherence to governing regulations and safety requirements. ROIC

must be able to fully influence the conduct of the entire training

event.

(2) Duties

(a) Ensure the overall safe conduct of all training and

proper use of the installation/training complex. ROIC is a

supervisory position. ROIC will not participate in the training

event. ROIC will have no other duties/assignments or fire any weapon

1-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

while acting as the ROIC. ROIC must be physically present at the

training event at all times.

(b) Report to Range Control (Building 54 on Post Lane) “No

Later Than” (NLT) 1200 the work day prior to the scheduled training

events (Monday-Thursday) to properly check-out or up to eight working

days in advance to sign for the assigned RTAs and facilities and

receive and sign for the designated range safety equipment. All live-

fire ranges shall be checked out by the using unit before any federal

holiday liberty periods. Range Control reserves Fridays to check out

large training events only. Arrangements must be made with the Range

Control Scheduling Section to check out a RTA or training facility on

a Friday.

(c) Receive a range safety briefing from the installation

range control organization on the use of the assigned training

complex. Only the ROIC/RSO can receive the brief.

(d) Be physically present at the RTA or training facility

at all times. ROIC must have this Order, the applicable Range Card, a

valid ROIC/RSO Card, signed ORM worksheet, unit SOP, Safety Brief,

relevant ammunition, weapons, assigned equipment TMs, and FMs, other

required equipment and a SRR (if applicable) onsite when training.

(e) Determine when it is safe to fire in accordance with

applicable regulations and the requirements of this Order.

(f) Ensure required communications are established with

BLACKBURN and maintained at all times. Ensure receipt of final

clearance to conduct live-fire or control training from BLACKBURN.

The ROIC must maintain dual communications with BLACKBURN at all

times.

(g) Ensure the RSO has been certified in writing by the CO

for the weapon(s) or weapon systems to be used on the range scheduled

in RFMSS and signed for.

(h) Ensure all personnel have a working knowledge of the

weapon systems and ammunition being employed and wear the appropriate

protective equipment (Level O/Level 1/Level 2/Level 3) as per

reference (a), to include helmets, flak jackets, hearing, and eye

protection during all live-fire events. The helmets/flak jackets are

not required during annual known distance marksmanship type training

(Pistol/Rifle Only), static Battle Sight Zeroing (BZO)/Zeroing live-

fire for the rifle and pistol only. Personnel involved in law

enforcement-type training are permitted to substitute their equivalent

protective equipment in lieu of helmets and flak jackets.

(i) Ensure proper supervision of personnel performing

immediate action, misfire, hang-fire, and cook-off procedures for that

1-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

weapon system and ammunition. The ROIC will contact EOD via BLACKBURN

for guidance on proper handling of arms, ammunition, and explosives

(AA&E) after a malfunction/dud/misfire. Malfunctioned of misfired

AA&E will not be returned to the Base ASP unless it is determined to

be safe for handling, storage, and transportation by EOD or other

competent authority.

(j) Ensure all weapons and ammunition malfunctions, duds,

defective ammunition and accidents are reported to Range Control and

to higher headquarters MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ ESO as directed, per

references (l) and (m), and other applicable orders.

(k) Ensure safe laser operations and laser safety per

references (n) and (o) and this Order when conducting laser training.

(l) Ensure adequate medical support (Corpsman/Medic or

contracted emergency medical technician (EMT), certified in writing,

and approved civilian medical EMTs once approved by the Installation

Commander) with required medical gear and a government safety vehicle

are present on the RTA or training facility as required.

(m) Ensure ammunition and explosives are properly handled,

transported, stored, secured, and accounted for within the training

complex from the time of receipt to the time of expenditure or turn

in. The using unit must maintain security at all times when dealing

with all AA&E.

(n) Maintain records of “HOT” and “COLD” times, total

number of personnel trained; ammunition expended by Department of

Defense Identification Code (DODIC); and reported daily to BLACKBURN

after the scheduled training event.

(o) Ensure proper planning for all live-firing training

exercises and maneuvers are coordinated with Range Control as

required.

(p) During a Combined Arms/Tactical Air Control Party

(TACP) shoot, the minimum number of ROICs and RSOs are listed in

Figure 1-3.

(q) Establish all control measures for the Surface Danger

Zone (SDZ)/Weapons Danger Zone (WDZ)/target area (Impact Area) are in

place, enforced, and supervised to prohibit entry by unauthorized

personnel/vehicles.

(r) Ensure coordination and approval has been gained from

the RCD for all civilian personnel to include contractors that will be

entering the RTAs and training facilities.

1-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(s) Brief the RSO on the duties to be performed in support

of the training event. Clearly establish the requirements for the RSO

to brief the ROIC of the unit on the safety of the RTA or facility and

the readiness to commence live-fire operations/training prior to the

start of all live firing.

(t) Comply with all Camp Lejeune’s environmental

regulations/orders/policies and the current edition/version of the

Environmental Handbook for Trainers/Camp Lejeune “Quick Look”

Environmental Guide.

(u) Ensure a thorough shakedown of all ammunition,

vehicles, and personnel, and weapons/weapon system checks are

conducted prior to leaving the RTA or training facility.

(v) Units must have detailed safety checks in place and

supervised when using blank ammunition and live ammunition are used

together during the same scheduled training event/time period.

(w) Implement ORM for all phases of the training being

conducted on RTAs and training facilities.

(x) The ROIC will inventory and sign for all ammunition,

explosives, training devices and assigned DODICs on the NAVMC 11381

Expenditure Report. Ensure that the Class V (W) Expenditure Report

(NAVMC Form 11381) is completed at the range per reference (p) signed

by the ROIC and turned in within 48 hours to your unit S-4/G-4

Ammunition Section.

(y) Return all safety equipment within 24 hours to Range

Control upon completion of the live-fire event and submit any range

maintenance issues to Range Control.

1-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure 2-1. Personnel Requirements for Combined Arms/TACP Shoot

Figure 1-3.--Personnel Requirements for Combined Arms/TACP Shoot

Figure 1-3.—-Personnel Requirements for Combined Arms/TACP Shoot

OP-2/3/5/14 Air ROIC

-signs for OP-2/3/5/14 Air at Range Control

-can be E7 or above

OP-2/3/5/14 RSO

-may dual hat as Air/Arty/Mortar OP-2 RSO

-can be E6 or above

OP-2/3/5/14 Artillery FO ROIC

-part of required Arty FO team E7 or above

-sign for OP-2 Arty at Range Control

OP-2/3/5/14 Mortar FO

-usually an E5 from Mortars FO team

-can be E3 or above

-does not sign for OP-2/3/5/14

OP-2/3/5/14 UAS RSO (Laser Qual if Lasers Used)

One of these

must be RLSO

if lasers

used

Either the

OP-2/3/5/14

ROIC or RSO

must be a

FAC/JTAC

Naval Gunfire

ROIC

RSO

Mortar Position (MP)

MP ROIC

-signs for MP at RCD

MP RSO

Artillery Position (GP)

GP ROIC

-signs for GP at RCD

GP RSO

DASC Team (Chieftain)

DASC ROIC

DASC RSO

-Safety over-watch to Air Controller.

Must be a minimum of two DASC trained personnel at all times.

VMU-2/Navy UAS

UAS ROIC (Laser Qual)

UAS RSO (Laser Qual)

OP-2/3/5/14

1-24 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

h. Range Safety Officer (RSO)

(1) Qualifications

(a) Must be a commissioned officer, warrant officer, or

SNCO (staff sergeant and above). RSO duties/responsibilities will not

be delegated to other personnel. Requests to deviate from the

established rank criteria must be signed by the CO (Not “By

Direction”) and endorsed by at least an (0-6) Colonel within that

units chain of command and must be submitted via the chain of command

(e.g., Bn, Regt, Div, MEF) to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ at least 30

days prior to the training event. Certified civilian contractors or

Civil Service employees that are GS-5 or above when performing the

duties as RSO in conjunction with the Statement of Work (SOW) and

request in writing by the unit CO and approved by the Range Control

Officer, G-3/5 MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

(b) Must have completed the Marine Net, Distance Learning

Course “Range Safety,” and have a valid completion diploma that is

kept current. This course is a prerequisite for enrollment in the

Range Control Information Safety Brief. A current copy must be

provided to Range Control.

(c) Must have received the Range Control Information

Safety Brief and have in their possession a valid ROIC/RSO card and

have been certified by their CO in writing on all weapons

systems/ammunition to be used during live-fire training.

(d) To support the following specialized training events,

the RSO may be a sergeant (E-5) with current certification in their

specialty; HRST, HST, Dive Supervisor, Dive Master, DZSO/Jump Master,

or EOD. Sergeants must be approved by his/her CO in writing; must

have completed the Marine Net, Distance Learning Course “Range Safety

Course Title RTAMRSOCAA;” and have a valid completion diploma

/certificate to attend the Range Control Information Safety.

Sergeants must keep their Marine Net Range Safety Course current

(diploma/certificate is valid for three years) to stay within the

requirements of current diploma/certificate and current RSO card to

act as RSO.

(2) Duties

(a) The RSO is a safety supervisory position only. As

such, the RSO is responsible to the ROIC for the enforcement of all

applicable range and general safety regulations for that weapon

ammunition/high-risk training event at all times contained in this

Order, the current edition of reference (a) and other appropriate

1-25 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

references as required. The RSO will ensure a copy of this Order

pertaining to the range in use and ORM worksheet are maintained and

available on the range at all times. The RSO must be physically

present at the training event at all times.

(b) RSOs will have no other additional duties/assignments

or fire any weapon while performing the duties as RSO. The RSO must

be in a full duty status. Assistant Range Safety Officer (ARSO) and

Position Safety Officer (PSO) may be appointed as required by the unit

conducting the training to positively control all shooters, crew-

served weapons, or live-fire maneuvering elements as required

/directed.

(c) Receive a range safety briefing from the installation

range control organization on the use of the assigned training

complex. Only the ROIC/RSO can receive this brief.

(d) Ensure weapons, ammunition, and personnel are properly

positioned/staged before granting clearance to fire.

(e) Ensure that only the authorized ammunition, weapons,

and explosives listed on the range request, scheduled in RFMSS, signed

for, and listed in the Range Order, to include proper charge

/increments, explosive weight limits (NEW), fuses, and fuse settings,

are used. Ensure that firing data and weapons systems are within

prescribed safety limits and are verified/checked. Class V (W)

Expenditure Reports NAVMC Form 11381 will be used to document all

expenditures of AA&E assets and must be reported within 48 hours.

(f) Ensure that the SDZ and WDZ remain’s clear of all

unauthorized personnel, vehicles, and any aircraft prior to and during

firing. Ensure road guards, gate guards, and tower and air sentries

are properly positioned, equipped, and briefed in their duties and

assignments. When applicable, secure all barriers, ensure all signs

and gates are checked and secured as required. RSO will ensure proper

communications are established and maintained between the road guards

and tower sentries during live-fire at all times.

(g) Ensure personnel within designated hazard areas wear

the proper hearing and eye protection as well as flak jackets and

helmets during all live-fire operations as required. The helmets/flak

jackets are not required during annual known distance marksmanship

type training, static BZO/Zeroing live-fire events for the rifle,

sniper rifle, and pistol only.

(h) Obtain authorization from BLACKBURN to commence

training and live-fire operations. The RSO, along with the ROIC,

shall ensure that the unit monitors the BLACKBURN safety net AT ALL

TIMES. BLACKBURN is net control via 34.70 FM (squelch off). The

frequency for air opertaions is 233.8 UHF and alternate frequency in

1-26 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

the GSRA is 40.10 FM and 38.85 on the east side of New River. Units

shall request authorization to go "HOT" and "COLD" from BLACKBURN and

give radio checks every 30 minutes on the hour and half hour. If, at

any time, a unit loses communications with BLACKBURN, the RSO will put

the range in a "CHECK-FIRE" status until communications are re-

established. Cellular telephones are authorized for secondary means

of communications only to BLACKBURN. The Unit ROIC/RSO will provide

the cellular telephone to BLACKBURN that will be listed as the

secondary means and it must be checked “to and from” that location

(verified) before it can be accepted as the secondary means of

communications with BLACKBURN.

(i) Prior to commencing live-fire operations, conduct

final coordination with ROIC to include a summary of checks,

inspections, and other required actions that the RSO must complete.

Verify that required dual communications has been established and a

“HOT Status” has been received from BLACKBURN.

(j) Order immediate “CEASE-FIRE or CHECK-FIRE” when any

unsafe condition occurs or as directed by BLACKBURN.

(k) Report all accidents, weapons/ammunition malfunctions

/defects, sighting of any smoke or fires and any MEDEVAC/CASEVAC to

the ROIC and BLACKBURN along with the unit’s chain of command. The

unit is responsible for initial mishap/incident site control to

prevent site contamination for mishap investigations.

(l) Upon completion of all live-fire, verify to the ROIC

that all weapons and weapon systems are checked, clear, and safe

before allowing the removal of any weapons/ammunition from the firing

area down range.

(m) During Light Amplification Stimulated Emission

Radiation (LASER) operations:

1. Ensure all unit personnel employing all military

lasers receive a laser safety brief to include explanations of

specific laser related hazards, safety equipment, and detailed range

safety procedures.

2. Comply with procedures in Chapter 16 of reference

(a), references (n), (o), and Chapter 7 of this Order.

3. Ensure the laser system is approved by the Laser

Safety Review Board (LSRB) to be used aboard Camp Lejeune. Observe

horizontal and vertical safety limits for the laser range being used.

4. Follow this Order and unit SOPs for laser

operations, laser safety, and laser training exercises.

1-27 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

5. Ensure all personnel conducting laser operations,

to include personnel in target areas, maintain continuous

communications with ROIC/RSO and BLACKBURN.

6. “CEASE LASER OPERATION” immediately if

communication or positive control of the laser beam is lost or if an

aircraft is within your zone of action.

7. The RLSO that has completed the required training

may also serve as the RSO or the ROIC if properly trained and

certified by the unit commander.

(n) The RSO is appointed by the ROIC to assist him in

maintaining supervision (safety) of the firing and all safety

requirements within the entire SDZ/WDZ, impact area, and the air space

of the range.

(o) The RSO will be the last to leave the RTA/facility

following completion of firing/training, ensuring the range (to

include surrounding areas/facilities) are clear of all personnel and

equipment, properly policed, and inspected. The RSO will ensure all

lights, air conditioners/heaters are turned off, windows are shut

/locked and checked, the doors are shut, locked, and checked before

securing from the range. DO NOT LEAVE, BURY OR BURN ANY TRASH

/DUNNAGE. If the area is not properly policed, the unit will be

denied further access to RTAs until the area is adequately policed,

inspected, and approved by a Range Inspector. The ROIC/RSO will

receive a range inspection card upon passing of the inspection. Range

Control will not accept any RTA or training facility without a range

inspection card and all items (range binder, range keys, range flag

/flags, orange cones or other items issued within 24 hours) issued out

are returned to Range Control. This range inspection card acts as

proof that the RTA or training facility was inspected by a Range

Inspector and properly cleared.

(p) In the event of an accident/incident (i.e. round out-

of-safe, MEDEVAC/CASEVAC, downed aircraft, injury/fatality or others)

a "CEASE-FIRE" command will be given on that RTA or training facility

and adjoining ranges, if necessary. The unit/command will report the

incident/accident immediately to BLACKBURN. The unit is responsible

for initial mishap/incident site control/securing of the site to

prevent site contamination for mishap investigations.

(q) Immediately report locations of all smoke sightings

/forest fires/grass fires (grid/RTA) and wind direction, to BLACKBURN

and standby for guidance from BLACKBURN and the Fire Department.

(r) Submit UXO/dud reports (location by grid and type of

UXO/dud or UXO/duds) as per unit SOP and this Order. All ammunition

malfunctions/defects must be reported to BLACKBURN.

1-28 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(s) Call BLACKBURN upon completion of live-fire to report

number of rounds fired by DODIC, type of ammunition fired, and total

number of personnel (all) trained.

(t) Hold a shakedown of all personnel, weapons, vehicles,

and equipment to ensure that no unauthorized brass or live-fire

ammunition or other training devices exit the range to include sources

of ammunition.

(u) Ensure no pyrotechnics such as smoke/CS/pop-ups, and

other flares, training devices are released or fired at any time

without proper clearance from BLACKBURN. None of the items listed

above are authorized in the GSRA Complex.

(v) Ensure all tactical vehicles are parked in designated

parking areas only. Vehicles will not be parked on access roads, tank

trails, on or near the RTAs or training facilities not scheduled by

that unit. Vehicles will not park on the shoulders, or main

thoroughfares, areas that have grass, seeded or otherwise planted/re-

planted areas such as forestry sections/food plots. Privately-Owned

Vehicles (POVs) are not authorized on RTAs or training facilities

unless issued a Range Control POV Pass. Violators will be reported to

Provost Marshal’s Office (PMO)/Conservation Law Enforcement Office

(CLEO) for action.

(w) To support the following specialized training events,

the ROIC/RSO may be a sergeant (E-5) with current certification in

their specialty; HRST, HST, Dive Supervisor, Dive Master, DZSO/Jump

Master, Cast Master, Breacher, and EOD. Sergeants must be approved by

his/her CO in writing, must have completed the Marine Net, Distance

Learning Course “(Range Safety)” and have a valid completion diploma

to attend the Range Control Information Safety Brief. Sergeants must

keep their Marine Net Range Safety Course current (diploma is valid

for three years) to stay within the requirements of current diploma

and current CAMLEJ ROIC/RSO Card to act as the ROIC/RSO aboard this

Installation.

6. Safety/Risk Management

a. Safety is the responsibility of every individual and all unit

commanders/leaders at all times while conducting training. Safety and

operations must intertwine so that risk management and safety are a

part of the detail planning and execution of all missions, exercises,

live-fire events and daily evolutions. The key to safe training is

the understanding that each and every individual, regardless of rank,

is a safety manager. Anyone can call a “CEASE-FIRE” so that the

activity in question may be halted until the unsafe condition has been

corrected.

1-29 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. A cease fire is mandatory and/or prescribed action taken when

the following happens/occurs:

(1) Communications is lost with Range Control/BLACKBURN.

(2) A weapon or ammunition malfunction/defect occurs which

must be reported to BLACKBURN.

(3) A safety violation, accident, incident, lost Marine, or

any MEDEVACs/CASEVACs occurs which must be reported to BLACKBURN.

(4) A fire/smoke is observed, which must be reported

immediately to BLACKBURN and the unit must go into a cease fire.

Units must report wind direction if possible.

(5) Round/Rounds are suspected of landing or detonating

outside the impact areas or safety limits (Round Out-of-Safe).

(6) When personnel, vehicles, or aircraft enters the SDZ/WDZ

or vertical hazard area of that RTA or training facility.

(7) Live-fire training presents the greatest danger to life

and limb. As such, any individual has the duty to call “CEASE FIRE”

when any unsafe condition is observed. This call can be made by

voice, radio, telephone, or any other audio or visual means. The

unsafe condition will be brought immediately to the attention of the

ROIC and RSO. The ROIC and RSO will report the “CEASE FIRE”

immediately to BLACKBURN. Once the “CEASE FIRE” issue has been

resolved, the ROIC/RSO will determine if and when safe training can

resume.

(8) Where conflicts occur with safety instructions contained

in MCOs, Operator Manuals (Caution, Warning, and Dangers), MCWPs,

MCRPs, FMs, TCs, FMFMs, SOUMs, and TMs, reference (a) will govern.

c. ORM. The ORM process will be used to assess/manage risks

during training. Units using ranges will employ ORM procedures to

identify operational hazards and implement appropriate controls in

order to minimize training mission risks. Formal ORM documentation is

required on all live-fire maneuver exercises, large training

exercises, and for any request for deviation from this Order. An ORM

Worksheet will be submitted from training units prior to training.

d. Safety Briefs. The following briefs are required to be given

by the ROIC/RSO before conducting training in the RTAs located in the

Camp Lejeune Range Complex:

(1) UXO and EOD

(2) Range Safety/Laser Safety

1-30 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Ammunition Handling and Accountability

(4) Restricted Areas (i.e., graves, construction sites, closed

roads/routes, known hazardous areas/situations, etc.). Units and Base

organizations will notify Range Control/BLACKBURN of potential hazards

in the training complex.

(5) ROIC/RSO will include Safety of Use Message(s) (SOUMs),

Notice(s) of Ammunition Reclassification (NAR), Ammunition Information

Notice(s) (AIN), and Cleared for Overhead Fire supplement(s) if

applicable to the range safety briefs. This is to ensure all

personnel conducting and participating in live-fire training events

are aware of any potential hazards related to the AA&E being utilized.

e. UXO may be present within the RTAs, resulting in ground access

restrictions. Units shall stay away from all ordnance. Note or mark

the area in which the object is found and report its location to Range

Control/BLACKBURN immediately.

7. Training Accidents and Incident Reporting

a. Range Control shall be informed of any accident, incident, or

injury, regardless of severity, that occurs within Camp Lejeune RTAs.

b. Camp Lejeune Reporting. Any unit operating in the Camp

Lejeune RTAs involved in any accident or incident will immediately

report the situation to Range Control. If additional information or

reports are required, the unit will be notified. In the event of

serious injury or death, units will preserve the scene of the accident

until released by the investigating officer or the unit CO. In the

event of an accident resulting in a death, a representative from the

deceased’s organization will be assigned to accompany the remains.

c. Parent Command Reporting. Reports submitted under this

paragraph are not substitutes for reports required by appropriate

directives, nor do they constitute notification of a unit’s chain of

command. Reports submitted per directives, to include notification

within the unit’s chain of command, shall include the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ as an information addressee.

d. Reportable Incidents. Examples of accidents or incidents

requiring a report to Range Control are:

(1) Aircraft accidents and both tactical vehicle and POV

accidents in the training complex;

(2) Unintentional jettison of any material from an aircraft;

(3) MEDEVACs/CASEVACs;

1-31 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) Forest fire/smoke in and on the RTAs;

(5) Any explosive mishap, to include duds and/or malfunctions;

(6) Any rounds out of safe;

(7) Missing, lost, found or stolen munitions/weapons/gear;

(8) Injuries from minor to death;

(9) Anything that is liable to create interest or inquiries

from the local civilian community;

(10) Lost personnel;

(11) Weapons/ammunition/tactical vehicle mishap/malfunctions.

(12) Possible hazardous areas/hazardous situations.

e. Training Accident Reports. Training Accident Reports will

include the information as detailed in this Order. Range Safety

personnel may be used to relay or gather sensitive accident and/or

medical information.

8. Lost Personnel

a. The training unit is expected to have organic assets

(vehicles/personnel) to initiate Search and Rescue (SAR) operations.

b. Upon notification of a missing individual, the unit will

immediately advise Range Control/BLACKBURN, which will notify EOD if

required, as well as PMO, so they can standby to assist. BLACKBURN

will place all ranges near that site into a “Check Fire” until further

notice.

c. The unit will conduct initial search, ensuring the location

where the individual was last seen is protected.

d. Any SAR effort which requires entry into RTAs will be

coordinated through Range Control/BLACKBURN. This policy also extends

to civilian SAR efforts.

e. If the unit is unable to locate the missing person and

requires assistance, contact Range Control, who will contact the

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5 for helicopter support and PMO for additional

ground support.

f. Lost Personnel Procedures

1-32 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Any lost/missing Marine, Sailor, Soldier, Airman, Coast

Guardsman, hunter/hunters, or any other person aboard Camp Lejeune

must be reported to BLACKBURN immediately by the command/unit and

remain in contact with BLACKBURN at all times.

(2) The following information must be reported as required.

(a) Name, rank, unit, and description;

(b) Date, time, location (grid/TA) last seen;

(c) Physical and medical status (injured/uninjured) of

Marine/Sailor/person;

(d) Type of training being conducted at the time

disappearance;

(e) Known sensitive items being carried by the

Marine/Sailor/person like weapons, night vision devices, etc;

(f) Request for assistance (PMO, PEDRO, Fire Department,

CLEO, etc.); and

(g) Follow-up information as required.

(3) The lost Marine’s/Sailor’s/person’s unit is responsible

for conducting the search and notifying BLACKBURN once the Marine

/Sailor/person is found.

9. Missing, Lost, Stolen, or Recovered (MLSR) Government Property

Reporting

a. Report. Report any MLSR Government property to Range

Control/BLACKBURN immediately. Range Control/BLACKBURN will record

the information and determine what, if any, follow-up action is

required. Range Control/BLACKBURN will obtain the following

information:

(1) Location of incident (grid coordinates preferred);

(2) Date and time of incident reported;

(3) Name and contact information of individual reporting the

incident;

(4) Material description to include quantity and types;

(5) National Stock Number and lot number (where applicable);

and

1-33 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) Where ammunition and explosives are involved, RCD will

advise the individual not to remove item(s) for safety reasons and to

facilitate follow-on investigation requirements.

10. Deviations

a. Requests for deviations from this Order and the current

reference (a) may be granted based on critical mission requirements

and will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Deviations are

limited to:

(1) Reducing SDZ, laser SDZ, and WDZ dimensions when terrain,

artificial barriers, or other compensating factors make smaller danger

zones safe.

(2) Modifying prescribed firing procedures appropriate for a

state of training of participating personnel to increase training

realism.

(3) Allowing personnel not authorized by Chapter 3 of

reference (a) within the danger zone, unless prohibited.

(4) Requesting a rank deviation from Appendix I of this Order

such as a SSgt being a ROIC on a dud producing range.

b. Deviation requests must be signed by the unit’s CO (not “By

direction” or “acting”) and must be endorsed by a (O-6) Colonel or

higher in the unit’s chain of command prior to submission to the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) at least 30 days in advance of scheduled

training and in accordance with reference (a). Deviations must be

updated and renewed annually if the requirement remains in effect.

c. Completed, reviewed, and signed ORM Worksheets shall accompany

all deviation and any Special Range Requests.

d. Requests for a waiver of Range Cards and this Order will be

considered a SRR. Procedures for obtaining a SRR are discussed/listed

in this Order and Appendix E.

11. Medical Evacuation/Casualty Evacuation Procedures

a. General

(1) MEDEVAC refers to U.S. Army, Navy, USMC, and USCG patient

movement using designated tactical or logistic aircraft, boats, ships,

and other watercraft temporarily equipped and staffed with medical

attendants for enroute care.

(2) CASEVAC is the unregulated movement of casualties that

includes movement to and between medical treatment facilities.

1-34 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) The designated, government safety vehicle is the

primary means of non-emergency MEDEVAC.

(b) Other Government vehicles may be used to transport

routine injuries to local medical clinics in order to allow the safety

vehicle to remain on-scene. The Range Control/BLACKBURN must be

notified when any personnel are removed from the RTA for medical

treatment. Range Control/BLACKBURN will determine if training may

continue.

(c) Ground transportation by Emergency Medical Support and

Advanced Life Support ambulance is the primary means of emergency

MEDEVAC/CASEVAC (i.e. Priority and Urgent). Range Control shall be

notified immediately of all MEDEVACs/CASEVACs.

(3) Range Control will contact Fire Dispatch (911), who will

dispatch the appropriate emergency medical response. The Senior Fire

Department Officer/Official or Senior Medical personnel on-scene will

be in command of the incident.

(4) All training/firing injuries that occur within RTAs or

training facilities controlled by Range Control (except MCOLF Oak

Grove) requiring MEDEVAC/CASEVACs shall be reported directly to

BLACKBURN by the unit/command, even if the unit uses its own assets to

conduct the evacuation. BLACKBURN is manned 24 hours a day in order

to facilitate, coordinate, and document all training-related

MEDEVACs/CASEVACs within Camp Lejeune’s training complex. It is

critical the incident details, victim injuries, and assets necessary

to best address victim injuries are clearly relayed to BLACKBURN to

ensure a timely response. The unit is responsible for initial

mishap/incident site control to prevent site contamination for

mishap/Judge Advocate General investigations. These procedures also

apply to all contractors/civilians aboard Camp Lejeune that get

injured in or on RTAs and training facilities.

(5) The responsibility for determining the necessity for a

MEDEVAC/CASEVAC rest with the ROIC, RSO, or the onsite Commander based

on the advice from the medical personnel present. The method of

evacuation shall be determined by the ROIC/RSO/Unit CO/onsite

Commander. Evacuation of all casualties will be accomplished as

expeditiously as possible, consistent with the safety and the medical

status of the casualty.

(6) RED SIGNALS (SMOKE, PYROTECHNICS) are reserved for use

during actual emergencies only. Any unit or aircraft observing a red

signal shall immediately report it to BLACKBURN. Red signal devices

being used for training must be pre-coordinated with Range

Control/BLACKBURN before being used.

1-35 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(7) All ROICs and RSOs conducting training that involve the

firing of small arms, artillery, mortars, mines, missiles, rockets,

demolitions/explosives, urban breaching, hand grenades, or any other

high-risk/high-hazard live-fire activities will have a competent

medical corpsman/medic with appropriate medical supplies/kit,

government safety vehicle, and other required equipment present on the

RTA or training facility at all times.

(8) All ROICs and RSOs conducting other high risk training

activities such as HRST, HST, Parachute Operations (PARAOPS), Dive

Operations, Open Water Operations, Scout Swimmer, Urban Assault

Climbing, CAST Operations, Fast Roping, Rappelling, SPIE, and other

events as directed will have a competent medical corpsman/medic with

appropriate medical supplies/kit as required, government safety

vehicle and other equipment present for that high-risk event.

(9) Trauma patients will be transported to the most

appropriate medical trauma center via 911 system on the advice of the

Naval Hospital Emergency Room or the on-scene emergency responders.

(10) There is no standby MEDEVAC/CASEVAC aircraft stationed at

Camp Lejeune. The primary means of MEDEVAC/CASEVAC is by ground

transportation. The primary means of MEDEVAC/CASEVAC is the

government safety vehicle for non-emergency MEDEVACs.

b. Categories of MEDEVAC/CASEVAC

(1) Urgent (Life Threatening). Emergency patients for whom

speedy evacuation is necessary to save life or limb, to prevent

complication of serious illness or to avoid permanent disability.

(2) Priority (Non-Life Threatening). Patients who require

specialized treatment not available locally and who are liable to

suffer unnecessary pain or disability unless evacuated with the least

possible delay.

(3) Routine (Minor Injuries). Patients whose immediate

treatment requirements are available locally, but would definitely

benefit by ambulance evacuation.

(4) Mass Casualty. A mass casualty is a series of injuries

with multiple priority and urgent medical patients.

c. Precedence. In order to help the assets determine the

severity of a MEDEVAC/CASEVAC, the following priorities shall be

assigned and passed to the responsible authority when requesting a

MEDEVAC/CASEVAC.

1-36 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Urgent. Evacuation of critically wounded or injured that

requires early hospitalization is an urgent precedence and is a matter

of life or death. Examples requiring urgent MEDEVAC/CASEVAC include:

(a) Chest pain that does not go away when sitting for a

few minutes;

(b) Intense and uncontrollable pain;

(c) Head injury with loss of consciousness;

(d) Deep lacerations with uncontrollable bleeding;

(e) Chemicals splashed in the eyes;

(f) Severe asthma attacks with shortness of breath that

prevents talking;

(g) Possible poisoning or overdose;

(h) Sudden weakness on one side of the body;

(i) Serious fractures, broken bones; or

(j) Poisonous Snake bite(s).

(2) Priority. Evacuation of seriously wounded or injured

personnel and require early hospitalization, but whose evacuation is

not a matter of life or death is a prioritized event. Examples

requiring priority MEDEVAC/CASEVAC include:

(a) Nausea and vomiting that will not stop;

(b) Asthma;

(c) Minor reactions to medications;

(d) Minor cuts that need to be sutured, but the bleeding

is controllable; or

(e) Possible fractures of wrist or ankles but no

deformity, numbness, or bluish discoloration;

(3) Routine. Evacuation of a deceased service member, a

patient with minor illness, or a patient requiring transfer between

medical facilities for further treatment is a routine event. Examples

requiring routine MEDEVAC/CASEVAC include:

(a) Headaches;

(b) Colds, flu, and sore throats;

1-37 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) Skin rashes; or

(d) Minor cuts and scrapes;

d. MEDEVAC/CASEVAC Assistance Procedures

(1) In the event of MEDEVAC/CASEVAC, the ROIC/RSO or the

onsite commander shall immediately contact and remain in constant

communication with BLACKBURN until directed otherwise. The ROIC/RSO

shall pass the following information to BLACKBURN:

(a) Category of MEDEVAC/CASEVAC request (competent medical

personnel, the senior Marine (ROIC/RSO, or the onsite Commander) shall

determine the extent of the medical condition):

1. Urgent – Life Threatening

2. Priority - Serious but not life threatening

3. Routine - Minor Injuries

(b) Air or Ground Transportation

(c) Number of Patients

(d) Type of injury/injuries (description of injury),

wound, patient(s) condition and if corpsman is present. If special

equipment is needed for patient care, it must be reported to

BLACKBURN.

(e) Location of patient(s): grid coordinate, main roads,

prominent terrain feature, prominent man-made feature, live-fire range

number, or TA letters.

(f) LZ marking (panels, smoke, and lights) and all hazards

to the aircraft (if applicable) must be reported.

(g) Source of injury (e.g., gunfire, vehicle, shrapnel, or

others as required).

(h) Patient(s) age, sex, blood type, name, grade, service,

and the unit/command.

(i) Other information as required, to include factors

which may generate public interest, if any. Unit may be required to

secure the site.

(2) Primary means of reporting this information shall be

telephone. If a telephone is not available, it will be transmitted to

BLACKBURN via radio. ROIC/RSO shall speak directly to BLACKBURN with

1-38 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

all pertinent information. Personnel reporting emergencies will

maintain communication with BLACKBURN until otherwise directed by

BLACKBURN. Routine radio traffic for all RTAs and training facilities

will be suspended until the MEDEVAC/CASEVAC situation is resolved.

(3) Ground transport is the primary MEDEVAC/CASEVAC means at

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ; using organic safety vehicle or requesting an

ambulance for medical emergencies through BLACKBURN. There is no

dedicated military aircraft MEDEVAC/CASEVAC available/on-call at Camp

Lejeune. If a military aircraft is airborne and available to take the

MEDEVAC/CASEVAC mission, BLACKBURN will coordinate the MEDEVAC/CASEVAC

with the aircrew and direct them to the designated pickup site (LZ to

be determined) which the unit will select and control. The unit must

be prepared to control the aircraft both during daylight or darkness,

as required or as directed. However, at most Camp Lejeune RTAs and

training facilities a ground ambulance can arrive at the evacuation

site more rapidly, with medical personnel with more sophisticated

lifesaving support equipment. Units shall provide guides for the

ambulance from a main service road to the exact location on the

ground. If in the opinion of the ROIC, RSO, unit leadership, and

corpsman, the patient can be transported to the nearest paved hard-

surface road to speed up the process. If the unit is training within

the GSRA training complex, Highway 17 or Highway 50 shall be used. In

most circumstances, medical evacuation by unit safety vehicle will be

the most effective means of transportation. Good judgment, based on

the patient condition, will always be the paramount factor in

determining which mode of transportation (unit safety vehicle or

ambulance) shall be used.

(4) BLACKBURN will put selected ranges into a "CHECK-FIRE" as

required or directed. BLACKBURN will notify the Naval Hospital, while

continuing to monitor the radio net for updates.

(5) BLACKBURN will notify the appropriate Unit Commander, the

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ CDO/Unit Officer on duty, PMO, Fire Department,

AC/S, Security and Emergency Services (SES), Director of safety, Naval

Hospital (if required) and the Director, RCD, RCO/Range Control

Operations Officer (RCOO)/RSS, and all others as required.

(6) Under no circumstances will the names or units of anyone

killed or injured on government property be released to media

representatives or other members of the public. The appropriate Unit

Commander shall notify the PAO, which will release any required

official statement. If an OPREP-3 SIR or PCR is released by a

command/unit the command/unit must ensure the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is

included as an informational addressee on the message/report.

1-39 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

12. Casualty Procedures for Diving, Internal Passenger Helicopter

Aircrew Breathing Device (IPHABD), and Underwater Egress Trainer (UET)

Accidents

a. Prior to scheduling or conducting any training that uses

compressed air; IPHABD and UET (Helo Dunker) operations, coordination

with the Master Diver at 2d Reconnaissance Battalion (2d Recon Bn)

Dive Locker, (910) 450-7710/7711/7742 or Marine Special Operations

Regiment (MSOR) chamber, (910) 440-1290/1291 is required to ensure

availability of their recompression chambers a minimum of seven days

prior to the planned evolution. This is mandatory to ensure proper

preparation and assignment of personnel necessary to operate the

Recompression Chamber if needed. Scheduling is subject to 2d ReconBn

and MSOR operational commitments. 2d Recon Bn should be contacted as

the primary, MSOR as the secondary. If 2d Recon Bn or MSOR chambers

are not available, MCIEAST-MCB (911) Emergency Consolidated

Communication Center (ECCC) will coordinate recompression chamber use

with Duke University Medical Center by calling (919) 684-6726.

b. Contact 911 to request an ambulance for all diving accidents

and pool casualties. While awaiting response, the Diving Supervisor

or senior diving EMT will notify BLACKBURN and identify and evaluate

the patient for turn over to the Base EMT. If casualty is verified to

be that of a diving nature (AGE, DCS Type I, or DCS Type II), the

patient should be taken directly to the primary or secondary

Recompression Chamber after positive notification has been made with

the Chamber Supervisor. Area 2, Area 5, Courthouse Bay, and UET

Training Tanks all have red “direct hot line” connected directly to

the ECCC to request immediate medical support in case of emergencies

at those locations.

13. Forest Fire Danger and Ratings

a. General. All brush, woods, forest, and range fires,

regardless of size or location aboard MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, shall be

immediately reported to BLACKBURN (34.70 MHZ or (910) 451-3064/4449)

and BLACKBURN will notify the Fire Department. Training units will

provide firefighting details to combat grass or brush fires if

requested, but at no time will firefighting details go down range or

into any impact areas (G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3). Units shall not use

Individual Combat Clothing and Equipment. At no time will a unit

place Marines in danger or harm’s way in an effort to fight wild

fires. Units must go into a “CHECK FIRE/CEASE FIRE” immediately

report the direction the smoke may be traveling from possible wild

fires to BLACKBURN. Use extreme caution on any tank trail or hard-

surface road from drifting smoke or any other condition due to the

fire. All units assigned to Camp Lejeune during peak fire season/high

fire condition shall have an evacuation route and plan in place.

1-40 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Fire Readiness Planning and Readiness Plans. Each

March/September, MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, RCD will publish the fire

readiness plan message to remind all units/commands of their

responsibilities during the forest fire season. Readiness levels are

set by the North Carolina Forestry Service, located in New Bern, and

include MCAS New River, MCAS Cherry Point, MCB CAMLEJ, and the

surrounding counties. Fire Readiness planning establishes training

restrictions and preparation commensurate with the wild fire danger by

establishing forest fire danger ratings as follows:

(1) Fire Readiness Plan 1. Fire danger is low. No

restrictions on authorized RTAs and training facilities. Normal

safety precautions will be followed.

(2) Fire Readiness Plan 2. Little or no chance of fire,

occasional fire activity. No restrictions on authorized RTAs and

training facilities. Normal safety precautions will be followed.

(3) Fire Readiness Plan 3. Fire danger is moderate. The use

of certain ranges, training facilities, and TAs may be curtailed at

the discretion of the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Normal safety

precautions will be followed. Caution shall be exercised in the use

of all pyrotechnics, smoke type devices or any training device that

could start a fire.

(4) Fire Readiness Plan 4. Normal Fire Season. The use of

certain RTAs and training facilities may be curtailed at the

discretion of the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Warming fires, when

specifically authorized and approved, will be used only in designated

places and only under supervision of a SNCO or officer at all times.

Pyrotechnics/smoke type training devices are restricted to authorized

live-fire ranges only.

(5) Fire Readiness Plan 5. Fire danger is very high/severe.

All tracer/pyrotechnic/smoke/incendiary/white phosphorous/illumination

type ammunition will be restricted to the G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3

Impact Areas only. Tracer ammunition (all calibers) is restricted to

the G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3 Impact Areas only. Authority to use

tracer ammunition in GSRA or on any other ranges will be a

situational, MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ command decision. Smoking is

permitted only in locations specifically designated by the training

unit commander to reduce the fire hazard. These areas will be

fireproofed and supervised. The use of generators will be restricted

to areas that have been fireproofed for at least a 50 ft. diameter

circle around each generator. Warming/camp fires are not authorized.

(6) Fire Readiness Plan 6. Fire danger is critical. All

military training in forested areas and other activities likely to

start forest fires, such as smoking, will be suspended/halted. Only

ball ammunition, fragmentation grenades on grenade ranges, demolition

1-41 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

materials on assigned ETAs, high explosive artillery, and mortar

ammunition on designated ranges/impact areas can be used during

Readiness Plan 6. All other items listed in Fire Readiness Plan 5

will also apply. MV-22 Squadrons will observe the following

procedures to further reduce the risk of stating fires when loitering

on the ground; 75 degree nacelle, 75 percent engine power, and

minimize time on deck.

(7) Fire Readiness Plan 7. Fire danger is extreme. All

training will cease and troops will come out of the field. Request to

train during Readiness Plan 7 will be submitted to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ via the AC/S, G-3/5 and the Director, RCD.

(8) Fire Readiness Plan 8/Blow-up Alert. An alert to units

that conditions could quickly elevate from level 4 to level 7 or

higher. All training will cease and all assigned units will come out

of the field as directed.

Note: As directed by the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, as a temporary

control measure a higher Fire Readiness Plan could be set/assigned due

to extreme forest fire/wild fire condition and availability of

firefighting crews and equipment aboard the Installation.

c. Fire Department. Firefighting personnel will allow fires in

the impact areas to burn until they reach the outside of the impact

area. Firefighting personnel will not enter the impact areas or other

assigned areas that have been designated by the RCO.

d. Prescribed Burns. Prescribed burning is routinely scheduled

in RFMSS and conducted by Base Forestry to stimulate new growth,

control insects, clear underbrush, reduce the fire hazard, open up

areas for better training for military personnel, and reduce the fuel

on the ground. Do not enter TAs that are scheduled for burning and

don’t confuse prescribed burns with wild fires.

e. Catalytic converters and vehicle/aircraft exhausts can get hot

enough to catch fire to nearby ground cover/grass. Do not leave the

engine running while parked during high fire readiness periods.

14. Destructive Weather Warnings and Conditions

a. General. Storms are a potential and continuous threat to

naval shipping, aircraft, military training, on all military

installations. Adequate and timely warning, coupled with prompt and

effective actions by all unit COs, will reduce loss of life and damage

to property due to destructive weather conditions. BLACKBURN will

notify all training units of impending destructive weather. For

additional/detail information on destructive weather see the current

edition of reference (q). Definitions and terms used in this Order

are standard throughout the DoD and the National Weather Service (NWS)

1-42 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

and are authorized for use in official messages, records,

correspondence, and dealings with other government agencies or

individuals.

b. Scope. Destructive or severe weather can occur at any time.

Analysis of meteorological and oceanographic data for this area

indicates that the most serious damage comes from storms of tropical

origin, such as tropical cyclones and tropical storms where winds of

destructive force are sustained for long periods of time. Storms of

non-tropical origin (gales, thunderstorms, tornadoes) are of shorter

duration and generally localized in nature. The annual Atlantic

Hurricane Season for the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ area is from 1 June

through 30 November. The period of 1 December through 15 March has

been established as the snow and ice storm season for coastal

southeastern North Carolina.

c. Definitions and Terms. An understanding of the meaning of the

terms defined below is critical for proper planning and operations in

destructive weather situations.

(1) Tropical Storm Systems

(a) Tropical Depression. A tropical system with sustained

wind speeds to 33 knots that is expected to intensify.

(b) Tropical Storm. A tropical system with sustained wind

speeds from 34 to 63 knots (39-73 mph).

(c) Hurricane. A tropical system with sustained wind

speeds of 64 knots (74 mph) or greater.

1. Category I Hurricane. Sustained winds of 64 to 82

knots (74-95 mph).

2. Category II Hurricane. Sustained winds of 83 to

95 knots (96-109 mph).

3. Category III Hurricane. Sustained winds of 96 to

113 knots (110-130 mph).

4. Category IV Hurricane. Sustained winds of 114 to

135 knots (131-155 mph).

5. Category V Hurricane. Sustained winds above 135

knots (155 mph).

(2) Non-Tropical Storm Systems

(a) Gale. A non-tropical windstorm with sustained surface

winds of 34 to 47 knots (39-54 mph).

1-43 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(b) Storm. Any disturbed state of the atmosphere,

especially affecting the Earth's surface, and strongly implying

destructive and otherwise unpleasant weather.

(c) Severe Local Storm. A convective storm that usually

covers a relatively small geographic area, or moves in a narrow path,

and is sufficiently intense to threaten life and/or property.

Examples include severe thunderstorms with large hail, damaging wind,

or tornadoes. A thunderstorm need not be severe to generate frequent

cloud-to-ground lightning.

(d) Nor’easter. A non-tropical cyclonic storm occurring

on the east coast of North America, so-called because the winds over

the coastal area are from the northeast. Nor’easters may occur at any

time of the year, but are most frequent and intense from September

through April. Abundant precipitation and winds of gale force or

higher are associated with a Nor’easter.

(e) Thunderstorm. A storm accompanied by thunder and

lightning with wind gusts of less than 50 knots (58 mph) and/or hail

less than one inch at the surface.

(f) Severe Thunderstorm. A thunderstorm that produces a

tornado, winds of at least 50 knots (50 mph), and/or hail at least one

inch in diameter.

(g) Tornado. A tornado is a violently rotating column of

air, usually in the form of a funnel extending from a thunderstorm.

Tornadoes move at speeds of approximately 20-35 knots (23-40 mph) and

have an average lifespan of 20 minutes. The intensity of tornadoes is

defined according to the Fujita Scale (F Scale), which range from F0

to F6: F0 Tornado – wind speeds of 35 to 62 knots (40-71 mph); F1

Tornado – wind speeds of 63 to 97 knots (72-112 mph); F2 Tornado –

wind speeds of 98 to 136 knots (113-157 mph); F3 Tornado – wind speeds

of 137 to 179 knots (158-206 mph); F4 Tornado-wind speeds of 180 to

226 (207-260 mph) knots; F5 Tornado – wind speeds of 227 to 276 knots

(261-318 mph); and F6 Tornado – wind speeds of 277 knots (319 mph) or

greater.

(h) Snowstorm. Snowfall with an accumulation of two or

more inches that may also involve freezing rain or sleet.

(i) Ice Storm. The term “ice storm” is used to describe

occasions when damaging accumulations of ice are expected during

freezing rain situations. Significant ice accumulations are usually

accumulations of 1/4 inch or greater.

(3) Miscellaneous Terms. The following terms are related to

major and local storm systems.

1-44 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) Waterspout. A tight rotary windstorm over water.

(b) Funnel Cloud. A tight rotary windstorm, except that

it does not touch the ground.

(c) Storm Surge. An abnormal rise in sea level

accompanying a hurricane or other intense storm, whose height is the

difference between the observed level of the sea surface and the level

that would have occurred in the absence of the cyclone.

(d) Storm Tide. The actual level of sea water resulting

from the astronomic tide combined with the storm surge.

(e) Flood/Flooding. The inundation of areas not normally

submerged caused by torrential rain and/or storm tide and capable of

extensive damage in low-lying areas.

(4) Watches and Warnings

(a) Tropical Systems

1. Tropical Storm Watch. Issued by the National

Hurricane Center (NHC) when there is a possibility that tropical storm

conditions will occur in the watched area within 48 hours.

2. Tropical Storm Warning. Issued by the NHC when

tropical storm conditions are expected to occur at the warned location

within 36 hours.

3. Hurricane Watch. Issued by the NHC when there is

a possibility that hurricane conditions will occur in the watched area

within 48 hours.

4. Hurricane Warning. Issued by the NHC when

hurricane conditions are expected to occur at the warned location

within 36 hours.

(b) Non-Tropical Systems

1. Gale Watch. A watch for an increased risk of a

gale force wind event for sustained surface winds, or frequent gusts,

of 34 to 47 knots (39-54 mph), but its occurrence, location, and/or

timing is still uncertain.

2. Gale Warning. A warning of sustained surface

winds, or frequent gusts, in the range of 34 to 47 knots (39-54 mph)

inclusive, either predicted or occurring, and not directly associated

with a tropical cyclone.

1-45 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

3. Storm Watch. A watch for an increased risk of a

storm force wind event for sustained surface winds, or frequent gusts,

of 48 knots to 63 knots (55-73 mph), but its occurrence, location,

and/or timing is still uncertain.

4. Storm Warning. A warning of sustained surface

winds, or frequent gusts, in the range of 48 to 63 knots (55-73 mph)

inclusive, either predicted or occurring, and not directly associated

with a tropical cyclone.

5. Severe Local Storm Watch. An alert issued by the

NWS for the contiguous U.S. and its adjacent waters of the potential

for severe thunderstorms or tornadoes.

6. Small Craft Advisory (SCA). An advisory issued by

Coastal Weather Forecast Offices (CWFO) for areas included in the

Coastal Waters Forecast or Near Shore Marine Forecast products. Any

vessel that may be adversely affected by SCA criteria shall be

considered a small craft. SCA are issued when sustained winds or

frequent gusts ranging between 25 and 33 knots (29-38 mph) (except 20

to 25 knots, lower threshold area dependent, to 33 knots (38 mph) for

harbors, bays, etc.) and/or seas or waves five to seven ft. and

greater are expected, area dependent.

7. Snow Advisory. This advisory is issued by the NWS

when a low pressure system produces snow that may cause significant

inconveniences, but does not meet warning criteria and, if caution is

not exercised, could lead to life threatening situations.

8. Ice Storm Warning. This warning is issued by the

NWS when freezing rain produces a significant and possibly damaging

accumulation of ice. The criteria for this warning varies from state

to state but typically will be issued any time more than 1/4 inch of

ice is expected to accumulate in an area.

9. Winter Storm Warning. This warning is issued by

the NWS when a winter storm is producing or is forecast to produce

heavy snow or significant ice accumulations.

10. Winter Storm Watch. This watch is issued by the

NWS when there is a potential for heavy snow or significant ice

accumulations, usually at least 24 to 36 hours in advance.

11. Severe Thunderstorm Watch. This watch is issued

by the NWS when conditions are favorable for the development of severe

thunderstorms in and close to the watch area. A severe thunderstorm

by definition is a thunderstorm that produces 3/4 in. hail or larger

in diameter and/or winds equal or exceeding 50 knots (58 mph). During

the watch, people shall review severe thunderstorm safety rules and be

1-46 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

prepared to move to a place of safety if threatening weather

approaches.

12. Severe Thunderstorm Warning. This warning is

issued when either a severe thunderstorm is indicated by the WSR-88D

radar, or a spotter reports a thunderstorm producing hail 3/4 in. or

larger in diameter and/or winds equal or exceeding 50 knots (58 mph);

therefore, people in the affected area shall seek safe shelter

immediately. Severe thunderstorms can produce tornadoes with little

or no advance warning.

13. Tornado Watch. This is issued by the NWS when

conditions are favorable for the development of tornadoes in and close

to the watch area. Their size can vary depending on the weather

situation. During the watch, people shall review tornado safety rules

and be prepared to move to a place of safety if threatening weather

approaches.

14. Tornado Warning. This is issued when a tornado

is indicated by the WSR-88D radar or sighted by spotters; therefore,

people in the affected area shall seek safe shelter immediately.

15. Conditions of Readiness

a. General. Conditions of Readiness (Weather Related) are set

using the applicable term indicating wind force (e.g., thunderstorm

Condition II) and/or a specified range of wind speeds (e.g., winds of

35 to 40 knots). Unless specifically stated otherwise, conditions of

readiness are based on sustained winds. Additional weather-related

conditions of readiness, warnings, or advisories (e.g., Destructive

Weather /Thunderstorm/Severe Thunderstorm/Tornado Condition II) are

also utilized to avoid or minimize loss of life, injury, and/or damage

to property.

b. Non-Tropical Conditions of Readiness. The following

conditions of readiness are established for non-tropical storm

systems.

(1) Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe Thunderstorm, or Tornado

Condition II. Condition II is set when conditions favorable for the

development of severe winds, thunderstorms, severe thunderstorms or

tornados exist in the Camp Lejeune area. Condition II generally

corresponds to the NWS’s Watch condition. Like the NWS’s watch

condition, Condition II is usually issued for duration of between four

and eight hours.

(2) Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe Thunderstorm, or Tornado

Condition I. Condition I is set when severe winds, thunderstorms,

severe thunderstorms, or tornados exist in the Camp Lejeune area.

Condition I generally corresponds to the NWS’s Warning condition.

1-47 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Like the NWS’s Warning condition, Condition I is usually issued for a

duration of one hour.

(3) Winter Storm Condition II. Condition II is set when an

ice or snow storm is forecast for the Camp Lejeune area within 24

hours. Condition II generally corresponds to the NWS’s warning and

advisory conditions.

(4) Winter Storm Condition I. Condition I is set when an ice

or snow storm is expected to affect the Camp Lejeune area within six

hours and lasts until the storm passes and the road conditions are

deemed to be safe enough to allow cautious travel. Condition I

generally corresponds to the NWS’s Warning condition.

c. The Decision to Set Conditions and Notification

(1) Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe Thunderstorm, or Tornado

Conditions. The Regional Meteorological and Oceanographic Center will

broadcast the existence of such conditions via its telephone

notification system. RCD is responsible for passing these conditions

and warnings to units training in the field.

(2) Winter Storm Conditions. The decision to set Winter Storm

Conditions is made by the CG or his authorized representative. The

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) will monitor forecasts, solicit staff

input, and make recommendations to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ during

the lead up to the storm to ensure decisions are based on the most up-

to-date weather information and as complete an understanding of

ongoing operations onboard the Installation as is possible. The

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) will broadcast the setting of Winter Storm

Conditions using Non-Secure Internet Protocol Router, Omni-directional

telephone network (OMNI), and mass notification.

d. Non-Tropical Conditions of Readiness Tasks

(1) Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe Thunderstorm or Tornado

Condition II Tasks

(a) Disseminate the setting of Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe

Thunderstorm, or Tornado Condition II.

(b) Prepare to suspend training on towers and around

ground mounted antennas.

(c) Secure loose equipment and debris in your area of

responsibility, TAs, ranges, training facilities to reduce damage to

persons and property caused by flying debris driven by high winds.

Ensure storm drains and gutters are free of debris and function

properly.

1-48 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(d) Prepare to secure from field training and assume

appropriate protective posture.

(2) Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe Thunderstorm, or Tornado

Condition I Tasks

(a) Disseminate the setting of Wind, Thunderstorm, Severe

Thunderstorm, or Tornado Condition I.

(b) Suspend training on any towers and around ground

mounted antennas.

(c) Remain alert for downed power lines, trees, debris in

roadways, flood areas, and other impediments that may obstruct traffic

flow. Report any telephone and utility outages as they occur.

(d) Take immediate safety precautions and shelter.

(e) Secure from field training as directed from Range

Control (BLACKBURN). All units must report to BLACKBURN once all

personnel, military gear, and vehicles are removed from the field.

(3) Winter Storm Condition II Tasks

(a) Disseminate the setting of Winter Storm Condition II.

(b) The AC/S, SES monitors road conditions for emerging

safety hazards and provides the CG, via the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-

3/5), with an assessment of driving conditions.

(c) All commands and activities review military, civilian,

and contractor personnel requirements and plan to reduce operations

and personnel requirements to only those that are deemed essential.

(d) All commands and activities prepare to secure from

field training.

(4) Winter Storm Condition I Tasks

(a) Disseminate the setting of Winter Storm Condition I.

(b) The AC/S, SES monitors road conditions and safety

hazards and provides an appropriate “early closure /delayed

opening/closure” recommendation to the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5).

(c) All commands and activities secure from field

training, as directed by Range Control (BLACKBURN).

(d) All commands and activities prepare to release all

non-essential military and civilian personnel.

1-49 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(e) All commands and activities minimize vehicular

traffic.

(f) All personnel remain alert for downed power lines,

trees, debris in roadways, flood areas, and other impediments that may

obstruct traffic flow. Report phone and utility outages as they occur

to the Public Works Senior Watch Officer, or 911 Emergency Services as

the situation requires.

(g) All personnel prepare to take safety precautions and

shelter.

16. Vehicle Restrictions Due to Wind and Ice/Snow. The AIWW Bridge

to Onslow Beach will be secured to vehicle traffic when sustained wind

speeds exceed 39 knots (45 mph). Additionally, vehicle movement is

restricted as follows: Non-tactical vehicles are permitted prior to

winds reaching 44 knots (51 mph); 45 to 87 knots (52-100 mph),

tactical vehicles only; greater than 88 knots (101 mph), tactical

vehicles only when responding to a life or death situation. Bridges

and overpasses may be closed due to the accumulation of ice or snow

that renders them unsafe in the judgment of the PMO.

17. Tropical Storm Conditions of Readiness. Due to the severe nature

and duration of tropical cyclones (storms and/or hurricanes), Tropical

Cyclone Conditions (TCCs) are set by the CG to prepare for an

approaching storm. The proper execution of tasks at each TCC ensures

that a progressive state of readiness is assumed by the Installation,

its component’s, and tenants. TCCs could impacts training and

operations here at Camp Lejeune and unit could/would be directed to

depart the field as directed by MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) per

reference (q).

a. Time-oriented tasks are based upon an on-going evaluation of

the estimated time of arrival of the storm and are executed upon the

setting of each TCC.

b. Event-oriented tasks are based on an on-going evaluation of

operational requirements, personnel safety, and the progress of

preparation operations and will be executed only upon specific

direction by the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ EOC.

c. Upon setting higher conditions of readiness, commands must

accomplish specific actions to enable a coordinated effort to minimize

the possible effects of destructive weather. When any increased

condition of readiness is established, all actions for lesser

conditions of readiness must be completed before those of the higher

condition can begin.

d. The MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) will disseminate tropical

weather information, advisories and set TCCs to all Camp Lejeune area

1-50 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

commands, Installation staff, tenant units, and residents by posting

the applicable information on the Automated Information System, (Menu

4 - Hurricane Information), telephone (910) 451-1717, and notifying

appropriate commands/staff via the OMNI line and a “destructive

weather e-mail distribution list.” The setting of TCCs will be

announced via the Defense Messaging System message via Automated

Message Handling System (AMHS) to higher headquarters, all area

commands, Installation staff, and tenant units. Additionally,

destructive weather information will be announced via LCTV-10 and the

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ website.

e. Requests to be added or deleted from the OMNI line

notification system or the “destructive weather e-mail distribution

list” shall be submitted to the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (Current Operations

Officer, Operations and Plans) at (910) 451-0375.

f. TCCs

(1) TCC V. The potential for the occurrence of destructive

weather is elevated but no specific system threatens the area. TCC V

indicates a seasonal destructive weather readiness level, i.e.,

Atlantic Hurricane Season (1 June to 30 November) is in progress.

(2) TCC IV, 72 Hours. A specific destructive weather system

with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph) or greater is forecast to

affect the area within 72 hours.

(3) TCC III, 48 Hours. A specific destructive weather system

with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph) or greater is forecast to

affect the area within 48 hours.

(4) TCC II, 24 Hours. A specific destructive weather system

with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph) or greater is forecast to

affect the area within 24 hours.

(5) TCC I, 12 Hours. A specific destructive weather system

with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph) or greater is forecast to

affect the area within 12 hours.

(6) TCC IC, Six Hours. A specific destructive weather system

with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph) or greater is forecast to

affect the area within six hours.

(7) TCC IE. The area is currently experiencing a specific

destructive weather system with sustained winds of 50 knots (58 mph)

or greater.

(8) TCC I, Recovery (TCC IR). The destructive weather system

has passed the area, but safety and storm hazards remain. All orders,

1-51 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

restrictions, and guidance established in previous TCCs remain in

effect.

18. Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index

a. Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGTI) information can be

found on the Automated Heat Sensor System (AHSS) web page

(http://ahss.lejeune.usmc.mil/Default.aspx

), the Camp Lejeune website

(http://www.lejeune.marines.mil), and the Marine Corps Base Automated

Information System at (910) 451-1717. WBGTI readings may also be

obtained from BLACKBURN between the hours of 0800-1900 daily.

b. WBGTI Index Readings

(1) Green Flag. When the WBGTI reads from 80 to 84.9°F, heavy

exercises for personnel not acclimated shall be conducted with caution

and under constant supervision.

(2) Yellow Flag. When the WBGTI reads from 85 to 87.9°F,

strenuous exercises, such as marching at standard cadence, shall be

suspended for troops who are not acclimated in their first two or

three weeks. Outdoor classes in direct sun shall be avoided.

(3) Red Flag. When the WBGTI reads from 88 to 89.9°F, all

physical training (PT) shall be halted for those troops who have not

become thoroughly acclimated by at least 12 weeks of living and

working in the area. Those Marines who are thoroughly acclimated may

carry on limited activity not to exceed six hours per day. BLACKBURN

will notify all training units with established communications when

the WBGTI reaches red or black flag conditions.

(4) Black Flag. When the WBGTI exceeds 90°F, all. All

nonessential physical activity will be halted for all units.

(5) Administrative Black Flag. A condition created when the

Medical Facility cannot handle any more patients or all emergencies

vehicles are off station. All training is suspended and will not

resume until authorized by the RCO. The WBGTI readings are relayed

hourly via radio to training units by BLACKBURN when the reading

exceeds 90°F.

19. Airspace Management During Emergency Response Requiring

Civilian/Military Aircraft Evacuation. Regardless of the situation,

emergency response aircraft (Military or Civilian) entering the

restricted airspace shall contact BLACKBURN. BLACKBURN shall route

emergency response aircraft in the most expeditious manner as possible

to the location requested by the “On-Scene Commander”. At all times,

the emergency response aircraft shall maintain communications with

BLACKBURN and shall adhere to all aircraft safety requirements as set-

forth in this Order. BLACKBURN will inform all other aircraft

1-52 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

operating in the area about the routing and destination of the

MEDEVAC/CASEVAC aircraft. If there is an “on scene commander”

aircraft, he/she will communicate with the MEDEVAC/CASEVAC aircraft

(on BLACKBURN’s frequencies 233.8 UHP, 119.5 VHF, or 34.70 FM) and

maintain separation.

20.

Observation of, or Participation in Training by Military

Dependents and Civilians

a. Civilians are not authorized to be on any RTA, waterway, or

training facility unless explicitly approved by the unit’s chain of

command and Range Control by formal letter that is properly endorsed

by the unit’s chain of command for this type of special event.

Requests for military dependents or civilians to participate in, or

observe military training like a “John/Jane Wayne Day” or “A Day in

Their Boots” on a RTA or training facility aboard Camp Lejeune shall

be submitted as a SRR from the command (This can be signed as “By

direction”) and endorsed via the chain of command to the CG MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) at least 30 working days in advance of the event.

The 30 working day requirement provides sufficient time to request and

receive authorization from Headquarters, U.S. Marine Corps for

dependents or civilians to take part in training evolutions if

required. References (a) and (r) apply as the primary references.

b. Approved civilians (Non-Government Employees) such as approved

contract support personnel, Role Players, approved civilian

instructors, and additional civilian support personal would be

approved if pre-arranged and authorized by the Range Control Officer

by E-mail Special Range Request (ESRR). If a using unit would like a

guest, family member, or others to just observer training from a safe

distance it can be approved via ESRR to Range Control.

(1) Requests require the following information in the formal

request via the unit’s chain of command:

(a) Unit conducting event;

(b) Organization/background of civilian participants;

(c) Event description, including weapon system(s) and

ammunition being fired or observed or other scheduled planned events

by the civilians;

(d) Date and time the event will take place;

(e) Location of the event (live-fire range, GP, etc.); and

(f) Purpose of the event, reason the civilian

visitors/guest are participating (i.e. John/Jane Wayne Day, A Day in

Their Boots).

1-53 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(g) ORM Worksheets. It must be reviewed and signed by the

person who prepared it and signed by the person one level above who

reviewed the ORM for this event.

(2) Waiver of Liability. Civilian/Contractor participants

must sign a Waiver of Liability before the event. A copy of the

signed waiver of liability must be onsite while training is being

conducted and kept on file for a minimum of three years by the

command/unit. A sample of a Waiver of Liability can be found in

Appendix H and on the Range Control website. Additionally, if

required, all Waiver of Liability forms may be reviewed by the Office

of the Staff Judge Advocate to ensure that the Installation is in

compliance with all legal requirements.

c. Training authorized for observation/participation is limited

and restricted. Civilians are not authorized to fire any crew served

weapons (i.e., M240B, MK-19, and M2 .50 cal. machineguns, rockets

/missiles, mortars, artillery howitzers, Fire and Movemnt type events)

or any dud-producing weapons or ammunition. Family members under the

age of 18 years old on the date of the event are precluded from

participating in any live-fire, Obstacle Course, Combat Fitness Test,

Marine Corp Martial Art Program, wall climbing, fast roping,

rappelling events or other high-risk events as directed. When

incorporating civilians into training, commanders must establish all

safety control measures to ensure civilian activities are conducted

safely at all times.

d. Special Events (i.e., Capabilities Exercise [CAPEX]) and other

assigned events as directed by the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ for

observation by dependents/civilians will be coordinated by special

bulletin/message from the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5).

21. Quiet Hours

a. Quiet hours will be in effect from 0001-0600 Monday through

Saturday and also from 0001-1200 on all Sundays. Quiet hours restrict

the firing of all artillery, naval gunfire, mortars, explosives

/demolitions, grenade launchers, rockets, missiles, and any other

large caliber weapon systems, or training devices that create loud

noises like the Artillery Simulators and all others.

b. In addition, SR-7 is not authorized to go “HOT” from 0001-1200

on Sundays and must go “COLD” at 2359 each night with all weapon

systems to include all small arms.

c. SR-10 is not authorized to go “HOT” from 0001-1200 on Sundays

with the tank 120mm main gun and Training Practice TOW Missiles but is

authorized for firing small arms. All demolition/explosive training

will cease one hour prior to sunset unless approved by Range Control

via an official SRR.

1-54 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

d. Requests to fire restricted weapon systems, demolition/

explosives during quiet hours as listed above must be endorsed by the

unit’s chain of command and forwarded to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

(G-3/5) via the Director, RCD for approval at least 30 working days in

advance.

e. Requests for other specific quiet hours for change of command

ceremonies, retirements, memorial service, etc., are requested by the

commander of the unit, endorsed by the unit’s chain of command, and

forwarded to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5). MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

(G-3/5) will release a naval message stating the Quiet Hours to be

observed and ranges/GPs to be impacted that will be placed into

“CHECK-FIRE” for the time period of the special event.

f. For additional guidance on Quiet Hours contact the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5) Operations Department.

22. Privately-Owned Vehicles, Weapons,

and Alcohol

a. POVs

(1) Privately-owned recreational vehicles, such as three and

four-wheeled, all-terrain vehicles, dirt or trail bikes, mountain

bikes, dune buggies, go-carts, and any regular four-wheeled vehicles

are not authorized within any RTA or other training facilities.

(2) Range Control will issue/sign out POV passes to the owners

of a POV only on a case-by-case basis to support day-to-day activities

on a limited time period issue for SNCOs and above. E-5 and below

must be escorted by a SNCO or above to sign out a Range Control POV

pass. Civilian contractors must be escorted by the hosting unit to

sign out a Range Control POV Pass unless prearranged with Range

Control via e-mail/phone.

(3) Limited designated POV parking areas will be cleared and

maintained at some ranges. By special arrangement with Range Control,

temporary POV permits for other designated parking areas can be

obtained if signed for at Range Control. POVs cannot park within 50

meters of the firing line or on any range, MP, GP where dud-producing

ammunition is fired/stored. POVs are not authorized at Onslow Beach

(EB Training Area), Combat Town, LZ Hawk, LZ Falcon, and Hawk FOB.

Units that have rental vehicles must have a signed out Range Control

POV Pass displayed.

(4) Special events (i.e., CAPEX, Certification Exercise) POV

use/parking instructions are published by special bulletin.

(5) SOI-E and MCES have, by special agreement with the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, the authority to park POVs in certain designated

areas within the Verona Loop area and all other approved areas. All

1-55 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

POVs parked in these areas must display the SOI-E Parking Permit or

MCES Parking Permit. No other units are authorized POV parking in

these areas unless issued a Range Control POV pass.

(6) Units that require the inclusion of POVs in their training

to add realism, etc., shall contact Range Control for special approval

prior to the training event. Range Control POV Passes must be issued

and a POV Waiver of Liability and Assumption of Risk is filled out and

signed by the vehicle operator/owner.

b. Privately-Owned Weapons

(1) Privately-owned weapons are not authorized on any live-

fire range except for designated/approved recreational firing events.

Privately owned weapons are not authorized in any TAs unless

associated with a scheduled hunting event within that approved TA.

(2) Firing of Privately-Owned Weapons

(a) The firing of privately-owned weapons and ammunition

is considered recreational firing and will be treated like any other

live fire event. Recreational firing on any military range requires

approval from the RCO. Recreational firing on any military range

aboard Camp Lejeune requires a formal request via the unit’s chain of

command to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) RCD, 30 days in advance

of the scheduled special event to be properly endorsed and approved by

the RCO or a formal/approved Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) by all

parties. The requesting unit must schedule the event in RFMSS,

provide a ROIC/RSO/Corpsman/Safety Vehicle with Driver and the event

must be signed for by the ROIC.

(b) The following requirements apply for the use of

recreational fired (Non-Hunting) privately-owned weapons:

1. The owner of privately-owned weapon (Handguns

(Pistols), Rifles, Shotguns, and Muzzle Loaders) will complete/conduct

an inspection of that weapon/ammunition to ensure it is functional and

safe to operate/fire.

2. An Indemnification Agreement and Waiver Liability

(Appendix H) will be signed by the individual(s) requesting

recreational firing.

3. The caliber of the weapon and the type of

ammunition will not exceed specified range restrictions for that

range. The shooter will provide their own serviceable ammunition

which must be declared safe and authorized for that scheduled range by

the RCO/Unit ROIC.

1-56 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

4. The firing of such weapons will not interfere with

scheduled military training. Military training will take priority

over any recreational firing.

5. Military training and recreational firing will not

take place on the same range at the same time.

c. Drugs and Alcohol. Drugs and alcohol to include mind altering

prescription or non-prescription drugs of any kind is not authorized

on any RTA or training facility. Consumption of alcohol during

special military functions like Field Mess and Warrior Nights will

require a SRR to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) at least 30 working

days in advance of the event. A separate request for underage

drinking at these events will be submitted to MCIEAST MCB CAMLEJ G-1

Adjutant via the unit’s chain of command with a list attached of all

Marines/Sailors that are underage. A copy of this underage drinking

package/document must be provided to Range Control at least one day

prior to the event. Amplifying information and guidance is available

in reference (b) on consumption of alcohol.

23. Addresses/Phone Numbers

/Websites. The following list provides

the various means of contacting Range Control.

a. Mailing address:

Commanding General

Attn: Range Control Division (RCD) Building 54

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5

PSC Box 20005

Camp Lejeune, NC 28542-0005

b. Plain language message address:

CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G3-5

c. E-Mail addresses:

(1) BLACKBURN: [email protected]

(2) Range Scheduling: [email protected]

d. Websites:

(1) MCIEAST-MCB Share Point Website, Range Control Operations.

To access the Range Control MCIEAST-MCB Website, navigate to the

Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune official website

http://www.lejeune.marines.mil/

, select Units, Offices and Staff, and

Range Control at:

https://intranet.mcieast.usmc.mil/sites/G3/Range%20Management/

Range%20Control%20Division/Pages/default.aspx when asked for

certificate, use the e-mail certificate. Marine Corps Enterprise IT

Services (MCEITS) Camp Lejeune Range Control Website at:

1-57 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

https://eis.usmc.mil/sites/mcbrcd/default.aspx

when asked for

certificate, use the e-mail certificate.

Complex address: (Both Lines).

https://intranet.mcieast.usmc.mil/sites/G3/Range%20Management/

Range%20Control%20Division/Pages/default.aspx

(2) AHSS Website: https://ahss.lejeune.usmc.mil

(3) Weather Buoys: http://www.ndbc.noaa.gov

e. Phone numbers (Commercial Area Code 910/DSN prefix 751).

Table 1-1 contains various POCs at Camp Lejeune.

POC

PHONE NUMBER

Director, RCD

451-3932

Secretary, RCD

451-3733

Facsimile (FAX), RCD

451-1593

Range Control Officer (RCO)

451-1235

Range Control Operations

Officer (RCOO)

451-1236

Range Safetry Specialist

(RSS)

451-1240

Range Control Operations

Chief (RCOC)

451-5803

Range Control IT Specialist

450-7966

Scheduling

451-3065/3066/4478

FAX, Scheduling

451-1544

BLACKBURN/Fire Desk

451-3064/4449

CS Chamber (Mainside)

451-3518

Navy Boat Crew

451-5046

Base EOD

449-0558/0334

MOUT Staff

451-2364/0752/0508

/0753

Training Tank, Area 5

451-2027

Training Tank, Courthouse Bay

440-6005

GSRA, SR-46 (Range Control

West)

449-6228/6205/6341

FAX, GSRA

449-6227

WTBn S-3 Stone Bay

450-2918

HSTL Complex, GSRA, SR-12

449-2147

Ground Training Simulators

450-5126

Table 1-1--Camp Lejeune POCs

Note: Phone numbers are subject to change. For additional

information contact Range Control

24. Applicable Map Sheet

1-58 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

a. All grid coordinates listed in this Order (except MCOLF Oak

Grove which is a separate map sheet) are referenced to apply to the

Camp Lejeune Military Installation Map, WGS 84/NAD 83 Edition 4-NGA,

Series V742S; sheet Camp Lejeune MIM, NSN 7643014255064. NGA

Reference Number V742SCPLEJEUMIM.

b. Recommendations/changes to the Camp Lejeune Military

Installation Map will be made to the Director, RCD, and Director,

RDMD.

c. Geographical Data. The GIS is a very important asset

available to trainers at all levels. Maps of all types and scales are

available through the IGIR. Everyone planning to train aboard Camp

Lejeune shall access the IGIR website at: https:www.geofieast.usmc

.mil/pages/default.asp. The layers of data available in map format

are extensive and include aerial photography. GIS products are “For

Official Use Only” and are limited to official use only. For printed

products such as maps, aerial photos etc., contact the GIS office,

phone number (910) 451-9016, or the RSS at (910) 451-1240.

1-59 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 2

Environmental Procedures

1. Purpose. The protection and enhancement of our natural

environment is a valuable tool in sustaining the training and support

mission of MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. The purpose of this Chapter is to

inform trainers/commanders about their responsibility to protect the

natural environment, stressing the important role each individual

plays in ensuring no net loss in the capability of military

installation lands to support unit training requirements, by following

the procedures in this Order. Ever increasing demands on training

areas, and ranges that support the readiness of military forces,

require a strong commitment by all hands to protect and conserve

natural and cultural resources found on the installation. Compliance

with Federal and state laws, regulations, and USMC policies related to

integrated natural and cultural resource management with the military

mission will sustain unit readiness as well as maintain healthy,

natural, ecosystems. The information in this Chapter incorporates

sound environmental practices, and establishes procedures to ensure

continued, proactive compliance with programs established for the

management and protection of natural and cultural resources on

military installations. Following these environmental management

procedures will prevent pollution, divert and minimize waste, promote

recycling, and protect and enhance our natural resources.

2. General. It is the responsibility of each individual/unit and

command to preserve our natural resources. As professional Marines,

Sailors, tenant commands, and good citizens we should strive to

provide realistic training while protecting MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ's

natural environment for future generations. The following guidelines

support the best utilization of MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ RTAs and also

protect the environment. Regulations concerning environmental

restrictions are mandated by Federal law and are applicable to all

federal agencies including military reservations. Additional guidance

on how to train and preserve the environment can be found in the

latest version of the “The Environmental Handbook for Trainers and the

Quick Look Environmental Guide.” These handbooks/guides are excellent

sources of additional information and are issued by RCD and the EMD.

3. Laws, Policies, and Plans

a. In an effort to preserve the environment, it is required that

all users comply with all Federal environmental statutes, regulations,

executive orders, and military mandates, as well as consistently

execute all relevant plans. Some of the most pertinent of these are

listed below.

(1) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969;

(2) The Clean Air Act;

2-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) The Clean Water Act;

(4) Coastal Zone Management Act;

(5) The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;

(6) The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and

Liability Act of 1980;

(7) The Endangered Species Act;

(8) The National Historic Preservation Act;

(9) The Archeological Resources Protection Act;

(10) Antiquities Act of 1906;

(11) The Federal Facilities Compliance Act;

(12) The Migratory Bird Treaty Act;

(13) Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (required by

the Federal Sikes Act and reference (s)).

(14) Marine Mammal Protection Act;

(15) Bald Eagle and Golden Eagle Protection Act;

(16) Native American Graves, Protection, and Repatriation Act;

and

(17) Sikes Act Improvement Act.

(18) Cultural and Historic Resources. Federal and state

historic preservation laws have been developed to protect our cultural

heritage and these laws are enforced on the RTAs.

b. Any violation of the environmental laws listed above can incur

civil and criminal fines and/or incarceration.

4. Environmental Impact Review

a. Some training exercises on the ranges and TAs of MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ, will require the preparation of a document called a Field

Exercise Reguest for Envonmental Impact Review (FEREIR). A blank

version of the FEREIR is available online at:

http://www.lejeune.marines.mil/Portals/27/Documents/

EMD/FEREIR_Feb13.pdf Read and follow the instructions on the first

page. Examples of training exercises requiring a FEREIR include, but

are not limited to, establishment of a tactical fuel farm, FARP, TWPS

site, cutting vegetation, digging, or non-routine activities at Onslow

2-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Beach. Submit the completed FEREIR form to [email protected] at

least two weeks prior to the planned field exercise. Any units that

cannot access the website to download the form can e-mail

[email protected] and request a FEREIR form via e-mail.

b. The EMD will contact the responsible Officer-in-Charge/Unit

Representative if any topics require clarification or additional

information. A field visit/site survey by the EMD may be necessary.

After the FEREIR form has been reviewed and processed by EMD staff,

signatures of the representative from the EMD and the responsible unit

representative will be required. The responsible unit representative

must implement and comply with all remarks/stipulations developed by

EMD for the specific exercise. These stipulations will be explained

on the FEREIR form.

c. Exercises in garrison areas such as the cantonment areas (e.g.

setting up tents, antennas, generators, lights, digging or ground

disturbing activities, etc., in the unit’s motor pool, in an open area

between buildings or on grass/parking areas in garrison) require the

submittal of a FEREIR if any answers on the FEREIR form are “Yes”.

d. Any feedback on the “ease-of-use” or any suggestions regarding

ways to improve the FEREIR form shall be sent to

[email protected]

.

e. Whenever there is any potential for significant environmental

impact, exercise planners shall contact Range Control at (910) 451-

1240/1236 for guidance, direction, and will be directed to other

agencies as required to ensure all requirements are accomplished.

5. Protected Species

a. MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is known to be home to eight Federally-

listed threatened, or endangered species:

(1) Red-Cockaded Woodpecker (RCW);

(2) Green Sea Turtle;

(3) Loggerhead Sea Turtle;

(4) Red Knot (Shorebird);

(5) Rough-Leaf Loosestrife;

(6) Seabeach Amaranth;

(7) Piping Plover; and

(8) American Alligator.

2-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. The waters off of Camp Lejeune provide seasonal habitat for

several Federally-listed species, including two species of sturgeon,

leatherback sea turtles, and marine mammals, such as the West Indian

manatee, and the right whale. Guidelines for boating and training use

of the N-1/BT-3 impact area, E-1, G-5, G-7, and H-Range are given in

the following sections.

c. Although the American Alligator has recovered, it is still

listed as threatened due to similarity of appearance to the American

Crocodile. Camp Lejeune also has a Federal candidate species, Hirst’s

Panic Grass. The Bald Eagle is no longer listed as threatened or

endangered by the Federal government, but is protected under the Bald

Eagle and Golden Eagle Protection Act, and the Migratory Bird Treaty

Act. Finally, this document addresses other species of concern which,

although not Federally-listed, are protected.

d. Unit Commanders, Officers-in-Charge (OICs), Unit SNCOs/NCOs

ROICs/RSOs will ensure strict compliance with applicable regulations

regarding these protected species, as listed in reference (t) and this

Order.

e. Site-specific information can be obtained from the MCB CAMLEJ

Environmental Conservation (ECON) Branch, EMD, personnel at (910) 451-

5063.

6. Endangered Animals

a. RCW. The RCW is an endangered species protected by Federal

law. RCWs are cavity-nesting birds and depend on live pine trees for

their survival.

b. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ has implemented a program to protect

RCW habitat. Some RCW nesting areas (i.e. cavity tree clusters) are

marked with buffers within which certain training activities are

restricted. Buffer Zones extending 200 feet. out from each cluster of

cavity trees and are marked with single bands of white paint on the

trees at chest height and signs reading:

Endangered Species Site

Restricted Activity

Red-Cockaded Woodpecker

or

Endangered Species Colony Buffer Zone

or

Restricted Area Endangered Species Site

2-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Further, the all RCW cavity trees are marked with blue-

white-blue painted bands. Units must be fully aware of this

distinction; some activities are allowed within the buffer zones but

cannot be conducted within 50 feet. of the cavity tree. Table 2-1 can

be used as a reference.

(2) The below actions are prohibited under Public Law 93-205,

Endangered Species Act of 1973, and MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ/Base Orders

concerning the RCW and marked buffer zones. Violators and their chain

of command can be prosecuted under Federal law for willful

noncompliance.

(a) The cutting or damaging of Pine Trees of any size

within the buffer zones and TAs. Damage to RCW cavity trees,

including: attaching wires, trip flares, or other devices.

(b) Any digging within 50 ft. of the cavity tree.

(c) The firing of artillery/mortars within RCW buffer

zone.

(d) Bivouacking, the establishment of command posts or any

defensive fighting positions occupied for longer than two hours within

the RCW buffer zone.

(e) "Tree topping" antennas, girdling pine trees with

communications wire, burying cable or climbing pine trees with tree

gaffs within the RCW buffer zone.

(f) Use of generators or portable lighting systems within

the RCW buffer zone.

(g) CS, Riot Control Agents (RCA), smoke pots, or High-

Capacity (HC) smoke will not be used or set up within the buffer zone.

The smoke may drift through the RCW buffer zone.

(h) Heavy digging (mechanical), or establishing vehicle

fighting positions, tank ditches, trench lines, fighting holes, or

deliberate defensive positions.

(i) Establishing camouflage netting within RCW buffer

area.

(j) The removal or destruction of RCW signs marking a

restricted area.

(k) Any act which results in the shooting, wounding,

killing, capturing, or collecting of any RCW, the destruction of its

eggs, the destruction of its nesting sites, or the attempt to engage

2-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

in such conduct is prohibited. Any such event shall be reported to

Range Control and the EMD.

TRAINING ACTIVITY WITHIN MARKED BUFFER ZONES

YES/NO

MANEUVER/BIVOUAC

Hasty Defense, Hand Digging, Only two Hours

Max, 18 inches or less

Yes

Hasty Defense, Mechanized Infantry/Armor 24

Hours

No

Deliberate Defense, Light Infantry 48 Hours

No

Deliberate Defense, Mechanized Infantry/Armor

No

Establish Command Post, Light Infantry 36

Hours

No

Establish Command Post, Mechanized

Infantry/Armor 36 Hours

No

Assembly Area Operations, Light Infantry/Mech

Infantry/Armor

No

Establish CS/CSS Sites

No

Establish Signal Sites

No

Foot Transit Through The Colony

Yes

Wheeled Vehicle Transit Through The Colony

Yes

Tracked and Light Armoured Type Wheeled

Vehicles Transit Through The Colony

No

Cutting Natural Camouflage, Hardwood Only

Yes

Establish Camouflage Netting

No

Vehicle Maintenance For No More Than two

Hours

Yes

WEAPONS FIRING

7.62 And Below Blank Firing

Yes

.50 Cal Blank Firing

No

Artillery/Mortar Firing Point/Position

No

MLRS/HIMARS Rocket Firing Position

No

All Others

No

NOISE

Generators/Flood Lights/Portable Lights

No

Artillery/Hand Grenade Simulators

Yes

Hoffman Type Devices

Yes

PYROTECHNICS/SMOKE

CS/Riot Agents

No

Smoke, Haze Operations Only, Generators Or

Pots

Yes

Smoke Grenades

Yes

Incendiary Devices To Include Trip Flares

No

Star Clusters/Parachute Flares

Yes

HC Smoke Of Any Type

No

DIGGING

Tank Ditches

No

2-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Table 2-1--Training Activity Within Marked RCW Buffer Zones

(3) The following actions are authorized in RCW buffer zones:

(a) Foot transit or patrolling through the RCW colony

/cluster.

(b) Vehicular transit through the colony (no closer than

50 feet. to any cavity tree) when off-road traffic is authorized in

advance by the RCO.

(c) 7.62mm and below blank firing and use of flash bangs,

pyrotechnics, signaling smoke, artillery simulators, and Hoffman

device.

(d) Cutting hardwood foliage (arm diameter or smaller) is

permissible for camouflage and concealment.

(e) Hand-digging of individual fighting positions in

support of a hasty defense (no closer than 50 ft. to cavity tree;

position not to be occupied longer than two hours; must be filled in

upon completion).

c. Sea Turtles. Utilization of Onslow Beach along the Atlantic

Ocean from the sand dunes seaward is subject to the following during

the sea turtle nesting season, which runs from 1 May through 31

October:

(1) Amphibious landing/training is authorized from grid point

908-268 southwest to grid point 883-251. Additionally, tracked

vehicles are authorized in a 65-meter wide ingress/egress corridor

(splash point trail) at 878-248. All other areas of Onslow Beach are

subject to restrictions during the nesting season of 1 May through 31

October. To access the splash point trail from the training area or

vice versa, vehicles must stay below the high tide line.

(2) During the nesting season, night landing exercises shall

be reduced to the minimum level.

(3) During the nesting season, night lighting on the beaches

shall be kept to a minimum or eliminated, if possible.

Hasty Individual Fighting Positions, Hand

Digging Only, Filled After Use (18 in. or

less)

Yes

Deliberate Individual Fighting Positions

No

Crew-Served Weapons Fighting Positions

No

Vehicle Fighting Positions

No

Other Survivability/Force Protection

Positions

No

2-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) Vehicular traffic on the beaches is restricted to the

tidal zone except within the identified operating area.

(5) EMD must be notified immediately at (910) 451-5063 upon

discovery of any sea turtle nest that has not been marked/protected to

ensure its successful relocation.

(6) It is unlawful to take, transport, or possess any

protected sea turtle or the parts, eggs, nests, or nest site to

include protective cages and signs.

(7) Any unique or unusual exercises occurring on Onslow Beach

will be coordinated through Range Control and the EMD.

(8) Digging, excavating, or building tank traps on the beach

is prohibited.

(9) During sea turtle nesting season, all Beachmaster Camps

set up on association with amphibious landings shall be located off

the beach. Lighting shall be the minimal necessary to comply with

safety requirements and training needs.

(10) If equipment is to remain on the beach overnight in the

North Tower area, or north of the amphibious landing beach during the

nesting season, no element placed parallel to the surf will exceed

eight feet in length and sandbags will surround the object to prevent

entanglement of nesting female turtles.

(11) Any bunkers excavated for aerial bombing simulators will

be) covered with plywood and sandbags if left overnight during sea

turtle nesting season.

(12) Egress from the beach to the road behind the sand dunes

shall be at designated egress routes. Vehicular traffic is prohibited

on the sand dunes at all times.

(13) Tampering with sea turtle nests and protective cages is

prohibited. A wire cage surrounds all known nests with signs posted

reading:

LOGGERHEAD TURTLE NEST

DO NOT DISTURB

or

ENDANGERED SPECIES NEST

DO NOT DISTURB

d. American Alligator. The American alligator is considered

recovered, but is still listed as threatened due to similarity of

appearance to the American crocodile. Camp Lejeune wetlands provide a

suitable habitat for alligators in both fresh and salt-water estuarine

2-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

areas. Precautions shall be taken between the months of May and June

when the female alligator usually lays 20-60 eggs in a nest consisting

of mounds of vegetation. Areas known to contain alligators are marked

with signs reading:

DANGER

THREATENED SPECIES HABITAT

AMERICAN ALLIGATOR

STATE PROTECTED

DO NOT DISTURB OR FEED ALLIGATORS

SWIMMING BY PERSONNEL OR PETS STRICTLY PROHIBITED

e. Manatees. Manatees have occasionally been sighted in the

waters adjacent to MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, including Mile Hammock Bay, the

New River, and the AIWW. Manatees can grow to 15 feet. in length and

are uniformly gray or gray-brown in color. They are very slow moving

mammals; boat collisions are a significant source of manatee

mortality, both from impact and propeller damage. Everyone conducting

waterborne operations shall be alert for possible manatee encounters.

If a manatee is sighted, immediately slow to a no-wake speed. Allow

sufficient room for the manatee and maneuver cautiously away from the

encounter area. Do not approach the manatee. Report all sightings to

the EMD at (910) 451-5063.

f. Piping Plover. Onslow Beach provides potential nesting

habitat for the threatened piping plover and several other migratory

shorebirds and colonial water birds. At least five bird species nest

along the sparsely vegetated beach area and between the accreting and

eroding sand dunes. From April-August, portions of the New River

Inlet beach (TA EA) are closed to vehicle traffic with signs reading:

COLONIAL WATERBIRD AND

SHORE BIRD

NESTING AREA

VEHICLES PROHIBITED

g. Bald Eagle

(1) The bald eagle is no longer listed by the U.S. Fish and

Wildlife Service as threatened or endangered. There are currently

five active bald eagle nests and two alternate nests on Camp Lejeune.

The nests are located at the following grid points:

(a) Sneads Creek Nest – 803-297

(b) Traps Bay Nest – 857-273

(c) Traps Bay Alternate – 856-274

(d) Traps Bay Alternate – 857-274

2-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(e) LZ Eagle Nest – 783-414

(f) G-10 (MP-6) Nest – 952-354

(g) Freeman Creek Nest – 925-313

(2) In accordance with Camp Lejeune’s permit under the Bald

Eagle and Golden Eagle Protection Act, no training activities, either

on foot and/or in wheeled and tracked vehicles may occur within 100

feet of any active bald eagle nest during the nesting season (1

October 1 to 15 May or until the eaglet(s) fledge, which may be before

or after 15 May). This restriction does not apply to established

roads that are currently being used. Any blank ammunition and/or

artillery fire must be directed away from any bald eagle nest.

Aircraft using the LHD Deck will only ingress/egress from the north,

south or west of Highway 172. Additional Bald Eagle nests may exist

but are, as of yet, undocumented. Bald Eagle sighting occurring from

January – June shall be reported to EMD personnel at (910) 451-5063.

h. Eastern Diamondback Rattlesnake and other Snakes. Eastern

Diamondback Rattlesnakes are a state-listed endangered species and are

protected by North Carolina law. The only known population of

diamondbacks in the entire state occurs on Camp Lejeune. Do not

harass or kill any snakes, unless it is in a striking position and you

cannot safely back away. Note that the vast majority of snakes seen

on Camp Lejeune are non-venomous.

i. Marine Mammals. The waters surrounding Camp Lejeune are

inhabited by marine mammals, including dolphins, whales, and manatees.

All marine mammals are protected under the Marine Mammal Protection

Act. Those marine mammals that are listed under the Endangered

Species Act, such as the North Atlantic Right Whale, receive

additional protection. When using water ranges, per paragraph

6g(1)(i)(1) below, the following precautions listed in paragraph

6g(1)(i)(2) shall be taken to avoid harm to marine mammals.

(1) The N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, Range E-1, and Range H-1 Small

Arms up to .50 cal. and 40mm Inert Practice rounds from H-1, G-5, G-7,

and direct fire 155mm Artillery from G-7.

(2) Preventative measures specific to the avoidance of harm to

marine mammals are as follows:

(a) All RTAs must be scheduled and approved in RFMSS prior

to use. Ranges that are close to the AIWW or use the N-1/BT-3 Impact

Area and training or operations in the Atlantic Ocean Sector, to

include Onslow Bay, must be scheduled at least 45 days prior to use to

allow publication of a NOTMAR and coordination with external agencies,

per the Code of Federal Regulations. Ranges requiring aerial range

sweeps (G-5, G-7, H-1, E-1, and N-1/BT-3 Impact Area) require

2-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

scheduling in RFMSS at least 65 days prior for Range Control to submit

a range sweep request prior to the 2d Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW)

Fragmentary (FRAG) conference. Submission of requests for range

sweeps may or may not be approved by 2d MAW due to availability of

aircraft. Units are ultimately responsible to ensure a range sweep

aircraft is scheduled for the ranges requiring the aerial range

sweeps.

(b) Prior to commencing live-fire exercises in the N-1/BT-

3 Impact Area, an air sweep must be conducted to identify marine

mammals and sea turtles (in addition to civilian boats) in the impact

area.

1. Flyovers (range sweeps) will be flown at 750

ft.AGL d consist of at least two survey lines 2nm apart and parallel

to the coast, with the first line 1-2 miles off the beach, and the

second 3-4 miles off the beach.

2. If a marine mammal or sea turtle is spotted in the

N-1/BT-3 Impact Aea, firing cannot commence until the marine mammal

clears the impact area.

(3) Lookouts with binoculars will be placed in the Bear and

North Onslow Towers for safety purposes. These lookouts are detailed

in the range instruction folders to maintain a marine mammal watch and

will “CHECK-FIRE” the range should any marine mammal be detected in

the impact area. Lookouts will be given a guidebook, developed by the

Camp Lejeune EMD to recognize when a marine mammal or sea turtle has

surfaced, and identify the species, if possible. In addition,

lookouts will be encouraged to take the Navy’s online Marine Species

Awareness Training Course.

(a) If a whale or other marine mammal is spotted within

the SDZ of the weapons being fired, all live-fire operations shall be

halted. Live-fire will not resume until the marine mammal or sea

turtle clears the impact area.

(b) The Navy Boat Crew will be present in the AIWW during

active live-fire training and will maintain a watch for marine mammals

and sea turtles in the AIWW. The Navy Boat Crew will “CHECK-FIRE” if

a marine mammal or sea turtle is seen in the line-of-fire. Firing

will not resume until the animal has cleared the line-of-fire.

Although firing from boats in the AIWW will be directed towards land

targets, those targets will not be fired upon if a marine mammal or

sea turtle is between the boat and the target.

(c) Lookouts will visually survey for marine mammals and

sea turtles. Weapons will not be fired in the direction of known or

observed, marine mammals, or sea turtles.

2-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(d) N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, G-5, G-7, and H-1, are the only

ranges allowed to shoot training practice projectiles that impact

within 200 meters of the AIWW.

(e) Unit COs, OICs, officers, SNCOs, NCOs, ROICs, and RSOs

will ensure strict compliance with applicable regulations regarding

protected species (including the West Indian Manatee and North

Atlantic Right Whale), as listed in reference (t).

(f) To further protect North Atlantic Right Whales, Range

Control issues a daily warning order to trainers from November 1

through April 30 when North Atlantic Right Whales are present along

the North Carolina coast. The warning order states:

ENDANGERED NORTH ATLANTIC RIGHT WHALES MIGRATE ALONG THE NORTH

CAROLINA COAST ENROUTE TO AND FROM NEW ENGLAND AREAS. USED PRIMARILY

SPRING THROUGH FALL, AND GEORGIA/FLORIDA CALVING AREAS USED DURING

WINTER. RIGHT WHALES, INCLUDING MOTHER/CALF PAIRS, CAN BE FOUND 1/4

MILE OR MORE OFF ONSLOW BEACH FROM 1 NOVEMBER TO 30 APRIL. RANGE

CONTROL REQUIRES RANGE SWEEPS DURING THIS PERIOD IN CONJUNCTION WITH

LIVE FIRING EXERCISE INTO THE N-1/BT-3 IMPACT AREA.

(g) The EMD will distribute a Critical Sightings Program

guide to all training crews operating offshore of Camp Lejeune.

(4) Operating Procedures and Collision Avoidance

(a) While in transit, vessels will be alert at all times,

use caution, and proceed at a “safe speed” so that the vessel can take

proper and effective action to avoid a collision with any marine

animal and can be stopped within a distance appropriate to the

prevailing circumstances and conditions.

(b) When whales have been sighted in the area, vessels

will increase vigilance and take reasonable and practical actions to

avoid collisions and activities that might result in close interaction

of Navy/USMC assets and marine mammals. Actions may include changing

speed and/or direction and are dictated by environmental and other

conditions (e.g., safety, weather).

(c) Vessels will maneuver to keep at least 1,500 feet. (460

meters) away from any observed whale and avoid approaching whales

head-on. This requirement does not apply if a vessel’s safety is

threatened, such as when a change of course will create an imminent

and serious threat to a person, vessel, or aircraft, and to the extent

vessels are restricted in their ability to maneuver.

(d) Restricted maneuverability includes, but is not

limited to, situations when vessels are engaged in dredging, submerged

operations, launching and recovering aircraft or landing craft,

2-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

minesweeping operations, replenishment while underway and towing

operations that severely restrict a vessel’s ability to deviate

course. Vessels will take reasonable steps to alert other vessels in

he vicinity of the whale/whales.

(e) Where feasible and consistent with mission and safety,

vessels will avoid closing to within 200 yard (183 meters) of sea

turtles and marine mammals other than whales (whales addressed above).

(f) Floating weeds, algal mats, Sargassum rafts, clusters

of seabirds, and jellyfish are good indicators of sea turtles and

marine mammals. Therefore, increased vigilance in watching for sea

turtles and marine mammals will be taken where these are present.

(g) Everyone conducting waterborne operations shall be

alert for possible manatee encounters. If a manatee is sighted,

personnel shall immediately slow to a no-wake speed, allow sufficient

room for the manatee, and maneuver cautiously away from the encounter

area. All sightings are to be reported to the EMD at (910) 451-5063.

7. Endangered Plants

a. Two Federally-protected and two other “species of concern” are

found aboard Camp Lejeune. It is unlawful to remove or possess

federally-listed plants. Cutting, digging up, maliciously damaging or

destroying Federally-listed plants or species of concern is a

violation of the laws/regulations protecting these species.

b. Rough-Leaf Loosestrife. A Federally-listed endangered plant

usually found in or adjacent to pocosin. Buffer zones for Rough-

leaved Loosestrife are clearly marked as restricted areas, with a

single band of white paint on the lower portion of tree trunks and/or

signs reading "Restricted Area Endangered Species Site." The

restricted area will extend 100 ft. from the outermost plant. The

following restrictions protecting the Rough-Leaved Loosestrife apply:

(1) No off-trail vehicle use within marked habitat.

(2) No earth disturbing activity (e.g., excavating, digging

fighting holes) within marked habit.

(3) No drainage activities that might alter site hydrology

within marked habitat.

(4) No bivouacking or extended occupation (2 hours of less)

within marked habitat.

c. Seabeach Amaranth. A Federally-listed threatened plant found

in the beach overwash areas and the zone between the high tide mark

and the front of dunes of Onslow Beach. Seabeach Amaranth sites are

2-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

roped off and posted with “No Vehicles Allowed” signs. All vehicles

must stay out of these sites.

d. Venus Flytrap. The Venus flytrap is a rare and easily

identifiable state-protected species. Digging up or poaching Venus

flytraps is prohibited.

e. Coastal Goldenrod. Camp Lejeune is home to three of the five

known populations of this recently identified species. Some sites are

marked “Conservation Area.” Units shall refrain from excavations,

heavy site disturbance, or excessive vehicle movement in these areas.

f. Conservation Areas. Conservation Areas are designed to

protect species at risk or especially sensitive habitats (e.g. Hirst’s

panic grass, coastal goldenrod, and nesting shorebirds) and are posted

with signs marked “Conservation Area”. The following actions are

prohibited in conservation areas:

(1) The use of any vehicle off designated roads/tank trails.

(2) Any earth disturbing activity such as excavating or digging

fighting holes/fighting positions.

(3) Bivouacking and the establishment of command posts.

8. Land and Wildlife Resource Issues

a. Land Use

(1) Camp Lejeune promotes soil conservation and makes efforts

to restore and repair TAs degraded by erosion. This may include

culvert replacement, repair of tactical trails, use of silt fences,

and the grading and reseeding of TLZs and artillery GPs.

(2) The above activities are coordinated through Range

Control. Range Control will notify trainers of any TAs temporarily

closed for soil conservation and erosion repair. These areas will

also be posted with signs, fences, or barricades. Personnel shall

stay out of these areas.

(3) Camp Lejeune also protects wetlands (swamps, creeks,

streams, marshes, open water areas). Use maintained tactical vehicles

trails whenever possible to avoid damage to wetlands. Avoid wet and

low-lying areas during off-road tactical vehicle movement.

b. Wildlife Resource Use

(1) Camp Lejeune also supports a variety of recreational

activities in areas not scheduled for training use. These activities

2-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

include fishing, hunting, trapping, fire wood cutting, shell

gathering, scouting, and bird watching.

(2) Unscheduled TAs are turned over to the CLEO for

recreational use such as hunting. This makes it extremely important

that military units schedule the TAs they want to train in via RFMSS.

When conducting training, units must ensure they stay within the areas

they have scheduled to ensure the safe deconfliction of their training

with recreational activities.

(3) The CLEO will control hunting, fishing, trapping, shell

gathering, fire wood gathering, and bird watching in TAs. Hunters are

not authorized to hunt from or within any live-fire range

complex/impact area as defined by reference (a), which includes the

cleared range footprint defined by the assembly area, firing

positions, left and right lateral limit signs, and the last row of

targets. Hunters are not authorized to hunt from or within any TLZs,

runways, training facilities/complexes (classrooms, towers, and road

networks), or inside and near buildings. Hunters are not authorized

to hunt or travel along Highway 172 between the Hubert/Triangle Gate

and Sneads Ferry Road when noted as “Closed.” Hunters are not

authorized on Lyman road between the Hubert/Triangle Gate and Sneads

Ferry Road when noted as “Closed.” When GH/GI TAs are marked “HOT”

the AIWW and N-1/BT-3 are “Closed” from the Onslow North Tower to Bear

Inlet. A special access permit is required for all personnel using

boat launches. Hunters and boaters are allowed to park along Freeman

creek road and in the vicinity when open to hunting. They cannot

block the road or prevent access to the boat launch per reference (x).

GSRA hunters are not authorized to unlock gates or access CC Road when

noted as “Closed.” Hunters within the MCOLF Oak Grove are not

authorized to hunt on runways, TLZs, or in the recreation areas.

(4) Training units must avoid wildlife food plots (they are

small, tilled/planted clearings marked with signs). Do not train in

them, drive through them, or establish bivouac sites/command posts

within them. Units must also avoid the mowed, maintained shorelines

around managed fishing ponds.

c. GSRA Wetland Mitigation Bank

(1) The GSRA Wetland Mitigation Bank is an officially

designated preservation area that was created to provide wetland

mitigation for wetlands that were filled for the construction of GSRA

training ranges.

(2) The mitigation bank is comprised of two separate areas

totaling 1,250.5 acres, including a portion of the Big Shakey Swamp

(143.4 acres) in the ST/SV TAs, and a portion of pine flatwoods and

pocosin wetlands (1107.1 acres) in the SL Training Area.

2-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) The GSRA Wetland Mitigation Bank must be protected and as

a result is off-limits to certain training activities.

(4) The Big Shakey Swamp is not accessible by roads. The pine

flatwoods and pocosin wetlands in the SL TA are bordered by; South

Pocosin Road (to the north), Ditches Road (to the South), South Bay

Road (to the east), and Prince Trail (to the west).

(5) No tactical vehicles or any type of ground disturbance is

permitted within the GSRA Wetland Mitigation Bank boundaries.

Training activities within the GSRA Wetland Mitigation Bank boundaries

shall be limited to foot traffic only. No tactical vehicles are

permitted on Watershed Road, Blue Heron Road, or South Pocosin Road.

9. Generators and Fuel Storage Areas

a. If an expeditionary refueling point is established, all fuel

containers, hoses, nozzles and connections will have secondary

containment and will be checked frequently to detect fuel leakage.

Fuel Tanker vehicles shall be parked in such a manner as to avoid the

possibility of spilled fuel entering natural or man-made drainage

systems. Tanker vehicles will have spill containment under them while

staged. Refueling operators will stay with the vehicle during the

entire field exercise. Spill kits will be located next to the

secondary containment.

b. Generators and floodlights will be placed in secondary

containment. The secondary containment will be set up properly, so as

to contain any spill that might occur. Spill kits will be located

next to the spill containment. Generator sites that are operational

during the night will be checked hourly for detection of fuel leaks.

c. Accumulated, used, absorbent pads will be collected in

properly marked containers.

10. Spill Prevention, Containment, and Clean Up

a. Prevention of oil and HAZMAT spills and the resulting

environmental damage is the responsibility of all commanders.

b. Personnel onsite shall attempt to contain the spill by using

spill equipment or by erecting a sand/earthen dam around the perimeter

of the spill to preventing the spill from entering bodies of water or

a storm drain.

c. Spill Notification. The ROIC/RSO/Commander will call 911/Fire

Department first and notify BLACKBURN second. See paragraph 16 for

addition guidance on proper procedures and response requirements.

d. Keep unnecessary/unauthorized personnel out of the spill area.

2-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

e. The unit will provide personnel and equipment to support spill

containment and clean up. Contaminated spill pads will be collected,

double-bagged, and placed in the appropriate hazardous waste (HW)

drum.

f. Leaking Equipment. Any vehicle, generator, or other equipment

identified as leaking anti-freeze or other petroleum oils, fuels or

lubricants (POL) will be immediately removed from service and the TA.

All releases of POL/HM/HW within the training complex shall be called

in to the Fire Department at 911 and followed by notification to

BLACKBURN. Units will capture incidental leaks by placing absorbent

matting under the area of discharge. Using units are responsible for

the turn-in of contaminated matting to the EMD after coordination with

the unit’s Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO).

g. If there is a spill, digging shall not occur until advised to

do so by the unit HAZMAT representative. The EMD will evaluate the

spill site to determine if soil shall be dug up or biologically

remediated in place.

11. Off-Road Vehicle Movement

a. Do not drive around any shut/locked gates, through chain-link

fences, or enter areas that are posted as “Hazardous Waste Site,” or

“Authorized Personnel Only.” These controls are there for a reason.

When grasses and shrubs are damaged or removed as a result of vehicle

movement, the bare soil is subject to erosion. Over time, erosion

results in a barren area of deep ruts, large holes, and flooding,

greatly restricting foot, and vehicle movement. Report excessive

damage to roads, trails, and vegetation to Range Control so necessary

corrective measures may be taken. Personnel on foot shall not cross

into any area marked or fenced off as a HAZMAT site.

b. Tracked vehicles must stay on tank trails transiting to/from

designated TAs, i.e., TLZs accessible by tank trails, free play

tracked vehicle TAs designated by Range Control (ETA-2/IF TA, Combat

Town/LZ Hawk/HF TA). Consult Chapter 3 of this Order regarding

scheduling of the above mentioned areas.

c. Tracked vehicles are to avoid wetlands and low areas (which

includes much of Camp Lejeune).

d. Trench systems and tank traps are authorized in designated

free play tracked vehicle areas after approval by Range Control and

the EMD.

e. Trees will not be knocked down by any military vehicle unless

approved by RDMD in writing.

2-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Take measures to reduce the silting of streams caused by

vehicles at fords and approaches. Areas showing signs of erosion will

be avoided, especially by heavy equipment and tracked vehicles. No

digging is allowed in these areas.

12. Fighting/Mortar Positions

a. Fighting holes, fox holes, authorized mortar positions, trench

systems, tank traps, hull-down positions for tanks and artillery, and

other fighting positions are an important part of training and are

authorized in many areas like ETA-2/GP-23. However, everything you

dig must be refilled and leveled out after your training! All ground

repairs will be done within 24 hours of the end of the training. This

will prevent erosion and enable other units to use this area safely.

b. When Digging In

(1) Do not dig any manner of hole nor deposit any manner of

fill in wetlands. If you think you are in wetlands, go to higher

ground before digging.

(2) Dig tank traps, fighting holes, and authorized mortar

positions only in authorized areas. Do not cut tank traps, dig

fighting holes, or create obstacles in TLZs/GPs/MPs/designated re-

forested areas.

c. Expedient roadblocks on tank trails (not authorized on paved

roads) must be kept under observation and manned while in use during

tactical exercises; emergency vehicles and/or official observers

/vehicles may require access. When not in use, remove all tactical

wire and obstacles from the tanks trails/TAs.

d. UXO. If UXO is discovered during digging activities,

immediately stop digging, retreat to a safe area, and contact

BLACKBURN.

e. Groundwater-monitoring wells are located throughout the TAs

and may be encountered during training. If a monitoring well is

inadvertently damaged, immediately contact BLACKBURN and the EMD EQB

at (910) 451-5068 for further instructions.

f. Excavating or digging within the marked boundary of an

archeological site is prohibited unless expressly approved by the

Archaeologist at (910) 451-7230/5063.

13. Laying Cable and Field Wire

a. Use of communication wire and concertina/barbed wire is

essential during training, but when these wires are left behind, they

become hazards.

2-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. When using cable and field wire during training, units must:

(1) Recover and police up all communications and

concertina/barbed wire. Old wire lying in the underbrush and along

the road can become tangled around Marines, animals, and tracked

/wheeled vehicles; it also impedes forestry operations.

(2) Double check to ensure you have picked up all trip wires,

especially those connected to pyrotechnic training devices. It is the

using unit’s responsibility to remove training devices such as flash

bangs and trip flares from the TA. These items must be turned in as

required.

14. Cutting Brush and Trees

a. Forested areas are an extremely important resource on Camp

Lejeune for both training and the environment. When cutting brush and

hardwoods for camouflage, do not cut or knock down any standing pine

or hardwood trees. Do not cut any hardwood tree limbs larger than the

diameter of your arm.

b. Units are prohibited from cutting trees by explosive methods

or chainsaws without a SRR and FEREIR. Units are prohibited from

knocking over trees with vehicles/equipment. Tree cutting requests

must be submitted to the EMD (via a FEREIR), and must indicate the

number, size, and physical location of the trees.

c. Cutting or damaging of pine trees of any size is prohibited

anywhere on-base, except by permission of EMD, or in cases of a hazard

to human safety.

15. Archeological Sites

a. Many archeological sites are located throughout the TAs of

Camp Lejeune. Reference (u) directs protection against unauthorized

excavation, removal, alteration, or defacement of archeological

resources. Significant sites will be marked with the following signs:

RESTRICTED AREA

EXCAVATION, DIGGING, VEHICLES PROHIBITED

BY ORDER OF THE CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

or

SENSITIVE CULTURAL AREA

RESTRICTED ACTIVITY

NO DIGGING

NO TRACKED VEHICLES OFF of

DESIGNATED TANK TRAILS

Reference: Base Order 5090.8

Call EMD/ECON at (910) 451-5063/7230

for further information

2-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Potential sites not yet evaluated, will not be marked, but

potential impacts will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Training-

related impacts to archeological sites will be assessed and

appropriate measures taken to minimize/mitigate the effects.

c. In established archeological areas with signs indicating an

archeological site, training is restricted as follows:

(1) Walking across these areas is permitted; digging,

tampering with the site, or collecting bone/artifacts from the site is

strictly prohibited.

(2) Driving tracked vehicles on these sites is strictly

prohibited. Tracked vehicles are restricted to existing trails in

order to preserve these unique cultural resources.

(3) Operations or projects on or around marked sites require

approval from the Archeologist. For clarification of training impact

adjacent to these areas, contact the EMD at (910) 451-5063/7230.

d. If human remains are discovered in any RTA or facility,

immediately stop all ground disturbing activities to avoid further

disinterment. Notify BLACKBURN as required.

e. The collection of archeological material (i.e., stone tools,

pottery, bone) is prohibited on Onslow Beach by reference (t).

16. Field Waste Disposal

a. Field mess facilities generate four types of waste: liquid,

garbage, rubbish, and possible human waste. Disposal of this waste

must not create conditions that endanger personnel health. The

ROIC/RSO has a responsibility to supervise and inspect RTAs and

training facilities to ensure they are policed properly and field

waste disposed of properly.

(1) Via the Camp Lejeune Waste Water Treatment Plant (WWTP)

free of charge. Collect all gray water in tanks or bladders and

contact the WWTP staff at (910) 451-7190, extension (ext) 231, ext 232

ext 224, or the 24-hour operator at ext 225 for coordination. The

unit must arrange for hauling to the disposal point.

(2) Utilize one of the existing leach fields at TLZ Bluebird

(Grid 87079-26464), TLZ Canary (Grid 849-283) or Mile Hammock Bay

(Grid 865-263). Monitor the flow into the leach field to avoid

overspill. Do not dispose any type of hazardous liquids into the

leach field.

2-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Collect all gray water in tanks or bladders and contract

the disposal to a portable toilet service for their fee.

(4) Construct a soakage trench if the site conditions allow

for proper treatment of the wastes. Coordinate with the EMD for

authorized disposal of grey water wastes via soakage trenches at (910)

451-5063.

(a) A soakage trench consists of a central pit, two ft. on

a side, one ft. deep, with trenches at least six ft. long outward from

each side of the pit. Trenches must be one ft. wide and one ft. deep

at the central pit, increasing to one and one half ft. deep at the far

end. Fill the bottom of the pit and trenches with small rocks which

the using unit must request, purchase, or contract. One soakage

trench can absorb the liquid waste from 200 diners for up to two

weeks. If the field mess is to be used for more than two weeks,

construct two trenches for each 200 diners and rotate them daily.

(b) A grease trap must be placed between the field mess or

shower unit and the soakage trench. (It may be of the filter or the

baffle type.) This removes grease, scrap food, and other suspended

solids and ensures the soil will be able to absorb the remaining gray

water. Suspended solids will be considered as garbage and must be

removed by the using unit.

(c) Field showers/mess units must be located on adequately

drained soils, at least 150 ft. from nearest surface water and at

least 500 ft. from nearest drinking water well.

(d) Closing the soakage trench:

1. Fill the trench with successive layers of earth,

packing each layer down before adding the next.

2. Mound the trench with at least one ft. of

compacted dirt.

3. Spray the mound with an approved residual

insecticide.

4. Call Preventive Medicine Unit, Naval Hospital, at

(910) 451-5707, to inspect soakage trenches before use and after

closing.

b. Garbage. Garbage is solid/semi-solid wet waste resulting from

shower units, food preparation, cooking, and serving. Garbage

attracts flies and animals to field mess facilities and bivouac sites,

which greatly increases the risk of disease transmission and personal

injury; it also quickly decomposes, causing unpleasant odors. Follow

these handling guidelines for garbage:

2-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Return garbage to an administrative mess hall for

disposal. Keep it in covered containers or plastic bags while in the

field and during transportation.

(2) Do not leave trash like Meals Ready-to-Eat (MRE) bags on

the ground overnight, even if it is contained in large plastic bags.

Place all trash in dumpster as required.

(3) Store open food in lockable or animal proof containers.

DO NOT FEED WILD ANIMALS.

(4) Locate dumpsters away from tents, high pedestrian traffic

areas, and high-speed roads. Do not place food/shower unit garbage in

dumpsters. Unit will be responsible for placing and removing

dumpsters.

c. Trash. Good habits formed with regard to trash handling pay

off in combat. Expeditionary operations generate trash, but

disciplined units leave no "intelligence" track for the enemy to

exploit. There is no “magic working party” to clean up after your

unit. Commanders of using units are responsible for policing Camp

Lejeune’s RTAs and training facilities that are used by that unit. To

keep the TAs of Camp Lejeune usable:

(1) Police Assigned Area. Each unit utilizing a RTA or

training facility is responsible for its state of police upon

completion of scheduled training. Segregate trash by type; ammunition

dunnage, brass (by caliber/mm), links, metal, cardboard, wood, and

transport to the Recycling Center/Defense Logistics Agency-Disposition

Services (DLA-DS) or landfill as appropriate or as required. Use

dumpsters (when available) for small trash intended for the landfill.

Burying or burning trash is never authorized.

(2) Crush and flatten all recyclable cardboard boxes and

transport to the Recycling Center or place in green “cardboard only”

dumpsters. Cardboard that is not acceptable for recycling, paste or

paperboard, wax-coated, plastic-coated, and food contaminated

cardboard, shall be placed in brown “trash” dumpsters.

(3) Do not place grass, leaves, pine straw, lumber, metal,

pallets, dirt, metal items, or weighty materials in or next to the

trash dumpsters. All wood products will be taken to the wood lot at

the Landfill.

(4) Process ammunition boxes with reusable value through the

DLA-DS via the unit S-4/Supply Officer. Units will transport scrap

wood and unserviceable wooden boxes to the Landfill located on Piney

Green Road to be weighed. Vehicles must have a weight ticket from the

Landfill Scale Master prior to transit to the appropriate disposal

facility. Once weighed, transport the wood debris to the wood-waste

2-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

site across the road from the landfill. “Usable pallets” will be

taken to the Recycling Center, Building 978, next to the landfill. Do

not dispose of used pallets in RTAs or facilities, as doing so

provides more fuel for forest fires.

(5) Do not place any type of ammunition dunnage with the

recyclable materials being transported to the Recycling Center. The

using unit is required to turn in ammunition dunnage (ammunition cans,

brass (separated by caliber/mm), links, and other items as required)

to the DLA-DS.

(6) MRE wrappers/trash are currently not biodegradable. They

must be picked up throughout the RTAs and facilities and disposed of

in brown “trash” dumpsters.

(7) Report all dump/trash sites to Range Control at (910) 451-

1240.

d. Human Waste. Bivouac sites established for longer than three

days require sanitary chemical toilets. Requests are submitted

through normal unit logistics channels for portable toilets. For

planning purposes one portable toilet will support 25 Marines in a 24

hour period. The use of large, field expedient head facilities (i.e.,

slit trenches, four-holers) can be authorized. Contact the EMD for

site evaluation and consult local preventative medicine units for

guidance on using slit trenches and four holers. "Cat Holes" are

permissible in remote TAs but are not authorized in RCW areas and

wetlands. Units must ensure human waste sites are closed properly and

all holes are filled in.

e. Solid Waste Management

(1) Due to animals and wind, which will scatter trash creating

an additional police problem, stockpiling refuse for later removal is

not authorized.

(2) Open burning of solid waste as a method of disposal is

prohibited.

(3) MRE heaters will only be disposed as solid waste after

they have cooled down from activation. MRE heaters will be discarded

as a HAZMAT if it is unused.

17. HAZMAT, HAZMAT Spills, and Spoil Areas

a. HAZMAT. Spills of HAZMAT, fuels, and POLs of any quantity on

land and water must be reported promptly to the Fire Department by

telephoning 911 first, and Range Control (BLACKBURN on 34.70 MHz or

(910) 451-3064), secondly. After reporting the spill, the unit

responsible will follow guidance received from the Fire Department or

2-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

senior onsite EMD representative, assist in clean-up of the spill and

management of the recovered product/contaminated soil. Oil soaked

dirt must be dug up by the spilling unit and placed in a metal drum or

a hard plastic spill container. Unit personnel will coordinate with

their Unit ECO and will be responsible for the transportation of the

contaminated soils to the Camp Lejeune Hazardous Material/Hazardous

Waste Consolidation Site at Building 977/S-962, (910) 451-1482.

Higher authority must arrange contract spill response for any spills

that could potentially impact the Atlantic Ocean, AIWW, New River, or

salt marshes.

b. Battery Waste. Properly manage batteries according to

existing environmental standard operation procedures. ECOs may

coordinate with the Camp Lejeune Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste

Consolidation Site Managers at (910) 451-1482 for the receipt of

batteries directly from field operations. Batteries shall not be

buried in the RTAs.

c. Fuel Storage Restrictions. Units wishing to establish

tactical fuel farms must submit a FEREIR to the EMD. Range Control

and the EMD must approve locations for tactical fuel farms. Prior to

approval, unit personnel must receive a briefing on fuel storage and

spill response by the EMD. Coordination for the required briefings,

spill response, and fuel storage requirements or coordination for

removal of contaminated oils, fuels, transmission fluid, anti-freeze

may be completed by calling the Resource Conservation and Recovery

Section at (910) 451-1482. Use of containers with a 55 gallon or

greater capacity must be coordinated with the Environmental Compliance

Branch Military Liaison at (910) 451-1482 and must be placed within a

soil or sandbag berm with an impervious liner. Each storage or use

area must be marked, per reference (v), have a current and properly

posted spill plan, have appropriate spill response, and communication

equipment immediately available at the site. A complete list of

requirements will be provided by the EMD. Contaminated oil, fuel and

anti-freeze shall be stored within properly marked containers and

returned to the unit motor pool or the unit must have coordinated with

the EMD for the removal from the field.

d. Munitions. Per reference (w), if a munition/round lands off-

range (Round Out of Safe) and is not promptly rendered safe and/or

retrieved, the munition will be subject to Resource Conservation and

Recovery Act (RCRA) authority and considered a solid waste. Units

with “Rounds out of Safe” must document them by reporting the

information to BLACKBURN on the net or by phone at (910) 451-3064/4449

or by contacting Range Control. Disposal of unused munitions or

munitions debris by burial or any other method is prohibited.

Note: Before any construction/digging of any type aboard this

Installation within a range,training facility, or TA, a UXO anomaly

2-24 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

survey must be conducted and coordinated with the RDMD at (910) 451-

1307/451-2411.

e. Spoil Areas. The spoil containment berm located from Grid

8677-2616 to 8674-2619 to 8647-2638 to 8680-6393 is a restricted area

and off-limits to all unauthorized personnel. This berm contains the

dredging spoil from the Mile Hammock Bay dredging project. The spoil

is the consistency of quicksand and poses a severe hazard to anyone

who might inadvertently enter it. A newly created spoil area at Weil

Point (Grid 875-350) contains dredging spoil from the French Creek

area. It is also a hazard area and is off-limits.

18. Beach Operations

a. Any marine environment is very fragile and extra caution is

required to ensure that the balance of nature is not disturbed. Camp

Lejeune, with its ocean beaches, AIWW, inlets, marshes, and bays is no

exception. During the sea turtle nesting season, Camp Lejeune EMD

personnel must be able access all of Onslow Beach each morning (and

hourly during nighttime training) to survey for and move nests.

Accommodations must be made to allow EMD personnel access to and/or

the ability to transit through the training area.

b. Camp Lejeune’s ocean beaches are important training and

recreation assets. By following these simple rules we can preserve

our beaches:

(1) Never disturb, remove grass, or plants from the beach.

Dune plants help prevent erosion.

(2) Exit and enter the beach only at designated areas by poles

marked with black and yellow striped signs.

(3) Keep all heavy equipment, track, and wheeled vehicles off

the sand dunes and vegetation.

(4) Leave the sand fences alone. They help build new sand

dunes and prevent erosion to existing dunes.

(5) Bivouac only on the north side of the beach road.

(6) Filling sandbags from the beach is not authorized.

(7) Fires/camp fires are not authorized on the beach.

(8) The ROIC must fill out a Range Control Beach Checklist

when signing for the training beach and provide a road guard at the

gate. Upon completion of training and police call, the beach must be

inspected by a Range Inspector.

2-25 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

c. Rules regarding the recreational vehicle use of the beach are

covered in reference (t), Use of Off-Road Recreational Vehicles

(ORRVs). Copies of the Order may be obtained by calling the

Environmental Conservation Branch at (910) 451-5063 or it can be found

on the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Adjutant website at:

http://www.mcieast.marines.mil/StaffOffices/Adjutant.aspx. Beach

Permits and stickers are required to drive ORRVs on the beach. They

can be obtained at the CLEO at (910) 451-2196 or at the Onslow Beach

Caretaker’s (MCCS) office at (910) 450-7502.

d. Training exercises will generally be limited to the operating

area at Grid 908-268 and Grid 883-251. The RCO must approve requests

for use of additional beach operating area. In all cases, the beach

must be signed for at Range Control.

(1) Special-use Area #1. The area 750m northeast of Grid

883251 is available from November-March, when more maneuver or landing

area is required.

(2) Special-use Area #2. The area 500m northeast of Onslow

Beach North Tower is available for live-fire exercises

(Stinger/Avenger shoots, etc.) following coordination with Range

Control. During the sea turtle nesting season, specific measures must

be implemented to prevent disturbance to nesting females or

hatchlings. These include the following:

(a) Sandbag walls will be placed around any vehicle or

equipment left on the beach overnight.

(b) Vehicle traffic, at less than 10 mph, will be

restricted to below the high tide line.

(c) The training unit will be responsible for smoothing

the beach and removing debris once the exercise has concluded.

(d) Any deep ruts or large mounds that create a safety

hazard or obstacle to vehicles needing to access the beach will be

smoothed out by the responsible unit.

e. Egress from the beach to the road behind the sand dunes shall

be at designated egress routes. Vehicular traffic is prohibited on or

between the dunes. Access points for military traffic are marked by

poles marked with black and yellow striped signs in the vicinity of

the following grids:

(878-248) (883-251) (885-253) (887-254)

(889-256) (891-257) (893-258) (895-260)

(897-261) (899-263) (900-264) (901-264)

2-26 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. There are two beach access points for ORRVs: old Riseley Pier

area (Grid 901264) and old South Tower area (Grid 883-251), per

reference (t).

g. Temporary bridging and causeway use must be coordinated and

scheduled through RFMSS at least 60 days in advance with Range Control

at (910) 451-3065/1240/1236.

19. Environmental Assessment. The NEPA requires that careful

considerations be given to environmental impacts of proposed projects

or actions. Further, it requires the consideration and documentation

of alternatives to the proposed action. Some training exercises

require the preparation of an Environmental Assessment. Examples

include training impacts on wetlands, endangered species,

archeological sites, and some training exercises taking place on or

over non-military property. In those cases, and whenever there is any

potential for significant environmental impact, exercise planners

shall consult the appropriate directives and then contact Range

Control. The POC for more information about environmental assessment

is the EMD, NEPA Section at (910) 451-4542/9363.

20. Graffiti. Graffiti on any structures within the RTAs/training

facilities will not be tolerated and perpetrators will be punished to

the full extent of the law and the UCMJ.

2-27 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 3

Scheduling

1. General

a. The Range Control Scheduling Office (located at Range Control,

Building 54 on Post Lane) processes requests for hundreds of using

unit RFMSS accounts supporting both tenant and non-tenant commands

training at Camp Lejeune. The scheduling office reviews, approves, or

disapproves all training requests. The training unit must request to

schedule all RTAs and training facilities in RFMSS. Contact the Range

Control Information Technology Specialist at (910) 450-7966 for RFMSS

training, which is conducted once a month, as well as website

information. The key to successful training at Camp Lejeune is

planning early, timely scheduling in RFMSS by the using units,

properly deconflicting all known conflicts, following up, and unit

training management.

b. In accordance with reference (x), RFMSS is the centerpiece of

the Range Management System; it is the approved USMC RTA scheduling

and management tool. This system provides a standard, integrated,

web-based program that installation RTA management personnel can use

to schedule training support for users and manage USMC RTA property

usage. RFMSS supports all major range management processes, to

include unit/organization RTA requests, subsequent Range Control

approval/disapproval action, and the automation of range fire desk

operations.

c. The scheduling office utilizes RFMSS to schedule, identify

conflicts, track, and report utilization of all RTAs, training

facilities, ammunition expenditure by DODIC, airspace, and sea space

aboard Camp Lejeune. RFMSS requests will be accepted no later than

two (2) working days, forty-eight (48 hours) prior to the first day of

the scheduled training event. Change to read: RFMSS requests will be

accepted no later than two working days (48 hours) prior to the first

day of the scheduled training event with the exception of facilities

and/or venues that do not involve or impact upon live-fire training.

d. The Range Scheduling Office is the primary scheduling and

approval agency based on sound business practices for all aboard Camp

Lejeune with the following exceptions:

(1) The rifle and pistol ranges located at the Stone Bay Range

Complex (SBRC) are scheduled through the CO, WTBn, Stone Bay (S-3).

The telephone number is (910) 440-2917/2918/2687 and FAX (910) 440-

2642.

3-1

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(2) Ranges located at the SBRC; II MEF EOTG and MARSOC

Compounds. EOTG ranges are scheduled via EOTG S-3 in RFMSS by the

requesting command and for MARSOC ranges within the MARSOC Complex by

the MSOS S-3. EOTG range requests must be coordinated through the

OIC, EOTG (S-3) telephone number: (910) 440-2982/2676/2871 and FAX

(910) 440-2983. EOTG will forward all coordinating e-mails to the

Range Control Scheduling section. To request use of a MARSOC range a

Training Area Request (TAR) will be submitted to the Marine Special

Operations School (MSOS) S-3 Operations Training Specialist at (910)

440-1188 or the Training and Operations Planner at (910) 440-1187.

MSOS will input the request into RFMSS and notify the requesting

unit’s S-3 of the scheduling of the range and the RCNI number once the

request is approved by the range control scheduling section, per the

current edition of reference (y).

(3) Only the Range Control MOUT Staff can schedule MOUT

facilities within RFMSS, which includes: Lejeune MOUT, Enhanced MOUT

(E-MOUT), Mobile MOUT, MOUT Sniper Tower, MOUT UTFs, Forward Operation

Base Hawk (FOB Hawk), Combat Town, LZ Raven, LZ Pigeon, and ALZ-28.

Units desiring to train in any of the MOUT facilities shall contact

the MOUT staff at (910) 451-2364/0752. All MOUT Facilities must be

scheduled in RFMSS and signed for at Range Control

(4) Using Units will schedule the use of the Lejeune and

Geiger Gas Chambers via RFMSS directly. Units desiring to use the Gas

Chambers will be required to have the proper number of 5702s/5711s

SSgt or above with a current ROIC/RSO card. All 5702s/5711s must be

listed on the Units Command Certification Letter as CBRNE military

occupation specialties regardless of rank (Pvt to MGySgt and WO-1 to

CWO-5).

(5) Training Tank Staff will schedule use of the Area 5

training tank at 451-2027 and Courthouse Bay Training tank at

440-6005. The training tanks are under the direct control of the

Director, Training Support Division.

(6) MAET (Modular Amphibious Egress Trainer) can be scheduled

by contacting the Support Coordinator, MAET at (910) 451-4963.

(7) Ground Training Simulators located at the Lyman Road Site

will be scheduled through the Site Manager at (910) 450-5126. These

include the HEAT, MET, SAVT, CCS, ODS, and like type systems located

at MCAS New River.

(8) The Infantry Immersion Trainer (IIT) will be scheduled

through the Site Manager at (910) 451-4282.

e. All scheduled training is published via AHMS/Naval message in

the Range Firing Warning and Airspace Utilization Order (RFWO) and

that is also posted on the Range Control website. The RFWO is

3-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

transmitted one working day prior to the scheduled event or the last

working day prior to the two day weekends, all holidays with long

weekends such as federal holiday periods. Only the events promulgated

in the RFWO are authorized in the RTAs and training facilities. Only

the RCO and RCOO are authorized to change the RFWO after it is

transmitted/published (Sent Out). Short notice contingencies will be

handled on a case-by-case basis after verification by the units higher

headquarters.

2. RFMSS

a. RFMSS is a computer-based, web-enabled database system that

Range Control and all training units must use. Within RFMSS, units

can view all training possibilities available via the two week

calendar, such as conflicts, known restrictions, specific requirements

as well as priority users for all RTAs and training facilities. RFMSS

and this Order will provide the requesting unit with all necessary

information to schedule training for their unit.

b. RFMSS terminals shall be located in all requesting unit

operations and training S-3/G-3/G-7 sections. Using units must have a

primary and alternate trained RFMSS clerks at all times. Unit COs are

responsible for ensuring their units have the required trained RFMSS

clerks. Range Control will conduct scheduled RFMSS training for new

RFMSS clerks as required. Range Control Schedulers will also provide

other support and entertain all reasonable questions, but will not

schedule events for units or commands if they have the capability to

do so.

3. General Scheduling Information

a. Requests for RTAs and training facilities will be submitted to

Range Control, per the procedures stated below:

b. Tenant commands will submit RFMSS requests via the web

directly to Range Scheduling for approval. All tenant commands and

units will have priority of training aboard Camp Lejeune. Units

external to Camp Lejeune like other military services, National Guard

Units, reserve units, Federal, state, and local agencies must have

prior approval from MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) and the Commander,

Marine Corps Installations Command (COMMCICOM) (G-3/5/7), if directed.

TA Requests (TARs) from non-tenant commands will not be given priority

over tenant commands unless directed by higher headquarters.

c. All Marine Reserve units, must submit scheduling requests for

the use of the Camp Lejeune Range Complex through the Deployment

Processing Command/Reserve Support Unit-East (DPC/RSU-E), Force

Headquarters Group (FHG), Marine Corps Forces Reserve via a

Feasibility of Support (FOS) message through AMHS/Naval message.

These requests shall be forwarded to DPC/RSU-E via the PLAs DPC RSU-

3-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

EAST or RSU CAMP LEJEUNE NC. The DPC/RSU-E Operations section is

located in Building 313 and the telephone number is (910) 451-

2740/0547 or DSN: 751. All administrative procedures, RTA

regulations, and scheduling priorities in this Order/Range Cards will

apply.

d. Other civilian and military services, organizations, and

agencies external like other Military Services, National Guard Units,

Reserve Units, Federal, state, and local agencies to Camp Lejeune must

request approval to train aboard Camp Lejeune from MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

G-3/5 via a formal Feasibility of Support message to COMMCICOM whose

plain language address (PLA) is COMMCICOM G-3-5-7 and CC the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3-5. If military personnel or equipment is

requested it must also be sent to Commander, Marine Forces Command PLA

is COMMARFORCOM G-3-5-7 and CC the CG, II MEF G3. This request must

include the type of training to be conducted, listing all required

RTAs and training facilities, restricted airspace, adjacent waters and

any logistics support needed. Upon approval, a “Liaison Officer” from

that unit will be assigned to MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) and Range

Control. The “Liaison Officer” from requesting organization or agency

will provide direct liaison between the requesting unit of the agency,

Camp Lejeune, and other tenant commands as required. All

administrative procedures, RTA and training facility regulations, and

scheduling priorities are contained in this Order.

4. Scheduling

a. All tenant formal, MOS-producing schools can schedule live-

fire ranges, training area, and training facilities that directly

support their program of instruction (POI) up to 120 days prior (110

days for USCG SMTC) to the planned activity. Intent is to allow these

schools a 30 day priority over other units to schedule their school’s

training. Normally, units can request to schedule live-fire ranges,

training areas, or any other training facilities up to 90 days in

advance to the planned training activity. If available in RFMSS RTAs

and training facilities can be requested as late as 0700 two working

days (at least 48 hours or more) prior to the planned use. Exceptions

include ranges that are close to the AIWW, the use of the N-1/BT-3

Impact Area, and training or operations in the Atlantic Ocean Sector,

to include Onslow Bay, must be scheduled at least 45 days prior to use

to allow publication of a Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR) and coordination

with external agencies, per the Code of Federal Regulations. Ranges

requiring aerial range sweeps (G-5, G-7, H-1, E-1 Ranges, and N-1/BT-3

Impact Area) require scheduling in RFMSS at least 65 days prior to

usage for Range Control to submit a range sweep request prior to the

2d MAW FRAG conference. Submission of requests for range sweeps may

or may not be approved by 2d MAW due to availability of aircraft.

Units are ultimately responsible to ensure a range sweep aircraft is

scheduled and approved for the ranges requiring the aerial range

sweeps.

3-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(1) 2d Tank Bn, 2d Light Armoured Reconnaisance Bn, and 2d

Amphibious Assault Vehicle Bn can schedule their semiannual gunnery

crew re-qualifications on SR-10 and SR-7 up to one year in advance.

WTBn S-3 can schedule assigned ranges at Stone Bay Range Complex

(SBRC) up to one year in advance.

(2) All military dive/Self-Contained Underwater Breathing

Apparatus (SCUBA), open water swims, and rotary-wing CAS operations

/training must be scheduled 14 days in advance of the event to ensure

proper notification via NOTMARs and any other required coordination.

Late requests for training events that require a NOTMARs or

notification of the public will not be approved.

(3) All parachute operations scheduled in DZs within the Camp

Lejeune area must be scheduled 35 days in advance of the date of the

event to ensure proper notice via NOTAM. Range Scheduling will submit

a monthly consolidated NOTAM Request. NOTAMs for late requests for

Parachute Operations (PARAOPS) will be the unit’s responsibility.

RFMSS requests for PARAOPS must be submitted NLT three days (72 Hours)

from the first day of the training event (see paragraph 1). A

separate NOTAM worksheet must be submitted by the unit to Cherry Point

Airfield Management no later than 72 hours prior to the event (See the

worksheet in Appendix J). NOTAM worksheets must include the DZ to be

used, location within a 25 nm of a civilian Navigational Aids

(NAVAIDs) Listing Radial and DME from the NAVAID. The nearest

civilian NAVAIDs for Camp Lejeune’s DZs are Wilmington VORTAC (ILM)

and Dixon NDB (DIW). See Table 4-7 and 4-8.

b. The MEU S-3 is responsible for the deconfliction and

submission of all RFMSS requests generated by the MEU subordinate

elements (MEU HQs, BLT/CLB/ACE Elements). Likewise, other Marine Air-

Ground Task Force (MAGTF) commanders are responsible for the

deconfliction and submission of all RFMSS requests generated by their

subordinate elements and units to ensure proper coordination has taken

place.

c. Requests to use artillery GPs, for which standard/approved

safety data has not been computed or listed in the USMC Artillery

Safety SOP, must include an overlay of the SDZ and must be surveyed by

the 10th Marines Survey Section. Requests with survey results shall

be provided to the Director, RCD 10 working days in advance of the

first day of training.

d. Requests to use MPs for which standard/approved safety data

has not been computed must include an overlay of the SDZ and must be

surveyed by the 10th Marines Survey Section. Requests with survey

results shall be provided to the Range Control (Director, RCD) 10

working days in advance of the first day of training.

3-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

e. During hunting seasons, all unscheduled TAs are opened to the

CLEO for hunting. “Recreational Sheets” listing the open hunting

areas (TAs not scheduled) are sent out to the different agencies

aboard Camp Lejeune the day prior.

5. No-Shows/Late Arrivals. Units that cancel scheduled RTAs or

training facilities must notify Range Control Scheduling Department

during normal working hours or BLACKBURN after working hours

immediately by phone, written communications, or e-mail. There is no

reason for a “No Show”.

a. Late Arrivals. A unit must occupy a contractor-supported

range with a responsible unit representative (not necessarily the

ROIC/RSO) within one hour of scheduled "HOT" time or the range will be

cancelled for that day. If a unit fails to arrive on a range that

scheduled EOD support has been requested or has requested for down-

range target emplacement within 30 minutes of the scheduled time, that

unit forfeits the requested EOD support for that day. Requests for an

extension may be granted if notified within the designated time

requirements. During normal working hours Range Control requires two

to four hour notification. Extensions can be granted after normal

working hours, weekends, and holidays after BLACKBURN receives

authorization by the approving authority. A contractor must be

present at all times during the scheduled live-fire event on

contractor-supported range unless pre-arranged with Range Control that

contractor support is not required on that scheduled and signed for

range.

b. Requests for EOD support must be submitted to the Director,

RCD and the OIC/SNCOIC Base EOD five working days in advance of the

first day of training.

c. RTAs and facilities may be used by more than one unit, on the

same day if scheduled properly and deconflicted by time, by unit.

There are two methods of use for sharing RTAs and facilities; Co-using

and Piggy-backing.

(1) Co-using is encouraged when the following coordination,

restrictions, and conditions are met:

(a) Co-using unit will contact the original requesting

unit and coordinate use of a RTA or facility. Original requesting

unit will send an e-mail to Lejeune Range Scheduling modifying their

time, event, or area allowing the Co-using unit to schedule their

training in RFMSS on the same date, de-conflicting by time or space.

Co-using, the original scheduled unit will provide the ROIC/RSO and

the Co-using unit or units on that scheduled range will also have its

own ROIC/RSO/Corpsman and be communicating with BLACKBURN for the

same weapons and ammunition scheduled in RFMSS by the original unit.

3-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(b) More than one unit may use a range and training

facility supported by a contractor if the scheduled hours of

operations collectively do not exceed the contractor’s daily hour

limitations for that range/facility.

(c) MOUT facilities have restrictions emplaced on them for

both single and multiple units conducting training based on the number

of Marines, vehicles to be used, training activities and training

requirements. MOUT facilities are deconflicted by event and area

needed or the number of building/structures to be used so multiple

units can use the limited recourses. These facilities are

deconflicted and scheduled by the MOUT staff based only on the

training unit needs/wants.

(2) Piggy-backing is discouraged even if the following

coordination, restrictions, and conditions are met:

(a) The piggy-backing unit(s) must coordinate directly

with the host unit (the unit that originally scheduled and signed for

the range/training facility). The piggy-backing unit must be using

the same weapon(s)/weapon system(s), and use the same ammunition by

DODIC that the hosting unit scheduled and signed for. Piggy-backing,

the original scheduled unit will provide the ROIC/RSO/Corpsman and the

piggy-backing unit will fall under that unit’s ROIC/RSO/Corpsman

firing the same weapons and ammunition that is scheduled in RFMSS.

(b) The host unit agrees to the proposed piggy-back and

all requirements set forth by this Order are in place, enforced, and

supervised. The host unit must send an email to Lejeune Range

Scheduling discussing this arrangement, control measures, and agreeing

to the piggy-backing. Range Scheduling must approve the piggy-backing

arrangement prior to its use.

(c) The host unit must let BLACKBURN know of the

additional piggy-backing unit(s) and number of additional personnel

and ammunition expended.

(d) The hosting unit must request Range Control approval

to employ or change any item not on the original RFMSS request at

least two workdays prior to actual firing time. The piggy-backing

unit(s) will work through the hosting unit for approval of any

changes.

(e) Range Control must authorize any changes to previously

approved firing times or additional weapons/weapon systems or

ammunition.

(f) If the host unit cancels training, the piggy-backing

unit’s training is also cancelled as well.

3-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(g) If piggy-backing unit desires to resubmit for the

range/area/facility, scheduling conditions mentioned in paragraph 4.a

still apply. Any written SRR or agreements must be readdressed and

re-approved.

d. Cancellation. When circumstances require cancellation of a

previously schedule RTA or training facility, the cancellation will be

made using RFMSS by the originator of the initial request. Every

effort must be made to determine necessary cancellations and report

them to Range Control or BLACKBURN in a timely manner.

e. The scheduling of a TA(s) will not include any of the other

training facilities that may be located within the borders of that TA,

such as MOUTs, FOBs, AFS Sites, TLZs, parachute DZs, GPs, MPs, OPs, or

live-fire ranges in that training area. They must be scheduled in

RFMSS separately and signed for separately. When there will be

personnel on the ground supporting or being supported by rotary-wing

aircraft in a LZ (externals, SPIE, rappelling, troop lift, hoisting

operations, etc.), the LZs must be scheduled and signed for prior to

training being conducted. If the ground unit is being supported, they

will schedule and sign for the LZ. If the ground unit is supporting

rotary-wing aircraft operations, the squadron conducting the event

will schedule and make comments in RFMSS listing the supporting ground

unit, supporting squadron, and who will sign for the LZ.

f. All live-fire ranges aboard Camp Lejeune must be closed at

regular intervals for EOD sweeps/range maintenance in order to reduce

UXO hazards and to conduct regular range maintenance and re-targeting.

Priority and timing of closures will be determined by the Range

Control and RDMD. Closures will be scheduled in RFMSS and annotated

in the RFWO.

6. Special Range Request

a. Any deviations/changes from established RTAs, live fire range,

training facilities, training events or approved training scenarios

identified in this Order or in the Range Cards requires a SRR. Some

minor/low risk training events are coordinated/approved via e-mails to

the RSS like a bivouac request or adding additional DODICs to a range

as an example. See Appendix E of this Order for more details

regarding the creation and submission of SRRs as required.

b. All SRRs must be submitted to Range Control, via the RCO, no

later than 10 working days prior to the planned event. Late entries

will be considered only on a case-by-case basis due to coordination

and planning involved in an SRR.

c. All SRRs must include the following:

3-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(1) A letter from the Bn/Squadron Commander to the RCO

requesting a specific/limited/detail deviation/waiver. SRRs can be

signed “By direction” and must be endorsed by the Bn/Squadron S-3.

(2) An approved/reviewed and signed ORM assessment covering

that special event must be included in the package.

(3) The planned Scheme of Maneuver (SOM).

(4) The weapons/ammunition by DODIC to be used.

(5) Any SDZs/WDZs necessary.

(6) Other information as required based on the planned

event.

7. Non-Standard Training Area Requests

a. Non-Standard TA Requests (NSTAR) must be submitted to CG,

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (AC/S, G-3/5) and must be endorsed by the unit’s

chain of command (Example Bn, Regt, Div G-3, MEF G-7, and MSOB (Marine

Raider Bn), MSOR (Marine Raider Regt), and MARSOC G-7) when a unit

desires to train in an area or areas that is/are not designated as a

RTA or training facility assigned to Range Control. Examples of such

cantonment areas which are highlighted in red, orange, or yellow on

the Camp Lejeune Special Map which includes Courthouse Bay, Camp

Johnson, Camp Geiger, Stone Bay/EOTG/MARSOC Complex, Industrial Area,

Hadnot Point (Mainside), French Creek, MCAS New River, family housing

areas, and others areas as directed.

b. Training in the Camp Lejeune cantonment area is out of the

scope of this Order. Although generally discouraged, requests to

conduct field training within the cantonment area shall be forwarded

to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (AC/S G-3/5), for consideration and

determination.

c. The requesting unit must submit such requests to the MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5, attention Director, Operations and Plans Division.

TECOM Formal Schools and other tenant commands shall submit their

requests directly to MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 Operations and Plans).

d. NSTARs must be submitted to reach MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5

Operations and Plans), at least 30 working days prior to commencement

of training. This timeline is designed to allow sufficient time for

thorough staffing and coordination. NSTARs require extensive

coordination with MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ staff sections and tenant

organizations depending on the training event. Additionally, certain

specific NSTAR objectives may routinely requires approval by the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Late NSTARs will not normally be accepted.

3-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

NSTARs that require use of A&E must be reviewed by the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ Explosives Safety Office (ESO) prior to approval.

e. NSTAR Request Format. Requests must include:

(1) Purpose of Request.

(2) Detailed Concept of Operations Narrative.

(3) Detailed SOM.

(4) Training and Readiness Goals of the Training Event (Core

skills and tasks).

(5) Detailed Timeline of Training Events.

(6) Risk Assessment, including a signed ORM Worksheet.

(7) Weapons and ammunition to be used if required.

(8) Individual and unit equipment to be used.

(9) Map Sheet/Layout outlining the exercise area if required.

(10) Any environmental requirements or coordination as

required or directed. Using Units may be required to submit a FEREIR

to MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ EMD.

(11) Unit POC, including full name, rank billet, phone number,

and e-mail address is required.

f. The requesting unit shall be prepared to brief the unit’s

NSTAR concept and details to the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ staff sections at

a coordination meeting prior to the training event.

g. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the final approving authority for

all NSTARs; MCIEAST-MCB G-3/5 is the cognizant staff section, an

action officer will be assigned, and a message released authorizing

this event. Direct all NSTAR questions/issues to the MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5 Operations and Plans Division) at (910) 451-0375/451-

8905. Direct Liaison Authority with other MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

organizations or staff sections shall not be assumed and must be

requested. The MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) will publish

approval/disapproval/modification of all NSTARs via AMHS.

8. Scheduling Hikes/Conditioning Marches. All hike routes will be

submitted to Range Control Operations Officer or the Range Control

Operations Chief at least two working days (48 Hours) in advance of

the conditioning hike/force march to ensure proper scheduling of the

TAs and roadways. If the unit is conducting a hike within a lettered

3-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

TA the unit must schedule the TA in RFMSS. Units will include a map

overlay and must fill-in and sign the Range Control Hike Checklist. A

copy of this checklist is available on the Range Control website.

9. Priority of Training

a. In the event of conflicting requests, RTAs and training

facilities will be assigned to requesting units in the following

precedence:

(1) CAPEXs/VIPEXs, as directed Major Joint or Combined

Training Exercises.

(2) USMC Formal Schools like SOI-E, MCES, MCCSSS, MSOS,

training required by POI (120 Days). USCG SMTC has only (110 Days).

(3) Pre-deployment training or training in conjunction with

assignment to contingency status (i.e. EOTG events in support of MEU

PMINT, COMPTUEX, and CERTEX) and approved by the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

AC/S G-3/5 and the RCO. Normal regular assigned deployments/PTP

training receive only 90 day scheduling in RFMSS window.

(4) Special training directed by higher headquarters and

approved by the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (AC/S G-3/5) and the RCO;

gunnery requalification; testing, research, development and evaluation

activities.

(5) Normal unit training/Pre-deployment Training Program/Unit

Deployment Program cycle training (90 Days).

(6) Sports and recreational activities (MCCS) as scheduled.

b. Unique training activities that do not fit the categories

above will receive a training priority from the unit’s assigned higher

headquarters via formal correspondence and approved by the CG MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ (AC/S, G-3/5) and the RCO. Range Control Scheduling will

approve RFMSS requests based on sound business practices based on the

type of training events requested/scheduled and the type of range

being requested/scheduled to ensure limited resourses (live fire

ranges) are used properly/wisely/primary purposes (Economy of

Management of Assets). Example a live fire and movement/maneuver

range being used for BZO/CMP/Static Live Fire event.

c. Priority Range Assignments

(1) Unit training priority assignments are listed below.

These range priority assignments do not preclude other units from

requesting and using the range when it is not used by the priority

unit. The list below is subject to change.

3-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

(a) Range R-100 (MCCS Skeet and Trap Range Only). This

range is not authorized for military shotgun training.

(b) Engineer Training Area (ETA) ETA-9 and ETA-10. 2d

CEB, 2d MarDiv if scheduled within 120 days.

(c) Range ETA-1, ETA-7, ETA-7A, ETA-7B, ETA-7C, ETA-7D and

ETA-8. MCES if scheduled within 120 days.

(d) TLZs Albatross, Bluebird, Condor, Kite and Phoenix.

2d MAW (Marine Aircraft Group (MAG)-26/MAG-29) for HST Operations.

All other operations must be approved by MAG-26/MAG-29.

(e) Camp Davis Runways (North/South), LHD Deck, and Oak

Grove runways/LZs. 2d MAW (MAG-26/MAG-29) when scheduled in RFMSS.

(f) SR-10. 2d Tank Bn/2d AAV Bn has priority during

scheduled semi-annual gunnery requalification when scheduled in RFMSS.

(g) SR-7. 2d LAR Bn/2d AAV Bn has priority during

scheduled semi-annual gunnery requalification when scheduled in RFMSS.

(h) TLZ Vulture, SRR-227 Square Bay Pistol/Rifle Range,

Non-Lethal Range, Breacher Facilities/Breacher Pit, RR-249 Shoothouse,

RR-243 UTF, SRR-211 EOTG Vertical Training Facility/Tower, SRR-230

Murphy’s Mountain and SRR-230 Rollins Peak. EOTG, II MEF has

scheduling priority of the above listed ranges/training facilities

when scheduled in RFMSS. All other II MEF units or MARSOC Units

desiring to use these ranges/facilities will coordinate with EOTG S-3

for the scheduling, signing for ranges.

(i) Ranges/Training Facilities within the MARSOC

Complex/Compound. MARSOC units only, unless approved by MARSOC G-3,

G-7, and MSOS S-3.

(j) ALZs have been designated to specific units or Area

Commanders and must be approved by that area commander for other units

requesting that ALZ for training. (See Chapter 4)

(k) EOD-2 and EOD-3. All other EOD units desiring to use

EOD-2/EOD-3 will coordinate and get approval with MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

EOD (Base EOD) before allowing it to be scheduled in RFMSS.

10. Bumping Procedures. A unit can be bumped off a range to support

a higher priority/contingency as designated/directed by II MEF G-3/7,

MARSOC G-3/7, TECOM Schools, or other tenant command. The RCO or RCOO

will make every effort to relocate the bumped unit to a similar RTA or

training facility or move the bumped training to another date that

meets the unit’s needs.

3-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

11. Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR)

a. All training events that affect the waterways around Camp

Lejeune, to include the AIWW, the entire New River (all water

sectors), Mile Hammock Bay, and Onslow Bay (N-1/BT-3 Impact Area),

requires publication of a NOTMARs for coordination with external

agencies. W-122 15B airspace and the water space must be scheduled by

the requesting unit directly to Fleet Area Control and Surveillance

Facility, Virginia Capes (FACSFAC VACAPES) for events like Stinger

Missile/Avenger live-fire events using Range E-1 and Naval Gunfire.

b. All events that require NOTMARs must be scheduled at least 14

working days in advance. Late requests for such events will not be

approved without special justification and the approval of the

Director, RCD/RCO.

c. Many of the ranges that require a NOTMARs also requires an air

sweep to be conducted during daylight hours before going into a “HOT”

status: E-1, G-5, G-7, H Ranges, Naval Gunfire, and N-1/BT-3 type

events. In order to arrange the air support necessary for the sweep,

these ranges must be scheduled at least two calendar months (65 Days)

prior to the firing date. (e.g., A unit wants to fire across the AIWW

in the month of March, the request must be submitted NLT the last

working day of January.) Units requesting to schedule these ranges

without the proper lead time are responsible for coordinating and

requesting their own air support for the sweep. If there is no air

sweep, no live-fire can be conducted. Ranges that fire over the AIWW

can only conduct live-fire for one hour (during even hours) and must

go “COLD” for one hour (during odd hours).

d. Units are also required to schedule the Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5306C Airspace with Cherry Point Range Management for

those times while conducting live-fire with Stinger Missiles/Avenger

live-fire events using Range E-1.

12. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM)

a. All training events that require GSRA airspace activation

outside the published time of use (0600-1800 Monday-Friday) require a

NOTAM be in place 24 hours in advance. Some examples of these events

may be live-fire on GSRA ranges or parachute operations. Range

Control coordinates a monthly NOTAM request message. Events that

require a NOTAM must be scheduled in RFMSS 72 hours (three days prior

to the first day of the month the event is scheduled in). This gives

Range Control time to coordinate with external agencies prior to

releasing the monthly NOTAM request message for the month the event

will occur. (e.g., if a unit wants to shoot on SR-10 in the month of

3-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

March, the request must be submitted no later than five working days

before the end of February.)

b. For each NOTAM previously submitted, a separate NOTAM

Worksheet will be submitted by the requesting unit to Cherry Point

Airfield Management no late than 96 hours prior to the start time of

the scheduled event (see example worksheet at the end of this

chapter). For questions concerning the NOTAM worksheet contact Cherry

Point Airfield Management at (252) 466-6768.

c. All ParaOps require a NOTAM to be accomplished/approved.

ParaOps training activities within the Camp Lejeune range complex that

extend outside the GSRA also require a NOTAM.

13. Road Closures

a. When a requested event requires the using unit to close a

major roadway, that event must be scheduled ten working days in

advance in order for Range Control to publish a road closure message.

Ranges requiring road closures include:

(1) Lyman Road Ops for (AV-8B) Harriers or F-35B Operations.

Closes Lyman Road.

(2) G-29B and G-10 Convoy Range shooting the M2 .50 cal/.50

cal Sniper Rifle. Closes Highway 172.

(3) ETA-2 MICLIC (Inert) Line Charge. Temporarily closes a

section of Highway 172.

(4) Naval Gunfire. Closes Highway 172 and the AIWW.

(5) G-6 CBC if requested and scheduled by the unit to close

Highway 172. Road Guards are required to be posted.

(6) G-29B when using the .50 cal./M1-A1 120mm TP will close

Highway 172.

(7) CVOT Highway 172 will close Highway 172.

(8) Other training events may require road closures/road

guards if requested.

Note: Lyman Road and Highway 172 cannot be closed at the same time.

b. SRRs may require road closures/gates/barriers/road guards,

depending upon the requesting unit’s SOM, weapons, and/or ammunition.

c. The unit is responsible for posting all road guards, with

required night/low visibility gear (i.e., road guard vests and

3-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

lights), securing required gates, maintaining communications with

BLACKBURN and the assigned road guards at all time. Using Units must

sweep/clear the roads and the affected TAs assigned prior to going

into “HOT” status and report back to BLACKBURN that this has been

accomplished.

14. Check-Out/In Procedures

a. Responsibilities

(1) The Unit CO of the using/properly scheduled unit is

responsible for the RTA or training facility and the safe conduct

/proper utilization of the scheduled training.

(2) The Unit CO, or his/her designated representative, must

read and understand this entire current/approved edition of the Range

Control Order/Range Cards. Sections on the duties of ROIC/RSO, safety

requirements, and special instructions for the range requested are

especially important. The ROIC and RSO must know the weapons

system/ammunition safety data, SDZs/WDZs, all restrictions, this

Order, the Range Card for that range, and all applicable weapons

safety publications. TMs/FMs/TCs/MCWPs/MCRPs/SOUMs and other reguired

references must be in their possession while on the range.

(3) Per reference (a) all units must have a current Command

Certification Letter (CCL) for all ROICs/RSOs for all live-fire

training events signed by the unit CO. The Base RCO also requires all

non-live-fire specialty personnel to be on the CCL due to the

Hazardous/High Risk nature of the training. The CCL must be updated

quarterly and is due before the beginning of the new quarter

(January/April/July/October) or when directed. The original CCL must

be provided to Range Control in the proper format, per Appendix M of

this Order and each additional sheet of the enclosure signed. Updates

to the letter’s enclosure listing qualified personnel are NOT

authorized to be sent via e-mail/FAX. Range Control must have the

original letter. The Command Certification Letter also includes all

non-live-fire certifications/qualifications specialists that must be

in a current status such as; Dive Supervisors, Dive Masters, DZ Safety

Officers, Jumpmasters, CAST Masters, Safety Insert Officers (SIOs),

Forward Air Control (FACs)/Joint Terminal Attack Controller (JTACs),

Naval Gunfire Liaison Officers, Shore Fire Control Party, HRST/HST

qualified personnel, Breachers, Marine Corps Instructor of Water

Survival (MCIWS), Marine Corps Instructor Trainer of Water Survival

(MCITWS), HEAT Instructors, Laser Safety, all CBRNE 5711/5702 Marines

regardless of rank, and CVOT instructors, UAS (UAS Mission Commander

/UAS Pilot) or any other specialties no matter the rank of that

person.

(4) Units are required to submit an "As Designated Letter" to

Range Control if the unit expects to use more than three ROICs for any

3-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

particular scheduled event/exercise during that extended period of the

scheduled training. The "As Designated Letter" eases some of the

requirements to bring all of the ROICs to Range Control to sign out

multiple events/ranges /facilities. ROICs are still required to

report to Range Control and conduct any "Face-to-Face" requirements.

The "As Designated Letter" also facilitates and eases turnover of the

ROIC on that given day of training should an emergency arise or other

duty requirements require his/her removal of current ROIC's duties.

The new ROIC is required only to contact BLACKBURN for the change-

over. The new ROIC change will take place once BLACKBURN verifies all

necessary paperwork is in order. If that particular ROIC is not on

the current "As Designated Letter", the unit will either submit an

updated one or have the new ROIC come to Range Control and sign out

that event/range/facility. Units can contact Range Control Scheduling

for an e-mail example of the required format/letter.

(5) The Unit CO’s designated representative must ensure the

use of all required safety items, including but not limited, to range

flag, light(s), phone(s), radios, barricade(s), flak jackets, helmets,

eye and hearing protection, emergency pyrotechnics if required by the

using unit, illumination device(s) and reflective vests, safety

vehicle, corpsman with required medical kit, binoculars, special range

checklists, instructions, and scenarios.

(6) The Unit CO’s designated representative must complete all

required coordination/deconfliction in advance of the scheduled

training event to include any environmental requirements like a FEREIR

if required. The ROIC/RSO is responsible for unit’s conduct, proper

utilizations, and safety of that RTA or training facility that is

properly scheduled and signed for and all other requirement set forth

in this Order. The Unit CO/ROIC/RSO must enforce and supervise all

requirements at all times during the training event. ROIC, RSO,

assigned duty corpsman, and safety vehicle driver WILL NOT have any

other duties/assignments, participate in the training event, or fire

any weapon/ammunition during the time period they are assigned duties

as the ROIC/RSO/Duty Corpsman/Safety vehicle Driver.

(7) The Safety Vehicle/Driver and properly equipped Corpsman

SHALL be at a safe distance from the high-risk activity so they can

respond as needed or required.

b. Checking Out/Checking-In Ranges

(1) Using units can check out scheduled ranges up to eight (8)

working days in advance (Monday-Thursday 0730-1630 and Fridays 0730-

1530 for Special Events) to the date of use/scheduled event. The ROIC

can check out RTAs or facilities from Range Control and must check out

no later than 1200 the day prior to the scheduled event (i.e. Thursday

for ranges on a Saturday, Sunday, Monday, and Holidays that fall on a

Tuesday). Ranges not checked out by 1200 are cancelled and recorded

3-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

as a unit no-show. Friday will be used to check out special events

(TACPs/Large Exercises) and write the weekend and holiday

schedules/messages if prearranged with the Range Control Scheduling

Section. Those RTAs and training facilities not checked out Monday-

Thursday can be checked out on a Friday if coordinated by unit’s

operation officer and approved by the RCOO prior to 1200 on Thursday.

(2) Prior to checking out any RTA or facility, the ROICs and

RSOs must have attended the Range Control Range safety brief, have a

current, signed Camp Lejeune Range Control Safety Card (ROIC/RSO Card)

in their possession, and be on the unit’s current Command

Certification Letter.

(3) The ROIC/RSOs of all CAS/SIMCAS must conduct a Face-to-

Face with BLACKBURN right after signing for the event.

(4) Grenade ranges require special coordination due to the

requirement of having an EOD response team standing by to take

immediate action with UXO/dud grenades. See the Range Cards for

additional information on F-6, K-510, and MAC-3.

(5) The individual ROIC who checked out the range will be the

only one who can check it back in. The individual who checked out the

range will be responsible for all equipment and items signed out and

must return all Range Control safety equipment within 24 hours.

ROIC/RSO is requested to submit a range after action report concerning

the quality, police, and maintenance condition of the range, via

Interactive Customer Evaluation or ICE for each range used within 24

hours of completion of the training event. This will assist Range

Control/Range Maintenance in the identifying maintenance problems or

any enhancements as early as possible so they can be resolved.

3-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 4

Airspace, Aircraft, UAS Operations, and Facilities

1. General

a. This Chapter describes restricted airspace, aircraft operation

procedures, UAS operations, and other facilities controlled by Camp

Lejeune, and sets forth all instructions, policies concerning their

use in conjunction with the Camp Lejeune RTAs and training facilities.

Camp Lejeune restricted airspace is controlled to safely permit

multiple uses with the least interference. All firing and aircraft

operations must conform to airspace regulations contained in this

section and all other Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)

regulations.

b. A major portion of Camp Lejeune lies within airspace

designated by the FAA as Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D,

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303

A/B/C, and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 A/B/C (Figure 4-1).

Military aircraft operating within the restricted airspace will squawk

4000 unless already assigned a discreet transponder code by Air

Traffic Control (ATC). A Letter of Procedure (dated 24 February 2010)

signed by MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, MCAS Cherry Point, Regional Airspace

Coordinator, and DOT/FAA (MCAS Cherry Point) and a Letter of Agreement

(dated 15 October 2007) signed by MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, MCAS New River,

Regional Airspace Coordinator, and Department of Transportation/FAA

(MCAS Cherry Point) further divides Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303

and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 by identifying sub areas; SR-6,

SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, and SR-10 for real-time joint use and scheduling.

2. Special Use Airspace

a. SUA. SUA is airspace of defined dimensions wherein activities

must be confined because of their nature, or wherein limitations may

be imposed upon aircraft operations that are not a part of those

activities.

b. Restricted Area. Restricted areas contain airspace identified

by an area on the surface of the earth within which the flight of

aircraft, while not wholly prohibited, is subject to restrictions.

Restricted areas denote the existence of unusual, often invisible,

hazards to aircraft such as artillery firing, aerial gunnery, or

guided missiles.

c. Using Agency. The using agency is the military unit or other

organization whose activity established the requirement for the SUA.

The using agency is responsible for ensuring that:

4-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) The airspace is used only for its designated purpose.

(2) Proper scheduling procedures are established and utilized.

(3) The controlling agency is kept informed of changes in

scheduled activity, to include the completion of daily activities.

(4) A POC is made available to enable the controlling agency

to verify schedules and coordinate access for emergencies, weather

diversions, etc.

d. Controlling Agency. The controlling agency is the ATC

facility that exercises control of the airspace when an SUA area is

not activated. A military ATC facility may be assigned as the

controlling agency, subject to the concurrence of the service area

office and the concerned Air Route Traffic Control Center. A

controlling agency shall be designated for each joint-use SUA area.

e. Restricted Areas

(1) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D. Includes airspace

from surface to 17,999 ft. Mean Sea Level (MSL) within the area from

Latitude (LAT) 34 Degrees 44’51”N, Longitude (Long) 77 Degrees 14’39”W

(Grid 18S TU 9457 4734); to LAT 34 Degrees 34’31”N, Long 77 Degrees

08’59”W (Grid 18S UD 0281 2804); to Lat 34 Degrees 30’21”N, Long 77

Degrees 15’49”W (Grid 18S TD 9219 2057); to Lat 34 Degrees 33’01”N,

Long 77 Degrees 18’59”W (Grid 18S TD 8746 2561); to Lat 34 Degrees

36’06”N, Long 77 Degrees 26’07”W (Grid 18S TD 7668 3157); to Lat 34

Degrees 40’01”N, Long 77 Degrees 21’59”W (Grid 18S TD 8317 3866); 18S

TD 8492 3708) to the start point. MCAS Cherry Point Approach Control

is the Controlling Agency and MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the Using Agency.

(2) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E. Includes airspace

from surface to 17,999 ft. MSL within the area from Lat 34 Degrees

40’21”N, Long 77 Degrees 21’11”W (Grid 18S TD 8288 3928); to Lat 34

Degrees 40’01”N, Long 77 Degrees 21’59”W (Grid 18S TD 8317 3866); to

Lat 34 Degrees 36’06”N, Long 77 Degrees 26’07”W (Grid 18S TD 7668

3157); to Lat 34 Degrees 38’13”N, Long 77 Degrees 25’59”W (Grid 18S TD

7698 3548) to the start point. MCAS Cherry Point Approach Control is

the Controlling Agency and MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the Using Agency.

(3) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D Fixed-Wing Procedural

Line. Subdivides Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D and includes all

of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E below 3000 ft. MSL to allow

MCAS New River to conduct approaches and departures to/from Runways 19

and 23 vice only Runway 23 during hazardous fixed-wing operations

within Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D/E. The Procedural Line is

defined as a line running NE and SW from Lat 34 degrees 39’11”N, Long

077 degrees 20’49”W (Grid 18S TD 8492 3708) to Lat 34 Degrees 63’06”

N, Long 077 Degrees 26’07”W (Grid 18S TD 7668 3157). When the

4-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Procedural Line is put into effect by BLACKBURN, fixed-wing hazardous

traffic shall remain south of the line when flying below 3000 ft. MSL.

Moving the three mile buffer to the Procedural Line below 3000 ft. MSL

allows approaches to MCAS New River. Above 3000 ft. MSL, the three

mile buffer is from the border of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E

as before.

(4) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303 (GSRA). Designated

Altitudes: Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303A -- Surface to 6999 ft.

MSL; Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303B -- 7000 to 9,999 ft. MSL;

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303C -- 10,000 to 17,999 ft. MSL.

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303A excludes the Airspace 1,500 ft. AGL

and below within a three nm radius of Sky Manor Airport. The lowest

sub-area, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303A, is the most frequently

used area. Time of designation 0600-1800 Monday-Friday; other times

(including any use of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303B/C) by NOTAM

at least 24 hours in advance. Boundaries: Lat 34 Degrees 41’40”N,

Long 77 Degrees 33’09”W (Grid 18S TD 6619 4212); to Lat 34 Degrees

39’16”N, Long 77 Degrees 28’31”W (Grid 18S TD 7316 3751); to Lat 34

Degrees 36’51”N, Long 77 Degrees 29’01”W (Grid 18S TD 7228 3306); to

Lat 34 Degrees 36’13”N, Long 77 Degrees 31’51”W (Grid 18S TD 6792

3199); to Lat 34 Degrees 37’03”N, Long 77 Degrees 35’25”W (Grid 18S TD

6250 3368); to Lat 34 Degrees 38’49”N, Long 77 Degrees 37’31”W (Grid

18S TD 5938 3702) to the start point. Washington ARTCC is controlling

agency of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303C, MCAS Cherry Point

Approach Control is the Controlling Agency for Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5303A and B, and MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the Using Agency

for Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303A, B, and C.

(5) Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 (GSRA). Designated

Altitudes: Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A -- Surface to 6999 ft.

MSL; Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304B -- 7000 to 9,999 ft. MSL;

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304C -- 10,000 to 17,999 ft. MSL.

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A excludes the airspace 1,500 ft. AGL

and below within a three nm radius of Holly Ridge Airport. The lowest

sub-area, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A, is the most frequently

used area. Time of designation 0600-1800, Monday- Friday; other times

(including any use of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304B/C) by NOTAM

at least 24 hours in advance. Boundaries: Lat 34 Degrees 37’03”N,

Long 77 Degrees 35’25”W (Grid 18S TD 6250 3368); to Lat 34 Degrees

36’13”N, Long 77 Degrees 31’51”W (Grid 18S TD 6792 3199); to Lat 34

Degrees 36’51”N, Long 77 Degrees 29’01”W (Grid 18S TD 7228 3306); to

Lat 34 Degrees 32’16”N, Long 77 Degrees 30’13”W (Grid 7024 24633); to

Lat 34 Degrees 29’43”N, Long 77 Degrees 35’15”W (Grid 18S TD 6548

20003); to Lat 34 Degrees 32’42”N, Long 77 Degrees 34’54”W (Grid 18S

TD 6309 2561) to the start point. Washington ARTCC is Controlling

Agency of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304C. MCAS Cherry Point

Approach Control is the Controlling Agency of Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5304A and B, and MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ is the Using Agency

for Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A, B, and C.

4-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) The restricted areas shall be managed on a real-time basis

to minimize impact on non-participating aircraft. When non-

participating aircraft on V-139 are unable to transit above the

restricted area altitudes in use, range activity shall either be

capped or a cease-fire imposed to accommodate the aircraft on the

airway. On occasion, ATC may vector non-participating aircraft off

the airway to the east of the range through Restricted Area (Airspace)

R-5306D and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E, which shall be

deactivated for that purpose.

f. Warning Area W-122. The portion of Warning Area W-122 of

concern to Camp Lejeune is the airspace over the Atlantic Ocean 30

miles in radius from a point three miles at sea off Onslow Beach

Bridge (Areas 15 and 15A). Warning Area W-122 is controlled by the

FACSFAC VACAPES.

g. New River Class D Area. MCAS New River controls this

airspace, which extends upward from the surface to and including 2500

ft. MSL and within a five nm radius of MCAS New River.

3. General Aircraft Operations

a. Fixed-wing operators utilizing Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5306D/E are also required to schedule Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5306C and Hatteras Foxtrot Memoradum of Agreement (MOA) with Cherry

Point Central Scheduling Office at (252) 466-4040/4041 (DSN 582).

Same-day scheduling of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C and Hatteras

Foxtrot MOA will be through BIG ROCK Range Control at (252) 466-

2936/5127, (DSN 582). Arrival and departure notifications to/from

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C, Hatteras Foxtrot MOA are required

with BIG ROCK Range Control on UHF 323.775 or VHF 141.95. Fixed-wing

operators utilizing W-122 airspace are required to schedule with

FASFAC VACAPES, (757) 433-1219/1286. Arrival and departure

notifications to/from AIR 15 are required with Cherry Point Approach

Control via direct communications on UHF 268.7 or VHF 124.1. The

resulting block Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C, Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5306D/E, Hatteras Foxtrot MOA, and AIR-15 provides the

maneuver area needed to contain and protect participating aircraft

from non-participants during fixed-wing operations. When fixed-wing

aircraft cannot maintain flight within a scheduled SUA and spill into

an adjacent SUA or out of assigned SUA a “Whiskey Alert” call will be

reported immediately to the agency responsible for the affected

airspace.

b. This Order provides command, control, and maneuver protocols

for operations inside SUA. Terms such as “controlling agency”,

“controller” and/or “terminal controller” are used in the tactical

sense and are not to be confused with 14 CFR Part 73 or Part 91

terminologies. All 14 CFR responsibilities remain intact.

4-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure

4-1.--

SUA and Air Control Points

POINT

GRID WGS

84

LAT LONG AIRSPACE LOCATION

Alpha

18S TD

850355

34 deg

38’17”

77 deg

20’20”

R5306D Weil Point

Bravo

18S TD

810320

34 deg

36’07”

77 deg

23’29”

R5306D Gillette Point

Charlie

18S TD

907305

34 deg

35’45”

77 deg

16’56”

R5306D

Intersection of

Sneads Ferry Rd and

Highway 172

Delta

18S TD

970356

34 deg

38’45”

77 deg

12’54”

R5306D

Bear Creek at

Willis Landing

Echo

18S TD

947328

34 deg

37’09”

77 deg

14’14”

R5306D

Highway 172 at

Range G-6 CBC

Foxtrot

18S TD

995332

34 deg

37’17”

77 deg

10’34”

R5306D Bear Inlet

Golf

18S TD

755267

34 deg

33’46”

77 deg

27’01”

Hatteras F

MOA

Route 210

4-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

POINT

GRID WGS

84

LAT LONG AIRSPACE LOCATION

India

18S TD

845461

34 deg

44’03”

77 deg

21’13”

Route 24 Bridge

Juliet

18S TD

935435

34 deg

42’43”

77 deg

15’13”

R5306D Hubert Fire Tower

Hotel

18S TD

723331

34 deg

36’39”

77 deg

29’00”

Dixon Fire Tower

Kilo

18S TD

854230

34 deg

31’48”

77 deg

20’13”

Hatteras F

MOA

New River Inlet

Lima

18S TD

822345

34 deg

40’24”

77 deg

22’41”

Hadnot Point (Old

Hospital Point)

Mike

1

18S UD

060350

34 deg

38’26”

77 deg

06’40”

R5306C Bogue Inlet

November

1

18S UD

015486

34 deg

45’43”

77 deg

10’08”

R5306C

Silverdale RR

Bridge

Oscar

1

18S UD

014405

34 deg

41’11”

77 deg

10’ 05”

R5306C Queens Creek Bridge

Papa

18S TD

650410

34 deg

41’05”

77 deg

34’28”

R5303A/B/C

Power line road

Junction

Quebec

18S TD

610353

34 deg

41’05”

77 deg

36’25”

R5303A/B/C Road Junction

Romeo

18S TD

636313

34 deg

36’15”

77 deg

34’39”

R5303A/B/C Road Bend

Sierra

18S TD

632234

34 deg

31’40”

77 deg

34’44”

R5303A/B/C

Road Bend/

Intersection

Tango

18S TD

703248

34 deg

32’21”

77 deg

30’12”

R5303A/B/C

Road intersection

of Hwys 17 and 172

Victor

18S UD

028280

34 deg

34’31”

77 deg

08’59”

R5306D

Eastern most corner

of R5306D at sea

Whiskey

18S TD

987252

34 deg

32’56”

77 deg

11’38”

R5306D N-1/BT-3

X-Ray

18S TD

922206

34 deg

30’21”

77 deg

15’49”

R5306D

Southern most

corner of R5306D at

sea

Table 4-1--Air Control Points

NOTE

1

: Use at or above 1200 feet. MSL requires advance coordination

with BIG ROCK Range Control to activate Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5306C and the Hatteras Foxtrot MOA. Additional Control Points, as

required by the Direct Air Support Center (DASC) for a specific

exercise, shall be published in the Exercise Air Ops Plan and Pilot-

Controller Handbook after coordination with the RCO.

c. Prior to entering the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D,

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303

A/B/C, or Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 A/B/C area, aircraft shall

contact BLACKBURN or appropriate tactical agency (CHIEFTAIN) on the

primary air control UHF frequency (233.8), alternate air/civilian

aircraft VHF frequency (119.5), or the Range Control FM net (34.70)

4-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

for authorization to enter the airspace. Positive two-way

communications with BLACKBURN is required at all times for all

aircraft. Aircraft operations in the SUA are on a VFR concurrent use

basis. Extreme vigilance shall be used as numerous military aircraft

use these areas concurrently. Once in the SUA, the pilot is

responsible for the conduct of the mission, squawking the assigned

transponder code, monitoring the assigned frequency, and remaining

within the approved area of operation. See and avoid other aircraft.

“BIG ROCK” (Cherry Point) manages aircraft operations in R-5306C and

Hatteras Foxtrot MOA. During FW operations in support of TACP/JTAC

/CAS G-10 operations and transiting/holding/operating in the

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C and Hatteras Foxtrot MOA, aircraft

are required to check in/out of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C

/Hatteras Foxtrot MOA with BIG ROCK (Cherry Point) Range Control.

After FW aircraft check in, BIG ROCK will switch aircraft to the

appropriate frequency as identified in the SPINS. BIG ROCK will

continue to provide SUA boundary containment/safety-of-flight using

(pre-briefed) CHIEFTAIN/BLACKBURN/JTAC TAD frequencies and UHF Guard.

BIG ROCK will make attempts to coordinate, via landline, with

CHIEFTAIN/BLACKBURN/JTAC whenever safety-of-flight and/or SUA

containment transmissions are forthcoming. Radio discipline and

brevity will be maintained at all times if transmissions are required

by BIG ROCK on CHIEFTAIN/BLACKBURN/JTAC TAD/Guard frequencies. Draft

SPINS must be submitted via email (SPINS attached) to Camp Lejeune

Range Control and “BIG ROCK” (Cherry Point) Range Control ten (10)

working days prior to the TACP for comments and approval. Final SPINS

and AIR FLOW must be submitted to Camp Lejeune Range Control and “BIG

ROCK” (Cherry Point) Range Control via email attachment prior to the

BLACKBURN and unit TACP Face-to-Face brief.

d. During TACP exercises, when CHIEFTAIN is co-located with the

EWTGLANT Air Officer at OP-2/OP-3/OP-5/OP-14, participating aircraft

will be directed after check-in to switch from CHIEFTAIN’S frequency

to a Tactical Air Delivery (TAD) frequency. BIG ROCK and CHIEFTAIN

(via the EWTGLANT Air Officer) will also monitor the two TAD

frequencies and provide time-critical safety of flight advisories

directly over the TAD net or Guard as required. This positive two-way

communication alleviates the requirement for participating aircraft to

directly monitor Range Control frequency during TACP exercises.

e. During designated evolutions, the DASC will perform the

BLACKBURN function along with the doctrinal DASC role. DASC will

utilize the call sign CHIEFTAIN and utilize the same frequencies as

those assigned to BLACKBURN. If the DASC cannot maintain control of

the assigned airspace due to communications problems or any other

reason, BLACKBURN will immediately assume all control functions.

BLACKBURN retains overarching control of assigned airspace regardless

of the DASC assuming this role. For the purpose of this chapter,

BLACKBURN will be utilized to indicate the agency performing range

control functions within assigned RTA.

4-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Flights over MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ require the below visual

conditions (unless unit minimums are more restrictive):

DAY NIGHT

Helo 500 ft/1 mile 1000 ft/3 miles

Tiltrotor (<150 KIAS) 500 ft/1 mile 1000 ft/3 miles

Tiltrotor (>150 KIAS) 1000 ft/3 mile 1000 ft/3 miles

FW 2000 ft/5 miles 2000 ft/5 miles

FW (with Ordnance at night) 3000 ft/5 miles

UAS (Group 1) 500 ft/1 mile 1000 ft/3 miles

UAS (Group 2 and larger) 2000 ft/5 miles 2000 ft/5 miles

g. Aircraft shall be advised of and deconflicted with GPs, live

ranges, and indirect fire Gun Target Lines (GTLs). To safely allow

concurrent air operations and indirect firing, aircraft shall not

approach CLOSER THAN 1000 meters from GTLs. Pilots must be familiar

with all Artillery GPs and MPs.

h. Minimum altitude for aircraft flying over all civilian

residential areas, to include mainside housing areas is, 1000 ft. AGL.

i. Aircraft will not fly directly over the ASP area, lower than

1000 ft. MSL. The ASP is located just west of the G-10 Impact Area at

grid 880-355.

j. All aircraft will maintain a five nm radius (unless otherwise

NOTAMed) from parachute operations at all times.

k. Over-flights of the G-10, K-2, and N-l/BT-3 Impact areas are

prohibited during live firing operations unless the aircraft is above

the minimum altitude prescribed, involved in the exercise, and

directed by BLACKBURN/CHIEFTAIN.

l. Fixed-wing aircraft (all types) are not authorized to enter

the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303 A/B/C and Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5304 A/B/C Airspace (GSRA) when the airspace is

activated. When the airspace defined by Restricted Area (Airspace)

R-5303 A/B/C or Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 A/B/C Airspace

(GSRA) is not activated, an ATC agency is the appropriate service

agency and aircrews will be instructed to contact ATC. If an aircraft

calls BLACKBURN for routing when these areas are not activated,

BLACKBURN will collect usage data and coordinate a switch to ATC.

When departing the area aircraft will contact BLACKBURN with range

usage data. After coordination with ATC, ATC may desire the aircraft

to stay with BLACKBURN.

4-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

m. A NOTAM is required for both fixed and rotary-wing PARAOPs in

the GSRA. Timely scheduling through RFMSS no later than five working

days prior to the first day of the month the event is scheduled in

will allow Range Control to include the event on its monthly NOTAM

request to MCAS Cherry Point. If the event is scheduled less than

five days prior to the end of the month, it is the unit’s

responsibility to request a NOTAM within the NET 72 hours and NLT 24

hours.

n. SUAs Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5303/5304 may be subdivided

and de-activated to support fixed-wing operations and aircraft

recovery efforts to MCAS New River.

o. When Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D/E SUA(s) are under

BLACKBURN control, no more than one section (two aircraft) of fixed-

wing, high-performance jet aircraft, CAS or Simulated CAS (SIMCAS)

will be allowed into the restricted airspace(s) at any one time. When

a DASC (CHIEFTAIN) has control of the airspace, quantities of aircraft

are limited by DASC capabilities.

p. Figure 4-1 and Table 4-1 display the air control points used

by BLACKBURN for aircraft utilizing Camp Lejeune ranges and impact

areas. Rotary-wing aircraft may request routing between air control

points using the terms “RED LINE” for roads, “BLUE LINE” for the New

River and AIWW, and “FEET WET” when flying over the Onslow Bay

/Atlantic Ocean. BLACKBURN will brief “HOT” ranges within 500 meters

either side of the requested route

q. SIMCAS is authorized in the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D

and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E for fixed-wing aircraft and all

restricted airspace for helicopter and tiltrotor Aircraft. Aircraft

conducting SIMCAS in support of the ground units shall maintain

positive two-way communications with the terminal controller who, in

turn, will have positive two-way communications with BLACKBURN or the

tactical agency. SIMCAS aircraft shall adhere to the boundaries

established to integrate SIMCAS simultaneous with other air operations

– refer to Annex N (Offensive Air Support Appendix) of the Operation

Plan and the Pilot-Controller Handbook for each specific exercise.

Aircraft involved in SIMCAS can have inert/captive carrying ordnance

items on the aircraft.

r. When departing Camp Lejeune SUA, aircraft must contact

BLACKBURN or the tactical agency to check out.

4-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

s. Aircraft malfunctions, mishaps, emergencies, near misses, or

precautionary landings shall be reported to BLACKBURN when it is safe

to do so (aviate, navigate, and communicate). The RCO or RCOO shall

be notified immediately and an incident report and other appropriate

reports such as HAZMAT spill will be created.

4. Coordination and Control

a. Aircraft and Terminal Controllers

(1) Aircraft participating in live firing operations, bombing,

CAS (live or simulated), or combined air-ground exercises require

positive control by a FAC, FAC(A), or JTAC. FAC/JTAC and DZ/LZ

control officers have the same responsibilities as an ROIC/RSO of

firing units. SIMCAS only requires one (1) person (FAC/JTAC present.

Chapters 2, 3, and information in Appendix I paragraphs discussing

ROIC and RSO of this Order apply.

(2) For units involved in training exercises (e.g. COMPTUEX,

CERTEX, JTFEX, Major Joint or Combined Exercises), the unit Air

Officer/FAC must meet with Range Control at least 10 days prior to the

exercise to discuss air operations, use of FAC/JTAC, FAC(A)s, DASC or

the tactical agency, and determine and resolve conflicts. Unit must

provide Range Control/BLACKBURN a copy of the Air Tasking Order/SPINS

10 working days in advance of the exercise to verify scheduled events.

Unit must provide updates to the Air Tasking Order/SPINS as required.

(3) FAC/JTAC are required to conduct a Face-to-Face brief with

Range Control and BLACKBURN, (Building 54) before the scheduled event.

FAC(A)s will receive the Range Safety Brief upon entering MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ restricted airspaces.

(4) FAC/JTAC

(a) Any air operation involving aircraft live firing or

bombing CAS or combined air/ground exercises requires positive control

of aircraft by a FAC/JTAC. The FAC/JTAC may be on the ground or a

FAC(A). The term FAC (ground or airborne) is used synonymously with

the terms JTAC and ROIC of firing regarding these safety regulations

for the rest of this publication.

(b) FAC and tactical agency (CHIEFTAIN) are required to

report to the BLACKBURN for the range Face-to–Face checkout briefing.

(c) The FAC will notify BLACKBURN immediately after the

last aircraft has cleared the area so the temporary fire suspension

may be lifted for ground units, if in effect.

(d) The FAC (if employed on the ground), will be

positioned to see the aircraft and the target.

4-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(5) Range Control Air Requirements for FAC(A)

(a) These procedures are only for squadron specific CAS

and FAC(A) training when no ground units are involved. Working CAS or

SIMCAS with ground units will require standard ROIC, RSO, FAC, JTAC,

DASC, G-10 Helo, G-10 Fixed, and G-10 Helo/Fixed procedures through

the ground unit.

(b) Scheduling. Squadrons submit request for the range

airspace (N-1/BT-3, G-10 Helo, G-10 Fixed, G-10 Helo/Fixed, G-10

Laser), OP, and OP laser in RFMSS up to 90 days prior but no later

than two working days (48 hours) prior to the event. TAs must be

scheduled and approved in RFMSS before submitting an e-mail SRR for

use of a FAC(A).

(c) Submit SRR (Appendix E of this Order) e-mail to RSS or

call for assistance at (910) 451-1240.

(d) Lead Instructor Pilot (FAC and ROIC/RSO-qualified) for

flight will be ROIC. The RSO (ROIC/RSO qualified) can be a squadron

pilot. FAC-qualified is desired but not required. RSO can be E-6 or

above if JTAC-qualified. RSO will be on the ground in an OP and have

communications with BLACKBURN and the flight. RSO maintains target

clearance. If lasers are used, the Range Laser Safety Officer (RLSO)

qualified person can be on the ground or in the air and be ROIC or

RSO.

(e) ROIC must attend a Face-to-Face brief with BLACKBURN

the day prior at Range Control. ROIC will give a copy of the SPINS to

BLACKBURN/Range Control. The SPINS must have ordnance

type/DODIC/NALC.

(f) Execution. RSO signs for ranges/OP and receives Face-

to-Face brief with BLACKBURN. RSO checks in from OP with BLACKBURN

via normal procedures and receives a HOT range brief. Flight checks

in with BLACKBURN and receives a HOT range brief and confirms number

of aircraft and ordnance. RSO has communications with BLACKBURN and

the flight (Squadron Common). Flight conducts range sweep (over

flight) of target area and Holding Areas (HAs)/Battle Positions (BPs)

being used. RSO and ROIC receive clearance from BLACKBURN to go

“HOT”. Flight conducts training on squadron common tactical frequency

and monitors BLACKBURN throughout training in the event of check fire,

emergency, etc.

(g) Flight lead Instructor Pilot (ROIC) and RSO on the

ground are responsible for the safe conduct of fires on the range,

adherence to range SDZs/WDZs, and this Order.

4-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(h) Upon completion of the training event, the flight will

check out with BLACKBURN. ROIC or RSO will report ordnance expended

by DODIC/NALC, type and number of aircraft, number of personnel

trained, and request to go “COLD”. RSO will coordinate with BLACKBURN

for a range inspection of the OP.

(6) All aircraft shall contact the BLACKBURN or the tactical

agency to receive a range brief and authorization to enter the

airspace. BLACKBURN shall direct aircraft to switch to the FAC/JTAC

upon entering the restricted airspace. If communications cannot be

established, the pilot shall immediately contact BLACKBURN for

assistance and further instructions.

(7) Minimum altitude for fixed-wing operations inside the

restricted area is 3000 ft. AGL (coordinating altitude). Fixed-wing

operations below 3000 ft. AGL coordinating altitude (i.e., strafing

runs/low-altitude ingress) are authorized when deconflicted from

rotary-wing operations with lateral and altitude separation.

Helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft shall not exceed 2000 ft. AGL when

fixed-wing aircraft are operating in the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5306D/E. Minimum coordinating altitude for rotary-wing when fixed-

wing is on station is 500 ft. AGL. Fixed-wing aircraft shall not fly

over occupied BPs and HAs. The minimum altitude for fixed-wing

aircraft from Initial Point (IP) to the Pop-up Point (is 1000 ft. ALG

outside the Installation boundary and 700 ft. AGL within the boundary.

Control Point

Altitude Minimum

(AGL)

ATK Heading Offset

GP-20

700 ft.

340-070 degrees

Either

Bravo

700 ft.; 1000 ft.

off-base

030-100 degrees Either

November

1200 ft.

150-270 degrees

Either

Oscar

1200 ft.

150-270 degrees

Either

Mike

1200 ft.

150-300 degrees

Either

Foxtrot

1000 ft.

206-360 degrees

Either

Table 4-2--IPs for G-10 Impact Area

Control Point

Altitude Minimum

(AGL)

ATK Heading Offset

GP-20

700 ft.

000-120 degrees

Either

Bravo

700 ft.; 1000 ft.

off-base

180-255 degrees Either

November

1200 ft.

180-255 degrees

Either

Oscar

1200 ft.

180-255 degrees

Either

Mike

1200 ft.

215-255 degrees

Either

Table 4-3--IPs FOR N-1/BT-3 Impact Area

4-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Control Point

Altitude Minimum

(AGL)

ATK Heading Offset

GP-20

700 ft.

260-330 degrees

Either

Charlie

700 ft.

260-330 degrees

Either

Table 4-4--IPs for K-2 Impact Area

NOTE: K-2 pull-offs are left; avoid over flight of the L-5 Range,

Rifle Range/EOTG/MARSOC ranges.

(8) CAS missions shall not fly over the Cantonment Area,

Industrial Area (Mainside), MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ ASP, or base housing

areas. Aircraft must maintain a minimum of 1,000 ft. AGL if over

flying any civilian housing areas enroute to or exiting the Restricted

Area (Airspace) R-5303, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 (rotary-wing

CAS), and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D/E airspaces.

(9) The charts above for the G-10, N-1/BT-3, and K-2 impact

areas are the approved attack headings and altitudes from control

points (all headings are magnetic).

(10) Appendix B offers further special instructions for CAS

into impact areas N-1/BT-3, K-2, and G-10. Appendix B describes

Helicopter/tiltrotor BPs and HAs for these impact areas. Appendix B

contains information on the use of the UCAS Facility. Aerial gunnery

may be conducted at SR-7, SR-9, and SR-10, also see the applicable

Range Cards.

(11) Weather restrictions for CAS missions into authorized

impact areas are in accordance with this Order.

(12) CAS and SIMCAS missions in any TA or range shall remain

clear of adjacent ranges or impact areas. When fixed-wing aircraft

cannot maintain flight within a scheduled SUA and spill into an

adjacent SUA a “Whiskey Alert” call will be reported immediately to

the controlling agency.

5. Aircraft Mishaps

a. Units shall notify Range Control in the event of any aircraft

MISHAPs in RTAs.

b. The following information shall be reported, if available:

(1) Location;

(2) Type of Aircraft;

4-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3)_Personnel Involved;

(4) Name, grade, organization, and present location of caller

and telephone number; and

c. Units or personnel involved in emergency rescue operations

must ensure live-fire in that area has ceased before entering the

mishap site area.

d. Range Control will call “CEASE-FIRE” on all RTAs that affect

the mishap site. Clearance from Range Control will then be given for

the rescue party to access the mishap site area.

e. Firing will not resume until the rescue has been completed and

all personnel and equipment have been accounted for.

f. Tactical Airspace Control Agencies

(1) The DASC is the principal tactical agency responsible for

the direction of air operations directly supporting ground forces.

The role of the DASC is to provide the means to process immediate air

support requests, coordinate aircraft employment with other supporting

arms, manage terminal control assets supporting ground combat and

combat service support forces, and control assigned aircraft and

itinerant aircraft transiting through its area of responsibility (MCWP

3-25.5 Direct Air Support Center Handbook). The DASC ROIC/RSO will

have the same responsibilities as a ROIC/RSO of a firing unit. The

DASC must have a minimum of two DASC trained ROIC/RSO qualified

personnel on duty per this Order; a second set of eyes and ears to

prevent mistakes. Training/familiarization of new DASC personnel with

BLACKBURN is encouraged and can be arranged by contacting Range

Control.

(2) During selected training exercises, the DASC is normally

the primary tactical agency responsible for the control and

coordination of the restricted airspace. Other tactical agencies such

as Air Support Elements, Tactical Air Control Squadrons, or Airborne

Airspace Control Platforms (E2C Hawkeye) may be authorized to control

and coordinate the restricted airspace.

(3) The DASC (or other approved tactical agency) will maintain

positive two-way communications with BLACKBURN by radio on the range

safety net (34.70). Two radios are required: primary and backup. If

the tactical agency is unable to maintain two-way communications with

BLACKBURN, the tactical agency will relinquish control and instruct

4-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

all aircraft to contact BLACKBURN on primary air control UHF frequency

(233.8), alternate air control/civilian aircraft VHF frequency

(119.5), or the Range Control net (34.70 FM).

(4) When the DASC (or other approved tactical agency) has

control of the restricted airspace, it shall exercise procedural

control over all aircraft within the restricted airspace. Other

control agencies may exercise positive or procedural control based on

controlling capabilities. The following procedures apply:

(a) The tactical agency has the same responsibilities as

BLACKBURN for airspace control and coordination.

(b) When the tactical agency has control of the restricted

airspace, multiple fixed-wing sections are authorized, as long as

positive two-way communication is established with all participating

flights on the “Radio In and Out” frequency assigned for the exercise.

(c) Prior to entering the restricted airspace, all

aircraft shall contact the tactical agency to receive a range safety

brief and authorization to enter the airspace. All aircraft will

check-in with call sign, number of aircraft, position, requested

routing and destination. Exercise aircraft will add their mission

event number with any exceptions.

(d) The tactical agency shall switch the aircraft to their

terminal controller, at which time the provisions of paragraph

3.

Coordination

a

nd

Control

apply.

(e) CAS aircraft operating over any impact area on the

installation must have positive two-way communication with the

tactical controller who, in turn, must have positive two-way

communications with the tactical agency on a BLACKBURN frequency.

(f) Upon mission completion, when released from the

terminal controller, the pilot shall contact the tactical agency

before exiting the restricted airspace. The FAC/JTAC conducting the

event will provide the number of personnel trained and number of

rounds/rockets/missiles/bombs expended by DODIC. The FAC/JTAC must

obtain this information from the pilots before the aircraft departs.

(g) Helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft will contact the

tactical agency as soon as possible after lifting from each LZ.

4-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(h) Additional IPs, altitudes, attack headings, and

offsets may be approved by Range Control/BLACKBURN and delineated in

appropriate Exercise Operations Plans/Pilot Controller Handbook.

(i) Types I, II, and III CAS events are authorized in this

facility, per the current JCAS Manual. All restrictions must be read

back to terminal controller by aircrew from each attacking aircraft.

All attacks must comply with individual target set restrictions listed

in the following paragraphs below. Additionally, for Type II and Type

III operations on Camp Lejeune, each attack requires an inbound

heading call (in degrees).

1. SRRs for CAS Types II and III attack profiles with

munition combinations for target sets will be submitted to Range

Control for approval. New profiles require a Face-to-Face brief with

the RSS using the WDZ tool to receive approval. As profiles are

approved, a list will be maintained for future training events.

Contact Range Control for the current approved list.

2. For Type II and III attacks, FAC/JTAC shall

confirm aircraft’s navigation system accuracy with aircrew prior to

commencing the attack.

(5) The tactical agency ROICs and RSOs shall conduct a Face-

to-Face brief with Range Control/BLACKBURN the day prior to

commencement of any exercise involving the use of an agency in the

restricted airspace. This brief shall provide an update of the range

regulations, procedures as well as the current status of ranges, and

current copy of SPINS to be used.

(6) Once the tactical agency has received control of the

restricted airspace from Range Control/BLACKBURN, they shall retain

control responsibility until completion of the exercise. BLACKBURN

retains authority to take back the airspace at any time in the event

of an emergency or as deemed necessary.

(7) The tactical agency shall be granted divert authority over

all helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft operating in the Camp Lejeune

area for the conduct of actual MEDEVACs from units in the field. The

unit requesting the MEDEVAC/CASEVAC shall contact BLACKBURN on 233.8

UHF, 119.5 VHF, 34.70 FM, or any other available means and provide the

following:

(a) Pick up coordinates;

(b) Number of personnel injured;

4-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) Type of injury/injuries;

(d) If on board medical assistance is required;

(e) LZ mark (smoke, panels, lights); and

(f) Terminal controller and frequency.

6.

Helicopter and Tiltrotor

Operations

a. Helicopter and tiltrotor pilots shall inform BLACKBURN when

entering, departing one TLZ for another, and exiting a restricted

airspace.

b. Helicopter and tiltrotor pilots will observe the rules of the

road (transit on the right side of the road) on red and blue routes

and shall avoid over flight of Dixon High School and Dixon Middle

School complex.

c. Helicopters operating in the Camp Lejeune area will normally

transit at 1000 ft. AGL. Once established in a working area,

helicopters will operate at 500 ft. AGL and below unless specifically

cleared by BLACKBURN.

d. Tiltrotors operating in the Camp Lejeune area will transit at

1500 ft. AGL. Once established in a working area, tiltrotors

operating in conversion or Vertical Take Off and Landing mode will

comply with all helicopter regulations. Tiltrotor operations below

500 ft. AGL shall not exceed 130 knots, except in an area approved by

BLACKBURN for High Speed Approaches.

e. MV-22 Squadrons will observe the following procedures to

further reduce risk of starting fires when loitering on the ground

during Fire Readiness Plan 6 and worse.

(1) 75 percent nacelle

(2) 75 percent engine power

(3) Minimize time-on-deck

f. Helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft shall not exceed 2000 ft.

AGL when fixed-wing aircraft are operating in R5306D/E. Minimum

altitude for fixed-wing operations inside the restricted area is 3000

ft. AGL (coordinating altitude). Fixed-wing operations below 3000 ft.

AGL coordinating altitude (i.e. strafing runs/low altitude ingress)

4-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

are authorized when deconflicted from participating and non-

participating rotary-wing operations with lateral and altitude

separation. Figure 4-2 depicts an Altitude V Diagram.

Figure 4-2.--Altitude V Diagram

g. Transiting aircraft shall not overtake another aircraft

without first establishing positive two-way communication with the

other aircraft on the Range Control frequency (233.8 UHF).

h. Due to the high volume of flights within Camp Lejeune

controlled airspace predominately using night vision devices, in

addition to lighting regulations set forth by FAA lighting exemption

8028C and reference (z), aircraft operations within the Camp Lejeune

Complex shall abide by the following:

(1) Rotary-wing and tilt-rotor aircraft operating within the

Camp Lejeune Complex are required to operate a minimum of IR position

lights and/or IR anti-collision lights during night flights.

4-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) All single ship aircraft and the last aircraft within a

flight shall have overt position and anti-collision lights on.

(3) While conducting LZ operations, it is authorized, when at

the discretion of the aircraft commander/flight leader safety of

flight conditions exist, for a single ship and/or the last aircraft

within a flight to secure the overt position and anti-collision lights

below 200 feet AGL.

(4) During periods of daytime low visibility, flights must

operate position or anti-collision lights to prevent collision and

provide other aircraft the opportunity see-and-avoid.

(5) Aircraft flying at night without night vision devices will

operate overt position and anti-collision lights. Unaided aircraft

shall announce over BLACKBURN that they are unaided.

(6) Aircraft flying outside the Camp Lejeune Range Complex,

refer to FAA lighting exemption 8028C and reference (z) for lighting.

i. Helicopter and tiltrotor live firing shall engage targets near

the center of the impact area. Helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft

shall have positive target identification prior to engagement.

Aircraft which use lateral weapon engagements shall be routed so as to

present minimal hazard to ground troops. See Appendix B of this Order

for routes, headings, BPs, and HAs when using G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3

impact areas. See the Range Cards for use of G-10 UCAS procedures.

j. External lifts are not authorized from ALZs (except ALZ-22).

Aircraft with external cargo shall not fly over improved roads, built-

up areas on Camp Lejeune, or over the trailer park at center grid

800285 when transiting the New River (Blue Line). Contact BLACKBURN

immediately in the event cargo is accidentally dropped, giving the

grid coordinates and type of cargo dropped.

7.

Helicopter/Tiltrotor Landing Zones

a.

TLZs. All TLZs must be scheduled whenever troops are in the

TLZ; external lifts, rappelling, fast rope, SPIE Rig training, troop

lifts, etc. Scheduling all TLZ use is encouraged for availability and

to track usage. Pilots may conduct unscheduled rotary-wing confined

area landing and takeoff operations into TLZs only after authorization

is granted by BLACKBURN and the pilot ensures, by overflight,

referenced as a “Cold Pass,” that the TLZ is not occupied. When a TLZ

is used for troop lifts, a LZ Control Officer (Sgt or above) shall be

established and will maintain communications with BLACKBURN.

4-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TLZ

GRID 18S

TD

LAT (N) LONG (W) TA

CO-LOCATED

DZ/GP/MP/RWY

Albatross

89622754

34 34’06”

77 17’36”

IG

DZ, GP-18

Bat 94257827 35 01’32” 77 15’20”

Oak

Grove

OLF

Between Oak

Grove Runways

Bluebird

87372597

34 33’13”

77 19’02”

ID

DZ, GP-22A/B

Canary

85312856

34 34’35”

77 20’25”

IF

GP-27

Buzzard 63583504 34 37’48”

77 34’

44”

SH SR-9

Cardinal

78393689

34 39’00”

77 25’05”

KB

Condor

75773544

34 38’11”

77 26’46”

MF

DZ

Coot

90944274

34 42’19”

77 16’58”

FA

Crane

96203559

34 38’31”

77 13’25”

GE

GP-7

Dodo

88733098

34 35’56”

77 18’13”

HB

DZ, GP-16

Dove

1

85883094

34 35’53”

77 20’05”

HB

GP-25

Duck

65772157

34 30’33”

77 33’05”

SV

Camp Davis S

Eagle

78504117

34 41’19”

77 25’05”

MC

Egret

84633050

34 35’38”

77 20’54”

IE

GP-30

Emu 92955735 35 01’03” 77 16’09”

Oak

Grove

OLF

Departure end

RWY 23 Oak

Grove

Falcon

91452931

34 35’04”

77 16’25”

GG

DZ, GP-13

Finch

83573197

34 36’25”

77 21’38”

HG

GP-35

Flamingo

61623534

34 37’56”

77 36’02”

SG

SR-9

Goose

91973100

34 35’59”

77 16’06”

GG

DZ, GP-10

Gull

96923506

34 38’14”

77 12’56”

GI

GP-9

Hawk

1

89643199

34 36’30”

77 17’39”

HE

Jaybird

87953392

34 37’31”

77 18’46”

HD

Kingfisher

71453264

34 36’37”

77 29’33”

SM

Kite

81662935

34 34’58”

77 22’50”

JC

Lark

3

94773885

34 40’16”

77 14’23”

FC

DZ

Mallard

78794561

34 43’43”

77 24’57”

AC

Oriole

80573120

34 35’57”

77 23’34”

JA

GP-33

Osprey

89432924

34 35’00”

77 17’45”

IA

GP-17

Parrot

76603901

34 40’08”

77 26’17”

MB

Partridge

64713780

34 39’19”

77 34’03”

SE

Peewee

70863349

34 37’04”

77 29’57”

SJ

SR-6

Penguin

90023769

34 39’35”

77 17’29”

GB

DZ, MP-1

Pheasant 66682359 34 31’39” 77 32’31” SV

DZ, Camp Davis

N

Phoenix

64892348

34 31’34”

77 33’41”

ST

Pigeon

4

93883829 34 39’57” 77 14’58” MOUT

UH-1N/Y and

CH-46 landings

only.

Pipit

69343523

34 37’59”

77 30’58”

SF

SR-6 N

Plover

85413231

34 36’37”

77 20’25”

HC

DZ, GP-29

Quail

90608284

34 34’35”

77 16’58”

IB

GP-15

4-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TLZ

GRID 18S

TD

LAT (N) LONG (W) TA

CO-LOCATED

DZ/GP/MP/RWY

Raven

93743837

34 40’00”

77 15’04”

MOUT

Robin

95104295

34 42’29”

77 14’14”

QA

Sandpiper

82603058

34 35’47”

77 22’14”

HG

GP-31

Snipe

72303728

34 39’08”

77 29’04”

SD

Swallow

66672456

34 32’11”

77 32’32”

SV

Swan

91338412

34 31’32”

77 16’41”

FE

GP-1

Tern

93893742

34 39’29”

77 14’57”

GC

MP-4

Turkey

70903138

34 35’56”

77 29’54”

SL

Vulture

2

76123001

34 35’15”

77 26’27”

LG

Contact EOTG

Woodpecker

92774083

34 41’19”

77 15’44”

QB

GP-3

Table 4-5--TLZs

NOTE(S):

1. TLZ DOVE and TLZ HAWK contain a large amount of loose sand, which

can impact/limit CH-53E and V-22 operations.

2. Scheduling must be coordinated through the OIC, EOTG (S-3).

3. Approach TLZ LARK from North, South, or West. Approaches from the

east across Highway 172 will be made only in the case of emergencies.

4. Located on top of Hotel at MOUT Complex Lejeune; capable of

supporting the landing of one UH-1N/Y or lighter Helicopter upon

approval of SRR from requesting unit. Approaches to TLZ Pigeon for

landings and HRST shall be made from the NE to minimize roof damage to

buildings directly South of TLZ Pigeon.

b. The Victor, Whiskey, and X-Ray Airspace Control Points may be

utilized to provide control of aircraft operating feet wet off the

coast of Camp Lejeune for High Speed Tactical Approaches as

coordinated with BLACKBURN.

c. ALZs. Units shall schedule ALZs using procedures in Chapter

3, after coordination through the Area Commander of that ALZ. Some

numbered ALZs do not appear in Table 4-6. ALZ-2, is located at II MEF

Headquarters. It is the requesting unit’s responsibility to

coordinate with key personnel or acting representative of II MEF G-3

(Air Officer) at (910) 451-8487 prior to using ALZ-2. As with any

request, II MEF G-3 (Air) is the (primary/secondary) user for time and

date requests. Should dual use of ALZ-2 be requested, II MEF will

deconflict and approve co-use. Those units requesting ALZ-2 marking

lights to be turned on for night operations shall make it known on the

TAR form in RFMSS. Requesting unit is responsible to coordinate

safety, security, and traffic control issues. ALZ-4 and ALZ-33 are

4-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

scheduled through MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ AC/S, G-3/5 at (910) 451-0375.

Requesting units shall contact the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ AC/S, G-3/5 for

a copy of the SOP for ALZ-4 and ALZ-33. ALZ-32 is scheduled through

the MARSOC G-3 Air at (910) 440-0863/0862.

ALZ

NUMB

ER

GRID 18S

TD

LAT (N) LONG (W) LOCATION

AREA

COMMANDER

2 82843950 34 40’28” 77 22’13”

II MEF

Headquarters

CG, II MEF (G-3

Air)

4 85063840 34 39’54” 77 20’45” WPT Hill Field

MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ G-3/5

5 84083793 34 39’38” 77 21’22”

Headquarters 2d

MLG

CG, 2d MLG

6 84773720 34 39’15” 77 20’55”

10th Marines

Area

CO, 10th

Marines (S-3)

7 91573769 34 39’36” 77 16’28”

OP2

(Restricted)

RCO, G-3/5

8

83472961

34 35’08”

77 21’39”

Courthouse Bay

CO, MCES (S-3)

10 82484237 34 42’01” 77 22’29”

Tennis Courts

Paradise Point

(Restricted)

MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ G-3/5

12 80784388 34 42”49” 77 23’38”

Golf Course

West

MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ G-3/5

13 82394390 34 42’50” 77 22’34”

Golf Course

East

MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ G-3/5

15 74814686 34 44’21” 77 27’35”

Camp Geiger

Parade Deck

CO, SOI-E (S-3)

20

80073629

34 38’42”

77 25’58”

Rear K-504A/B

RCO, G-3/5

22 90542691 34 33’46” 77 16’59”

EOTG Boat

Locker

OIC, EOTG (S-3)

24

84184523

34 43’35”

77 21’25”

Naval Hospital

CO, NAVHOSP

26 85673630 34 38’47” 77 20’19”

French Creek

Soifert Field

CG, 2d MLG (G-

3)

27 75563045 34 35’29” 77 26’50”

Stone Bay

Rifle Range

CO, WTBn

28 93793813 34 39’52” 77 15’01”

MOUT CTF

(Restricted)

RCO, G-3/5

29

75044105

34 41’12”

77 27’20”

Camp Devil Dog

CO, SOI-E

32 74992965 43 35’04” 77 27’19”

MARSOC

Headquarters

MARSOC G-3

4-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

33 85203848 34 39’57” 77 20’39” WPT Hill Field

MCIEAST-MCB G-

3/5

34 79254635 34 44’80” 77 24’40”

Headquarters

Camp Johnson

CO, MCCSSS

Table 4-6--ALZs

8. Parachute Operations and Drop Zones. DZs must be scheduled in

RFMSS for troop lifts, PARAOPS, rappelling, fast rope, and SPIE Rig

training. Units performing PARAOPS must request a NOTAM. Range

Control maintains copies of all DZ surveys (AF Form 3823).

Table 4-7--Parachute DZs

NOTE(S):

1. Requires safety/recovery boats. Boat support is using unit

responsibility. Safety Swimmers are a unit responsibility.

2. Requires coordination through MCAS New River Operations prior to

use and scheduling with Range Control.

DZ

GRID

18S TD

LAT (N) LONG (W)

Rad/DME

from

NAVAID

TA/TLZ/GP/MP/RW

Y

CO-LOCATED

ALBATROSS

1

89652752 34 34’ 05” 77 17’ 35”

DIW

098/008

IB, TLZ, GP-18

BLUEBIRD

1

87382599 34 33’ 13” 77 19’ 02”

DIW

109/007

ID, TLZ, GP-22

CANARY 85342855 34 34’ 58” 77 20’ 41”

DIW

100/005

IF, TLZ, GP-27

CONDOR

2

75793543 34 38’ 11” 77 26’ 45”

DIW

091/005

MF, TLZ

FALCON

1

91512926 34 35’ 03” 77 16’ 23”

DIW

094/009

GG, TLZ

GOOSE 91983098 34 35’ 59” 77 16’ 06”

DIW

088/009

GG, TLZ, GP-10

LARK

3

94763886 34 40’ 16” 77 14’ 29”

DIW

071/013

FC, TLZ

PENGUIN 90033769 34 39’ 35” 77 17’ 29”

DIW

064/010

FD, TLZ

PHEASANT

4

66692361 34 31’ 40” 77 32’ 31

ILM

069/019

SV, TLZ,

Camp Davis N

PLOVER 85423229 34 36’ 36” 77 20’ 25”

DIW

075/006

HC, TLZ, GP-29

4-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

3. Only Ram Air parachute operations are authorized.

4. Use of DZ Pheasant must be deconflicted with MAG-26 and MAG-29.

9.

Water

Drop

Zones

a.

Water DZs must be scheduled three weeks in advance to

permit publication of a Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR). (See Chapter 3

for scheduling procedures). Safety recovery boats and safety swimmers

are required and must be provided by using units.

DESIGNATION

GRIDS

LAT/LONG

AREA

NAVAID

RAD/DME

Farnell Bay 18STD 8436

34 deg 38” 28’ N

77 deg 21” 29’ W

Farnell

Bay, New

River

DIW059007

Gator 18STD 9326

34 deg 33” 27’ N

77 deg 15” 21’ W

Onslow Bay DIW104010

Morgan Bay 18STD 8141

34 deg 41” 09’ N

77 deg 23” 23’ W

Morgan Bay,

New River

DIW033008

Shark 18STD 8722

34 deg 31” 11’ N

77 deg 18” 40’ W

Onslow Bay DIW125007

Stone Bay 18STD 8336

34 deg 35” 47’ N

77 deg 25” 15’ W

Stone Bay,

New River

DIW051002

Table 4-8--Water DZs

b. Water DZ Special Instructions

(1) Water DZ Farnell Bay. Maximum altitude for jumpers to

exit the aircraft is 1500 ft. AGL. Minimum water depth is 10 ft.

(2) Water DZ Morgan Bay. Coordinate use with the New River

Operations Officer at DSN 484-6316/6317. Maximum altitude for jumpers

to exit the aircraft is 1500 ft. AGL. Minimum water depth is 10 ft.

(3) Water DZ Stone Bay. Maximum altitude for jumpers to exit

the aircraft is 1500 ft. AGL. Minimum water depth is 10 ft.

10. Drop

Zone

Control

a. DZ/Water DZ Safety Officer (DZSO) Jumpmaster/Safety Insert

Officer (SIO) (Sgt or above) will be assigned for parachute

operations. DZSO must be current and a certified jumpmaster/Safety

Insert Officer (SIO) on the Command Certification Letter. The DZSO

shall:

(1) Carry out the duties normally associated with a

FAC/Terminal Controller, to include signing for the DZ and

creating/releasing a NOTAMs.

4-24 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) Check-in with BLACKBURN at start of operations and monitor

the range safety/control net throughout parachute operations.

(3) Inform BLACKBURN of any periods when aircraft are not on

station, when operations resume, and when operations are complete with

the number of personnel trained and number of jumps.

(4) Contact BLACKBURN to ensure all aircraft exit the

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304, Restricted Area (Airspace)

R-5306D, and Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306E NOTAM airspace during

High-Altitude, Low-Opening jumps within these areas.

(5) If any part of the DZ is within 1000 meters of a body of

water that is four ft. or deeper, must have the required safety boats

and safety swimmers to support the number of jumpers.

b. Use of DZs on the west side of the New River must also be

coordinated in advance by the using unit with MCAS, New River

Operations and the Tower (360.2 UHF or 120.0 VHF).

11. Unmanned Aircraft System Operations

a. According to current FAA regulations, UAS operations must be

conducted within Restricted or Warning Areas or as designated

in the

National Airspace with an approved Certificate of

Authorization (COA)

or Waiver. Due to this restriction, UAS

operations cannot originate

from TLZs Cardinal, Condor, Eagle,

Parrot, Vulture, Phoenix, Swallow,

Pheasant, Duck, or Bat and Emu at Oak Grove without an approved FAA

COA or Waiver. UAS operations are permitted in the GSRA Restricted

Area with the exception of the Holly Ridge and Sky Manor airport

exclusion areas. Once airborne, UASs cannot depart the Restricted

Area except under special circumstances that have been coordinated

with the FAA and ATC. All UAS operations will be conducted in

accordance with reference (a) and this Order which provide

institutional range safety guidance and direction for units training

with and/or testing UASs on operational training ranges. Reference

(a) can be found on the RCD website.

b. TLZ Bluebird has a UAS Runway Facility (hard packed gravel

runway) designed for the larger UASs like the Shadow and Fire Scout.

This facility was designed to meet the requirements for UASs that need

a runway to take off and land on. Units with larger UASs that need

this facility to operate at Camp Lejeune are required to schedule it

in RFMSS.

c. Preplanned and available for scheduling, Restricted Operating

Zones (ROZs) exist as the primary airspace for UAS operations, (see

Table 4-9 and Range Control website). When launching and/or

recovering from within Camp Lejeune airspace, a Launch and Recovery

Site (LRS) for the Ground Control Station (GCS) must be reserved in

4-25 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RFMSS. UAS operations outside of the preplanned ROZs may be requested

through RFMSS but will require additional coordination with Range

Control.

ROZ

#

ROZ Name

Perimeter

WGS-84 GRID (18S TD)

LRS

1

Onslow Bay

890260,930290,930250,910240

Beach/Ship

2

Highway

172

955370,962370,972343,962348,952344

TLZs

Crane/Gull/Ship

3

MOUT

Lejeune

900400,945400,945375,900375,895387

TLZs Pigeon/

Raven/ MOUT

facility/Ship

4

Marines

Road

870350,892350,900320,906320,906305

,930290,890260,830302,852320

LZs

Jaybird/Falcon/

Osprey/Albatross

/

Quail/Egret/Dove

/Ship

5

Bluebird

850290,900275,900240,850270

TLZ Bluebird

6

Stone Bay

UAS

746288,752272,758280,765285,766291

,758297,754299,753296

LC

7

GSRA CIED

632260,650260,650250,633250

OP-11

8

Farnell

Bay

830364,850364,854355,820313,800320

,830340

Boat

9 AIWW

977346,980340,910270,

880250,875255,906274,968336

Boat

10

Combat

Town

880330,898330,800320,900310,880310

TLZ Hawk, Combat

Town

11

Lark

930395,945395,956376,93037

TLZ Lark

12 Falcon

907304,907305,925316,935302,916283

,906301

TLZ Falcon

13

GSRA-

Turkey

690320,720320,710283,680270,680290 TLZ Turkey

14

Partridge

636400,650400,650370,626370

TLZ Partridge

15 Finch

833325,847316,844315,837307,834301

,825306,818306,830323

TLZ Finch

16 Robin

925430,940434,953430,953422,947410

,947405,925405

TLZs Robin/

Woodpecker

Table 4-9--Camp Lejeune SUAs ROZs

Note. LRS Sites are for UAS employment. Group 2-5 UAS may

launch/recover from inside the ROZ or transit to the ROZ from a remote

LRS site.

d. UAS operations will be scheduled in accordance with Chapter 3

along with the following considerations.

4-26 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) All ROZs are listed in RFMSS for scheduling to allow units

to use a 2-week calendar to identify if there are any conflicts. ROZs

are represented on a portion of the Camp Lejeune map and can be viewed

on the RCD website. Temporary ROZs will be coordinated with and

approved by Range Control. Group 2 and larger UASs may have more than

one ROZ and work between them as BLACKBURN can deconflict. The

launch/recovery site is a normally a TLZ within the ROZ. Group 2 and

larger UASs originating and/or terminating outside of Camp Lejeune

Restricted Areas shall coordinate an entry/exit point and routing to

and from a ROZ via RFMSS. The minimum acceptable separation between

manned and unmanned aircraft is 1000ft vertically and 1000 meters

laterally. Deconfliction with other training units is the main reason

ROZs are established in RFMSS and published. All scheduled ROZs will

appear on the Daily RFWO with altitudes so aviation training units can

brief and avoid them. Deconfliction may be required prior to Range

Scheduling approval. Deconfliction e-mails will be submitted to

[email protected].

(2) Group 2 and larger UASs shall have the ability to load a

programed flight plan, which the unmanned aircraft will execute

autonomously should the control link be lost. This flight plan can be

adjusted in flight, after coordinating with BLACKBURN, should it be

necessary. The basic plan shall always begin with the unmanned

aircraft holding its present position within a ROZ for 30 minutes, and

then proceeding directly to either the scheduled Divert Pattern or

preplanned exit point, as required. BLACKBURN shall be notified

immediately if the up/down link is lost with the unmanned aircraft for

more than five minutes to be able to clear the flight plan route.

These five minutes will allow the UAS pilot time to reacquire the

unmanned aircraft while leaving an additional 25 minutes for BLACKBURN

to clear airspace.

(3) If a UAS unit is controlling a Group 2 and larger UAS from

outside Camp Lejeune airspace desires to place a control station on

Camp Lejeune, this location must be scheduled in the original RFMSS

request. The UAS unit must comply with the check-in/out procedures

and ROIC/RSO requirements of this Order.

e. ROIC and RSO

(1) COs of the UAS units shall designate certified and

qualified Mission Commanders, Unmanned Aircraft Commanders, UAS system

operators, and Pilots/UAS Operators on their CO’s Certification Letter

(unit training) who will be responsible for the overall conduct and

safety of UAS

operations. The

Mission Commander/Unmanned Aircraft

Commander is the ROIC and shall be knowledgeable and experienced on

UAS operations, of the grade of E-6 or above, and has a current Camp

Lejeune ROIC/RSO Safety Card to sign out the event/facility.

4-27 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) The Mission Commander/Unmanned Aircraft shall assume all

ROIC responsibilities listed in Chapter 1 of this Order for scheduled

UAS flight operations.

(3) If a unit is undergoing initial qualification training for

a UAS from a contractor while launching and/or recovering from Camp

Lejeune, the unit will provide the ROIC and the contractor will

provide a Camp Lejeune trained RSO. Contractors cannot be a ROIC.

(4) Group 2 and larger UASs operating from a LRS on Camp

Lejeune are required to comply with the same ROIC requirements as

Group 1 UAS but must also have an RSO.

(5) Use of lasers from UAS shall be in accordance with Chapter

7 of this Order.

f. Pre-flight Preparations

(1) Prior to conducting UAS operations the following

information needs to be made available to BLACKBURN upon request:

(a) ROIC and RSO POC information;

(b) Location of the GCS, Portable Control Station (PCS),

and LRS;

(c) UAS type and mission (e.g., IQT, currency flying, test

flight, training flight, flight in support of, etc.);

(d) Hours of operation;

(e) ROZ(s) and altitude block within ROZs for flight

operations;

(f) Intended UAS route (if applicable);

(g) Transponder code (if equipped);

(h) Review Emergency/Down UAS and lost link procedures;

and

(i) Any other pertinent information on the conduct of the

flight.

4-28 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) All UAS flights in the Camp Lejeune restricted areas

require a ROIC and pilot/operator. The ROIC is responsible for the

overall safe operation of the UAS and serves as a direct liaison with

Range Control. Group 2 and larger UASs also require an RSO and a

pilot/operator at the location it is being controlled from, whether it

is offsite or at Camp Lejeune.

(a) For all Group 1 flights or Group 2 and larger

operations utilizing an LRS on Camp Lejeune, the ROIC must be

physically present at the LRS. The ROIC shall establish

communications with BLACKBURN on 34.70 FM (Primary), 40.10 FM

(Alternate) or phone (910) 451-3064 prior to conducting flight

operations.

(b) For Group 2 and larger flights controlled from an

external site, the ROIC will also be located at Camp Lejeune. The

ROIC will maintain communications with BLACKBURN and RSO and

pilot/operator.

(3) Group 2 and larger UAS shall establish and maintain

communications with Range Control (BLACKBURN/CHIEFTAIN) on the Air

Safety Control Net (233.8 UHF) prior to entry into Camp Lejeune

restricted airspace. All Group 2 and larger UASs shall have an

operable IFF transponder capable of Mode 3C operation.

g. Weather Minimums

(1) Group 1 weather minimums for all UAS operations are 500

ft. and 1.5 miles visibility.

(2) Group 2 and larger take-off weather minimums for pattern

work are 1000 ft. ceiling and three statute miles visibility. Group 2

and larger weather minimums for all other UAS operations in the

restricted areas are 3000 ft. ceiling and three statute miles

visibility.

UAS

CATEGORY

UASs IN

THIS

CATEGORY

MAX WT

(LBS) (MAX

GROSS TAKE

OFF WEIGHT)

NORMAL

OPERATING

ALTITUDE

SPEED KIAS

Group 1

Raven

Wasp

Puma

T-Hawk

0-20

Less than

1200 ft.

AGL

Less than

250

4-29 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

UAS

CATEGORY

UASs IN

THIS

CATEGORY

MAX WT

(LBS) (MAX

GROSS TAKE

OFF WEIGHT)

NORMAL

OPERATING

ALTITUDE

SPEED KIAS

Group 2 Scan Eagle 21-55

Less than

3,500 ft.

AGL

Less than

250

Group 3

Scan Eagle

(with T/O

wt over 55

lbs)

Shadow

Blackjack

Less than

1320

Less than

18,000 ft.

MSL

Less than

250

Group 4

Predator

Reaper

Greater

than 1320

Less than

18,000 ft.

MSL

Any

airspeed

Group 5

Global Hawk

Global

Observer

Greater

than 1320

Greater

than 18,000

ft. MSL

Any

airspeed

Table 4-10--UAS Characteristics

h. UAS Flight Operations

(1) For UAS operations launching and/or recovering on Camp

Lejeune, the ROIC or RSO shall contact BLACKBURN 30 minutes prior to

takeoff and request to go “HOT” in their scheduled ROZ and LRS.

BLACKBURN shall provide a Range Control brief, activate the scheduled

UAS ROZ/LRS, and provide advisories for takeoff. The ROIC or RSO

shall notify BLACKBURN when the UAS is "SAFE ON DECK," and when

training is complete for the day contact BLACKBURN to de-activate UAS

ROZ and report the number of personnel trained and the number of

sorties.

(2) For UAS operations launching and recovering outside of

Camp Lejeune airspace, the UAS ROIC or RSO shall contact BLACKBURN

prior to entering the restricted area to activate their ROZ and

receive a Range Control brief with advisories. Upon completion of

training, the UAS ROIC or RSO shall radio out with BLACKBURN, de-

activate UAS ROZ, and report the number of personnel trained and the

number of sorties.

(3) The UAS ROIC or RSO shall request clearance from BLACKBURN

before changing the operating UAS position (scheduled ROZ), altitudes,

or route.

i. In-Flight Emergencies. The safety of manned aircraft,

personnel and property is paramount, the UAS ROIC or RSO shall adhere

to all safety precautions prescribed in this chapter, managing

emergencies in accordance with their UAS Emergency Procedure Checklist

and the following range procedures:

4-30 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) In the event of lost communication with BLACKBURN, the

ROIC shall:

(a) Follow the last advisory received.

(b) Maintain UAS within assigned ROZ and within assigned

altitude or altitude block.

(c) Try to re-establish contact with BLACKBURN via any

means (alternate radio, land line, cell phone, etc.). BLACKBURN shall

advise all other aircraft in the Restricted Area of the lost

communication event.

(d) For Group 1 UASs, if communications have not been re-

established with BLACKBURN after 30 minutes or bingo fuel (battery

life) has been achieved (whichever is first), remain in the scheduled

ROZ and land as soon as practical.

(e) For Group 2 or larger UASs, if communications have not

been re-established with BLACKBURN, change squawk to lost

communications (7600) if able. Maintain assigned altitude block and

proceed to pre-briefed recovery ROZ or exit point while avoiding

active Gun Target Lines (GTLs). Once over or in the recovery ROZ,

descend as required to recover.

(2) If required to ditch, the UAS ROIC or RSO shall:

(a) Notify BLACKBURN as soon as possible.

(b) Maintain the UAS inside the restricted airspace.

(c) Proceed to the pre-briefed ditch site or, if unable,

select and clear a suitable ditching area and notify BLACKBURN.

(d) Advise BLACKBURN of the location of the ditching point

and recovery procedures taken. If UAS is ditched in the G-10 impact

area, EOD support (escort) is required for entry.

(3) An emergency divert landing site can be established upon

Camp Lejeune. The planning and scheduling requirements are the same

as any other LRS site. The UAS ROIC or RSO must advise BLACKBURN of

their intention to either use the divert landing site or depart the

airspace should an emergency arise.

(4) Emergency Recovery. The UAS ROIC or RSO may declare an

emergency whenever conditions require the UAS to land as soon as

possible. They shall:

(a) Contact BLACKBURN; declare an emergency.

4-31 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(b) BLACKBURN will divert all other aircraft from the

projected UAS flight path.

(c) Advise BLACKBURN of required altitudes to expedite

recovery.

12. Lyman Road Operations

a. Prior to the day of event, mission planner shall contact

Cherry Point Central Scheduling Office at (252) 466-4040/4041 (DSN:

582) to de-conflict Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C. Day of event,

contact BIG ROCK Range Control to de-conflict Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5306C at (252) 466-2936/5127. Any use of Lyman Road that

requires closure of the road must be made known to the Training

Support Division at least fourteen days prior to the scheduled event

as this will result in the closure of all ground training simulators

located on Lyman Road.

b. ROIC will check out Lyman Road Monday-Thursday up to eight

working days in advance.

c. ROIC will have a Face-to-Face brief with BLACKBURN after

checkout. ROIC may check out Lyman Road for the entire scheduled

period. Subsequent safety briefs for the original ROIC shall be done

between ROIC and BLACKBURN by radio or telephone.

d. Should there be a change of ROIC, Lyman Road shall have to be

checked out again by the new ROIC and a Face-to-Face with BLACKBURN

conducted.

e. ROIC shall have two radios tuned to 34.70 FM at all times and

shall use the call sign “PADDLES.”

f. Lyman Road shall be closed to vehicle traffic at two

intersections (Sneads Ferry Road-Lyman Road; Highway 172-Lyman Road)

for the entire period of operations. In addition, all access trails

must be closed to traffic. Road guards must have communications with

the ROIC (Paddles) at all times.

13. Concurrent Lyman Road and G-10 Impact Area Operations

In addition to the instructions in paragraph 10 above:

a. Prior to day of event, mission planners shall contact Cherry

Point Central Scheduling Office at (252) 466-4040/4041 (DSN: 582) to

de-conflict Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C. Day of event, contact

BIG ROCK Range Control at (252) 466-2936/5127 to de-conflict

Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C.

4-32 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Lyman Road aircraft shall check in with the airspace control

agency only at Point NOVEMBER and hold at 3500 ft MSL.

c. After the standard brief, aircraft shall switch to PADDLES.

ROIC (PADDLES) and all road guards must maintain communications on a

frequency other than 34.70 FM or 233.8 UHF.

d. PADDLES shall route aircraft to “JULIET” (must be at or above

4000 ft MSL at JULIET) and then into the landing pattern, either in a

clockwise or counter-clockwise pattern north of Lyman Road depending

on wind direction.

e. Lyman Road aircraft shall be restricted from flying south of

Lyman Road (including the takeoff). All AV-8B/F-35B operations must

remain within Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306D airspace and are not

authorized to enter MCAS New River controlled airspace unless

coordinated.

f. When Lyman Road is in use, CAS aircraft into the G-10 shall

not use control point November and will be restricted from flying

North of the G-10 Impact Area.

g. If an AV-8B/F-35B on Lyman Road is armed for CAS into G-10

when it is launched from Lyman Road, it must switch to BLACKBURN

/CHIEFTAIN, briefed by BLACKBURN/CHIEFTAIN, and be cleared to an IP

outside the restricted airspace. The aircraft will then be switched

to a FAC/Joint Terminal Attack Controller/ Universal Ground Spotters.

h. Requests for vehicles to traverse Lyman Road to the MOUT or

OP-2 while AV-8B/F-35B operations are in progress shall be coordinated

by the road guard and the ROIC (PADDLES). All traffic requiring

entrance to the MOUT or OP-2 shall approach from the Highway 172/Lyman

Road intersection only or use the gate at LZ Lark.

14. Forward Arming and Refueling Point Operations

a. FARP operations are authorized at TLZs Crane, Swan,

Woodpecker, Gull, Osprey, Albatross, Bluebird, Dodo, Plover, Penguin,

Condor, Camp Davis (North and South), and Lyman Road. Refueling

operations only are authorized at Oak Grove with a SRR. Refueling

operations require a Request for FEREIR be submitted to the NEPA

section of the EMD. These areas must be scheduled for FARP operations

and signed for. Upon completion, the TLZ must be inspected and

cleared by a Range Inspector. All USMC tactical refueling systems are

authorized for use.

b. The CO of the unit conducting FARP operations has ultimate

responsibility for the safe conduct of operations within the site and

must adhere to all governing policies, orders and unit SOPs. Unit

commanders shall ensure TAs, TLZs, and GPs forward of the FARP site

4-33 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

are clear of troops and personnel and that orientation of the FARP

site does not pose a danger to facilities, vehicles, or boat traffic.

The safety arc forward of the arming aircraft will be an area defined

by 1000 ft. arc in front of the arm/de-arm spot(s) oriented along the

arm/de-arm heading and 25 degrees to either side of the spot or

outboard spots. The Explosive Safe Quantity Distance (ESQD) will be a

circle centered on the temporary ASP with the radius defined by the

total NEW of the temporary ASP. Exercise units shall minimize

personnel within the ESQD to those needed to support arming/de-arming

operations. The ESQD shall be established as early as possible to

identify and schedule adjacent TAs and facilities to preclude non-

exercise units from scheduling them.

c. Lyman Road FARP operations are limited to AV-8B/F-35B only.

FARP operations shall be conducted from existing sites along Lyman

Road. All access roads leading to Lyman Road to include all tank

trails will be closed and the unit will provide road guards as

required during the FARP operations.

d. Hot refueling with ordnance is authorized. Appropriate

NATOPS/NAVAIR instructions apply. The complete SDZ must be cleared of

all unauthorized personnel at all times.

e. Aviation ordnance (Training Practice Only) is authorized for

all FARP sites. In addition, 2.75 Inert Rockets, 20mm TP, MK 76, and

MK 80 (inert) bombs are authorized on Lyman Road. COs shall adhere to

all policies and guidelines as set forth in governing documents, this

Order, and unit SOPs.

f. If the FARP operations require berm construction, excavations,

vegetation removal, or anything with potentially significant impact to

the environmental integrity of the site, a SRR must be submitted to

the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD) with a FEREIR. A SRR and FEREIR

must also be submitted if the unit proposes to FARP at a location

other than those already approved above. The FEREIR must be submitted

30 days prior to the scheduled FARP activities.

g. Ground Safety Measures

(1) Using unit shall secure a perimeter around the FARP site

in order to exclude non-exercise personnel from entering the FARP

site. The Safety Arc and ESQD of the aircraft shall be cleared and

maintained clear until completion of the loading, unloading, arming

and de-arming.

(2) Fuels and ordnance storage and activities shall be

separated by a minimum of 300 ft.

(3) In the event of a spill of any quantity, units shall

immediately contact the Fire Department by calling 911 and BLACKBURN.

4-34 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Units shall promptly implement spill contingency and or

containment procedures as listed in unit SOP and other governing

documents.

h. Scheduling FARP Operations

(1) Units shall schedule authorized FARP sites, TLZs, and

adjacent TAs via the RFMSS. Units requesting the authorized sites or

TLZs via RFMSS will select event type “flight operations.” In the

“additional information” block of the RFMSS screen, using units will

indicate “FARP operations (“HOT” or “COLD”, with or without

ordnance).” Units shall also schedule the surrounding TA(s), TLZs,

and GPs for exclusive use to assist the commander in ensuring non-

exercise personnel do not enter the FARP site.

(2) Once scheduled, units shall contact Director,

Installations and Environment, Resource Conservation and Recovery

Section (RCRS) at DSN: 751-1482/commercial (910) 451-1482 and ECON at

DSN: 751-5063/commercial (910) 451-5063 of their intention to conduct

FARP operations. Notification shall include type of ordnance, amount

of fuel to be used in gallons, tactical refueling systems to be used,

location of refueling points by grid coordinate, and dates and times

of FARP operations.

(3) Units shall coordinate a Face-to-Face brief with RCRS,

Environmental Compliance Branch, and Range Control. The Face-to-Face

brief is a protective measure to ensure the unit is aware of all

governing regulations, changes to regulations, and requirements. The

Face-to-Face brief shall take place at a minimum of 15 days prior to

execution. During the Face-to-Face brief, units shall brief:

(a) Operations Order or Letter of Instruction;

(b) Spill response plan, equipment, ammunition mishap, and

containment procedures;

(c) Type and quantities of fuel and ordnance;

(d) ARFF assets/equipment;

(e) C2 and communications plan;

(f) Medical;

(g) FARP site diagram; and

(h) Security/road guard plan

i. Communications Procedures

4-35 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) ROIC/RSO shall check out the FARP site from Range Control

scheduling, Building 54.

(2) ROIC/RSO shall call BLACKBURN on 34.70 to request

authorization to occupy the FARP.

(3) In order to go “HOT,” the ROIC/RSO shall ensure all

orders/publication/SOPs concerning FARP operations are followed.

Additionally, the ROIC/RSO shall, at a minimum:

(a) Establish communications with BLACKBURN (34.70).

(b) Ensure appropriate medical personnel and support

vehicle are onsite.

(c) Ensure spill response equipment is onsite and response

personnel know the spill response plan.

(d) Ensure aircraft rescue/firefighting personnel and

equipment are onsite and know the response plan.

(e) Ensure TAs, TLZs, and GPs forward of the FARP site are

clear of training units/personnel.

(f) Establish road guards as required with proper

communications.

(4) Once authorization to go “HOT” is received from BLACKBURN,

the ROIC/RSO will make normal radio checks on the half hour and hour.

(5) Upon completion of training, the ROIC/RSO will request to

go “COLD.” BLACKBURN will dispatch a Range Inspector to the position

and place the unit in a cold status; all FARP operations shall then be

terminated.

j. Armament Safety Procedures

(1) Aircraft weapon systems will be loaded or unloaded only in

approved areas. Selection of these areas will ensure total

containment in the event of accidental discharge. The weapon systems

dispersion angle and maximum range will be considered if natural or

manmade barriers are not used.

(2) Airspace routing used by rotary-wing aircraft flying from

the ammunition loading site to and from the firing range will be

plotted on a map or chart and maintained by both the using unit and

the Installation range control office. This course will be selected

so that accidental firing at any point on the course will minimize

risk to life and property, however, aircraft weapon systems will be

maintained in a safe condition until within the range boundary.

4-36 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Rotary-wing aircraft routing from the ammunition loading site to the

firing range will be published in local SOPs.

(3) When training requirements dictate, commanders (battalion,

squadron, or higher) will direct the loading and unloading of

ammunition from aircraft while the engines are running. Such

operations are authorized when a thorough risk assessment has been

conducted, control measures implemented and residual risks identified

and accepted by the appropriate commander.

(4) A dry pass or range sweep for the entire range, focusing

on the target area, will be accomplished to ensure personnel are clear

from hazardous effects. Aircraft may use onboard sensors (advance

targeting pods, sniper, Litening Pod), or UAS targeting payload in

lieu of a dry pass. Terminal controllers observing the target area

may waive the dry pass.

(5) Prior to first weapons release/firing for each pass, final

switch configuration will not be accomplished until the aircraft is in

such a position that accidental activation or release will be

contained within the range, and not represent a danger to ground

personnel.

15. Chaff and Flare Training

a. Chaff/flare training is not authorized in the GSRA or the K-2

impact area. Chaff and flares are authorized in the G-10 impact area

and flares only if they burn out before hitting the water in N-1/BT-3

impact area. Chaff/flare operations must be properly scheduled in

RFMSS and a SRR is submitted within 10 working days of the event. Two

critical factors need to be considered; wind direction and current

fire condition. Units must submit a SRR, per Appendix E. The SRR

process will allow Range Control to:

(1) Notify local FAA authorities;

(2) Provide public notice as necessary; and

(3) Notify Fire Protection and Forestry in order to allow for

appropriate safety measures.

b. Flares are never authorized during Fire Condition 5 or higher.

Other fire hazard conditions may restrict/modify flare use throughout

the Camp Lejeune Range Complex.

c. Training units must monitor wind speeds and directions to

ensure chaff fiber or flare debris does not migrate out of the G-10

impact area and possible off-base, into the ASP, or Fuel Farm on the

western side

4-37 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

16.

Landing Helicopter

Deck

a.

The LHD Deck was designed to resemble a Wasp Class LHD to allow

pilots to meet their required Field Carrier Landing Practice (FCLP),

approaches and landings, prior to going to a ship. The LHD Deck has

four lighted spots with the same dimensions as spots 2, 4, 5, and 6 on

the Wasp Class LHD, 114.5 ft. between spots. Total LHD Deck length is

495 ft. and width is 62 ft. (width to center line of Wasp Class LHD).

b. The LHD Deck has Pilot Activated Lighting System to activate

the deck lighting system similar to an uncontrolled airfield. To

activate the deck lights use the following procedures.

(1) Pilot turns tactical radio to 30.55 FM.

(2) Pilot depresses mike button three times to turn on landing

lights to low intensity.

(3) Pilot depresses mike button five time times to turn on

landing lights to medium intensity.

(4) Pilot depresses mike button seven times to turn on landing

lights to high intensity.

(5) Lights will stay on for 15 minutes.

(6) The same desired number of button depressions will

reactivate the lights as needed.

c. LHD Deck Maintenance. Periodic scheduled maintenance of the

LHD Deck will occur on the first Wednesday of every month. Duration

of inspection depends on whether it is for a monthly (two hours),

semi-annual (four hours), or annual (six hours) inspection.

Unscheduled maintenance will occasionally occur when immediate repair

is necessary for safe use of the LHD Deck. It is incumbent on all

using units to report any damage or inoperable lights to Range

Control/BLACKBURN as soon as possible to maintain the LHD Deck in a

safe operable condition.

d. The LHD Deck may be scheduled in RFMSS 2-90 days out or NLT 48

hours prior to the training event. When not scheduled, the LHD Deck

will be considered an LZ of opportunity. A SRR is required for

external loads and HRST from the LHD Deck. No special use will be

granted unless prior approval from the RCO by a SRR.

e. The LHD Deck may be scheduled in RFMSS like any other training

facility.

f. When scheduled, BLACKBURN will clear all scheduled aircraft

(either single aircraft or flight lead) into the LHD Deck. When used

4-38 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

as an LZ of opportunity, aircraft will call BLACKBURN and request the

LHD Deck. BLACKBURN will deconflict airspace and clear aircraft into

the LHD Deck.

g. Aircraft shall maintain communications with BLACKBURN while

training at the LHD Deck. Communication between aircraft in the LHD

pattern will be on a frequency other than BLACKBURN.

h. Procedures when aircraft are using the LHD Deck without

Landing Zone Control Officer:

(1) LHD Deck may be scheduled and approved but does not have

to be signed out at Range Control for FCLPs. This is similar to a

reserved TLZ or TA, there are no ROIC or RSO requirements. If

conducting external lifts with an approved SRR, the HST unit must sign

out the LHD Deck similar to using a TLZ for externals.

(2) Aircraft shall check in on UHF 233.8 or FM 34.70 with

BLACKBURN upon entering/exiting the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5306D/E airspace and announce operating intentions.

(3) BLACKBURN will advise of other aircraft operations, all

live-fire ranges in a “HOT” status, and all active GPs/MPs.

(4) At the conclusion of training, aircraft will report any

damage or light outage, and the number of aircraft, landings, and

personnel trained.

i. Procedures when aircraft are using the LHD Deck with Zone

Control Officer (simulating ship's Primary-Flight Officer):

(1) LHD Deck requires a ROIC that is certified by the unit CO

to act as Landing Zone Control Officer and annotated in the enclosure

to the Commander Certification Letter. The ROIC shall assume all the

responsibilities and duties as defined in Chapter 1 of this Order. If

Landing Signal Enlisted personnel are used, the unit CO is responsible

for their training as well as certified in the enclosure to Commander

Certification Letter. Lead Instructor Pilot aircraft commander will

assume the RSO responsibilities for the flight but will not have to be

RSO qualified.

(2) LHD Landing Zone Control Officer shall request permission

to for the LHD Deck to go "HOT" from BLACKBURN, on the Range Control

safety net (UHF 233.8 or FM 34.70).

(3) LHD Landing Zone Control Officer shall maintain radio

communications with BLACKBURN during the period the LHD Deck is "HOT"

for training by reporting in on the half hour and hour.

(4) LHD Landing Zone Control Officer shall work aircraft on a

frequency other than the range control safety nets.

4-39 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(5) At the conclusion of training, Landing Zone Control

Officer shall request permission to go "COLD" from BLACKBURN and

report; any damage or light outage, number of aircraft, landings, and

personnel trained. If aircraft use chemical lights in lieu of deck

lighting, the using unit is responsible for removing them to prevent

possible foreign object debris (FOD) damage to engines.

j. Pattern Restrictions

(1) Maximum of two aircraft in LHD pattern. This assumes one

aircraft on deck and one in the downwind. If both aircraft desire to

be on deck at the same time an empty spot will be maintained between

the aircraft. If more than two aircraft are requesting to use the LHD

deck a SRR and ORM matrix mitigating the risk of landing on adjacent

spots will be submitted to Range Control for approval.

(2) Aircraft shall turn to downwind no farther than 1000

meters upwind. The turn to base leg shall be initiated prior to

arriving abeam the Sneads Ferry Bridge.

(3) Maximum pattern altitude is 400 ft.

(4) Aircraft will maintain a 250 meter buffer from Bald Eagle

nesting area (approximately 500 meters SE at grid 803297) when using

the LHD Deck in accordance with Chapter 2 of this Order.

17. MCOLF Camp Davis North/South

a. General. MCOLF Camp Davis (34

O

31’N/77

O

33’W, grid 18STD 665225)

is an unmanned, uncontrolled airstrip situated in the extreme

southeast corner of the GSRA under the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-

5304 restricted area. The FAA identifier is 14NC. The airfield is

one nm northeast of the town of Holly Ridge and 13 nm south (205

radial) of MCAS New River. The landing areas consist of two separate

numbered, concrete/paved runways. Runway 05/23 (Camp Davis South) is

5000 ft. long by 250 ft. wide. Runway 01/19 (Camp Davis North) is

5047 ft. long by 150 ft. wide. Airfield elevation at MCOLF Camp Davis

is 60 ft. MSL. TLZs Phoenix, Swallow, Duck and TLZ/DZ Pheasant are

also located in the Camp Davis area. The Restricted Area (Airspace)

R-5304A contains a three mile, 1500 ft. AGL exclusionary zone for

Holly Ridge Air Park; a grass strip located east of the town of Holly

Ridge (approximately two nm SE of Camp Davis). This exclusion zone

allows civilian traffic to enter the Camp Davis area below 1500 ft.

whether Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304A is HOT or COLD. This

exclusion zone is not SUA.

b. Scheduling. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD) is the

scheduling agent for training operations at MCOLF Camp Davis.

4-40 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) 2d MAW units, specifically MAG-26 and MAG-29, are the

primary users of Camp Davis runways and TLZs Pheasant, Phoenix,

Swallow, and Duck. The only exceptions are prioritized Joint,

Combined, or MAGTF Exercises.

(2) All aviation air capable units (to include fixed-wing) and

parachute capable units desiring exclusive use of MCOLF Camp Davis

must submit a TAR via RFMSS from two to 90 working days prior to the

requested training date to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD).

Requesting units are responsible for meeting and deconflicting 2d MAW

requirements before scheduling the event. TARs must indicate type of

training requested. MAG-26 and MAG-29 will send a deconfliction email

approving use to Range Scheduling.

(3) Any unit requiring exclusive use of Camp Davis must ensure

all issues are deconflicted and the exclusive use requirement is

highlighted and fully justified in their TAR.

(4) The MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ RFWO will include the scheduling

and maintenance status of MCOLF Camp Davis. The monthly NOTAM

request, which includes the GSRA and MCOLF Camp Davis, is prepared and

sent to Cherry Point using RFMSS approved events in accordance with

Chapter 3. If an event is not included in the monthly NOTAM request

to Cherry Point, due to scheduling within 35 days of the date of the

event, the unit is responsible for contacting Cherry Point and

requesting a NOTAM.

(5) All squadrons shall consult the Camp Lejeune Range Control

daily RFWO during flight planning to avoid conflicts. Tenant

squadrons may conduct unscheduled helicopter and tilt-rotor operations

at the Camp Davis airstrip or TLZs Pheasant, Phoenix, Swallow, and

Duck by communicating with BLACKBURN (233.8 UHF). Once authorization

has been granted by BLACKBURN and the pilot has ensured, by “COLD”

pass, that the runway or TLZ requested is not occupied, the training

can be conducted. Upon departure from the Camp Davis area, aircraft

shall notify BLACKBURN of completion of training and what training was

conducted (i.e. number of personnel trained, number of aircraft,

number of landings, etc.).

(6) MCOLF Camp Davis is an uncontrolled airstrip. Pilots are

responsible to see-and-avoid other aircraft and for strict adherence

to the course rules. ATC, ARFF, and ground support services are not

available.

c. Obstructions to Flight. There are multiple towers around

MCOLF Camp Davis:

(1) Two towers within 0.6 nm southeast of the departure end of

Runway 23. One tower is 311 ft. MSL and the other is 364 ft. MSL.

4-41 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) One tower is three nm due east of Camp Davis at 1043 ft.

MSL (has extensive support cable network).

(3) One tower is six nm due east of Camp Davis at 829 ft. MSL

(has extensive support cable network).

(4) One tower is 0.7 nm SSE of the departure end of 19 at 300

ft. MSL.

d. Noise Abatement/Avoidance Areas

(1) Pilots shall avoid over flight of residences and livestock

containment areas in the vicinity of Camp Davis and shall adhere to

rules of the road (right side) along U.S. Highway 17 when transiting

between MCAS New River and MCOLF Camp Davis (Avoid over flight of

Dixon Middle and High Schools by 1/2 mile horizontal and 1000 ft.

vertical).

(2) Pilots entering or departing Camp Davis shall remain north

and west of U.S. Highway 17 when within a three nm radius of Camp

Davis to avoid civilian air traffic conflicts and for noise abatement

over the town of Holly Ridge. NOTAMS will advise civilian traffic

when PARAOPS are scheduled.

(3) When FARP operations occur at either Camp Davis North or

South, aircraft using FARP will conform to normal entry and exit

course rules for the runways in use to avoid noise complaintd from the

town of Holly Ridge.

e. Course Rules

(1) The Camp Davis area includes all restricted airspace

within the GSRA boundary south of grid line 25. This area is carved

out of Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304 for OLF air operations.

BLACKBURN approval to operate in the Camp Davis area equals the

procedural control needed to resolve conflict with Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5304 activities north of 25 grid line. In effect, from

the Camp Davis operating area all aircrafts will check in and check

out with BLACKBURN. Air Operations responsibilities will always

revert to the aircrew. This resolves aircrew direct communication

need with BLACKBURN once approved to operate in the Camp Davis area.

Conversely, if flight activities require transit north of the 25 grid

line where shooting occurs, BLACKBURN and aircrew must maintain direct

communication. Monitoring BLACKBURN frequency is encouraged for

situational awareness of inbound and outbound traffic while operating

in the Camp Davis area.

(2) Pilots shall remain clear of the Camp Davis area unless

intending to enter for training purposes.

4-42 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Pilots intending to operate at Camp Davis shall check-in

with BLACKBURN for approval into and out of the Camp Davis area 233.8

(UHF). Pilots will also check-in and monitor traffic on OLF Common on

322.1 (UHF).

(4) The Camp Davis operating area is sub-divided into two

areas by an imaginary line drawn from Highway 17 to the tower

southeast of the approach end of Runway 01. Sub Area Camp Davis North

includes Runways 1/19 and sub-area Camp Davis South includes Runways

5/23. Aircraft shall not cross the dividing line. Pilots desiring to

change sub-areas shall depart and re-enter in accordance with

paragraphs 17e(4)f through 17e(4)(i) below. Pilots conducting

external operations or Confined Area Landings in TLZ Phoenix need to

ensure they remain clear of the Camp Davis South (Runway 5/23) pattern

and maintaining a pattern west of the 66 North/South grid line to

remain clear of the Camp Davis North pattern.

f. Entry Procedures. When approved to enter the Camp Davis area

by BLACKBURN, pilots shall switch to and monitor OLF Common Frequency

322.1 (UHF) for traffic deconfliction. This applies to MV-22s in CONV

mode. Aircraft already on station will respond to the inbound traffic

call with their current location and pattern parameters.

(1) MV-22s/tiltrotors in APLN mode shall enter the Camp Davis

area from a one mile IP either from the NE CP Hotel, SE CP Tango, or

SW CP Sierra at 1500 ft. AGL, as depicted on Figure 4-3. Pilots shall

announce their intentions for entering at the IP on OLF Common, and

also subsequent pattern altitude (300–500 ft. AGL). Aircrews already

on station will exchange operating parameters with arriving traffic.

Helicopters (MV-22s in CONV mode) shall enter the Camp Davis area from

a one mile IP either from the NE CP Hotel, SE CP Tango, or SW CP

Sierra at 700 ft. AGL, as depicted on Figure 4-3. Pilots shall

announce their intentions for entering at the IP on OLF Common, and

also subsequent pattern altitude (300–500 ft. AGL). Aircrews already

on-station will exchange operating parameters with arriving traffic.

(2) Runway 19 Pattern (Davis North)

(a) Tiltrotors enter the pattern for Runway 19 via the CP

Hotel or Tango, overfly the runway at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the

intended turn (see Figure 4-3). Execute a descending left turn to

1000 ft. setting up a wide left downwind, maintaining 1000 ft. AGL

until midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude. If

entering from the CP Sierra, maintain 1500 ft. AGL and one nm north of

LZ Phoenix until on extended centerline for over flight of the runway.

Overfly the runway at 1500 ft. and execute a descending left turn to

1000 ft. setting up a wide left downwind, maintaining 1000 ft. AGL

until midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude.

4-43 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(b) Helicopters (MV-22s in CONV mode) enter the pattern

for Runway 19 via the CP Hotel or Tango, overfly the runway at 700 ft.

AGL and announce the intended turn (see Figure 4-3). Maintain 700 ft.

setting up a wide left downwind, maintaining 700 ft. AGL until

midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering

from the CP Sierra, maintain 700 ft. AGL and one nm north of LZ

Phoenix until on extended centerline for over flight of the runway.

Overfly the runway at 700 ft. and execute level left turn setting up a

wide left downwind, maintaining 700 ft. AGL until midfield and then

begin a descent to pattern altitude.

(3) Runway 01 Pattern (Davis North)

(a) Tiltrotors enter the pattern for Runway 01 via CPs

Hotel or Tango at 1500 ft. and announce entering the downwind from a

45 degree intercept at 1500 ft. AGL (see Figure 4-3). Fly a wide

right downwind descending to 1000 ft. AGL until the midfield and then

begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering from the CP Sierra

maintain 1500 ft. AGL and one nm north of LZ Phoenix until on right

downwind. Fly a wide right downwind descending to 1000 ft. AGL until

the midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude.

(b) Helicopters (MV-22s in CONV mode) enter the pattern

for Runway 01 via CPs Hotel or Tango at 700 ft. and announce entering

the downwind from a 45 degree intercept at 700 ft. AGL (see Figure 4-

3). Fly a wide right downwind until the midfield and then begin a

descent to pattern altitude. If entering from the CP Sierra maintain

700 ft. AGL and one nm north of LZ Phoenix until on right downwind.

Fly a wide right downwind maintaining 700 ft. AGL until the midfield

and then begin a descent to pattern altitude.

(4) Runway 23 Pattern (Davis South)

(a) Tiltrotors enter the pattern for Runway 23 via CP

Sierra at 1500 ft. and announce entering downwind (see Figure 4-3).

Fly a wide downwind maintaining 1500 ft. AGL until midfield and then

begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering from CPs Hotel or

Tango, maintain 1500 ft. AGL and one nm north of departure end of

Runway 01 until established on downwind. Fly a wide downwind

maintaining 1500 ft. AGL until midfield and then begin a descent to

pattern altitude.

(b) Helicopters (MV-22s in CONV mode) enter the pattern

for Runway 23 via CP Sierra at 700 ft. and announce entering downwind

(see Figure 4-3). Fly a wide downwind maintaining 700 ft. AGL until

midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering

from CPs Hotel or Tango, maintain 700 ft. AGL and one nm north of

departure end of Runway 01 until established on downwind. Fly a wide

4-44 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

downwind maintaining 700 ft. AGL until midfield and then begin a

descent to pattern altitude.

(5) Runway 05 Pattern (Davis South)

(a) Tiltrotors enter the pattern for Runway 05 via the CP

Sierra, overflying the runway at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the

intended turn (see Figure 4-3). Execute a level left turn to set up a

wide left downwind maintaining 1500 ft. AGL until midfield and then

begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering from the CPs Hotel

or Tango, maintain 1500 ft. AGL and one nm north of departure end of

Runway 01 and TLZ Phoenix until on extended centerline. Overfly the

runway at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the intended turn (see Figure 4-

3). Execute a level left turn to set up a wide left downwind

maintaining 1500 ft. AGL until midfield and then begin a descent to

pattern altitude.

(b) Helicopters (MV-22s in CONV mode) enter the pattern

for Runway 05 via the CP Sierra, overflying the runway at 700 ft. AGL

and announce the intended turn (see Figure 4-3). Execute a level left

turn to set up a wide left downwind maintaining 700 ft. AGL until

midfield and then begin a descent to pattern altitude. If entering

from the CPs Hotel or Tango, maintain 700 ft. AGL and one nm north of

departure end of Runway 01 and TLZ Phoenix until on extended

centerline. Overfly the runway at 700 ft. AGL and announce the

intended turn (see Figure 4-3). Execute a level left turn to set up a

wide left downwind maintaining 700 ft. AGL until midfield and then

begin a descent to pattern altitude.

4-45 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure 4-3.--Camp Davis Entry Points and Landing Patterns

g. Optional Tiltrotor Entry Procedures

(1) When approved to enter the Camp Davis area by BLACKBURN,

pilots shall switch to and monitor OLF Common (frequency 322.1 UHF)

for traffic deconfliction. Aircraft already on station will respond

to the inbound traffic call with their current location and pattern

parameters.

(2) Pilots shall enter the Camp Davis area from CP Tango or a

three nm extended runway centerline for Runway 05 (See Figure 4-3).

Prior to entry pilots shall announce their intentions at the one mile

initial point (IP) either from the NE CP Hotel, SE CP Tango, or SW CP

Sierra on OLF common.

(a) Over-head Break

1. Overfly runway at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the

intended break.

4-46 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

2. Execute a level break.

3. Descend on downwind to arrive at the 180 degree

position at 1000 ft, one nm abeam.

(b) Downwind Entry

1. Maintain 1500 ft. AGL until abeam the upwind

numbers.

2. Descend to join the desired traffic pattern.

Tiltrotor aircraft will descend to 1000 ft. AGL on the downwind leg.

h. Departure Procedures

(1) Pilots of departing helicopters shall maintain 500 ft. AGL

until clear of the Camp Davis area. Departing tiltrotor traffic will

maintain a minimum of 1,000 ft. AGL until clear of the Camp Davis

area.

(2) Runway 05 Departure (Davis South). Pilots departing

Runway 05 shall announce their intent to depart prior to reaching the

upwind end and depart toward the northwest out of the crosswind turn

remaining clear of TLZ Phoenix.

(3) Runway 23 Departure (Davis South). Pilots departing

Runway 23 shall announce the intent to depart prior to reaching the

upwind end of the runway and depart maintaining runway heading until

outside the Camp Davis area.

(4) Runway 01 Departure (Davis North). Pilots departing

Runway 01 shall announce their intent to depart prior to reaching the

upwind end and depart toward the east out of the crosswind turn.

Pilots shall maneuver their aircraft to remain west of Highway 17

until two miles from Camp Davis.

(5) Runway 19 Departure (Davis North). Pilots departing

Runway 19 shall announce their intent to depart prior to reaching the

upwind end and depart toward the east out of the crosswind turn.

(6) Pilots shall report the number of operations conducted to

BLACKBURN upon departing Camp Davis area.

i. Traffic Pattern

(1) Pattern Altitude. Pattern altitude for all runways is 500

ft. AGL for helicopter and MV-22 CONV and 1,000 ft. AGL for MV-22 APLN

unless a different altitude is required and broadcast. Pattern

altitude for CALs is 300 ft. AGL. Pattern altitude for a Tactical

Approach is from 300-500 ft. AGL. Intent to deviate from pattern

4-47 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

altitude shall be broadcasted on OLF common prior to deviation from

normal pattern altitude.

(2) Pilots operating from Runways 05/19 shall make left hand

traffic.

(3) Pilots operating from Runways 23/01 shall make right hand

traffic.

(4) Pilots shall execute the upwind turn when reaching 200 ft.

AGL or at the departure end of the runway whichever comes first.

Pilots shall maneuver their aircraft so as to not cross the line

dividing Camp Davis North and South.

(5) Low work is restricted to the upwind one third of the

runway in use.

(6) No more than four aircraft are permitted in each runway

traffic pattern. No more than eight aircraft shall operate at Camp

Davis area at one time. This applies to aircraft intending to conduct

CALs, Tactical Approaches, and the Emergency Landing Pattern (ELP).

Intent to change traffic pattern will be broadcast via OLF Common.

Course rules changes must be agreed to by all aircraft operating

there.

(7) MV-22s conducting ELPs in the Camp Davis area will comply

with the following procedures:

(a) Contact Cherry Point Approach or New River Arrival

Control for approval to conduct ELP approaches.

(b) ELPs shall not be conducted to the same runway as

other traffic in the pattern.

(c) Have positive two-way communication with other traffic

in the pattern.

(d) Make the appropriate “High key at 9,000 ft.,” “Low key

at 4,500 ft.” and “Base at 2,300 ft.” radio calls over OLF Common.

(e) If aircraft conducting the ELP loses sight of other

aircraft in the pattern, an immediate wave off will be executed,

turning away from the last know position of the traffic.

j. Tactical Approaches (straight-in, 90 and 180 degree offsets)

will be conducted between the airfield and five nm, from 300 to 500

ft. AGL. The objective of a MV-22 Tactical Approach is to efficiently

transition an aircraft or a flight from the enroute ingress phase [220

KCAS] to the landing phase (150 ft. AGL/50 Knots Ground Speed [KGS] at

0.2 nm.) of the mission. Tactical Approaches provide training on how,

4-48 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

when, and where to convert and configure the aircraft or flight for

landing following precise navigation to a predetermined Conversion

Point (CVP). The CVP is a designated point relative to the intended

landing area where the conversion is initiated. The initiation of the

conversion begins with the reduction in power with intent for landing.

Each Tactical Approach type will result in the aircraft or flight

being established in a familiar flight profile on short final (e.g.,

150 ft. AGL/50 KGS at 0.2 nm.) to intercept the glide slope to a

runway or TLZ.

k. Ground Training. All units desiring to use any portion of, or

exclusive use of MCOLF Camp Davis for ground operations, must submit a

SRR from 14-45 working days prior to the requested date to the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD). Requesting unit will coordinate with

MAG-26/MAG-29 operations and II MEF G-7 to deconflict requirements and

approve/disapprove SRR accordingly. MAG-26 and MAG-29 must send

deconfliction emails to Range Scheduling. SRR must indicate exactly

the type of training requested. Using units may also be required to

submit a FEREIR to EMD depending on the type of training activities

being done on the ground.

18. MCOLF Oak Grove

a. General. The MCOLF Oak Grove airstrip (35002'N/77015'W, grid

18STD 946-779) is part of a 962 acre training and recreational

facility located near the town of Pollocksville, North Carolina. The

FAA identifier is 13NC and the airfield elevation is 27 ft. MSL. The

MCOLF Oak Grove operating area consists of three separate runways;

runways 05/23, 01/19, and 09/27. Operable runway 05/23 is 4000 ft.

long by 150 ft. wide. Operable runway 01/19 is 4200 ft. long by 150

ft. wide. Old runway 09/27 is available for ground taxi/hover/low

work only. The northern apex joining the two operable runways is

available for ground taxi/hover/low work as well (see Figure 4-4 for

avoid areas when utilizing the northern apex). TLZ Bat (18S TD 942

781) is midfield between the runways and TLZ Emu (18S TD 930 774) lies

800 m SW of Runway 5/23. Fixed-wing and UAS operations are not

authorized at Oak Grove. An MOA between Camp Lejeune and the

Pollocksville Fire and Rescue Department exist regarding medical

assistance, hazardous spills, and firefighting assistance. Calling

911 in the Oak Grove Area will connect the unit with them.

4-49 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure 4-4.--Oak Grove Avoidance and Prohibited Areas

b. Scheduling. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD) is the

scheduling agent for tactical operations at MCOLF Oak Grove.

(1) 2d MAW units, specifically MAG-26 and MAG-29, are the

primary users of Oak Grove runways, TLZ Bat and TLZ Emu. The only

exceptions are prioritized Joint, Combined, or MAGTF Exercises.

(2) All aviation air units desiring to schedule any portion of

MCOLF Oak Grove must submit a TAR via RFMSS 2-90 working days prior to

the requested training date. Requesting units are responsible for

meeting and deconflicting all 2d MAW requirements before scheduling

the event. TARs must indicate type of training requested. MAG-26 and

MAG-29 will send a deconfliction e-mail approving use to Range

Control, Range Scheduling Section.

(3) Any unit requiring exclusive use of MCOLF Oak Grove must

ensure all conflicts are deconflicted and the exclusive use

requirement is highlighted and fully justified in their TAR.

4-50 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) MCOLF Oak Grove is an uncontrolled airstrip. Pilots are

responsible to see-and-avoid other aircraft and for strict adherence

to the course rules. Airport ATC, ARFF, and ground support services

are not available. However, radar ATC services are available (see

paragraph 18c(4) below).

(5) All squadrons shall consult the Camp Lejeune Range Control

daily RFWO during flight planning to avoid conflicts. Unscheduled

helicopter and tiltrotor operations into MCOLF Oak Grove or TLZs Bat

and Emu can still be deconflicted and accomplished through

communications with BLACKBURN. Currently Communications with aircraft

on the ground and in the pattern at Oak Grove is difficult. Aircraft

shall check in with BLACKBURN on UHF 233.8 while enroute to Oak Grove

and announce operating intentions; BLACKBURN will advise of any other

aircraft or ground operations. Once authorization has been granted by

BLACKBURN and the pilot has ensured by cold pass, the runway or TLZ

requested is not occupied, training can be conducted.

(6) Upon departure from MCOLF Oak Grove, aircraft shall notify

BLACKBURN of completion of training and what training was conducted

(i.e., number of aircraft, number of landings, etc.).

(7) The Camp Lejeune NOTAMS will include the scheduling and

maintenance status of MCOLF Oak Grove.

(8) Obstructions to Flight. There are two tall transmission

towers northwest of Oak Grove. Both towers have an extensive support

cable network. One tower (35

O

03’N/77

O

22’W) is 985 ft. MSL and located

5.5 nm west-northwest of the airfield. The other tower (35

O

06’N/77

O

21’W) is 2035 ft. MSL and located 6.5 nm from Oak Grove. Several

other 300 ft. MSL towers are also present 3-5 miles south of the

airfield.

(9) Noise Abatement and Avoidance Areas. Pilots shall avoid

over flight of residences and livestock containment areas and shall

remain clear of the town of Pollocksville (3 miles SE). Aircraft

shall avoid Pollocksville (35

O

00’28”N, 077

O

13’24”W or grid 18STD

97397582) by one nautical mile (nm) laterally or by flying above the

town at 1,000 ft. AGL.

c. Course Rules. Oak Grove is an unmanned and uncontrolled

airstrip. Pilots operating at MCOLF Oak Grove are responsible to see

and avoid other aircraft and strict adherence to the course rules.

Call BLACKBURN prior to entering the five nm operating radius that

exists around the Oak Grove field boundary. In effect, once inside

the Oak Grove area, air operation responsibilities revert to aircrews.

This resolves aircrew direct communication need with BLACKBURN once

approved to operate in the Oak Grove area. Monitoring BLACKBURN

frequency is encouraged for situational awareness of inbound and

outbound traffic while operating in the Oak Grove area.

4-51 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Operational Limitations. Fixed-wing operations are not

authorized. Tiltrotor airplane mode operations are authorized.

(2) Pilots shall remain clear of the Oak Grove area unless

intending to enter for training purposes.

(3) Pilots desiring to change runways shall depart and re-

enter the operating area in accordance with paragraphs 184(d) through

184(g) below.

(4) Radar advisory services are required when operating above

1,500 ft. AGL to and from Oak Grove. To mitigate mid-air collisions

risks between the Oak Grove airfield traffic and V-56 airway traffic,

all aircraft operations at Oak Grove above 1,500 ft. AGL shall be

conducted using ATC radar advisory services. Cherry Point Approach

Control West frequencies are 119.75 and 377.175.

d. Helicopter Entry Procedures. Pilots shall maneuver their

aircraft to remain clear of the Oak Grove area unless intending to

enter for training purposes. Pilots will check-in on and monitor

traffic on OLF Common on 322.1 (UHF). Aircraft already on station

will respond to the inbound traffic call with their current location

and pattern parameters.

Figure 4-5.--Oak Grove TLZs and Landing Patterns

4-52 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Pilots shall enter the Oak Grove area at 700 ft. and

proceed to the appropriate one nm IP (see Figure 4-5). The IP for

Runway 23 is one nm SW of the field and offset west of runway

centerline. The IP for Runway 19 is one nm south of the field and

offset east of runway centerline. The IP for Runways 05/01 is one nm

due south of the field and centered between the two runways. Pilots

shall announce their intentions at the IP on OLF Common. This applies

to MV-22 in CONV mode. Aircraft already on-station will respond to

the inbound traffic call with their current location and pattern

parameters.

(2) Pilots shall proceed at 700 ft. AGL and announce the mid-

field entry, or downwind entry.

(3) For entry to Runways 05/01, pilots shall split the two

runways at 700 ft. and execute a left or right level turn at the

departure end. This will allow for a wide 180 degree position for

Runways 05/01. Pilots will then descend to join the traffic pattern.

BE COGNIZANT OF TRAFFIC IN LZ BAT.

(4) For a downwind entry for Runways 19/23, maintain 700 ft.

AGL until abeam the midfield, then descend to join the desired traffic

pattern.

e. Tiltrotor Entry Procedures. Pilots shall maneuver their

aircraft to remain clear of the Oak Grove area unless intending to

enter for training purposes. Pilots intending to operate at Oak Grove

shall check-in with BLACKBURN for approval into and out of the Oak

Grove area on 233.8 (UHF). Pilots will also check-in and monitor

traffic OLF Common, 322.1 (UHF). Aircraft already on station will

respond to the inbound traffic call with their current location and

pattern parameters.

(1) Pilots shall enter the Oak Grove area and proceed to the

appropriate three mile IP from the North or South. Pilots shall

announce their intentions at the IP on OLF common. Aircraft already

on station will respond to the inbound traffic call with their current

location and pattern parameters.

(2) Pilots shall proceed at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the Over

Head break or Downwind Entry.

(a) Over Head Break

1. Overfly runway at 1500 ft. AGL and announce the

intended break.

2. Execute a level break.

4-53 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

3. Descend on downwind to arrive at the 180 degree

position at 1000 ft, one nm abeam.

(b) Downwind Entry

1. Maintain 1500 ft. AGL until abeam the upwind

numbers.

2. Descend to join the desired traffic pattern.

Tiltrotor aircraft will descend to 1000 ft. AGL on the downwind leg.

f. Departure Procedures

(1) Pilots departing Runways 05/01 shall make the normal

crosswind turn, announce the intent to depart, and depart the

operating area from the downwind leg to the southwest and south

respectively.

(2) Pilots departing Runways 19/23 shall announce the intent

to depart prior to reaching the upwind end of the runway and depart by

maintaining runway heading until outside the operating area.

(3) Pilots of departing aircraft shall maintain 500 ft. AGL

until outside the operating area.

(4) Pilots shall report the number of aircraft operations

conducted to BLACKBURN upon departing Oak Grove.

g. Traffic Patterns

(1) Pattern Altitude. Pattern altitude for all runways is 500

ft. AGL for helicopter and MV-22 CONV, and 1000 ft. AGL for MV-22 APLN

(see Figure 4-5). Intent to deviate from pattern altitude shall be

broadcasted on OLF Common prior to deviation from normal pattern

altitude.

(2) Runway 09/27 is authorized for ground taxi, hover, and low

work. Utilization of this runway for pattern work is approved if

significant winds restrict the use of the other runways. Patterns

will be right or left as deconflicted with other traffic in the area.

(3) Pilots using Runways 05 and 19 shall make left hand

traffic. See Figure 4-5.

(4) Pilots using Runways 23 and 01 shall make right hand

traffic. See Figure 4-5.

(5) Pilots shall execute the upwind turn at 200 ft. AGL or at

the end of the runway, whichever comes first. Pilots shall maneuver

their aircraft not to cross the imaginary line dividing the field.

4-54 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) No more than four aircraft are allowed in each runway

traffic pattern. No more than eight aircraft shall operate at Oak

Grove Area at one time. This applies to aircraft intending to conduct

CALs, Tactical Approaches, and the Emergency Landing Pattern (ELP).

h. Intent to deviate from course rules will be broadcast via OLF

Common. This also applies to MV-22 aircraft intending to conduct

tactical approaches and ELPs. Course rules changes must be agreed to

by all aircraft operating in the area.

i. Tactical Approaches (straight-in, 90 and 180 degree offsets)

will be conducted between the airfield and five nm, from 300 to 500

ft. AGL. The objective of a MV-22 Tactical Approach is to efficiently

transition an aircraft or a flight from the enroute ingress phase [220

KCAS] to the landing phase (150 ft. AGL/50 knots ground speed [KGS] at

0.2 nm.). Tactical Approaches provide training on how, when, and

where to convert and configure the aircraft or flight for landing

following precise navigation to a predetermined CVP. The CVP is a

designated point relative to the intended landing area where the

conversion is initiated. The initiation of the conversion begins with

the reduction in power with intent for landing. Each Tactical

Approach type will result in the aircraft or flight being established

in a familiar flight profile on short final (e.g., 150 ft. AGL/50 KGS

at 0.2 nm) to intercept the glide slope to a runway or TLZ.

j. MV-22s conducting ELPs in the Oak Grove area will comply with

the following procedures:

(1) Contact Cherry Point ATC prior to commencing climb for

ELPs to ensure airspace is clear of traffic.

(2) ELPs shall not be conducted to the same runway as other

traffic in the pattern.

(3) Have positive two-way communication with other traffic in

the pattern.

(4) Make the appropriate “High Key” at 9000 ft., “Low Key” at

4,500 ft. and “Base” at 2,300 ft. radio call over OLF Common.

(5) If aircraft conducting the ELP lose sight of other

aircraft in the pattern, an immediate wave off will be executed,

turning away from the last know position of the traffic.

k. Ground Training. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD) is the

scheduling agent for ground tactical operations at Oak Grove.

(1) Limited areas are available for ground training. All

units desiring to use any portion of or exclusive use of MCOLF Oak

Grove for ground operations must submit a SRR from 14-45 working days

4-55 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

prior to the requested date to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD).

Requesting units will coordinate with MAG-26/MAG-29 operations and II

MEF G-7 to deconflict with 2d MAW requirements and approve/disapprove

SRR accordingly. MAG-26 and MAG-29 will send a deconfliction email

approving use to Range Scheduling. SRR must indicate exactly the type

of training requested. The written request must contain the

following:

(a) Name, rank, and phone number of the unit CO;

(b) Name, rank, and phone number of principle point of

contact for the unit, officer or SNCO;

(c) Date and time requested, to include dates for advance,

main, and rear parties arrival/departures;

(d) Specific areas requested;

(e) Number of personnel involved;

(f) The scope and nature of training to be conducted and

unique requirement, including any aircraft operations associated with

training; and

(g) A signed copy of Appendix K of this Order by the ROIC.

(2) The “Check In” and “Check Out” procedures are as follows.

(a) The training unit meets with maintenance crew at Oak

Grove to discuss the training to take place and the do's and don'ts at

Oak Grove;

(b) The training unit signs the Statement of Understanding

(Appendix K of this Order, Check-In Sheet);

(c) The training unit brings the signed Statement of

Understanding to Building 54 (scheduling) and checks out the TAs;

scheduling issues a key to Oak Grove (Gate 1) and a red range flag;

(d) The training unit conducts training at Oak Grove;

(e) At the conclusion of training maintenance crew signs

the Statement of Understanding (Check-Out Sheet) clearing the unit to

depart Oak Grove; and

(f) The training unit brings the signed Statement of

Understanding, range flag, and the key back to scheduling ending the

training evolution.

4-56 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Units are encouraged to coordinate informally with MAG-26

and MAG-29 S-3 and Camp Lejeune RCD prior to submitting an SRR.

(4) Current scheduling information is available in RFMSS.

(5) Units requesting to establish a FARP must first coordinate

with Camp Lejeune EMD to determine if an environmental review is

required. Follow this coordination with an SRR.

(6) Units approved for exclusive use of MCOLF Oak Grove shall

conduct a Face-to-Face brief with Oak Grove Maintenance Crew prior to

proceeding with training. The Oak Grove Maintenance Crew has an

extensive working knowledge of environmental considerations and ground

training usage at MCOLF Oak Grove, therefore they have the final say

on operations at MCOLF Oak Grove.

l. Recreational Activities

(1) Active Duty, retired military, their dependents, and

Federal government employees are authorized to utilize the

recreational facilities at MCOLF Oak Grove.

(2) All personnel entering and leaving Oak Grove for

recreational purposes will travel through Gate 2 and will register in

the appropriate log book at the gate house. All personnel will comply

with instructions posted at the check-in/out station and in Appendix L

of this Order.

(3) Hunting is permitted only on weekends and holidays if a

unit is not training. Hunting is only permitted in TAs OA, OB, OC,

OD, OE, and OF. Hunting is prohibited on the airfield, or in

Recreational Areas 1 and 2. Hunters will call the CLEO’s phone

messaging system at (910) 451-3794 for availability of hunting.

(4) Gathering fire wood will be permitted only on weekends and

holidays if a unit is not training. Fire wood gathering will be

limited to downed trees and branches. Live trees and vegetation will

not be disturbed.

(5) Requests for group recreational activities will be sent to

the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5).

(6) Recreational activities will not be authorized during

military training operations.

(7) Camping at Oak Grove is not authorized (Closed) during

Deer (Dates TBD during September to 1 January of each year) and Turkey

(Dates to be determined during April to May of each year) for the NC

hunting seasons.

4-57 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

19. Outlying Field Turnbull Creek. The RDMD has secured License of

Agreement (LOAs) for the use of Turnbull Creek Airfield for MAG-26

(MV-22B Squadrons Only). This OLF is required to be scheduled in

RFMSS per the LOAs. Contact the RDMD for copies of the

license/letters/rules. All aircrafts using Turnbull Creek must check

in and out with BLACKBURN and report the numbers of landings/take

offs.

4-58 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 5

Range Policies

1. General

a. Safety regulations for firing on live-fire ranges and training

facilities are contained within this Order, Range Cards, and the

reference (a).

b. All ranges and firing positions are "Off-Limits" to all

personnel and units except when scheduled properly in RFMSS, listed in

the RFWO (AMHS Message) and signed for by the using unit’s ROIC or

when authorized by the RCO. Requests to conduct live firing on ranges

and GPs/MPs/training facilities/ETAs will be submitted in accordance

with Chapter 3 of this Order.

c. When any live-fire Range, ETA, Artillery GP, MP, OP, or any

other training facility is in a “HOT” status, all personnel must be

wearing Personal Protective Equipment (Level 0, 1, 2, 3) i.e.,

helmets, body armor, hearing, and eye protection with sleeves down

unless specified otherwise in this Order or in the Range Cards. Units

conducting small arms, standard BZO/Zeroing live-fire from a static

position only are not required to wear helmets and body armor if pre-

arranged with Range Control via e-mail. Requests to deviate from this

policy must be submitted via the unit’s chain of command, including

the first General Officer in the chain of command, to the CG MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5), at least 30 days in advance of the scheduled

training event.

d. Medical personnel (Unit assigned Corpsman/Medic or approved

civilian EMT) that are properly trained with the proper first-aid

equipment will be present on all ranges, training areas (RTAs), and

training facilities when training is taking place. A safety vehicle

(Government Vehicle) must be located on all RTAs and facilities during

training. Vehicle operators will be familiar with the primary routes

to the nearest medical facility. Any military or GSA vehicle capable

of transporting a casualty or casualties may be utilized as the safety

vehicle. The presence of at least one unit assigned Corpsman/Medic or

other military medical equivalent and one Government safety vehicle is

the minimum requirement. Use of POVs as safety vehicles for training

events is not authorized. Government Rental Vehicles can be used if

assigned/issued a Range Control POV Pass.

e. All directions of fire are listed in magnetic azimuths.

Direction of fire must remain within limits of the approved SDZ at all

times and at distances up to and including the maximum range of

allowable ammunition/charge (NEW) restrictions for that live-fire

5-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

range/ETA. All live-fire and effects of live-fire will be at all

times in the approved SDZ/impact area for the range/ETA, per this

Order and the assigned Range Card for that scheduled live-fire range.

f. The RCO is authorized to permit deviations from this Order

with regards to allowable weapons and ammunition, when such deviations

are for a specific purpose to enhance training and within established

range safety criteria. A SRR must be submitted within 10 working days

for this training requirement per Appendix E of this Order.

g. Any movement on a static firing range beyond the firing line

or on a maneuver ranges beyond the limits designated into an impact

area must be approved by the RCO and Base EOD.

h. ROIC and RSO must remain alert to low-flying aircraft at all

times while conducting live-fire. When low-flying aircraft are

observed approaching the limits of any range/GP/MP/ETA, the ROIC/RSO

of firing unit will command "CEASE-FIRE" until the aircraft clears the

limits of the range/gun/mortar target line. Unit must contact

BLACKBURN immediately with the type of aircraft and tail number of the

aircraft that violated the SDZ if possible. These procedures also

apply to all GPs, MPs, and ETAs aboard Camp Lejeune.

i. Chapter 1 and 5 of this Order governs range requirements for

recreational shooting civilian weapons and must be approved by the RCO

via a formal request 30 days in advance.

j. Requests to fire anything above small arms (.50 cal. and

below) beyond 2400 will be submitted via the chain of command using a

naval letter format to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) within 30

working days of the scheduled live-fire event asking to deviate from

the Quiet Hour policy in Chapter 1 of this Order.

k. Before conducting live-fire the ROIC/RSO will inspect weapons

and ammunition for serviceability and inspect each weapon to ensure

there is no obstruction in the bore before firing. The ROIC must plan

for or verify that all weapons are zeroed. Units must ensure all

weapons are cleared onto and off the range through a designated

control point and all weapons are pointing downrange at all times.

The using unit must have a training progression adherence. As an

example “Zero, Static, Movement, Maneuver, Day, and Night.”

l. No running other then what is required for that scheduled

live-fire training event (Fire and Maneuver/Fire and Movement Ranges)

or any horseplay is not permitted on any live-fire range.

m. Anyone observing an unsafe condition during the firing

exercises will call “CEASE FIRE”. When this command is given, it will

be relayed immediately by all members. The ROIC/RSO will investigate

the unsafe condition, take the necessary corrective action, and will

5-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

report the correction of the unsafe condition to the ROIC. The ROIC

will resume firing when convinced that the RSO has corrected the

unsafe condition.

2. Establishment of Ranges, Training Facilities

a. Only the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ can establish live-fire ranges

or training facilities. No other individual or organization will

establish new ranges, training facilities, or alter existing ranges or

training facilities except with prior approval of the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ via the RCD and RDMD. This does not preclude units from

placing suitable targets after being granted permission from Range

Control on existing live-fire ranges within the approved SDZ/WDZ for

that range to enhance the target array, assuming all safety

precautions and regulations are observed and Base EOD support is

provided if required. All unit-emplaced targets must be removed upon

the completion of training.

b. Recommendations to improve ranges and training facilities are

invited, and shall be provided by formal letter to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RDMD), per reference (aa).

3. Modification of Ranges

a. Requests for minor modifications to facilities, such as

fencing, minor erosion control efforts, range road improvements,

vegetation management, and small construction/repair projects shall be

submitted to the Director, RDMD.

b. Project submission must include complete justification based

on a training requirement/training standard, (T&R Manuals, ITS, POI,

or METL) duration and frequency of use projections. A submission will

address the following:

(1) Training requirements;

(2) Current situation;

(3) Impacts if known;

(4) Consideration of alternatives;

(5) Analysis of deficiency.

c. New ranges or major range alterations require review by the

Environmental Impact Working Group for environmental impacts, per

Chapter 12 of reference (s) and reference (aa).

5-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

4. Maintenance and Operation of Ranges

a. Maintenance of Ranges. The maintenance of RTAs and training

facilities will be accomplished by the Director, RDMD. No other unit

or individual is authorized to perform maintenance on any RTA or

training facility unless the work is first approved by the CG MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ, via the AC/S, G-3/5 or Director, RDMD.

b. Units (ROIC/RSO) will report all range maintenance issues and

other problems to Range Control/Range Inspectors and or by filling out

the ICE comment range report at the conclusion of training. Other

requests for repairs of existing training complex facilities can be

submitted by e-mail memorandum to the Director, RCD/Director, RDMD.

c. The ROIC/RSO of the unit at RTAs and training facilities is

responsible for all damage incurred during the scheduled period. If

damage to or poor police call of a RTA is observed upon arrival, the

ROIC/RSO must notify BLACKBURN/Range Inspectors immediately and note

such damage/police problems on the Range Report to be turned into

Range Control. Failure to report damage/poor police problems will be

considered as having assumed responsibilities for all damages/poor

police problems by the using unit.

d. Operation of Ranges

(1) All RTAs and training facilities aboard this Installation

are assigned to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Units that are primary

users of certain ranges inherit no title to those ranges and possess

no authority to modify nomenclature, purpose, or design of any range

or facility without prior approval as listed in this Order.

(2) Range Control/Range Development personnel are authorized

access to all RTAs and training facilities for the purpose of

inspection, operation, safety, HAZMAT, or required maintenance at any

time. RCD/RDMD personnel will not disrupt unit training in the

performance of these duties unless coordinated with the ROIC/RSO;

training units will not interfere with those personnel as they conduct

normal inspections/safety surveys. Range Inspectors will conduct

random inspections of RTAs and training facilities, and all structures

assigned during their daily operations to verify strict adherence to

all range safety regulations, other MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ orders and

policies, and report any and all violations to the RCO as required

/directed.

(3) The MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Ammunition and Explosives Safety

Officer (AESO) and other designated personnel will be granted access

to all ranges for explosives/ammunition safety matters to ensure units

are abiding by all required/approved regulations regarding the safe

transportation and storage of A&E. Units must notify the AESO at

(910) 451-6281 when they intend to store/stage ammunition on a range

5-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

for more than 48 hours. The temporary storage of A&E for more than

five consecutive days requires approval, in writing, from the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

5. Authorization to Fire. A RFWO message will be produced daily by

the RCOO and promulgated by a AHMS or Naval message. No firing will

be conducted unless it is specifically listed in the RFWO message, or

as authorized by the RCO/RCOO. In addition, authorization to fire

must be obtained from BLACKBURN immediately prior to firing.

Procedures for requesting and scheduling RTAs and training facilities

are contained in Chapter 3 of this Order.

6. Restrictions

a. Unauthorized persons are not allowed within any range complex.

Civilians and military personnel not specifically scheduled to be on

RTAs and facilities are not authorized. Unit-command-sponsored

functions, which include civilian participation in training, may be

requested through the unit’s chain of command to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5). See Chapter 1 for additional guidance on requesting

special events like Jane/John Wayne Days, a Day in their Boots Day,

Warrior Night, Mess Night, or other special events which may include

civilians. No personnel will enter the designated impact areas (G-10,

K-2, or N-1/BT-3) without prior approval of the RCO and escorted by

EOD. See Appendix B of this Order for additional guidance.

b. The use of all chemical ammunition/training devices will be in

strict compliance with Chapter 6 of this Order, the Range Card for the

Gas Chambers, and reference (ab).

c. Firing must conform to all airspace restrictions as contained

in Chapter 4 and Appendix B of this Order.

d. Shotguns, Bows, and Crossbows are the only privately-owned

weapons authorized on Camp Lejeune and only on the designated MCCS

range (R-100 Skeet/Trap and Archery Range) and during stated times

when MCCS personnel are operating these ranges. They are not allowed

on any other live-fire ranges unless specifically authorized by the

CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ via the AC/S, G-3/5 and the RCO by formal

request via the unit’s chain of command 30 days in advance of this

special event. See reference (ac) for privately-owned weapons use

while hunting. Shotguns, Muzzleloaders, Bows, and Crossbows are the

only privately-owned weapons authorized on Camp Lejeune for hunting

per reference (ac).

e. Transporting military weapons and military ammunition in POVs

is not authorized aboard MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

5-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Digging is not authorized on any live-fire range except what

is required for the safe emplacement of the weapon system. All holes

must be filled in after the training event. Unit must remove all

sandbags used on the range. Digging is authorized on designated

Mortar Positions if pre-arranged with Range Control and all mortar

positions are filled back in/leveled out after the training event.

g. Warming fires are not authorized on any live-fire ranges, GPs,

MPs, ETAs, or LZs. Warming fires may be granted by e-mail in TAs when

authorized by Range Control and all requirements set forth in the

warming fire checklist have been accomplished. A warming fire

checklist will be provided on request from Range Control. A checklist

can also be obtained from the Range Control website.

7. Off-Limits/Restricted Areas

a. The following sites are off-limits/restricted areas:

(1) Posted endangered species/endangered plant areas;

(2) Archaeological Sites;

(3) Posted historical/cultural sites;

(4) Impact Areas (G-10, K-2, N-1/BT-3 Brown’s Island and North

Onslow Beach);

(5) Within 100 meters of an authorized recreation areas

managed ponds;

(6) Within 100 meters of a documented/known cemetery;

(7) Installations Landfills (Current/Old);

(8) RTAs, facilities, and Runways/Taxiways of Camp Davis

North/South unless scheduled for and signed for;

(9) R-100 MCCS Skeet/Trap/Archery Area to include the entire

surface danger zone of this complex within the RA TA. Training is not

authorized in those assigned areas;

(10) Onslow Beach (EB TA) unless scheduled, Beach Checklist

filled out and the beach is signed for by an SSgt or above with a

valid/current issued ROIC/RSO Card. All sand dunes areas, turtle

nesting sites, shore bird nesting areas are off-limits;

(11) Borrow Pits, all construction sites;

(12) Areas that have been reforested/re-seeded;

5-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(13) Electric Solar Panel Farms/Areas;

(14) Within 100 meters of any fuel farm areas;

(15) Residential Housing Areas;

(16) HAZMAT Sites/Landfills;

(17) Storm drains/retention ponds; and

(18) Food plots/wildlife clearing areas.

b. Access to these areas and sites is prohibited at all times.

Quiet enjoyment of property remains the right of those individuals who

reside in the area. No training will be conducted within a 300 meter

buffer zone of any residential structure not a part of the TAs, food

plots, construction sites, outlying buildings, pastures, Installation

boundary, or planted fields.

8. Ranges and Firing Positions

a. Live-fire Ranges are described in detail in the Range Cards,

which can be found on the Range Control website. All dud-producing

ordnance must be fired into one of the two designated impact areas

(G-10, K-2) as described in Appendix B of this Order. Dud-producing

ordnance will not be fired into the N-1/BT-3 (Brown’s Island) impact

area. The only exceptions to this rule are ranges E-1, G-5, and G-7

that by SRR can shoot dud producing ordnance into the N-1/BT-3 impact

area.

b. Vehicular and foot traffic approaches to ranges and impact

areas will be secured by road guards, gates, or barriers during live-

fire operations. Road Guard Maps will be provided at the time the

range is checked out or can be obtained on the Range Control website.

All road guards must be properly instructed in their duties at that

position.

c. Firing may be conducted from alternate positions as long as

such positions remain within the SDZ and all live-fire and the effects

of live-fire are within that approved SDZ and meets all safety

criteria set forth in reference (a), this Order, and the Range Cards.

In such cases, a SRR, including reviewed and signed ORM worksheet,

attached overlays illustrating the proposed SDZ and SOM, and safety

plan will be provided to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, via the RCO for

approval 10 working days prior to the first date of the requested

training per Appendix E.

d. Deviations from the reference (a) or this Order and Range

Cards may be authorized for special circumstances. Requests for a

deviation of these orders will follow the format sited in reference

5-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) (Chapter 3, paragraph 3-1, 3-2, and 3-3). Such deviations must be

approved via the unit’s chain of command up to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ. All approvals of deviations require the signature of the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Annual deviations/SRRs must be resubmitted for

review/approval every year as directed in the approval letter.

Requests/re-submissions for deviations of these orders must be

submitted at least 30 days or more in advance before expiring.

e. Access to all RTAs and training facilities, including tank

trails and perimeter gravel roads, is restricted to authorized

personnel and scheduled in RFMSS events only. Units/indivduals are

not authorized to conduct any running, PT, and hikes/condition

marches/biking unless scheduled properly. The use of POVs within the

RTAs must be pre-approved and have an assigned a Range Control POV

Pass. Violators can be cited if not corrected.

9. Range Signs and Markers

a. The range signs, left and right lateral limit markers provided

on all ranges, MPs, and GPs provide important safety information. If

range signs are damaged/missing the using unit must report it

immediately to BLACKBURN or to a Range Inspector.

b. Surveyed points are placed near the center of all firing

lines, GPs, and MPs. Do not remove, destroy, cover-up any survey

points.

c. Funding, fabrication, and installation of range signs and

markers are the responsibilities of the RDMD.

d. Lateral Limits. Direct live-fire ranges include lateral limit

markers. Lateral Limit Markers are not to be used as targets.

(1) Left Lateral Limit Marker. Four ft. by eight ft. or

smaller black background with international orange diagonal stripes

pointed inward to the right.

(2) Right Lateral Limit Marker. Four ft. by eight ft. or

smaller black background with international orange diagonal stripes

pointed inward to the left.

e. All range signs and markers are essential for safe and

effective training and will not be removed or otherwise disturbed.

Additional self-explanatory signs with specific instructions or

precautionary measures will be posted on certain ranges as deemed

necessary by the RCO.

5-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

10. Communications

a. Training units must maintain two means of communication

between the unit and BLACKBURN (Range Control) for all training being

conducted on this Installation. Radio is the primary means of

communication with BLACKBURN (34.70 FM/233.8 Air). Range Control

retransmission/repeater frequency is 40.10 for west side of the New

River and 38.85 for the east side of New River. If a landline

telephone is available on the range, it can be used as the secondary

means of communication if working properly both ways. Cellular Phones

are only authorized as the alternate means of communication with

BLACKBURN after verifying that both links work/functional.

b. If a unit fails to maintain the required communications,

BLACKBURN will place that unit in a “CHECK-FIRE” status until

satisfactory communications are reestablished and maintained by that

unit. If a unit cannot maintain satisfactory communications,

BLACKBURN will place that unit "COLD" for the remainder of the day and

will so notify the RCOO/RSO of the action taken.

c. The responsibility for proper communication with BLACKBURN

rests with the unit, the unit commander, and the ROIC/RSO. Range

Control will not issue communication gear (radios) to using units

aboard Camp Lejeune. The Range Control frequency will “NOT” be used

for unit administrative or tactical traffic.

d. Emergency Procedures. During any MEDEVAC/CASEVAC, all other

units will be directed by BLACKBURN to suspend radio checks until the

situation is resolved with the unit having the emergency/situation.

All units will continue to monitor the range safety/control net as

required. Training may continue unless BLACKBURN issues a "CHECK-

FIRE" order to all other firing/training units. Units will render

assistance as requested by BLACKBURN and the unit if required.

Further guidance on MEDEVAC/CASEVAC can be found in

Chapter 1 of this

Order.

e. Units conducting non-live-fire in TAs must check in at the

beginning of all training and at the completion of all training.

Mandatory radio checks must be completed while in a TA, training

facility when training is started and when completed and also at the

following times at 0600, 1400, and 2200 daily while conducting non-

live-fire training. Units are required to conduct radio checks with

BLACKBURN, and must monitor the Range Control/BLACKBURN net, 34.70 FM,

for safety purposes at all times. Simunitions (9mm/5.56mm SESAMS)

training, all lasers training, and other high risk training are

treated the same as live-fire training and radio checks are required

every thirty minutes on the hour and the half-hour.

5-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

11. Safety Equipment

a. COs must conduct an ORM Assessment/Worksheet and implement the

proper safety procedures to mitigate all safety concerns not addressed

by higher authority, such as reference (a). Units are required to

have a copy of the reviewed, signed, and approved ORM Worksheet

onsite/on the range for that scheduled RTA or training facility for

high-risk events.

b. A red range flag or red flashing lights which the using unit

must provide (for night firing) must be displayed from range flag

poles and light poles when the live-fire range goes “HOT”. If any of

these items are taken down, the unit will cease firing until they are

replaced.

c. Red smoke grenades and red pyrotechnics will only be used as

emergency signaling devices. These safety devices are not a

requirement for live-fire training at Camp Lejeune but are highly

recommended for live-fire and movement/maneuver type training events

aboard Camp Lejeune.

d. All forward observers/tower guards and air sentries will use

binoculars when observing airspace and navigable waters to include the

ocean. At night; night vision devices will need to be on-hand and

used by the using unit to ensure the SDZ/WDZ are clear.

12. Face-to-Face Briefs

a. The following events/ranges require a Face-to-Face brief with

Range Control/BLACKBURN or the RSS:

(1) Range G-6 CBC (With RSS)

(2) Control of Airspace (Restricted Area (Airspace)

R-5306D/E, Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5304/Restricted Area

(Airspace) R-5303) by DASC.

(3) All CAS missions (including SIMCAS)

(4) ALL Lyman Road Closures (AV-8B Ops)

(5) FARP Operations (With RC Operations Officer)

(6) G-10 Helo/Fixed-wing Operations TACPs (LF/NLF)

(7) MAC-3 (RSS)

(8) CAPEX/VIPEX and other large special events

5-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(9) All Hikes (Checklist Required) (With Range Control

Operations Chief).

(10) Training on Onslow Beach (EB TA) (Beach Checklist

Required) (With Range Control Operations Chief).

(11) Other ranges/activities as required or directed.

b. All Face-to-Face briefs will occur at BLACKBURN right after the

RTA or facility is checked out. The RTA or facility must be checked

out NLT 1200 the day prior (Monday-Thursday) to the first day of the

planned event. Contact BLACKBURN for larger range activities

(EWTGLANT TACP, CAPEX, MEU Events, Unit FSCEXs/TACPs, etc.) at (910)

451-3064 to schedule a brief. In the case of non-live-fire venues,

Site Managers will provide training data directly to BLACKBURN at the

completion of training.

13. Utilization Reporting

a. Accurate utilization data is critical to all DoD installations

and is frequently used as a means to justify funding for new,

improved, or enhanced ranges and training facilities.

b. Training units (ROIC/RSO) must report range usage data such as

number of personnel trained and ammunition expended by DODIC to

include all blanks/smoke/pyrotechnics type devices when calling into

BLACKBURN to secure from the RTAs and facilities. If a live-fire

training event takes place past midnight (2400) into another day

(0001) the using unit must report each training day data separately so

the BLACKBURN can close out that days usage data.

c. Training units will report TA usage to include any blanks,

pyrotechnics, any other training device assigned a DODIC number and

other training devices assigned a DODIC expended in that TA by

reporting occupation of and departure from TAs. This must be done by

VHF radio (or range phone if available) to BLACKBURN.

d. WTBn Stone Bay, II MEF, EOTG, and MSOS/MARSOC units are

responsible for the daily scheduling of their ranges into RFMSS and

reporting the utilization of those ranges, to include the number of

personnel trained and type/DODIC/quantity of ammunition fired to

BLACKBURN as required.

e. To record training conducted aboard Camp Lejeune by non-tenant

units, the hosting tenant command must report the required information

to Range Control. Host units that schedule RTAs or facilities for

non-tenants can annotate the RFMSS comments section to identify the

non-tenant unit. This information can also be passed to Range Control

5-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

by electronic means. Non-tenant units include active DoD units not

stationed aboard MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, non-tenant USCG units, reserve

and National Guard units, units from foreign countries, local, and

national law enforcement agencies, civic or fraternal organizations.

14. Barricades, Road Guards, and Tower Guards

a. Using units are responsible for closing the approaches to the

live-fire range SDZs/areas created by their live-fire training events.

In many cases, barricades, gates, and appropriate warning signs are

adequate. In those cases that require road guards, Range Control will

provide a road guard map showing all road guard positions to the ROIC

when he/she checks out the live-fire range. It is the ROIC/RSO

responsibility to ensure that all barriers/gates with locks and road

guards are in the correct position to prevent anyone from

inadvertently entering the live-fire SDZ/WDZ.

b. Barricades

(1) There are two types of barricades:

(a) Portable barricades consisting of a sawhorse (like)

structure or plastic barriers that are at least two ft. high placed

directly across the road. The barricades shall be painted a bright

color.

(b) Permanent barricades consisting of range gates will be

locked in place or have a sentry on duty at that location. Permanent

barricades are emplaced on all major road and trails leading into the

impact areas. Other permanent barricades are emplaced on various

ranges to prevent down range movement or lateral movement into danger

areas. Permanent barricades must be kept closed at all times except

when authorized access is required. Using unit shall never remove a

permanent barricade or road closed sign. Firing units must ensure

that barricades are in place prior to commencing any live-fire.

Specific requirements for each range/training facility are listed and

described in the Range Cards, which can be found on the Range Control

website.

(2) Range Maintenance/Public Works maintains portable

barricades and signs for placement as required or on request. Units

requiring portable barricades will return the barricades to the Range

Maintenance Section/Public Works upon completion of use.

(3) At no time will anyone, any vehicle, any unit drive around

a locked gate or a sign that states “Road Closed” without checking in

with BLACKBURN/Range Control. If properly scheduled, the unit will be

given the required keys to unlock the range gate or gates. Report all

damaged gates/barricades or locks that are not working properly to

Range Control/Range Inspectors.

5-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

c. Road and Tower Guards

(1) Road guards will be posted by firing units ROIC/RSO to

prevent entry into the danger areas of that specific range.

Ordinarily, most range access roads do not require a road guard or

road guards.

(2) The ROIC or RSO may post other road guards as deemed

necessary to ensure safety; however, the arbitrary blocking of roads

will not be permitted. At no time will units stop a Range Control,

Range Inspector or any other authorized section such as Camp Lejeune

EMD from entering a RTA or training facility unless coordinated for

entry with the ROIC/RSO if the range/facility is in use.

(3) Road guards must have positive means of communication with

the firing unit ROIC/RSO at all times and must wear a reflective road

guard vest at all time while assigned as a Road Guard. Road Guards

are responsible for conducting a detail police call of that road guard

position assigned, the surrounding areas of the road guard position

and it must be inspected and cleared by a Range Control Range

Inspector.

(4) Tower guards will be posted when firing over or into or

from the waterways/ocean adjacent to Camp Lejeune, as specified in

Chapter 3. Road guards and tower guards must be competent personnel

who are familiar with the range procedures and capable of taking

immediate, positive action in emergency situations. Tower guards must

be familiar with all communication procedures, thoroughly briefed and

equipped with binoculars and at night with night vision devices.

Units will conduct a police call of the tower/tower guard area.

15. Vehicles

a. Military vehicle speed limit is 25 mph for all wheeled and 15

mph for tracked vehicles while off the hard/paved surfaced roads, such

as tank trails/gravel roads, and in the all TAs unless posted

otherwise aboard Camp Lejeune. Vehicle speed will not exceed what is

safe for, conditions like adverse road conditions, weather conditions,

dust, and night driving conditions. Vehicle speed will be reduced as

required to operate the vehicle safely at all times.

b. Night vision goggles driving will be in accordance with II

MEF, Division, MARSOC, TECOM, 2d MLG, and 2d MAW orders/policies, with

a maximum speed of no more than 15 mph while wearing night vision

goggles. Night vision driving/night tactical driving will only take

place on scheduled/approved TAs/tank trails in RFMSS. At no time will

this type of vehicle training take place on any hard/paved surfaced

roads. Highway 172 CVOT Course can be scheduled for night vision

driving on the paved surface if properly scheduled in RFMSS, signed

5-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

for and the required road guards provided. Speed limits when passing

troops that are conducting training (Hikes) is limited to no faster

than five mph. Units must ensure a route reconnaissance is conducted

to ensure the scheduled routes are clear and can be used safely for

road marches with personnel and tactical vehicles.

16. Other Notes/General Comments(s)

a. Police Call. Upon completion of all training, ROICs and RSOs

will ensure a thorough, detailed police call is conducted of the

entire RTAs and training facilities in order to ensure that no trash,

ammunition boxes, or any other debris/dunnage has been left in the

area and that all fighting positions and holes have been filled in by

the using unit. All areas/buildings/structures occupied during the

conduct of training will be thoroughly policed; if a TA has not been

policed upon the occupation of the using unit, the unit shall notify

BLACKBURN of the situation so it will not be held responsible for the

RTA or facility. When an area is found by Range Control personnel to

be in a poor state of police, the last known using unit will be

required to return to the training facility, TAs or live-fire ranges

and police it up thoroughly and be inspected to be properly cleared.

b. The use of all pyrotechnics/smoke/CS is prohibited 500 meters

from the center of the old and new Landfill. Pyrotechnics/Smoke/CS is

not authorized in the entire GSRA complex. Pyrotechnics/Smoke/other

training devices are not authorized within 1000 meters of the fuel

farms aboard Camp Lejeune.

c. OPs must be requested in the same manner as all other training

facilities.

d. At no time will metal stakes/engineer stakes be used to

support any type of target material or used to support wooden pallets

being used as targets due to the potential high hazard of ricochets.

Units are not authorized to fire at steel targets using 5.56mm green

tipped (DODIC A059/A064) ammunition closer than 100 meters.

17. Hikes (Road March)

a. Units must check in with BLACKBURN at the start of the hike,

(Road March) halfway, and upon completion reporting the number of

personnel trained. Hike Checklist must be provided with overlay.

b. The unit must have road guards during the hike with required

safety vests on, a government safety vehicle and a proper equipped

corpsman or corpsmen depending on the size of unit during the entire

hike. The road guards (headlights/taillights) will have some type of

light device/system displayed on them (i.e., flashlight, or chem-

lights) that is visible to all others during night/low visibility.

Hiking units must keep all personnel at least three feet from the

5-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

hard-surface roads and this must be enforced. Road guards will be

posted for all paved road crossings. Safety vehicles are not

authorized on the paved PT/MCCS bike trails. Hiking units and the

assigned safety vehicles cannot delay/impede the normal flow of

civilian vehicle traffic. Using unit must ensure proper road crossing

procedures are in place, enforced, and supervised to prevent a

mishap/accident. Units are not authorized to cross major/high traffic

roads during high traffic times periods like Holcomb Boulevard, Sneads

Ferry Road, McHugh Blvd, Cross Street, and Birch Street. If a unit

requires crossing major/high traffic road it must be coordinated by

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Range Control, Base Operations, and PMO at least 15

working days in advance to be granted the required permission.

18. Police of Ranges, Training Areas, and Training Facilities

a. Purpose. To identify policies and procedures for the

clearance, policing, and inspecting and a range inspection by a Range

Control, Range Inspector of all training facilities and ranges of all

training facilities, ranges, and TAs aboard Camp Lejeune. Unit

Commanders/ROIC/RSO are responsible for the policing of all RTAs and

training facilities scheduled and/or used aboard Camp Lejeune.

b. Policies and Procedures

(1) Prior to occupying any RTAs or training facilities the

unit may cancel a RFMSS requests for those areas scheduled that are no

longer needed/wanted. This must be done no later than 24 to 48 hours

prior to the first scheduled day or the unit will be responsible for

clearing/inspecting these facilities.

(2) Upon completion of training, COs and/or the ROIC/RSO of

RTAs and training facilities or other scheduled facilities will

coordinate with Range Control/BLACKBURN for a clearance/inspection of

the assigned area(s). When planning training, units must include

sufficient time and resources to properly conduct the detailed police

call/field day of the areas/facilities used for a clearance

/inspection. When multiple areas are scheduled, areas will be

inspected on a first-come, first-served basis. Failure to effect

timely coordination may result in a delay in obtaining a clearance

/inspection and delay or otherwise interfere with another unit’s

scheduled use of the range or training facility.

(3) When a unit schedules a RTA or facility, that unit is

responsible for obtaining clearance/inspection. Failure to occupy a

scheduled range/TA/facility, or allowing another unit use of the

areas, does not relieve the scheduled unit from the responsibility to

get cleared/police/inspect those area/areas scheduled.

5-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) When approved through Range Control concurrent usage and

piggybacking, is authorized with coordination between a scheduled unit

and a unit desiring to use the same facility. Clearance of that

facility will remain the responsibility of the initial user, unless

the concurrent usage agreement specifically states otherwise.

(5) Fighting holes/fighting positions, emplacements, ditches,

etc., will be filled in before requesting clearance/inspection. The

RTA or facility will be thoroughly policed; communications, concertina

wire or other obstacles, sandbags, unit vehicles and other equipment

must be removed before final clearance/inspection. Burying of trash

/ammunition dunnage on a range/TA is strictly prohibited. All trash

/garbage will be removed from the RTA or facility and disposed of

properly by the unit.

(6) If an area is found to be in a poor state of police the

using unit must contact BLACKBURN immediately so a Range Inspector can

be dispatched to that site to investigate. Range Control Operations

will notify the last known unit scheduled for that area (providing the

unit was not properly cleared), and the unit will be required to

properly clear/police the area.

(7) If it is impossible for an inspection to be conducted

prior to a unit’s departure or if inspection conducted is

unsatisfactory, the CO/ROIC/RSO will designate a responsible

individual, preferably one who participated in the training, to

accompany a Range Inspector on a subsequent inspection within 24

hours. Failure to clear/inspect a RTA or facility on time will result

in the scheduled unit’s CO/ROIC/RSO being notified of the non-

compliance with this Order. If the unit CO/ROIC/RSO takes no action,

then follow-up action will be taken which could include denial of

access to the Installation Training Facilities in accordance with

reference (a) and this Order/Range Cards.

c. Before securing from a range, training/maneuver area or

training facility, each using unit will thoroughly police the entire

area used and remove all trash/dunnage/target material. At no time

will a unit burn trash or bury trash aboard Camp Lejeune.

d. The unit’s ROIC/RSO conducting the training, will request a

Range Inspector or MOUT Staff from Range Control, or the Training

Support Division (TSD) Site Managers for training simulators as may be

appropriate, for final inspection prior to securing from the RTA or

training facility. BLACKBURN will coordinate the inspection time and

will instruct the ROIC/RSO to be available to meet the Range Inspector

or MOUT Staff for those sites. An inspection will be scheduled as

soon as possible after firing is completed. Units securing from their

live-fire range or training facility after dark will be inspected the

following morning/day.

5-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

e. Units are required to carry trash bags for policing the area

and deposit the trash bags in the unit’s trash receptacle/

dumpster. Do not deposit trash in dumpsters that do not belong to

your unit, i.e., contractors/construction company/MCCS dumpsters on

the ranges/beach.

f. Wood products will be taken to the Camp Lejeune landfill.

Scrap metal, plastic items will be placed in the Camp Lejeune

recycling program containers at the Recycling Center. Metal,

cardboard, any wood products or ammunition dunnage will not be placed

in dumpsters. At no time will ammunition related items, used targets

be placed in a dumpster or left on RTAs or training facilities.

19. Fouled Ranges. It is possible for unauthorized personnel,

vehicles, and watercraft to trespass onto RTAs and foul target

complexes or RTAs. Fouled ranges not only hamper mission readiness,

but also pose a significant safety hazard to the trespassers

themselves. In order for MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5 (Range Control

/BLACKBURN) to determine the magnitude of this dilemma and apply

appropriate corrective measures, documentation is necessary. Any

mission interrupted or aborted due to a fouled range will be

immediately reported to Range Control/BLACKBURN.

20. Range Violations

a. In addition to the regulations stated in this Order/Range

Cards/Range Control Advisory Messages, all training units must abide

by the special instructions outlined in the individual range cards,

which are an extension to this order. Individual range cards

containing SPINS and duties along with responsibilities of the

ROIC/RSO are located at Range Control, as well as the Camp Lejeune

Range Control website.

b. Any infractions will result in a range violation. Range

Operations personnel, are the issuing agents for these violations.

In the event of a violation, all training may be halted until

corrective action has been taken. ROIC/RSO privileges may be revoked

by the RCO/RCOO based on the severity of the infraction(s).

Warning: Failure to comply with these regulations may subject the

offender to administrative action or disciplinary action under the

UCMJ. Commanders of organizations using the ranges are encouraged to

submit recommendations, improvements, or changes to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD).

c. ROIC/RSO Decertification/Suspension. De-certification is the

loss of privilege to act as ROIC, RSO, or RLSO aboard MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ due to a major violation of safety procedures. Suspension of

privileges may be derived from reoccurring minor infractions or major

infractions with mitigation.

5-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) Examples of Major Violations are:

(a) Any violation to the safety criteria established in

reference (a) and the current version of this Order/Range Cards.

(b) Repeated loss of communications or failure to

make/respond to radio checks with Range Control/BLACKBURN.

(c) Conduct live fire on a range that has not been cleared

for live fire by BLACKBURN.

(d) ROIC/RSO/Corpsman participating in the live fire

training.

(e) Firing during a Cease-Fire/Check-Fire/Quiet Hours.

(f) Failure to report a serious Incident/Accident to

BLACKBURN.

(g) Firing without the proper medical support available on

the range.

(h) Extensive damage to a range, training area or

facility.

(i) Intentional disregard for guidance from a Range

Control representative.

(j) UAS Operations, exiting a ROZ without approval.

(k) Aviation ordnance being dropped or fired outside of

the designated Impact Area.

(l) Pilot flying into an SDZ/ROZ without permission.

(2) Examples of Minor Violations are:

(a) Missing 2 consecutive radio checks with BLACKBURN.

(b) Denying Range Control personnel access to inspect

training/ranges/training areas/training facilities.

(c) Failure to report a change of ROIC/RSO/LRSO during a

live fire.

(d) Failure to secure a range gate/place out road guards.

(e) Failure to properly clear a range/training areas

/training facilities (Range Inspection).

5-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(f) Performing range modifications without prior

coordination/clearance with Range Control.

(g) Individuals lacking proper (PPE) like hearing, eye

protection, helmets and flak jacket.

(h) Pilot of an aircraft failing to follow advised routing

provided by BLACKBURN.

(3) De-certification requires the ROIC/RSO/RLSO to wait a

minimum of 60 days prior to re-certification. To re-certify; the

Marine must re-take the ROIC/RSO Course and receive additional

training on the subject area upon which they were decertified.

Incidents revolving around weapons systems will require

recertification on that weapon system at the unit level.

(4) The decision to suspend or decertify an individual rests

at the level of the Installation RCO/RCOO.

21. Ranges

NOTE: The table below is a quick reference to all ranges aboard Camp

Lejeune. This is subject to change. For a complete description of

each range, see the referenced Range Card for that range. A copy of

the Range Cards can be obtained on the Range Control Web Page.

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

A-1

18S TD

790445

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

B-12

18S TD

743452

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

R-100

MCCS Range

18S TD

865436

Skeet/Trap and Archery Range

(MCCS Range Only)

D-29A

18S TD

839382

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

D-29B

18S TD

840382

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

D-30

18S TD

851369

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

E-1

18S TD

930287

Anti-Aircraft Range (Stinger Missile)

ETA-1

18S TD

843284

Engineer Demolition Training (MCES)

ETA-2

18S TD

865271

Engineer Demolition Training

ETA-3

18S TD

878408

Engineer Training Area

(Non-Live-fire Engineer Training)

ETA-4

18S TD

910328

Engineer Demolition Training

5-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

ETA-5/ETA-5A

18S TD

824360

Engineer Demolition Training

ETA-6

CVOT

18S TD

845290

Combat Vehicle Operators Training (CVOT)

Confidence Course

ETA-7

18S TD

848329

Engineer Demolition Training

(Steel/Concrete Cutting Pit)

ETA-7A

18S TD

847335

Engineer Demolition Training (MCES)

ETA-7B

18S TD

842329

Engineer Demolition Training (MCES)

ETA-7C

18S TD

848326

Engineer Demolition Training (MCES)

ETA-7D

18S TD

853328

Engineer Digging Area Training (MCES)

ETA-8

18S TD

856324

Engineer Demolition Training (MCES)

ETA-9

18S TD

860329

Engineer Demolition Training (2d CEB)

ETA-10

18S TD

865340

Engineer Demolition Training (2d CEB)

ETA

Mainside

18S TD

856379

Engineer Training Area (2d CEB)

Heavy Equipment Training Area

ETA

New River

18S TD

741443

Engineer Training Area (New River, MWSS)

Heavy Equipment Training Area

F-2

18S TD

907429

Squad Automatic Rifle Transition Range

F-4

18S TD

918426

Rifle Familiarization Range

F-5

18S TD

909428

Squad Live-fire Maneuver Course

F-6

18S TD

877383

Hand Grenade Qualification with Grenade

Assault Course

F-11A

18S TD

870396

Basic 30 Meter Firing Range (BZO/ZERO

Range)

F-11B

18S TD

870395

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

F-17

18S TD

877386

Training Tower/Fast Roping/

Rappelling/Climbing Tower

F-18

18S TD

870394

Machinegun Field Fire Range

F-18, F-18 7.62mm Match, F-18 .50 cal

G-3

18S TD

897346

Infantry Weapons Range

G-3, G-3 TOW

G-5

18S TD

941324

Infantry Weapons Range/AAV/LAV Gunnery

Range

G-6/CBC

18S TD

944328

Infantry Company Battle Course (Company

Live-fire and Maneuver)

G-7

18S TD

959344

Field Artillery Direct Fire

Range/Infantry Weapons Range

5-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

G-19A

18S TD

897342

Light Anti-Armor/Antitank Weapons Range

G-19B

18S TD

898340

M203/M32 Grenade Launcher Range

G-21

18S TD

907307

Multi-Purpose Machinegun Range (MPMG)

G-27

18S TD

951339

Infantry Squad Battle Course (ISBC)

G-29A/G-29B

18S TB

904372

Multi-Purpose Weapons Range Complex

H-Range

18S TD

953311

Riverine Assault Range Waterborne

Gunnery Range

I-1

18S TD

842278

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

K-325

18S TD

823356

Combat Marksmanship Program (CMP) Range

K-402

18S TD

777350

Individual Tactical Training Range

Fire and Maneuver

K-402A

18S TD

778351

Military Operations in Urbanized Terrain

(MOUT)(Shoothouse)

K-406A

18S TD

777347

Combat Marksmanship Range (CMP)

K-406B

18S TD

777346

Close Combat Range

K-407

18S TD

777344

Live-fire Ambush Range

K-408

18S TD

775342

Urbanized Live-fire Obstacle Course

K-500

18S TD

783355

Infantry Mortar Range (60mm/81mm)

K-500A

18S TD

783355

MK-19 40mm Grenade Launcher Range

K-501

K-501A

18S TD

788361

Electronic Target Rifle/ (M249 SAW/M27

IAR Range) K-501A BZO/Zero/CMP Range

K-502

18S TD

793336

Light Anti-Armor Weapons Range

9mm/Sub-Caliber Training Device Only

K-503

K-503A

18S TD

797361

Electronic Target Rifle M16/M4 Range

K-503A BZO/Zero/CMP Range

K-504A

K-504B

18S TD

802362

M203/M32 Grenadier Range

K504A (HE/HEDP Only) K504B (TP Only)

K-505

18S TD

805366

Light Anti-Armor Weapons Range

(MK153 SMAW/M72A7 LAAW/AT-4

Rockets/MAAWS)

K-506

18S TD

809361

Combat Marksmanship Program (CMP) Range

K-507

18S TD

811360

Combat Marksmanship Program (CMP) Range

5-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

K-508

18S TD

814361

Combat Marksmanship Program (CMP) Range

K-509

18S TD

819360

Infantry Squad Battle Course (ISBC)

(Squad Fire and Maneuver Range)

K-510

18S TD

808371

K-510 Hand Grenade Range

K-510 Hand Grenade Assault Course

L-5

18S TD

735311

Infantry Live-fire Maneuver Range

MAC-1

18S TD

935377

Urban Quick Kill Range, Basic Room Entry

and Clearing Range

MAC-2

18S TD

935377

Search and Kill Range, Basic Room Entry

and Clearing Range

MAC-3

18S TD

935378

Live-fire Grenade House

MAC-4

18S TD

936378

Fire Team MOUT Range

MAC-5

18S TD

936379

Basic Squad MOUT Range

MAC-6

18S TD

937379

Combat Marksmanship Range (CMP Range)

MAC-7

18S TD

937380

Urban M203/M32 Grenadier Range

SR-6

18S TD

718330

Infantry Platoon Battle Course

(Platoon Fire and Maneuver Range)

SR-7

18S TD

722368

LAR Crew Qualification Firing Range

SR-8

18S TD

699321

Multi-Purpose Machinegun Range (MPMG)

SR-9

(Combined Arms

Range)

18S TD

618353

Infantry Platoon Battle

Course(IPBC)/Combined Arms Range(CAB)

SR-10

18S TD

657269

Tank/LAV/AAV/Wheeled Vehicle Crew

Qualification Firing Range

SR-11

18S TD

655265

Pistol Qualification/Requalification

Range

A, B, C, Rifle

Ranges

(SBRR)

18S TD

755307

Stone Bay Known Distance Rifle

Qualification Ranges (Alpha, Bravo,

Charlie Rifle Ranges)

Hathcock Range

(SBRR)

18S TD

762307

Stone Bay 1000 meter Sniper Range

Mechanical

Pistol(SBRR)

18S TD

752308

Stone Bay Pistol Qualification Range

Walk Down

Pistol(SBRR)

18S TD

753308

Stone Bay Pistol Qualification Range

Dodge City

(SBRR)

18S TD

751308

Stone Bay Urban Shooting Range

Multi-Purpose

(SBRR)

18S TD

751309

Stone Bay 100 meter Small Arms Range

5-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

RR-215

Breacher

(EOTG)

18S TD

760301

EOTG Breacher Training Facility

Breacher Pit

(EOTG)

18S TD

761301

EOTG Breacher Pit Training Area

Square Bay

RR-227

(EOTG)

18S TD

760299

E

OTG Small Arms Range

RR-249

(EOTG)

18S TD

760301

EOTG CQB One Story Shoothouse

RR-243

(EOTG)

18S TD

761302

EOTG Three story Urban Training Facility

NLW Range

(EOTG)

18S TD

760298

EOTG Non Lethal Grenades and Weapons

Ranges

Murphy’s

Mountain

RR-230

(EOTG)

18S TD

761303

EOTG Climbing Wall

Rollins Peak

RR-230

(EOTG)

18S TD

761303

EOTG Training Tower

EOTG Tower

SRR-211

(EOTG)

18S TD

759299

EOTG Multi-Purpose Training Tower

MOUT Lejeune

18S TD

938382

MOUT-Lejeune (MOUT Complex)

MOUT Lejeune

(E-MOUT)

18S TD

940383

MOUT-Lejeune (Enhanced) (E-MOUT)

MOUT Mobile

(NLF) Complex

18S TD

944388

MOUT-Mobile Complex (NLF)

Live-Fire

MOUT-Mobile

(LF)

18S TD

944388

Live-fire MOUT-Mobile (LF)

Building Numbers 2, 24, 36, 40, 67

MOUT-Mobile

Farm House

18S TD

945388

MOUT-Mobile Farm House

MOUT Lejeune

UTF

18S TD

942383

MOUT Lejeune (UTF) Urban Training

Facility

MOUT-Sniper

Tower

18S TD

938382

MOUT-Sniper Tower (MOUT Complex)

MOUT Lejeune

FOB

18S TD

944386

MOUT-Lejeune Forward Operation Base

(MOUT-Lejeune FOB)

MOUT-Hawk FOB

18S TD

896319

MOUT-Hawk Forward Operation Base (MOUT-

Hawk FOB)

MOUT-Lejeune

Bivouac Site

18S TD

944388

MOUT-Lejeune Bivouac Site (MOUT Biv)

MOUT-SE

Facility

18S TD

941382

Site Exploitation (SE) Facility

Search Houses (MOUT Complex)

5-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

MOUT-Combat

Town

18S TD

888322

MOUT-Combat Town

Geiger Mobile

MOUT

Complex

18S TD

753455

Geiger Mobile MOUT Complex

Airfield

Seizure

Facility North

18S TD

662227

Camp Davis, Tactical Airfield Assault

and Seizure (AFS SZ FAC NORTH)

Airfield

Seizure

Facility South

18S TD

659214

Camp Davis, Tactical Airfield Assault

and Seizure (AFS SZ FAC SOUTH)

GSRA FOB

18S TD

721339

Greater Sandy Run Area Forward Operating

Base (GSRA FOB)

FOB-Lot 140

Ash Street FOB

18S TD

861393

Forward Operating Base Lot-140

Ash Street Forward Operating Base (FOB)

Camp Devil Dog

MOUT

18S TD

755413

Camp Devil Dog MOUT (SOI)

Area 5 Training

Tank

18S TD

853368

MCWST Qualification and Requalification

Training Support Division (TSD)

Courthouse Bay

Training Tank

18S TD

833295

Courthouse Bay Training Tank (TSD)

Underwater

Egress Trainer

18S TD

843390

Underwater Egress Trainer (UET)

“Helo Dunker” TSD

EOD-2

18S TD

817365

EOD Range

EOD-3

18S TD

868338

EOD Range

CS CHAMBER CBRN

OBS COURSE

CS CHAMBER

Mainside

18S TD

873386

Camp

Geiger

18S TD

747457

Mainside

CS CHAMBERS AND CBRN OBSTACLE COURSE

Camp Geiger

CS CHAMBERS

G-10 Live-fire

Convoy Range

18S TD

916374

G-10 Live-fire Convoy Range

Site 3 and Site 4

UCAS

Lego City

18S TD

912357

G-10 Urban Close Air Support Facility

(UCAS) Lego City

HSTL GSRA

CIED Battle

Course

(SR-12)

18S TD

647256

Home Station Lane Training Complex

CIED Battle Course, JIEDDO Battle

Course/Complex (GSRA Complex)

SR12 HSTL Complex

OP-2 Tower

18S TD

915375

OP-2 Tower and OP-2 LASER

OP-3 Tower

18S TD

927370

OP-3 Tower

OP-3 LASER

OP-5 Tower

18S TD

898344

OP-5 Tower

OP-5 LASER

5-24 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

OP-12 Tower

18S TD

809361

OP-12 Tower

OP-12 LASER

OP-14 Tower

18S TD

951336

OP-14 Tower

OP-14 LASER

OP-15 MOUT-

Combat Town

Tower

18S TD

888322

OP-15 MOUT-Combat Town Tower

(MOUT-Combat Town OP-15)

OP-16 MOUT-

Mobile Tower

18S TD

942387

OP-16 MOUT-Mobile Tower

(MOUT-Mobile OP-16)

MET,(CAMLEJ)

MRAP Egress

Trainer

18S TD

916378

MET, MRAP Egress Trainer (MET)

Lyman Roadd, Across the Street from OP

2, Building T-73

TSD

MET, (NRAS)

MRAP Egress

Trainer

18S TD

755430

MRAP Egress Trainer (MET)

Building AS 3513, Perimeter Rd, MCAS New

River

TSD

ODS, Operator

Driving

Simulator

18S TD

916378

ODS, Operator Driving Simulator

Lyman Road, Across the Street from OP 2,

Building T-73.

TSD

SAVT,

Supporting Arms

Virtual Trainer

18S TD

916378

SAVT, Supporting Arms Virtual Trainer

Lyman Road, Across the Street from OP 2,

Building T-73.

TSD

CCS Trainer,

Combat Convoy

Simulator

18S TD

916378

CCS Trainer, Combat Convoy Simulator

Lyman Roadd, Across the Street from

OP 2, Building T-73.

TSD

MCIT, Mobile

Counter IED

Interactive

Trainer

18S TD

868395

MCIT, Mobile Counter IED Interactive

Trainer, Adjacent to the Infantry

Immersive Trainer (IIT) Building 904 on

Sneads Ferry Road

TSD

HEAT Trainer

(MCB CAMLEJ)

18S TD

916378

HEAT Trainer (Camp Lejeune)

HMMWV Egress Assistance Trainer

Lyman Road, Across the Street from OP 2,

Building T-73.

TSD

HEAT Trainer,

(MCAS New

River)

18S TD

755430

HEAT Trainer, MCAS New River

HMMWV Egress Assistance Trainer

Building AS 3515, Perimeter Rd, MCAS New

River, Adjacent to AS 3515, located in

the large white tent.

TSD

5-25 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RANGE

GRID

PRIMARY USE OR DESCRIPTION

Infantry

Immersion

Trainer (IIT)

18S TD

869393

Infantry Immersion Trainer (IIT) Training

Facility (Indoor)

Infantry Squad Immersive Decision

Trainer

TSD

Table 5-1--Camp Lejeune Ranges

22. Pistol Ranges

a. All Camp Lejeune pistol ranges are set up and operated by a

civilian contractor and require 48 hour advance scheduling. Requests

for additional range time must be received at Range Control at least

four hours before the originally scheduled cold time and during normal

working hours. After working hours the using unit will need to

contact BLACKBURN. The range operator must be present on the range

before a unit can request to go “HOT” unless pre-arranged.

b. Training on the Remote Control Unit (RCU) and the Potable

Infantry Target System (PITS) is available by the contractor Monday

through Friday (0700-1600) on a walk-in basis by contacting 450-9955

at Building 1404 on Elm Street.

c. When the range is signed for at Range Control in Building 54,

the using unit will receive a copy of this Order/Range Card and range

flag.

d. Any problems with the operation of the PITS systems/RCU, or

damage to the system or ventilation system, contact the Contracting

Officer Representative at (910) 450-8004/(910) 451-9375.

23. Impact Areas

a. General. There are three main impact areas aboard Camp

Lejeune: N-1/BT-3, G-10, and K-2. G-10 and K-2 are the only impact

areas designated where dud-producing ordnance and training practice

ordnance can be fired. N-1/BT-3 is restricted to only non-dud

producing ordnance (Inert Ordnance Only), except on E-1, G-5, and G-7.

No personnel will enter a designated impact area aboard Camp Lejeune

without approval from the RCO and EOD support to escort them. For the

purpose of constructing an SDZ/WDZ, all buffer, and ricochet areas,

will be contained within the impact area. Impact area and range

boundaries are marked with red warning signs: Danger Impact Area,

Keep Out. BLACKBURN controls all live-fire into all impact areas

aboard Camp Lejeune.

b. For additional information pertaining to impact areas, refer

to Appendix B.

5-26 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

24. Training Areas

a. General. Scheduling of training/maneuver areas will be done

in accordance with Chapter 3 of this Order. Units conducting training

in TAs must be inspected by a Range Inspector to be properly cleared.

b. TAs and Their Use

(1) The table below lists all the TAs by name and primary use:

TA NAME

PRIMARY USE

AA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

AC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

B Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

BA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

BB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

BC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

BD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

DC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

E Areas:

EA,EB,EC

Amphibious Exercises

and Training

F Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

FG

Tactical Maneuver

Training

G Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

5-27 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TA NAME

PRIMARY USE

GB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GG

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GH

Tactical Maneuver

Training

GI

Tactical Maneuver

Training

H Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HG

Tactical Maneuver

Training

HH

Tactical Maneuver

Training

I Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

IA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

IB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

IC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

ID

Tactical Maneuver

Training

IE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

IF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

5-28 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TA NAME

PRIMARY USE

IG

Tactical Maneuver

Training

J Areas

Amphibious Exercises

JA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

JB

Amphibious Exercises

JC

Amphibious Exercises

JD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

JE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

K Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

KA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

KB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

KC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

KD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

L Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LG

Tactical Maneuver

Training

LH

Tactical Maneuver

Training

M Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

MA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

MB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

MC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

MD

Tactical Maneuver

5-29 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TA NAME

PRIMARY USE

Training

ME

Tactical Maneuver

Training

MF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

O Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

Oak Grove

OLF

Tactical Aircraft

Training

OA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

OB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

OC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

OD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

OE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

OF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

Q Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

QA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

QB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

R Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

RA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

RB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

S (GSRA)

Areas

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SA

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SB

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SC

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SD

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SE

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SF

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SG

Tactical Maneuver

5-30 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

TA NAME

PRIMARY USE

Training

SH

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SI

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SJ

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SK

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SL

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SM

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SN

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SO

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SP

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SQ

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SR

Tactical Maneuver

Training

ST

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SU

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SV

Tactical Maneuver

Training

SW

Tactical Maneuver

Training

Table 5-2--Camp Lejeune TAs

(2) Regulations. Weapons and ammunition allowed.

(a) Live-fire is prohibited unless scheduled in RFMSS and

signed for the live-fire range/training facility.

(b) Blank fire and I-TESS-II gear are authorized in TAs.

Request to conduct blank firing/pyrotechnic must be included in RFMSS

and signed for by a Sgt (E-5) or above that is one the Command

Certification Roster for that type of training activity.

(c) Blank fire and I-TESS-II gear will not be fired within

a 300 meter buffer zone of any civilian residential structure not a

part of MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ training complex (Marine Corps controlled

property) or outly civilian buildings. At no time will live-fire

ammunition and blank ammunition be mixed together in a TA.

5-31 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(d) Use of riot control agents (CS), pyrotechnics, smoke

grenades, booby trap simulators, and flash bangs are permitted in TAs

east of Highway 17, but are prohibited in the GSRA and Oak Grove TAs

because of extreme fire danger.

25. Training Areas External to Camp Lejeune

a. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) has the delegated authority

to execute an agreement with the U.S. Forest Service when external

training with the National Forest.

b. Requests must be submitted by letter via the chain of command

to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) at least 45 days prior to

commencement of training.

c. The following information is required:

(1) Unit requesting training;

(2) Date of request;

(3) Date and description of training;

(4) Attached map, dated and referenced to specific request.

Indicate boundary of area requested and special features such as DZs,

command post, TAs, bivouac areas, etc;

(5) Number of troops; number and size of vehicles/equipment;

(6) Sanitation facilities provided;

(7) Field Liaison Contact

(a) Unit POC;

(b) Grade and Name; and

(c) Telephone Number

(8) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Liaison Contact

(a) Unit POC;

(b) Grade and Name; and

(c) Telephone Number.

(9) Unit POC for billing (Title and Telephone Number)

(10) Inter-Service Support Agreement Number

5-32 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

d. The using unit CO will meet with the Forest Supervisor's

designated liaison officer (LnO) at the site of planned occupancy one

week prior to the commencement of the exercise. The unit CO will be

prepared to post signs around the immediate exercise area to caution

the public that military vehicles will be using the roads, training in

assigned areas.

e. All special instructions received from the Forest LnO and

range regulations of this Order will apply to training in National

Forests.

26. Observation Posts. OPs/Ops Lasers are designated and identified

as listed below and must be requested in the same manner as other

training facilities/ranges. Using units will maintain communication

with BLACKBURN at all times on 34.70 MHz. Using units will report all

maintenance problems with OPs to Range Control at (910) 451-5803.

Using units will police up the OPs and surrounding area. Other

training may be conducted with some OPs through a SRR by identifying

coordinates, stating intended purpose, and time period.

OP

COORDINATES

REMARKS

2

18S TD

91553757

Lucky’s Mound, G-10 Impact Area,

Lasers Authorized.

3

18S TD

92773704

G-10 Impact Area, Lasers

Authorized

5

18S TD

89803440

Poggemeyer’s Peak, Lasers

Authorized, Range Control

6

18S TD

90023225

G-10, Fire Tower

8

18S TD

63983056

SN Area GSRA 125 Ft

9

18S TD

72243673

SD Area GSRA 125 Ft SR-7 Range

10

18S TD

63243001

SG Area GSRA 125 Ft

11

18S TD

64872567

ST Area GSRA 125 Ft

GSRA Fire

Tower

18S TD

71903291

SR-46 Compound GSRA Fire Tower

12

18S TD

80973619

K-2 Impact Area OP-12, Lasers

Authorized

14

18S TD

94893386

G-10 Impact Area (South/East),

Lasers Authorized

OP Combat

Town

18S TD

88893226

OP within Combat Town OP-15

OP Mobile

MOUT

18S TD

94213876

OP within Mobile MOUT OP-16

5-33 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Sniper Tower

MOUT Complex

18S TD

93823807

Sniper Tower MOUT Complex

E-MOUT Tower

18S TD

95013834

E-MOUT Range, Control Tower

Sniper Tower

Dodge

City

18S TD

75133079

Sniper Tower Stone Bay Rifle

Range Dodge City

F-5

18S TD

90954289

F-5 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

F-6

18S TD

87673835

F-6 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

L-5

18S TD

73563115

L-5 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

G-6 CBC

18S TD

94553293

G-6 CBC Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

G-21

18S TD

90733072

G-21 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

G-27

18S TD

95093337

G-27 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-402

18S TD

77753508

K402 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-500A

18S TD

78393556

K-500A Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-501

18S TD

78853621

K-501 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-502

18S TD

79343614

K-502 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-503

18S TD

79763611

K-503 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-504A/B

18S TD

80243621

K-504A/B Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-505

18S TD

80573662

K-505 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-509

18S TD

81923606

K-509 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

K-510

18S TD

80813719

K-510 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

SR-6

18S TD

71883302

SR-6 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

SR-7

18S TD

72243689

SR-7 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

SR-8

18S TD

69963212

SR-8 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

SR-9

18S TD

61553543

SR-9 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

SR-10

18S TD

65722698

SR-10 Live-fire Range, Control

Tower

Bear Tower

18S TD

97403420

N-1/BT-3, AIWW

5-34 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

North Onslow

Tower

18S TD

93072880

N-1/BT-3, AIWW

Hathcock

Range

18S TD

76303080

Firing Tower/Control Tower Rifle

Range Sniper Range

Table 5-3--Camp Lejeune OPs/Range Towers

27. Recreational Use of Ranges, Training Areas, and Facilities

a. Presently only R-100 (Skeet/Trap and Archery Range) is

available for recreational shooting. Recreational shooters under the

age of 18 must be accompanied by an adult at all times. Contact the

Skeet/Trap Range Manager at (910) 451-3889 for times and information.

MCCS maintains a separate SOP for Skeet/Trap shooting procedures for

R-100. Requirements for recreational shooting civilian weapons on

assigned Lejeune live-fire ranges must be approved by the RCO/MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5 via a formal request 30 days in advance as per

Chapter 1 of this order.

b. The WTBn located at Stone Bay sponsors National Rifle

Association and other civilian team shooting events. Contact WTBn

(S-3) or Battalion Gunner at (910) 440-2705/2917 for more information.

c. When not in use for training, the EB training beach is

available for recreational use. Refer to the flip sign on the road at

the entrance of EB TA for the availability of recreational use. Range

Inspectors will flip the sign to recreational use after the training

unit passes the required inspection. Recreational users may call

BLACKBURN, (910) 451-3064, to check on the use of the EB training

beach. MCCS and the CLEO are responsible for advising its patrons on

the environmental rules of the beach and cleaning up after its use.

CLEO’s will periodically check EA/EB TAs to verify recreational users

are authorized and in compliance with Base regulations/orders. All

domesticated animals accompanying recreational users must be held on a

leash/reins and any defecation by these animals must be bagged and

removed with the patron from the beach. If any portion of the EB TA

is desired to be used for a family day/unit party, the requesting unit

must submit a SRR through their chain of command to arrive at Range

Control at least 30 working days in advance of the date of the event.

d. When checking out a live-fire range, the ROIC must indicate

anticipated time of use and the type of training to be conducted, type

of ordnance (DODICs or NALC) and weapons to be used at the time of

check-out. Request to extend contractor/non-contractor supported

ranges (live-firing times) during normal working hours will be

directed to Range Scheduling (Monday to Thursday 0730-1630 and on

Friday 0730-1530). After hours and weekend requests will be submitted

to BLACKBURN. BLACKBURN has the authority to extend range firing

times up to one hour. Requests for extension beyond one hour will be

5-35 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

submitted to the RCO. Requests for extensions on all contracted run

ranges must be submitted at least four hours in advance for approval

during normal working hours.

28. Fire and Movement/Maneuver

a. Fire and maneuver training will be conducted only on

designated/approved range. Review Chapter 17 of reference (a) for

additional information on live-fire and maneuver ranges. ROIC/RSO

will ensure all individuals and weapons crews have conducted gun

drills, BZO/Zero/ISMT training, and fired and passed a qualification

course for the weapon/weapon systems they will fire during the live-

fire and maneuver exercise.

b. The ROIC/RSO (when required by the Range Cards) will submit a

coordinated/detailed plan (SRR) to Range Control. This plan will

include, but is not limited to:

(1) A detailed SOM, fire support plan including SDZs for

support by fire positions, direction of fire, and cease or shift fire

requirements (with all required data).

(2) A list of weapons, ammunition, lasers, pyrotechnics,

smoke, and any other items with assigned DODICs to be used.

(3) Unit control measures, signals, including means of

communications.

(4) Terrain features and facilities required.

(5) A SRR signed by the unit chain of command and a reviewed

and signed ORM worksheet (see Appendix C, ORM and Appendix E, SRR of

this Order) and any other pertinent information concerning the

proposed live-fire exercise that will assist in evaluating the safety

of the event.

c. Prior to Live-fire and Maneuver Training, the ROIC/RSO will:

(1) Must conduct at least two rehearsals/dry run exercises

prior to conducting any live-fire and movement/maneuver using the same

conditions on the assigned range (e.g., night rehearsal for night

attack).

(2) Provide for safety checks of each weapon system, crew

served weapon before, during, and after firing live ammunition.

d. Aircraft participating in fire and maneuver training will have

communications with a FAC/FAC(A)/JTAC, BLACKBURN or an airspace

control agency at all times. Aircraft must conduct a dry pass before

conducting live-fire.

5-36 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

e. Only approved and authorized ammunition cleared for overhead

fire will be used for fire and maneuver events.

29. Road Crossing Procedures

a. These procedures are in place to enhance safety at paved

roadway tactical vehicle crossing sites for both tracked and wheeled

vehicles. All commands shall review and change their actions at the

crossing sites and adjust unit SOPs to reflect the following

procedures. These procedures are also found in reference (ad).

b. Units will post road guards with safety vests at all paved

road crossing points. Road Guards will stand on both sides of the

paved road and cover both directions from the crossing point. Road

Guards will be posted a minimum distance of 100 meters from the

crossing point on all 55 mph roads and 50 meters on all other paved

roads aboard Camp Lejeune. Tracked vehicles will only cross at the

designated concrete crossing pads.

c. Road Guards will wear reflective vests both day and night.

Road Guards will have some means of signaling their tactical vehicles

to proceed or stop them from crossing the paved road. All tactical

vehicles must go admin at the crossing location by turning on all

lights/flashing lights before crossing. Road Guards must ensure all

traffic is stopped before any tactical vehicle (wheeled/tracked)

starts crossing the paved road. Road Guards must always be aware of

all oncoming traffic and have an escape route from the roadway in case

the traffic does not stop.

d. Road Guards will remain in position for the entire crossing

period and will stay in place until the using unit removes all debris

(dirt, rocks, and mud) from the paved road.

e. During the hours of darkness or reduced visibility, Road

Guards will be equipped with a visible lighting system like flares,

distress markers, chemical lights, DOT Reflective triangles and must

have a flashlight in their hand pointed in the direction of the

oncoming traffic. The safety lighting system shall be placed in front

of the road guards at least 10m to warn the oncoming traffic of the

Road Guard position.

f. The following precautions will be taken when military vehicles

cross paved roads:

(1) One ground controller, located at the crossing site, will

post road guards and direct vehicles safely across. Controller will

direct tactical vehicles across using hand and arm signals. For

single tactical vehicle crossings (tracked or oversized wheeled

5-37 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

vehicle), an A-Driver will dismount and physically ground guide the

vehicle across when safe to do so. Two or more vehicles require road

guards be posted.

(2) Crossing of paved highways will be an “administrative

move”. All service drive lights will be used. Vehicles will close to

25-meter intervals before the lead tactical vehicle negotiate the

crossing and all other requirements listed in this Order.

30. Vehicle Training Procedures (Road March Safety Issues)

a. Allocation of a scheduled TA does not include the exclusive

use of that tank trail/gravel road located therein. Any commander

desiring exclusive use of any portion of a tank trail/gravel road

/paved road must specifically request the desired portion and include

a complete justification to Range Control. Unit must provide required

road guards. Movement of all vehicles to and from ranges and TAs will

be confined to established tank trails as depicted on the current Camp

Lejeune Special Training Map. Use only authorized crossing points

when crossing hard-surfaced roads.

b. Tracked vehicles operating on paved or hard-surfaced roads are

not authorized unless approved by Range Control five days in advance.

c. When moving within TAs, tracked vehicles are not restricted to

just tank trails and can move off road in designated areas. However,

when maneuvering off the tank trails, sharp turns shall be avoided to

help protect the environment and reduce soil disturbance. Tracked

vehicles are not authorized in endangered species sites,

archaeological sites, areas that have been replanted/re-forested, wet

lands, drainage ditches, culvert areas, bridges (except Onslow Beach

Bridge when pre-arranged), paved road shoulders, and areas that have

sewer/water/gas lines. Tracked vehicles will not maneuver on the

range complex except when specific permission is granted by Range

Control or approved by this Order. Vehicle damage to firing positions

or roads that cannot be repaired by the unit will be reported to Range

Control.

d. To prevent damage to improved roads on the Camp Lejeune

Training Complex and for safety purposes, only established concrete

tank crossings will be used. A list of the tank crossing pads

location/grids can be obtained from Range Control.

e. Tracked vehicles on paved roads when approved/pre-arranged

must be led by a wheeled vehicle with flashing lights. The unit must

have a plan to remove and clean up all dirt, gravel, and mud from the

hard-surface road and bridge.

5-38 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Stopping, off-loading of passengers, and scheduled halts will

not occur on any hard-surfaced roads. Tactical vehicle events

/procedures other than convoy movement are NOT AUTHORIZED on the hard-

surface roads of Camp Lejeune.

g. Movement across the active portion of DZs/TLZs is prohibited,

unless specifically approved (in writing) by the RCO, or his

designated representative. If maneuver on a DZ/TLZ/training facility

is approved, the unit will coordinate with supporting engineers to

repair any damage caused to all areas prior to area clearance. For

planning purposes ruts that are deeper than boot height (six inches)

must be repaired or graded and leveled out.

h. COs shall ensure all vehicle operators are qualified and

licensed. Operators and passengers will use Kevlar helmets or CVC,

seat belts, safety straps, or nets on vehicles so equipped at all

times.

i. The primary purpose of establishing tank trails is to control

movement of tracked vehicles and tactical wheeled vehicles. These

tank trails are considered off limits to civilian-type traffic, except

when specifically authorized by Range Control or authorized

recreational activity. In such cases, the driver of the civilian

vehicle will be issued a Range Control POV Pass as per this Order that

indicates authorized dates. Drivers will be instructed to exercise

extreme caution, particularly when approaching or passing tracked and

tactical wheeled vehicles.

j. Units are authorized to conduct blackout/night vision vehicle

training on the tank trails/gravel roads if properly scheduled in

RFMSS. Blackout/night vision training is prohibited on any of the

hard-surface roads of Camp Lejeune roads of Camp Lejeune except on the

Highway 172 CVOT Course if properly scheduled in RFMSS and signed for.

At least one person (A-Driver) will not have any night vision devices

on during training and act as a safety person. Standard non-tactical

vehicles while working to support training or other requirements will

have all lights on at all times and upon encountering a unit

conducting blackout/night vision training will yield the right of way,

stop, or pull over and switch to parking lights only until the

unit/vehicles are cleared. Units using night vision devices to drive

during hours of reduced visibility will ensure the devices are removed

and standard vehicle lights are turned on before crossing any hard-

surfaced roads. Using units must ensure the route/routes are clear

and safe before conducting any tactical movement both day and night.

k. All tactical vehicle accidents within the RTAs or training

facilities must be immediately reported to BLACKBURN, then to the Road

Masters, and the unit chain of command. Vehicles halted due to break

down will be marked with reflective triangles and or red chemical

lights as required.

5-39 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

l. Tactical Wheeled Vehicles with Mounted Crew-Served Weapons.

Units are authorized to mount and man crew served weapons stations on

all assigned wheeled vehicles as long as all protective gear is worn

like helmets, body armor, and eye protection aboard Camp Lejeune.

Blank ammunition cannot be mounted, loaded or fired while the vehicle

is on any of the hard-surfaced roads aboard the Installation. Once

the wheeled vehicle with mounted weapon system enters the scheduled TA

on the tank trails/gravel roads the weapon can be loaded with blank

ammunition only and used. Live ammunition can only be mounted, loaded

and used on the scheduled live-fire ranges aboard Camp Lejeune. If

the wheeled vehicle departs Camp Lejeune (off the installation) and

travels on civilian controlled roads/highways the weapon system must

be directed toward the front of the vehicle and locked down,

ammunition removed, and placed in the vehicle. The weapon system

operator (gunner) must be inside the vehicle with required safety gear

on and seat belt used.

31. Onslow Beach Bridge Crossing Procedures

a. The following procedures will be used for all tracked vehicles

(tanks/AAVs/ABVs, engineer equipment) crossings of the Onslow Beach

Bridge to enhance safety and minimize any damage to the bridge. At

least one working day prior to crossing and the day of crossing, the

unit will contact Range Control at (910) 451-1240 to ensure

coordination has been made with the Bridge Operators at (910) 440-

7376. After normal working hours, the unit will contact BLACKBURN

directly to ensure coordination with the Bridge Operators and the unit

crossing the bridge.

b. Tracked vehicle must cross at a slow speed (five mph or less).

All POVs must be stopped before attempting any crossing.

c. Only one tracked vehicle at a time and the tracked vehicle

must be in the center of the bridge using ground guides (Front and

Back) with safety vests. If a tracked vehicle is towing another

disabled tracked vehicle this must be briefed to the bridge operator

beforehand.

d. The unit must sweep off any dirt, mud, or gravel from the

paved roadway of the bridge after the crossing is completed.

32. Public Affairs and Range Operations

a. Military training accidents are high visibility and attract

public interest. The public has a right to know about accidents and

incidents. However, procedures must be followed to ensure the rights

and privacy of personnel involved are not denied, an investigation is

not hampered by release of speculative or unrelated remarks, and the

information presented to the public is as factual as possible.

5-40 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Basic Requirements

(1) In accordance with this Order, any visits to RTAs and

training facilities must be coordinated through Range Control. Camp

Lejeune policy states news gathering media may be invited on the

installation through the Camp Lejeune PAO. If a unit desires media

coverage of training, coordination must be made with the Camp Lejeune

PAO and Range Control at least 72 hours in advance for both internal

and external media coverage.

(2) In the event of a mishap (accident/incident), personnel

must refrain from making comments, answering questions, or engaging in

speculation with all members of the media. If approached by a member

of the media, personnel involved must refer the question or questions

to a Camp Lejeune PAO representative. If there is no PAO

representative present, personnel shall firmly and politely reply with

“I will refer your query/question to the Camp Lejeune Public Affairs

Office”.

(3) At no time shall excessive force or abusive language be

directed against the news media representative. Separation of news

media representatives and personnel involved in the accident or

incident shall be accomplished through traffic control points or by

sealing off the mishap site to prevent unauthorized release of

information. Keep in mind a camera does not need to be focused

directly on its subject and video cameras and tape recorders will pick

up audio signals quite clearly from a distance.

(4) Following a mishap (Accident or Incident), anyone that

identifies himself as a news media representative must be escorted by

a Camp Lejeune PAO designated escort or PAO representative from that

unit. Make positive identification of official personnel before

volunteering information.

33. Bivouacking on a Range or TA

a. Units/commands desiring to bivouac on a RTA must include that

information on the RFMSS request in the remarks box. Units must send

an e-mail SRR to RSS to request to bivouac on any live-fire

range/ETA/MP. Units do not need any special permission to bivouac

within a scheduled training area/LZ.

b. When signing for a live-fire range, the ROIC/RSO needs to

confirm the unit’s bivouac intentions and after arriving onsite, call

back a six-digit grid location to BLACKBURN.

c. Units bivouacking anywhere within the Camp Lejeune range

complex are required to maintain two way communications with BLACKBURN

on frequency FM 34.70 at all times. Radio checks with BLACKBURN must

be conducted at 0600, 1400, and 2200 daily.

5-41 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

d. Bivouacking or any type of special event like a Mess Night

/Warrior Night inside a training facility like Combat Town, MOUT

Lejeune Complex, Enhanced MOUT, and the Mobile MOUT is not authorized.

Units must schedule a surrounding TA for bivouacking.

34. John E. Waters, Jr. Wildlife Viewing Area. The John E. Waters,

Jr. Wildlife Viewing Area located by the Sneads Ferry Gate/Bridge at

grid 7999-2915 near the JE TA is off limits to all tactical

vehicles/military training. Units/commands are not authorized to

enter this area with any tactical vehicle/vehicles or use this area

for any military type training.

5-42 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 6

Ammunition and Explosive (A&E)

1. General

a. Firing of all direct fire weapons, indirect fire weapons,

explosives/demolitions, lasers devices, and all other training devices

must conform in all respects to appropriate SDZs and WDZs for that

weapon system/ammunition; refer to reference (a) and all other

required references. Units firing weapons must ensure the down range

area is cleared of all personnel, vehicles, and aircraft before

conducting any live-fire. The proximity of major highways, paved

roads, tank trails, adjacent ranges, maneuver areas, and boundaries to

civilian home and property at Camp Lejeune demands that careful

consideration be given to all live-fire ranges and the impact areas

for all flat and high trajectory projectiles to ensure that they

impact within established, impact areas, approved SDZs/WDZs, and

sector of fire for that assigned range/impact area.

b. Any experimental, new weapons, ammunition/ordnance being

tested and foreign weapons, training devices, will not be fired or

demonstrated on any range at Camp Lejeune without the prior approval

from the RCO. The unit must provide Range Control with a Safety

Certification from Marine Corps Systems Command, Warfighting Lab,

DoD/Department of the Navy Agencies, or any other appropriate military

service documentation prior to conducting any live-fire or the use of

that device/equipment. MARSOC may also have certifications through

United States Special Operations Command, Naval Special Warfare

Command (Crane), and United States Air Special Operations Command

Foreign Weapons Armory which will be provided to Range Control as

required or directed.

c. For further guidance and information on general range safety

issues, weapons/ammunition all using units/commands shall refer to

reference (a), the current version of the RTAM TECOM Pocket Guide, and

this Order/Range Cards. Specific and detail range safety information

and guidance /policy for Camp Lejeune is contained throughout this

Order.

2. Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Ammunition and Explosives

a. General. A&E, regardless of type, quantity, or location must

meet basic minimum safety and security requirements established in

reference (ae), Ammunition and Explosives Safety Ashore and reference

(p), Marine Corps Ammunition Management Explosive Safety, and

reference (af) Marine Corps Physical Security Program Manual, that

6-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

provide policies and procedures associated with the handling, storage,

safety and security of Class V A&E. Reference (ag), Transportation

Safety Handbook for Ammunition Explosives and Related Hazardous

Material, governs transportation of A&E and related HAZMAT.

(1) Duds

(a) A dud is ammunition, of any caliber or weight, that

has been fired, placed, dropped, thrown or launched, but which fails

to function as designed. Duds found outside an impact area, or in a

TA, must be reported to BLACKBURN immediately. Do not disturb a dud

or UXO in any manner.

(b) The ROIC will report all UXO (dud) ammunition to

BLACKBURN.

NOTE: Demolition materials like C4 or TNT which fail to function are

misfires, not duds.

(2) Misfires and Hang Fires

(a) General. A misfire is defined as the failure of a

primer or the projectile propelling charge to function, a line charge

or demolition material which fails to function. In the interest of

safety, all misfire procedures shall be completed on the range.

(b) Misfire procedures in training manuals for the

appropriate weapon system will be followed. In the event misfires

present an immediate hazard to personnel or a ceasefire is necessary,

they will be reported to BLACKBURN.

(c) Hang Fire. Is an undesired delay in the functioning

of a firing system. A hang fire for a rocket occurs if the rocket

propellant is ignited by the firing impulse, but the rocket fails to

exit the launcher within the expected time frame. A hang fire occurs

when a tube-launched, optically-tracked, wireless-guided

(TOW) Missile

fails to launch, but internal components of the missile, such as

batteries and gyros, are initiated. If a TOW Missile has a hang fire

contact BLACKBURN to request EOD assistance. A TOW Missile hang fire

will not be transported off the range.

(3) The ROIC of the firing unit will ensure accurate records

are kept on the number of rounds fired, the number of duds

experienced, and the location of the duds. At the conclusion of each

day's firing, the number of duds will be reported to BLACKBURN as part

of the Range Utilization Report by the RSO.

(4) Duds will not be destroyed, moved, or disturbed in any

way, except by EOD personnel.

6-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(5) Only Camp Lejeune EOD personnel or certified EOD

contractors working for the government are authorized to dispose of

duds. EOD personnel will notify BLACKBURN prior to entering any

impact area.

(6) Misfired ordnance will have all safety pins and devices

reinstalled, and will be replaced in its original shipping container

before being returned to the ASP.

(7) ROIC and RSO are not authorized to clear any weapons

systems or apply immediate action to weapons systems unless someone is

in danger of being injured or killed.

3. Explosive Ordnance Disposal

a. EOD is organized, staffed, and equipped to support training on

the live-fire ranges and TAs at Camp Lejeune and MCAS New River. EOD

is under the cognizance of the Director, RCD. Emergency Assistance is

available on a 24-hour basis to all units/organizations located at

Camp Lejeune through BLACKBURN. Local law enforcement agencies must

request MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ EOD support through BLACKBURN via the

Installation/Base PMO.

b. The Range Control EOD Team operates within the Camp Lejeune

Military Complex or other locations as directed. EOD is only equipped

with Motorola Radios to communicate with BLACKBURN. BLACKBURN will

relay information to and from the ROICs, RSOs using green gear on

34.70 FM. EOD Technicians will operate in accordance with this Order

and all applicable references pertaining to EOD operations. When

involved in demolitions they will adhere to applicable warnings and

secure from operations as directed by safety/weather as required. The

senior EOD Technician onsite will make the final decision to secure

from operations in the event of foul weather. He will inform

BLACKBURN of his decision and ensure the range/impact area is “COLD”

before leaving.

c. Routine requests for EOD support will be submitted in writing

at least 10 working days in advance of the requested date for support

to Director, RCD. Range Control scheduling will notify EOD and de-

conflict with any other units. The day prior to requested support or

last working day before weekend support, the unit shall contact EOD

directly for final coordination. The EOD Office is located at

Building G800 at Camp Geiger and can be contacted during normal

working hours at (910) 449-0558/0334. After normal working hours,

weekends, and holidays contact EOD through BLACKBURN. Examples of

routine EOD support are:

(1) Escort vehicles through impact areas for range

maintenance, target replacements, EMD (Limited/Controlled), Wildlife

Management (Limited/Controlled), or others as directed/scheduled.

6-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) Provide unclassified information on ordnance. This

information is available to the ROICs and RSOs who desire a better

understanding of the ordnance they will encounter when firing. This

information may be obtained at Building G800 during normal duty hours,

Monday through Friday.

d. Emergency Support. Contact EOD through BLACKBURN at 34.70 FM

or (910) 451-3064/4449. Examples of emergency support are:

(1) Located UXO aboard Camp Lejeune and MCAS New River

installations.

(2) Lodged, stuck, or hung ordnance that cannot be removed

from any gun/weapon system, or aircraft safely by the using unit.

(3) Hazardous munitions not serviceable or damaged and cannot

be turned into the ASP or Station Weapons.

(4) Any suspicious item, ordnance or IED found or placed on or

near training facilities or ranges and poses a threat to personnel and

property.

(5) Any suspicious item, ordnance, or IED found off-base,

shall be reported to the PMO or MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ CDO at (910) 451-

2414. Normally the local police department, fire department, or

sheriff will contact Base PMO initiating the EOD request/support.

e. Required EOD Support

(1) EOD must be “on call” when high explosive hand grenades

are thrown on any hand grenade range for the safe disposal of UXO

incurred during scheduled training. When a unit schedules a grenade

range, Range Control will contact EOD to coordinate this support.

f. UXO. UXO within a designated impact area, with the exception

of hand grenade ranges, do not require an immediate EOD response.

Duds and other UXO shall be reported to BLACKBURN. UXO outside an

impact area poses a threat to personnel and property and must be

reported immediately to BLACKBURN or directly to EOD. Units must

include an exact location of the UXO and provide a guide if possible.

UXO shall be clearly marked with a visible item approximately five ft.

away; all personnel shall be kept clear of the area. DO NOT DISTURB

UXO IN ANY MANNER.

g. Reporting of Abandoned Ammunition

6-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) Using units are responsible for the transportation,

security, and return to the ASP of all abandoned ammunition discovered

aboard Camp Lejeune that is transportable and not considered UXO.

Additionally, the unit returning the ammunition is responsible for the

submission of a MLSR.

(2) In the event civilian or military personnel discover any

abandoned ammunition or explosives contact the PMO at (910) 451-

2555/2556/2557 and BLACKBURN at (910) 451-3064/4449.

(3) All ammunition found on an installation will be considered

extremely hazardous and not handled by unauthorized personnel.

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ PMO will coordinate with the ASP for turn-in of the

ordnance, for all items .50 cal and below. MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ EOD

will be contacted immediately to recover the munitions above .50 cal.

h. Explosive Actuated Tools. Explosive actuated tools may be

used in the performance of proficiency training by EOD aboard Camp

Lejeune and MCAS New River and during Anti-Terrorism/Force Protection

Exercises. This Order and all applicable EOD publications regarding

safety will be followed. EOD training with these tools, such as .50

caliber de-armer, Percussion Actuated Neutralizer, water jet remote

opening device, robot disrupters and rocket wrench, must have the

approval of the RCO. Request for approval will contain the following:

(1) Date, Time, and Location;

(2) Exact placement, quantity, and composition of set-up

(Electric or non-electric); and

(3) Measures for control and safety of personnel, property,

and surrounding area (Distance X).

i. EOD Range Sweeps. Impact areas are periodically swept by EOD

to remove UXO and in conjunction with semi-annual retargeting

operations for purposes of neutralizing hazards associated with UXO.

Ranges that have a high frequency of use, or accumulate an excessive

number of UXO will be swept as often as scheduling permits. The

OIC/SNCOIC of the Base EOD Team will schedule such sweeps and inform

the RCO of the results.

4. Hazards of Electromagnetic Radiation to Ordnance

a. Hazards of Electromagnetic Radiation to Ordnance (HERO)

concerns the accidental actuation of electrically initiated ordnance

due to radio frequency electromagnetic fields.

6-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Electro Explosive Devices (EEDs). EEDs such as squibs,

blasting caps, igniters, and similar explosive devices are

particularly susceptible to initiation when exposed to radio frequency

fields. These devices will remain packaged and in completely enclosed

metal containers until just prior to use.

c. A&E must be protected from the hazards of Electromagnetic

Radiation Emission Control to ordnance. It is imperative that all

commands transporting, or training with A&E, especially aviation

ordnance, comply with the requirements of references (ah) and (ai).

d. For a detail list of HERO type ammunition see reference (aj)

for most often used HERO sensitive DODICs; this list is not all-

inclusive and may not include new items. Units are responsible to

understand all capabilities and limitations of the ammunition they

train with. Refer to references (k) and (ah) for a full list of HERO

Unsafe/Susceptible Ordnance.

5. Ammunition

a. Ammunition and explosives (to include pyrotechnics) will be

positioned to minimize potential for ignition from external sources,

explosion, rapid burning or sympathetic detonation and will be

located, staged, and stored in accordance with the requirements of the

current edition of referene (ae) for compatibility and safe separation

distance. A&E shall be staged to best minimize the effects of

weather. Ignition sources such as matches, lighters, or other spark-

producing items will not be located near ammunition, pyrotechnics or

explosives. Fire extinguishers and/or firefighting equipment will be

maintained near the A&E.

b. Ammunition will not be removed from the ranges except as

authorized by published orders and returned to the ASP with the

appropriate packaging and documentation.

(1) Ammunition will never be abandoned, destroyed, fired

indiscriminately or otherwise disposed of.

(2) Altering ammunition or assembly of explosive components to

inert rounds is prohibited.

(3) Any attempt to use ammunition in an unorthodox manner or

to purposely attempt to make it malfunction is prohibited.

(4) Use of non-standard munitions/ammunition requires prior

approval from the RCO.

c. Training evolutions that require ammunition and/or explosives

to be staged must be staged in areas that are temporary in nature. It

is not intended that these locations require approval by the DoD

6-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Explosives Safety Board if ammunition and explosives are in total

support of a specific training mission. Ammunition staged on a range

for training must be positioned in a manner such that ensures the

required explosives safety quantity distance for the N.E.W. of A&E

present does not exceed the range boundary. A&E brough to a range

that are consistently drawn and fired and never left in a storage mode

may be staged in support of that training.

d. Blank and live ammunition will never be mixed together.

Strict accountability and security procedures will be employed to

ensure they remain separate at all times. Blank and live ammunition

will not be stored together or issued from the same location. If the

use of blanks is necessary the ROIC/RSO/CO will ensure separate

storage sites are utilized for blanks and live ammunition and it is

supervised at all times.

e. The Blank Firing Adapter (BFA) is a necessary component for

operational safety while firing blank ammunition for weapons systems

designed to accept BFAs.

(1) The safe separation distance for firing blanks at

personnel is five meters. Less than five meters separation distance

could result in serious injury. Less than three feet separation

distance could result in fatality.

(2) Blanks will never be fired after live-fire training on the

same day. If the training requirement mandates blank fire to be

conducted on the same day following live-fire the unit must coordinate

with RCD prior to the training event and have strict control measure

in place and supervised/enforced at all times.

(3) The ROIC/RSO will ensure all gear, ammunition sources, and

weapons are inspected between live-fire and blank fire training.

6. Chemical Ammunition and Smoke

a. The use of lethal or incapacitating chemical agents in

training is prohibited aboard Camp Lejeune.

b. Riot Control Agent (RCA)

(1) Types of RCAs authorized for use at Camp Lejeune are

limited to CS, CSX, CS-1, CS-2, and CR.

(2) The use of CS in a TA must be indicated/scheduled on the

RFMSS TA Request. The unit must provide the required 5711/5702

personnel that are certified on the Command Certification Letter to

sign for the event. This must also be followed up via E-mail Special

Range Request (ESRR) from the unit to the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, RCD/RSS

at least five days before the scheduled CS training event to ensure

6-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

the location in the TA does not conflict with the installation

boundaries, paved roads, that it is open air release or being

conducted in a tent (Field Expedient Gas Chamber) or the current Fire

Condition.

(3) Use of RCAs in TAs requires the supervision by CBRNE

personnel specially trained (5702/5711) in field behavior, individual

protection, and first aid for RCAs per reference (ak).

(4) RCAs will not be used under conditions that are dangerous

to life, property, or endangered species like the RCW. Minimum safe

distance to TLZs is 500 meters. Minimum safe distance to on-base

public roads, any built-up areas to include the MOUT Complexes/FOBs

and endangered species sites is 500 meters. No RCA will be used

within 1000 meters of the installation boundaries to include waterways

and the New River. CS can be used on tank trails as long as the

distance from paved roads is more than 500 meters and the surrounding

TAs are scheduled and signed for by a 5702/5711. Road guards shall be

posted to prevent other units/vehicles/personnel from entering the

TA/tank trail. CS will not be used in TLZs unless the TLZ is

scheduled in RFMSS and signed for by the using unit as a CS event.

(5) All COs conducting field exercises with RCAs must conduct

an ORM to include, but not limited to: heat conditions, safety,

training of Marines/Sailors, protective gear, open wounds, and contact

lenses, and all other requirements set forth in reference (ak) on

CBRNE Training. This will also include the restrictions of driving

POVs within one hour after a CS training event.

(6) CS is not authorized inside the MOUT Lejeune Complex,

E-MOUT, Mobile MOUT, Combat Town, UTFs, and all FOBs. CS/Smoke is not

authorized in the entire GSRA.

(7) Units required to conduct annual CS training using a tent

(Field Expedient Gas Chamber with CS Capsules DODIC K765 Only) must

have an assigned 5702/5711 MOS qualified Marines present that are

listed on the Command Certification Letter. The event must be

scheduled in RFMSS and approved in RFMSS as a CS event within GSRA

Training Areas and must also be approved via an e-mail special range

request would be approved/authorized.

c. Smoke/Smoke Pots. The use of smoke grenades/smoke pots can

pose health and safety issues. Follow the guidelines set below:

(1) Smoke will not be used inside any enclosed structures,

buildings, tunnels, or caves.

(2) Smoke will not be used in public demonstrations, displays

or ceremonies unless positive dissipation of the smoke can be assured

with minimal exposure to non-participating personnel.

6-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Special care must be taken when using hexachloroethane

mixture or HC smoke. Ensure appropriate protection is provided and

consideration is given to weather conditions, and potential downwind

effects. Personnel will carry a protective mask when participating in

exercises that include the use of HC smoke.

(4) HC smoke is not authorized for use within the RCW cluster

sites. Cluster sites are marked with a single band of white paint on

perimeter trees.

(5) Smoke pots must be kept dry and will not be ignited during

visible precipitation. Minimum safe distance to a smoke pot is 30

meters. Smoke pots will only be used after checking wind direction to

ensure the smoke will stay within the boundary of Camp Lejeune and not

impede any traffic aboard the Installation.

7. Simunitions, Special Effects Small Arms Marking System (SESAMS),

Close Combat Mission Capability Kit (CCMCK), and Ultimate Training

Munitions (UTM), and I-TESS-II Gear/Equipment

a. Though simunitions SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM training is less dangerous

than live-fire, such training still holds the possibility of injury to

users and others in the TAs/facilities. SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM rounds

travel at approximately 400 to 500 ft. per second and can cause damage

to soft, unprotected tissues including the eyes, throat, genitals, and

exposed skin. The unit commander is responsible for the safe use of

these innovative training systems/devices at all times. A SESAMS

/CCMCK/UTM training event is treated just like any other live-fire

event and must be signed for by a ROIC that is certified in those

devices and all other live-fire safety requirements are in place,

enforced and supervised.

b. Usage. All requests to use SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM will be initiated

via RFMSS and must include a qualified ROIC and RSO on those devices.

Units can request a specific location such as Combat Town, MOUT

Lejeune Complex, E-MOUT, Mobile MOUT, UTFs, a TLZ/GP or an entire TA.

Scheduling SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM in the MOUT Lejeune Complex, Combat Town,

Mobile MOUT, E-MOUT or a TLZ/GP will include an area that extends to

150 meters from that facility for un-protected personnel around the

training site that must be secured/controlled by the using unit. This

distance provides a buffer area to mitigate the chance for inadvertent

contact or injury. The daily RFWO Message will highlight training

locations where SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM will be used. This will serve as

warning to all other personnel/units of this type of training

activity. Other units are authorized within the MOUT training sites

as long as the 150 meter rule is in place, enforced, and coordination

has taken place between the two or more units. SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM are

not authorized to be used in any FOBs aboard this Installation.

6-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

c. Safety Guidance. The unit commander/ROIC/RSO is responsible

for conducting training on SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM characteristics, hazards,

and safety procedures before conducting any SESAMS/CCMCK /UTM

training. The unit commander will ensure no live/blank ammunition is

located in the SESAMS TA.

(1) Safety gear will be used by all participants:

(a) Full face/eye protection; only the Scott Extreme

Stalker Mask, JT Spectra System Mask, or MCU-2A/P gas mask (CQB gas

mask) with outer plastic eye shields and canisters attached are

approved for use.

(b) Neck and throat protection such as balaclava, towel,

neck scarf, flak jacket attachment, or commercial throat protection

like the FX 8000 Protective Throat Collar.

(c) Body/Skin/Groin Protection/Sleeves Down. Camouflage

utilities, helmets, body armor, and gloves will be worn during

simunitions/SESAMS training events. The groin can be protected with

the flak jacket groin attachment, an athletic cup, or a towel placed

inside the trousers.

(2) A Government safety vehicle and properly equipped corpsman

will be present during all SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM training. If the safety

vehicle or corpsman departs, all SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM training will cease.

(3) All safety requirements listed in reference (a),

technical/operator manuals, references, pamphlets for SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM

and this chapter of the Order will be in place, enforced, and

supervised by the ROIC/RSO.

(4) 9mm SESAMS are not authorized to be used during weather

when temperatures are below 38°F and CCMCKs (5.56mm) when temperature

are below 18° F.

d. Rules of Engagement (ROE)

(1) No intentional shots to the head or face or below the

waist (ROE). No shots will be taken at a distance closer than (7)

seven feet/2 meters for the 9mm device and thirteen 13 feet/4 meters

for the 5.56mm device.

(2) Prior to firing SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM, clear identification of

the target must be made, to include identification that the target is

wearing appropriate facemask and all protective clothing (required

PPE).

6-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Full face and eye protection will be worn until the ROIC

or RSO ensures all weapons are holstered, rendered safe, and a "CEASE-

FIRE" call has been given.

(4) All personnel within 150 meters of the event must be in

the required PPE to include support personnel.

e. Ground Safety Measures

(1) The using unit will secure a perimeter 150 meters around

the SESAMS training location to deny non-exercise personnel entry into

the SESAMS TA by placing out road guards or barriers. The unit would

be required to post road guards/security to prevent someone from

entering an area where SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM are being used.

(2) SESAMS will not be used within 250 meters of any paved,

hard-surface road used by civilian traffic (e.g., Sneads Ferry Road,

Marines Road, Lyman Road, Highway 172, and Onslow Beach Road).

f. Communication Procedures. The ROIC or the RSO will call into

BLACKBURN to request permission to go "HOT” with simunitions exactly

as if requesting to go "HOT" on a live-fire range. Once BLACKBURN

provides the simunitions/SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM) brief and authorizes the

use of simunitions/SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM. The ROIC/RSO will make normal

radio checks every 30 minutes (on the hour and half-hour) stating:

"Combat Town, TLZ Gull, TA Hotel-Hotel simunitions/SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM

in use.” This will notify all other units in the area that

simunitions/SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM are in use in that area.

g. Upon completion of training, the ROIC/RSO will request to go

“COLD" and report number of rounds expended, number personnel trained,

and conduct a police call. Once BLACKBURN places the unit in a cold

status, all simunitions/SESAMS training is terminated for the day.

All weapons will be checked by the ROIC/RSO and all SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM

ammunition collected/turned in.

h. Range Training and Instrumented Systems Support (RTISS).

Multiple Integrated Laser Engagement System (I-TESS-II), Instrumented

Tactical Engagement Simulation System (ITESS), Training IED (TIED),

Improvised Munitions Explosive Effects Simulator System (IMEESS),

Training Counter Radio-Controlled Electronic Warfare (T-CREW) and

SESAMS/CCMCK Kits with required PPE are available from checkout

through the Tactical Engagement Simulation Center (TESC). Personnel

are required to be trained on the devices prior to obtaining the

6-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

equipment. Contact the TESC Building Number TP-448 warehouse

(451-9009) on Piney Green Road to schedule training or obtain the

equipment. This service is provided at no cost to Marine units

assigned to Camp Lejeune.

8. Small Arms

a. General

(1) Small arms are defined as man-portable, individual, and

crew-served weapons systems of .30mm and below, to include rifles,

pistols, shotguns, infantry automatic rifle, squad automatic rifles,

sniper rifles, sub-machineguns, and ground mounted, vehicle mounted

and rotary-wing aircraft mounted machineguns. All ROICs/RSOs/COs

shall review all TMs/Operator Manuals and all other required

references on the weapon, weapon system, and ammunition before

conducting any live-fire training with small arms and be certified on

that weapon/weapon system.

(2) Ensure all safety rules/policies/procedures are followed,

enforced, and supervised by the command/unit in accordance with

Chapter 4 of reference (a) and this Order/Range Cards at all times.

(3) Ensure all weapons/weapon systems have the proper Pre-

Firing Inspection/Limited Technical Inspections (PFI/LTIs) before

conducting live-fire. All requirements for PFI/LTIs are based on TM

4700. Weapons shall be properly cleaned and lubricated with the

proper/authorized lubrication before conducting any live-fire

training.

(4) Ensure all personnel within the designated hazard areas

wear proper eye/hearing protection, flak jackets, and helmets as

required unless authorized by a formal written request for deviation

of this policy via the unit’s chain of command to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ via the RCO at least 30 days in advance.

(5) Scheduled units conducting a M16/M4/M249/M27 (5.56mm) or

M40A5/M110 (7.62mm) static/prone position BZO/Zeroing live-fire events

are authorized to remove/not use helmets and flak jackets for this

type of training activity only. This has to be strictly controlled,

enforced, and supervised by all ROIC/RSO/COs at all times.

(6) Units are not authorized to mix blank ammunition with live

ammunition on any RTA or training facility aboard Camp Lejeune.

6-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Ensure all BFAs have been removed and checked before conducting any

live-fire with live ammunition or have been properly attached for all

blank ammunition firing events. Ensure strict accountability of all

blank/live ammunition at all times; they must be staged and issued

separately. The unit must have and use the proper BFAs on the weapon

when firing blank ammunition at all times. BFAs must be painted a

bright color like red, yellow, or orange and placed on the correct

weapon for that color. Units must ensure all ammunition sources like

magazines, feed trays are checked, cleared, and inspected by the

ROIC/RSO.

(7) All personnel will be knowledgeable on immediate

action/misfire procedures for the weapon, weapon system, and

ammunition as per the required operator manuals being used.

(8) Overhead or flanking fire is authorized only as prescribed

in reference (a) and this Order. Small arms ammunition must be

cleared for overhead fire per the required ammunition orders and

messages.

b. Machineguns

(1) Field firing for machineguns includes the firing of 5.56mm

linked, 7.62mm linked, and .50 caliber linked machineguns from ground,

vehicle mounted, or aviation door gunnery.

(2) Ammunition will have the required security, be stored, and

accounted for properly on all live-fire ranges per the required

references.

(3) Before the start of any live-fire event, the ROIC/RSO will

ensure that a cleaning rod and dry patch has been run through the bore

from the muzzle of each gun/weapon.

(4) Units firing machineguns shall ensure the complete SDZ is

cleared of all personnel before going hot.

(5) All personnel within the designated hazard areas must wear

proper eye/hearing protection, flak jackets, helmets, and gloves.

(6) No weapon will be loaded until a command to do so is given

by the ROIC/RSO. The ROIC/RSO shall check direction/azimuth of fire

with a compass; the weapon systems must be pointing down range when

6-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

loading ammunition. Tripods/Bipods may need to be sandbagged or dug

in to ensure they stay in the proper direction of fire/approved SDZ.

The using unit must ensure proper separation distances as required for

all machineguns.

(7) No one is allowed forward of the gun for any purpose

unless/until authorized by an ROIC/RSO. The ROIC/RSO will not allow

anyone forward of the machinegun until they have confirmed that each

weapon is in a Condition 4 and that all other safety rules are in

place and enforced by all personnel. This does not apply to tactical

exercises involving blank fire.

(8) Machineguns may be fired over individuals wearing the

proper safety gear in firing exercises provided the ammunition used is

cleared for overhead fire and the provisions of reference (a) and

appropriate firing tables, operator manuals, FMs, and TMs are

followed. Camp Lejeune does not have any ranges specifically designed

to support overhead machinegun fire.

(9) After machineguns are fired, and prior to dismounting or

removing them from firing positions/vehicle mount, each gun will be

inspected by the ROIC/RSO/ARSOs/PSOs to physically and visually

confirm it is unloaded properly and in Condition 4.

(10) The following actions are required for machineguns being

mounted on all vehicles. Vehicle must be stationary, vehicle engine

must be turned off, hand brake set, wheels chalked/blocked and the

driver must be out of the vehicle unless schedule for a Live-Fire and

Movement event on SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, or SR-10. The T&E must be

attached. Firing free gun is authorized by SRR only.

(11) During Fire Readiness Conditions 5 and above units are

restricted from delinking ammunition. The units will request straight

ball ammunition from the ASP. Units are not authorized to delink

ammunition. The ASP is stocked with straight Linked Ball Ammunition

and is available on request once the fire condition requires it. If

this range is impacted by a Fire Condition Five or higher, the using

unit will have to train with the required straight ball ammunition.

In the event that straight ball is not available from the ASP the

tracer rounds will have to be removed from the belted ammunition after

getting authorization from the ammunition chain of command for 5.56mm/

7.62mm linked. Tracers cannot be used on the ranges when the

Base/Installation is in a Fire Readiness Condition 5 or higher.

Delinking of caliber .50 cal. ammunition 4 API and 1 API-T is not

6-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

authorized. For additional guidance see Navy and Marine Corps Ammo

Information Notice 064-2012, Policy for Delinking and Accountability

of Delinking Small Arms Ammunition (DODIC A064, A131, A151, and A576).

(12) The .50 cal. sniper rifle/M82/M107 round DODIC A606 is

not authorized on any of the Camp Lejeune ranges except G-29B (Limited

Direction of Fire) which requires Highway 172 to be closed.

9. Mortars

a. Mortars (60mm, 81mm, and 120mm) are not cleared/authorized for

any overhead fire. Mortars will not fire over numbered or named

highways without an approved SRR and appropriate road closure with

assigned road guard/gates/detour signs. Requests to fire from other

than established MPs will be handled with a SRR at least 10 working

days in advance.

b. Mortars shall be fired only into G-10 and K-2 impact areas

from approved MPs listed in Figure 6-1. The minimum range for 60mm

mortars is 300 meters, the minimum range for 81mm mortars is 400

meters, and the minimum range for 120mm mortar is 600 meters. The

using unit must ensure that the proper safe separation between all

mortars on the firing line per the mortar system references.

c. All Marines involved in mortar live-fire shall wear approved

protective gear such as helmets, flak jacket, and hearing/eye

protection.

d. A Forward Observer is required for all mortar live-fire

(except when conducting Direct Lay and Handheld Modes) to observe and

adjust the impact of all rounds being fired and ensure that all mortar

rounds impact in the scheduled impact areas.

e. Increments removed before firing will be placed in a small

metal or wooden covered container located close to the firing

cannon/mortar. Once they receive the End of Mission (EOM) command the

unused increments are moved to a metal or wooden covered container

outside the firing position at a safe separation distance of 25 meters

or more away from the weapon. Unused increments will be handled and

destroyed in accordance with reference (al) (Old FM 23-90). Burning

of increments/powder bags must be in accordance with fire regulations.

Firefighting equipment must be on hand during all fire conditions.

Units burning increments will notify BLACKBURN before and after the

6-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

training event. The MP must be in a “HOT” status before burning

increments.

MP

GRID LOCATION

MP 1, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 90373755

MP 2, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 91313759

MP 3, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 92493731

MP 4, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 93423739

MP 5, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 95143719

MP 6, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 95433535

MP 7, G-10 Impact Area

18S TD 89763471

MP 8, (In-Active MP)

18S TD 92603186

K-500, K-2 Impact Area

18S TD 78253550

Table 6-1--MPs and Locations

f. All mortar safety checks for 60mm/81mm/120mm mortars are

mandatory before firing any live ammunition (HE/WP/RP/ILLUM/TP).

Mortar sights will be bore sighted before any live-fire training.

Ensure mortars have completed bore scope and pullover tests as

required.

g. The ROIC/RSO will calculate, by charge for each mortar, the

left and right deflection limits and the minimum and maximum quadrant

elevations that can safely be fired from that position with rounds

landing only in the impact area. Units firing mortars will have

applicable firing tables for that weapon system and type of ammunition

on the range during the live-fire event.

h. The ROIC/RSO of the live-fire event will ensure each mortar

leader has in their possession a copy of the safety information, as

calculated by the RSO/Fire Direction Control (FDC). It will be

written on a range card in the form of a SAFETY “T”. The Fire

Direction Officer/SNCO/NCO/FDC will have a copy of the safety

information for that mortar unit/mortar system/ammunition. Use of a

Mortar Ballistic Computer (MBC) is authorized. In addition to the

MBC, a secondary means that it authorized to check the primary MBC

with another MBC as the secondary means of computing mortar data must

be used and in place and checked against the primary MBC before

conducting any mortar live-fire.

i. Firing restrictions and limitations in reference (am) apply to

all cartridges and fuses. Cartridge M720 will not be fired in the

60mm in the hand held mode greater than Charge 1.

j. LAV-Mortar variants will observe all guidance, guidelines, and

restrictions as set forth in reference (an) on the LAV mortar variant.

6-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

k. When the FDC calculates the firing data, the data will be

checked against the "SAFETY T" by the appropriate persons for each

mortar to ensure that the data calculated is safe and that the data

placed on the mortar is safe/correct. Only then can a round be fired.

l. When computing firing data, the MBCs shall match exactly for

range and deflection. When using an M16 plotting board to verify the

firing data from the MBC, deflections shall check within 10 mils and

ranges shall check within 25 meters.

m. At no time will any mortar system conduct live-fire into the

UCAS facility in the G-10 Impact area.

10. Hand Grenades

a. Before live hand grenade training begins, all personnel must

be knowledgeable of the grenade being used and proficient in the

safety precautions/immediate action procedures for handling and

throwing live hand grenades. Personnel being trained must

successfully throw at least two practice grenades prior to throwing a

live grenade and rehearse/conduct immediate action procedures for a

dropped grenade in the throwing pit. Additional information on all

grenades, grenade live-fire training can be obtained in reference (a),

Grenade and Pyrotechnic and Chapter 5 of reference (a).

b. Protective helmets, body armor, eye protection, and hearing

protection are mandatory on all grenade ranges.

c. Live hand grenades will only be thrown on dedicated hand

grenade ranges (F-6, K-510, and MAC-3). Once the safety pin has been

pulled, the grenade must be thrown. Do not attempt to re-insert the

safety pin.

d. Only one high explosive hand grenade will be thrown at a time

on the grenade range. Do not make unauthorized modifications to any

hand grenades. Hand grenades will not be milked or delayed before

throwing and at no time will hand grenades be taped.

e. Grenade impact areas contain aiming posts for throwers to use

as targets/aiming points. Additional targets will not be placed in

grenade impact areas by the using units; they create an additional

hazard for EOD personnel during render safe and destruction operations

of UXO/dud grenades. Throwers must consider the flight path of the

grenade; the grenade must detonate within the impact area of that

range. Do not throw the grenade beyond the impact area or outside the

designated lateral limits.

f. Live grenades will not be thrown into standing water, mud,

snow, or dense vegetation. Duds in such areas cannot be cleared and

will result in closure of the range or that lane.

6-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

g. White phosphorous grenades are not authorized to be thrown on

any of the grenade ranges.

h. Range Control scheduling will contact EOD at least five

working days prior via an e-mail with an attachment of the scheduled

dates, ranges and times for the following week to coordinate “ON-CALL”

EOD support if needed or required. It is the responsibility of the

ROIC/RSO to notify BLACKBURN when they occupy the range so a EOD team

can be placed on alert if needed. The “ON-CALL” EOD team will be

standing by to clear UXO/duds/low order detonation if called by

BLACKBURN. BLACKBURN will notify EOD that the using unit had a

dud/low order detonation/UXO grenade and place the unit in a “CHECK

FIRE” status. Once the dud/low order detonation/UXO grenade has been

taken care of by EOD the unit will be placed back into a “HOT” status.

Once the unit has gone “COLD” for the day the unit must confirm to

BLACKBURN that all grenades are accounted for and functioned properly

down range, then the ROIC/RSO is authorized to initiate the mandatory

police call and range maintenance of the down range impact area.

i. Hand grenade duds/low order detonation/UXOs will be rendered

safe or destroyed only by EOD personnel. They will not be marked,

handled, or moved except by EOD personnel. EOD will observe a minimum

of a 30-minute waiting period from the time of the report to clearing

a dud/low order detonation/UXO grenade. When a grenade fails to

function, the ROIC will:

(1) Cease throwing hand grenades into the affected impact

area. If the impact area is split by a protective berm or berms,

throwing may continue in the half of the impact area unaffected by the

dud/low order detonation/UXO with permission of BLACKBURN.

(2) Notify BLACKBURN of the dud/low order detonation/UXO live

hand grenade, request to go into a “CHECK FIRE” and request EOD

support.

(3) Ensure all personnel remain under cover until EOD

personnel have cleared the dud/low order detonation/UXO.

(4) Standby to render assistance to EOD personnel as to the

location of dud/low order detonation/UXO grenade.

(5) After the dud/low order detonation/UXO has been cleared,

request permission from BLACKBURN to go “HOT,” and continue throwing

hand grenades.

j. Cease all handling and throwing of all live hand grenades one

hour prior to sunset.

k. Do not move down range unless accompanied or cleared to do so

by BLACKBURN or EOD.

6-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

l. Units shall delay training during inclement weather (i.e.,

thunderstorms, rain, snow, sleet) that would interfere with the grip,

and/or throwing of grenades or standing water in the throwing pit.

m. Do not throw practice grenades from the live-fire pits.

Practice Grenades will only be thrown from the practice pits.

n. After all hand grenades are thrown and the unit has confirmed

that all hand grenades have functioned properly the using unit must

pick up all ammunition dunnage (i.e., pins, spoons, clips down range),

fill in all holes and level out the impact area before calling for

inspection by a Range Inspector.

11. 40mm Grenade Launchers

a. Personnel firing the 40mm M203, M32A1, and MK19 40mm linked

grenade launchers shall be instructed in the proper use, safety

precautions, and immediate action procedures for the launcher prior to

firing live and training practice rounds. A minimum of six meter

separation will be maintained from the firing positions and between

weapon systems. Minimum target engagement range is 310 meters with

40mm linked HE/HEDP and 75 meters for training practice ammunition for

MK-19. When firing from a vehicle mounted with a MK-19, ensure the

vehicle remains stationary with the T&E mechanism emplaced and the

driver must be out of the vehicle, vehicle engine is turned off and

must be chocked. Ensure the weapon system is properly mounted and

locked down. Additional information can be obtained in Chapter 5 of

reference (a), reference (ap), for the M203/M32 and reference (aq) for

the MK-19.

b. Protective helmets, body armor, hearing and eye protection are

mandatory when firing 40mm HE/HEDP. Proper eyewear protection

(ballistic goggles) sleeves down and gloves must be worn when firing

the MK-19 at all times.

c. HE/HEDP (M203/M32) grenades will only be fired on authorized

ranges and into a dedicated impact area. Minimum engagement ranges

for HE/HEDP grenade ammunition is 130 meters for HE and 165 meters for

HEDP from point of detonation for the M203/M32.

d. Dud/UXO 40mm HE/HEDP rounds are extremely dangerous due to

sensitive fusing and shall not be disturbed in any fashion. Report all

duds with location to BLACKBURN; do not enter the impact areas.

e. 40mm illumination/smoke (signaling devices) rounds can be used

in the TAs for unit training (except inside any MOUT complex, E-MOUT,

Mobile MOUT complex, and Combat Town Facilities). Ensure all safety

rules and weapon conditions are supervised and enforced with the

M203/M32 40mm weapon systems. Ensure observance of all safety rules

during the fire season to prevent forest fires. Using units will be

6-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

required to police up all debris like expended rounds, parachutes.

Unit will be required to police up expended Training Practice TP from

the M203/M32 and MK-19 round debris down range depending on the range

used.

12. Guided Missiles and Rockets (Ground Systems Only)

a. The TOW IIB, MK153 SMAW, M136 AT-4, M72A7 LAAW, M98 Javelin,

M3 Carl Gustaf 84mm MAAWS to include all sub-cal training devices are

the only guided missiles and rockets approved for use aboard Camp

Lejeune. Firing units will recover the wire from the TOW missile

before departing ranges like SR-7 and SR-10. When firing the TOW

Missile the Kevlar Protected Blanket shall be used based on current

references and Chapter 7 and Table 7-1/Notes of reference (a).

b. Before firing, the surface danger zone and back blast area

will be cleared of personnel, material, vehicles, and vegetation when

firing MK-153 SMAW/M72A7 LAAW/M136 AT-4/TOW IIB/M98Javelin/

M3 Carl Gustaf 84mm MAAWS. Firing the SMAW, AT-4, or the M72A7 LAAW

from fighting hole/fighting position or the prone position is not

authorized.

c. All loading preparations for firing and unloading will be done

on the firing line of the scheduled Rocket Range, with the weapon

system pointed down range. Rocket systems will not be loaded behind

the firing lines. Firing of anti-tank rockets over personnel is not

authorized. Single hearing protection is required. Pre-Fire

inspection of all rockets/missiles is required.

d. Care shall be taken with all training devices, i.e. 9mm

Trainers/Miles/Javelin/21mm LAAW sub cal. training devices. Ensure

all safety procedures and PM (Care/Clean) in the weapons system

TMs/FMs/TCs are followed, enforced, and supervised.

e. TOW Missiles and aircraft rockets fired from an airborne

platforms is discussed in more detail in Chapter 4 of this Order.

f. All units firing TOW Missiles on SR-7/SR-10 shall police up

all TOW Missile Wire from the entire range and it must be inspected

and cleared by a Range Control Range Inspectors.

13. Artillery

a. Artillery will only be fired from designated and surveyed GPs,

see Table 6-2, unless a specific SRR has been approved for other

areas/sites and surveyed/approved by 10th Marines and Range Control.

Artillery can only fire lowest charge and highest angle of fall,

aboard Camp Lejeune. Quiet Hour requirements/policies listed in

Chapter 1 also pertain with a formal SRR 30 days in advance.

6-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Impact areas for the G-10, K-2, and N-1/BT-3 are described in

Appendix B of this Order. G-10 is the principal impact area for

artillery indirect fires. Firing into the K-2 is by SRR only and only

from a few selected approved GPs as listed in RFMSS. Direct fire

artillery is authorized on Range G-7.

c. An Artillery FO with positive visual means to observe rounds

impact is required at all times. The OP must be in a “HOT” status

first before a GP can be placed into a “HOT” status.

d. All FOs/observers will call “CHECK FIRE” and report rounds

unobserved or out of the impact area as required or as directed.

e. Artillery is cleared for overhead fire. Installation public

roads have been approved for traffic during artillery firing; warning

signs are posted that artillery rounds may be fired over the roads.

During certain weather conditions with low cloud cover, which will

amplify noise, Range Control may impose restrictions to reduce noise

levels.

f. No personnel/vehicle traffic is authorized to be within Area E

of the Artillery SDZ, as depicted in Chapter 10 of reference (a).

Weapon crews firing from an approved tactical configuration and other

operational personnel involved in the firing exercise with a valid

need to enter this area may do so with the approval of the RCO.

g. The firing unit will place necessary road guards (with comm)

and/or barriers if it falls within Area E. Traffic on main and

secondary roads may be delayed for short periods of time (five

minutes) when properly scheduled and coordinated with the RCO

/BLACKBURN.

h. Artillery Safety. Artillery unit safety certification

programs, to include specific artillery safety billets, will be in

compliance with references (a) and (ar). Review references (a) and

(ar) for additional information on field artillery safety requirements

and firing procedures. Ensure all artillery safety checks are

completed before live-fire events. Ensure all safety personnel are

properly trained and proficient in duties in accordance with all

applicable orders and this Order.

i. Danger Areas

(1) SDZs constructed manually will use those grid coordinates

and the procedures listed in references (a) and (ar). At no time will

artillery rounds land within 750 meters of the outer edge of the

current G-10/K-2 Impact Areas.

6-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) The Primary Danger Area (PDA) grid coordinates listed in

Appendix B under the appropriate range will be used as "initialization

points" in the Automated Range Safety System (ARSS) for the safety

computation.

j. Ammunition and Propellants

(1) Alteration of fuses/ammunition is prohibited.

(2) Modular Artillery Charge System of 155mm propelling

charges, do not require the burning of unused propellants

significantly reducing the need for conducting powder burns during

artillery training. Unused, deteriorated, and damaged powder

increments will be burned in accordance with references (ar) and (as).

(3) Firing Improved Conventional Munitions, M982 Excalibur,

Copperhead, High-Mobility Artillery Rocket System and antipersonnel-

type projectiles in training is prohibited at Camp Lejeune.

(4) Prior to firing artillery illumination, check with

BLACKBURN for aircraft flights/routing to minimize interference with

night flights, night vision flights, and local fire conditions. The

firing unit must check the wind direction by using it own assets from

the artillery unit.

k. The maximum ordinate will not exceed 17,999 ft. and will

remain within the restricted airspace outlined in Chapter 4 of this

Order.

l. Check rounds will be fired upon initial occupation of any

artillery firing position. The target for the check rounds will be

located near the center of the target area.

m. Any projectile that bursts or lands outside the impact area

requires immediate action by the firing artillery unit such as

sounding "Check Firing, move to the rear of the piece and fall in",

maintain all data on the howitzers, notify BLACKBURN and the unit's

chain of command immediately and conduct an investigation in

accordance with reference (ar) and this Order.

n. Artillery Direct Fire is only authorized on the G-7 Range. A

detailed range description and listing of safety rules and policies

for this range are in the Range Cards.

o. GP-23 is the only GP authorized for the construction of

howitzer pits (Artillery Fire Base Training), use of engineer

equipment and the training of artillery regimental engineers, as

6-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

approved by reference (au). Engineer training at this GP satisfies

the requirements of Section – Regiment Engineers – 8102, Arty Brty –

6122, Arty Btry – 6124 of reference (at). Requests to conduct

engineer operations in this GP will be submitted as a SRR.

(1) No earth moving/disturbing activities will be conducted

within 20 meters of a delineated wetland or RCW site.

(2) When authorized, berms will be no higher than five ft. and

only three sides of the berm will be constructed. Pits will not

exceed 20 meters wide or 25 meters long. A maximum of six howitzer

pits can be constructed. Dirt for the berms will be pushed from the

outside of the howitzer pit when filling pits. Additional dirt may be

obtained from the dredge spoil site on Weil Point Road but must be

returned to Weil Point Road once the event is completed.

(3) Upon completion of training, the area must be leveled out,

all holes filled in, and the GP inspected by a Range Inspector. At no

time will trash/dunnage/tactical wire/other items be burned or buried.

(4) No petroleum products (fuel, oil, lubricants) will be

stored (temporarily or permanently) at this GP without prior approval

from Range Control and the EMD.

(5) The only tactical formation authorized when engineer

operations are conducted is battery on line.

(6) Coordination for engineer support is the responsibility of

the using unit.

(7) No clearing of existing forest/pine trees is authorized.

(8) No more than six engineer/artillery training evolutions

per year that require digging are authorized at GP-23.

ARTILLERY GPs

GP GRIDS

GP-1

18S TD 8974 4226

GP-2

18S TD 9140 4134

GP-3

18S TD 9280 4090

GP-4 (Inactive)

18S TD 9031 3792

GP-5 (Inactive)

18S TD 9387 3721

GP-6 (Inactive)

18S TD 9630 3564

GP-7

18S TD 9632 3561

GP-8 (Inactive)

18S TD 9542 3514

GP-9

18S TD 9694 3513

GP-10

18S TD 9205 3093

GP-11 (Inactive)

18S TD 9250 3188

GP-12

18S TD 9348 3101

GP-13

18S TD 9161 2866

6-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

ARTILLERY GPs

GP GRIDS

GP-14 (Inactive)

18S TD 9003 2961

GP-15

18S TD 9057 2832

GP-16

18S TD 8870 3095

GP-17

18S TD 8936 2915

GP-18

18S TD 8955 2743

GP-19 (Inactive)

18S TD 8940 2694

GP-20

18S TD 9033 2677

GP-21

18S TD 8889 2960

GP-22

18S TD 8698 2609

GP-23

18S TD 8667 3396

GP-24 (Inactive)

18S TD 8650 3144

GP-25

18S TD 8586 3091

GP-26

18S TD 8583 2921

GP-27

18S TD 8520 2856

GP-28 (Inactive)

Now ETA-7

18S TD 8472 3295

GP-29

18S TD 8526 3237

GP-30

18S TD 8453 3050

GP-31

18S TD 8252 3080

GP-32

18S TD 8199 3025

GP-33 (Inactive)

Ship on Land Site

18S TD 8051 3120

GP-34 (Inactive)

18S TD 7852 3693

GP-35

18S TD 8355 3197

GP-36 (Under

Construction)

18S TD 8135 3125

GP-37

18S TD 8850 2725

Table 6-2--Artillery GPs and Locations

14. Tanks, Assault Amphibian Vehicles, and Light Armored Vehicles

a. Tanks equipped with 120mm main gun can only fire training

practice ammunition. AAVs equipped with the Up Gunned Weapon Station

(.50 cal/MK-19) and LAVs equipped with 25mm chain gun are authorized

to fire on the ranges as listed in RFMSS and the Range Card for that

range. Only Training Practice (TP) ammunition will be fired on SR-7

and SR-10 in GSRA. All MK-19/M203 training ammunition dunnage down

range on SR-7 and SR-10 must be policed up and removed from the range

(DODIC BA12, BA21, and B519).

b. Although the unit CO is responsible for safety during all

phases of firing, Vehicle Commanders are responsible for the safe

firing and operations of their vehicles to ensure they do not damage

gates and the environment. Weapons will be cleared, pointing down

range, and checked by the ROIC/RSO before departing the range.

6-24 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

c. Static Firing. During daylight and good visibility, firing

vehicle(s) will display colored flags. At night and during reduced

visibility, firing vehicle(s) will display lights. With either flags

or lights, the color displays will be:

(1) Red. Vehicle engaged in firing; weapons must be pointed

at the target area.

(2) Green. All vehicle weapons are clear and elevated. Any

live ammunition in the vehicle is properly stowed.

(3) Red and Green. Vehicle is performing prep to fire checks

or the crew is performing a non-firing exercise. Weapons are clear,

but not elevated.

(4) Red and Yellow. Vehicle has a malfunction or misfire.

Weapons are not clear and are pointed down range.

(5) Green and Yellow. Vehicle has a malfunction. All weapons

are clear.

d. Firing on the Move and Battle Runs. Once a vehicle begins its

battle run and passes the start firing line, all weapons are

considered to be loaded and ready to fire. Flags or lights are not

required to be displayed, but their use will provide a greater degree

of control when more than one vehicle is firing on the move. Cross-

range firing of weapons is not authorized on SR-7 and SR-10.

e. Completion of Firing. When the vehicle or vehicles have

completed a battle run and all vehicle weapons systems have been

cleared and checked by the ROIC/RSO, they will move to the rear of the

range and out of the firing area or maneuver box. Review Chapter 8 of

reference (a) for additional information on tank and light armored

vehicles firing. Using units will police up all range roads and

around the defilade firing positions, targets (areas where the grass

is cut) on SR-7 and SR-10 and remove all ammunition dunnage like

brass/links/tank round canisters/MK-19/M203 ammunition dunnage from

the range and the surrounding areas that are mowed/cut.

f. Exiting the Range. The Vehicle Commander or the ROIC/RSO will

ensure the main gun is aligned within the envelope of the vehicle

width when traveling off range on roadways or tank trails. Report all

maintenance problems on tank trails/road crossing pads to BLACKBURN or

a Range Inspector.

g. Off-road Maneuver. Tracked and wheeled vehicles can be

authorized to maneuver off-road in LZs and other designated areas.

Upon completion of this training, the unit is responsible for filling

in and smoothing out all ruts that are deeper than six inches or more

and returning the area to a usable condition. The unit/command may be

6-25 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

required to provide heavy engineer equipment to meet this requirement.

A Range Inspector will inspect the entire area and clear the unit upon

completion of filling/smoothing of the areas used. Additional

information can be found in Chapter 5 of this Order.

15. Aerial Gunnery

a. Safety measures, ranges, and firing requirements for aerial

gunnery, including rockets and missiles, can be found in Chapter 4 and

Appendix B of this Order and Chapter 11 of reference (a). This type

training will be requested by SRR. Range Control has a separate

Aerial Gunnery template SRR and CD available for SR-7, SR-9, and SR-10

on request.

b. Pilots and gunners will be familiar with the impact area,

firing limits, sectors of fire, WDZs for the weapons and ammunition

being fired, BPs, and safety regulations for the range on which they

will fire. Ensure safety procedures are in place for a runaway gun

from an aircraft.

c. Communication will be maintained between FAC/FAC(A)/JTAC,

ROIC/RSO, firing aircraft, Navy Boat Crew (when applicable) and

BLACKBURN at all times.

d. Aircraft weapon systems will be loaded or unloaded only at

authorized locations.

e. The master arm switch will be placed in the safe position

before leaving any firing position.

f. Door Gunnery operations require a Face-to-Face brief with

BLACKBURN or the Bass Range Safety Specialist (BRSS)/Range Control

Operations Officer (RCOO) and will be conducted in accordance with the

appropriate aviation gunnery manuals established by Marine Aviation

Weapons and Tactics Squadron One, reference (a), this Order/Range Card

for that range, and the appropriate TMs/FMs and all other references.

g. The Aircraft Commander will ensure his aircraft is properly

oriented with the primary direction of fire on the range and approved

trargets before firing TP ammunition only.

h. When conducting CAS or SIMCAS, aircraft must be under the

positive control of a FAC/FAC(A)/JTAC. When conducting SIMCAS within

the MOUT Lejeune Complex, E-MOUT, Combat Town, or Mobile MOUT, a

separate FAC/JTAC will be responsible for that event; the MOUT must be

signed for at Range Control.

i. Before any live-fire, each aircraft will conduct a cold pass

of the target area to familiarize them with the run and to ensure

unsafe conditions do not exist.

6-26 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

j. FAC/FAC(A)/JTAC procedures shall adhere to reference (au).

k. Review references (a) and (au) for additional information on

aerial gunnery firing.

16. Air Defense Weapons

a. Safety measures, ranges, and firing requirements for air

defense weapons can be found in RFMSS and the Range Card for E-1, as

well as in Chapter 12 of reference (a).

b. The E-1 Range is the only location aboard Camp Lejeune

authorized to fire air defense weapons (Stingers/Avenger Weapon

System). Using unit must also coordinate the scheduling of the W-122

15B (VACAPES) and the Restricted Area (Airspace) R-5306C air/sea space

(Cherry Point). Procedures for runaway gun and missile misfires must

be in place. Additionally, unit must have a recovery/clean-up

capability for targets/drones that fail to sink within the approved

SDZ. Targets shall be recovered if possible by the using unit. Units

are required to sweep/check the entire beach to include the State Park

up to two days after conducting a live-fire event.

c. If scheduled two months in advance of the training dates, RCD

will submit a request for Range Sweep Aircraft. If scheduled inside

two months, scheduling sweep aircraft is a unit responsibility.

d. All environmental policies protecting sea turtles/sea mammals

on the beach during the turtle-nesting season (1 May to 31 October)

must be enforced and supervised by the ROIC/RSO.

e. Unit must also be on the lookout at all times for marine

mammals and go into a “Check Fire” if sighted.

17. Demolitions

a. General. The routine use of high explosive demolitions will

be confined to demolition ranges (ETAs) and specially prepared pits,

per reference (a). However, SRRs for the use of demolitions in other

TAs/ranges can be considered. Use of demolitions to simulate

supporting fires or IEDs, when authorized, is limited to the use of

1/4-pound blocks of TNT or less. Review Chapter 15 of references (a)

and reference (aw), Explosives and Demolitions, for additional

information on demolition training. All using units must have a plan

in place to fill in and level out all holes and remove all Demolition

/Explosive debris from the range such as steel/concrete/wood and

properly dispose it.

6-27 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. ROIC/RSO will ensure positive means to keep personnel at safe

distances to protect hearing and prevent injury from fragmentation or

inadvertent/premature detonation. All non-participating or observing

personnel will either be in a missile proof bunker or outside of the

SDZ of the demolition pit during firing of live explosives.

c. ROIC/RSO will ensure that all personnel wear helmets, flak

jackets, as well as hearing and eye protection.

d. All demolition operations must go into “CHECK-FIRE” during

Thunderstorm Condition 1 and if an unscheduled aircraft fly near or

over the assigned ETA.

e. Trash/Fuel Shots are not authorized on any ETA, EOD, or live-

fire ranges.

f. At no time will units mix live explosives with any inert

training devices during the same training event.

g. Cratering charges will not be exploded on roads leading into

or adjacent to the ETA and can only be used in the center of the ETA

pit area. Units must fill in all holes made by cratering charges.

h. The use of field expedient demolitions/devices (i.e., modified

/improvised Claymore Mines, Bangalore Torpedoes, and cratering

charges) is not authorized unless approved by Range Control via a SRR

ten working days prior to planned use.

i. The use of demolitions and explosives after sunset requires an

SRR 10 working days prior to the planned training event.

j. Breaching operations requires a SRR at least 10 working days

before the scheduled event and must use charges no larger than 0.25

lbs NEW. Units will be guided by reference (aw) and (ax), Demolitions

Materials, OP-5, EODB/TM/TO 60A Series, other required references, and

this Order. Breaching operation require a certified in writing,

school trained Breacher, and must also be in accordance all

requirements set forth in the Guidebook for Assault Entry Techniques

Manual and other required references for this high-risk type training

event.

k. Units are not authorized to use any live-fire training with

petroleum products/fuel and explosives or demolitions aboard Camp

Lejeune.

18. Mines, Booby Traps, and Pyrotechnics

a. Mines and Booby Traps

6-28 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) The use of live mines and booby traps will be confined to

controlled firing demonstrations. Such demonstrations may be

conducted on any ETA for the approved size of explosive (NEW) for that

ETA. Units firing a M18A1 Claymore mine will strictly follow

procedures in reference (ay) (previously FM 23-23) and this Order.

For additional information on mine/booby traps, see reference (a),

Chapter 15.

(2) All personnel will wear flak jackets, helmets, hearing and

eye protection.

(3) Non-Explosive Practice (Simulated Blue Bodied) mines,

Training IEDs, and booby traps can be used in all TAs and on all

demolition ranges provided necessary safety precautions are taken as

stated in reference (a), Chapter 15. The using unit will remove all

devices after the training event and will account for each device.

(4) Utmost care will be taken to ensure no live, practice

mines, or booby traps with any type of explosive device are left on

any range, training facility, or in any TA. Such items will be

counted before issue and retrieved on completion of training. The

using unit will sweep the range after the training event, remove all

ammunition dunnage and dispose of it properly.

(5) Un-retrieved simulated devices when found by other units,

the CLEO, or PMO will be treated like the live device it is simulating

causing the installation/base to go into a threat condition. The

using unit must keep track and accountability of all devices at all

times.

b. Pyrotechnics. Smoke grenades, CS grenades, and other

pyrotechnics such as signaling devices are authorized for training,

but must be supervised by a SNCO or officer. Use of pyrotechnics may

be restricted by fire conditions; unit must check with BLACKBURN

during fire season (March-June, September-December). Additional

information for smoke grenades, CS grenades, and other pyrotechnic

devices can be found in reference (az). Pyrotechnics, CS, and all

smoke type devices are not authorized in the GSRA Complex/GSRA Ranges.

CS can only be used by a 5711/5702, scheduled properly in RFMSS as a

CS event, approved via E-Mail Special Range Request (ESRR) and signed

for by the 5711/5702, E-6 or above.

c. Non-Pyrotechnic IED Simulators. Marine units training with

non-pyrotechnic IED simulators will receive training prior to using

the equipment in the properly scheduled TA. Only those Marines who

have completed the required training will be authorized to draw and

use approved equipment.

6-29 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

d. Trip Flares. All trip flares will be positioned so they

ignite below waist level and center of the down range area. The using

unit must clean-up, police up all debris after use and remove all

debris from the range.

(1) Trip flares shall be positioned so the hazard pattern or

the impacting flare does not endanger personnel.

(2) Trip flares shall not be left on any RTA. Trip flares

shall be counted before being issued to ensure all items issued are

retrieved on completion of the demonstration or exercise.

19. Non-Lethal Weapons

a. General. The term “non-lethal” shall be understood as a

function of intent. It is a goal, not a guarantee for these weapons.

The RCO must approve the concept of employment of any non-lethal

weapons not previously addressed in this Order.

b. The ROIC and RSO for non-lethal weapons must be an E-6 (SSgt)

or above, as certified on the CO Certification Letter.

c. The use of SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM shall be employed in accordance

with Chapter 14 of reference (a).

20. Non-Standard Weapons and Ammunition

a. The CG, Marine Corps Combat Development Command (MCCDC) (C465)

must approve the use of any non-standard ammunition, explosives or

weapons before use aboard Camp Lejeune. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ

(G-3/5) is the final authority for use of non-standard ammunition,

explosives, or weapons aboard the Installation.

b. Requests to use non-standard weapons and/or ammunition will be

made in RFMSS (the comments block will include a list of the non-

standard items).

c. A copy of the Limited Safety Release, Safe and Ready

Certification or Safety of Use Memorandum (SOUM) will be provided to

RCD prior to the request being approved.

d. MARSOC may approve the use of non-standard items of explosives

when necessary for Special Forces training and operations. MARSOC

units must request permission via formal naval letter to the CG,

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5) to use all non-standard weapons and

ammunition aboard Camp Lejeune.

e. The use of non-standard A&E or foreign ammunition on training

ranges will be reported to Range Control and EOD prior to use.

6-30 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

21. Research, Development, Testing and Evaluation

a. All non-tenant Research, Development, Testing and Evaluation

(RDT&E) activities within the Camp Lejeune RTA must contact MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD), 60 days prior for coordination and approval.

b. Certifications. Personnel desiring to conduct RDT&E events on

Camp Lejeune RTAs will comply with the provisions of Chapter 1 of this

Order regarding ROIC/RSO certifications and applicable briefs. RDT&E

Event Coordinators will ensure that RTAs are properly scheduled and

accessed in accordance this Order. Events not properly qualified

through Camp Lejeune Range Safety and properly coordinated will be

ordered to exit the RTA until proper coordination has taken place.

22. Counter Improvised Explosive Device Home Station Lane Training

Complex (SR-12)

a. Within the ST TA, GSRA Complex is the Counter-Improvised

Explosive Device (CIED) Home Station Lane Training Complex, Joint

Improvised Explosive Device Defeat Organization (JIEDDO Course) for

mounted and dismounted CIED training which will be coordinated and

scheduled through the MCES.

b. A separate Range Order/Range Card for this complex is

published by the MCES and Range Control.

c. The Ground Based Electronic Warfare Systems for IED/JIEDDO

training can be used during training. Counter Radio Control

Electronic Warfare (CREW) systems are ground based radio jammers.

The ROIC/RSO for the unit utilizing these systems must ensure the

frequency load sets that are being jammed by the CREW systems have

been cleared via the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Spectrum Officer and Range

Control before conducting any training with these systems. These

systems/devices can be checked out at the Tactical Engagement

Simulation System (TESS) warehouse and used in TAs after proper

coordination has been accomplished prior to training.

d. Live ammunition, SESAMS/CCMCK/UTM, pyrotechnic, explosives,

and demolitions are not authorized on this range complex (HSLT SR-12)

within the GSRA. Blank ammunition, practice hand grenade with fuse,

and smoke grenades are authorized if properly scheduled and

coordinated. Smoke grenades are only authorized in areas that will

not start a fire. Smoke grenades are not authorized in any of the

buildings/structures of this complex.

6-31 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 7

Laser Operations

1. General

a. Military lasers are being integrated into many aspects of

military training and operations aboard Camp Lejeune. Although lasers

are prohibited from being used directly as a weapon, they enhance the

target designating and range finding capability of many of the weapon

systems in the current DoD/DON/USMC arsenal, including ground, water,

and airborne systems. Personnel using or supervising the use of

lasers will be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of laser

operation, laser safety, system being employed, and all associated

dangers during training and operation aboard this Base. A detail list

of applicable references and definitions for lasers can be found in

references (n) and (o).

b. The word laser is an acronym derived from a description of the

physical process, LASER. The laser generates a beam of intense,

monochromatic light that is usually invisible under normal operating

conditions. The basic hazard associated with laser light is eye

damage. This damage can vary from a small burn, undetectable by the

injured person, to severe vision impairment. Eye damage by laser

light occurs three ways:

(1) Intrabeam or direct viewing;

(2) Diffuse reflection; or

(3) Specular reflection.

c. Direct viewing is the most hazardous form of damage, as the

light beam is focused directly on the retina. Diffuse reflections

occur when the laser beam intercepts a rough surface and is reflected

in a scattered pattern. Specular (mirror-like) reflections redirect

the light beam and cause the same eye damage as direct viewing. The

use of appropriate eyewear (goggles or visors) with the correct

Optical Density (OD) for the frequency of the laser will eliminate the

ocular hazards associated with lasers.

(1) Laser safety is a unit/command responsibility. Commanders

are responsible for ensuring their subordinates understand all of the

potential hazards of training with all laser systems/classes of lasers

currently approved and have the required Range Laser Safety Officers

(RLSO) and conducted the required laser safety training. No one may

act as RLSO until certified in writing by the Battalion/Squadron

Commander or separate Company Commander as qualified to perform duties

and trained as RLSO or above for the laser to be fired/used aboard

Camp Lejeune.

7-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) RLSOs must take the Range Laser Safety Course, Marine Net

Distance Learning Course (RLSC-DL) Course Number RTAMRLSOAA or attend

the Administrative Laser Safety Officer (ALSO) Course at Camp Lejeune

or MCAS Cherry Point/New River to be properly trained. Contact Range

Control at (910) 451-1240 for class schedule.

d. All lasers are currently divided into four classes: (1, 1M, 2,

2M, 3R, 3B, and 4). All military lasers must be labeled with their

appropriate warning and classifications.

e. Laser Classification. Laser systems are classified according

to their relative hazards from Class 1 (least hazardous) to Class 4

(most hazardous).

(1) Class 1 laser systems pose no hazard under any normal

viewing conditions. Class 1M laser systems are only hazardous when

viewed by magnifying optics.

(2) Class 2 laser systems are low power visible wavelength

lasers which are not considered hazardous for momentary (0.25 s)

unintentional exposure because the normal observer will blink or look

away before eye damage can occur. Class 2M laser systems are low-

power visible wavelength lasers similar to Class 2, but are hazardous

when viewed with magnifying optics even for a momentary exposure.

(3) Class 3 laser systems are medium power lasers. They are

hazardous to personnel who are in the beam path and viewing the source

directly or by specular reflection. They usually do not present a

diffuse reflection or skin hazard. Class 3R laser systems are

considered safe if handled carefully, with restricted intrabeam

viewing. With a Class 3R laser, the MPE can be exceeded, but with a

low risk of injury. Class 3B laser systems are powerful and can cause

serious eye injury for exposures of very short duration. They can be

hazardous for long distances downrange from the laser system.

(4) Class 4 laser systems are very powerful and the most

dangerous laser systems. They can be hazardous for extremely long

distances downrange from the laser system. They can also present a

potential diffuse reflection viewing, skin, and fire hazard.

f. All lasers have potential hazards. General lasers safety

rules of employment, engineering, administrative, and procedural

control measures are as follows:

(1) All laser systems must be approved by the Laser Safety

Review Board (LSRB), with a copy of the approval on file at Range

Control, prior to use. This is particularly important when employing

emerging technologies or commercially available lasers. Do not assume

7-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

that just because you have it, the Laser Safety Review Board has

reviewed it/evaluated it. Units can contact Range Control at (910)

451-1240 if they have any questions.

(2) All laser systems will be treated like any direct fire

line-of-sight weapon, such as a rifle or machinegun. The same safety

hazard control precautions will be taken in order to provide a safe

operating environment. Typical buffer angles for lasers are two mrad

for fixed, five mrad for inertial stabilized, 10 mrad for supported,

and 15 mrad for unsupported laser systems.

(3) Only remove the lens cap when ready to fire the laser down

range at the approved location/position. Remove the lens cap before

applying any power source.

(4) Do not leave the power source connected to the laser

device while not lasing. Laser systems that do not have lens caps or

disconnects from power source, the operator must ensure the down range

area of the laser is clear, the system is safe, and the operator is

not touching the trigger to the laser system.

(5) Ensure all personnel using/supervising the operation of

the laser/laser system are completely familiar and trained with its

operation and the associated laser hazards and all safety procedures.

(6) All Marines/Sailors who operate or supervise the operation

of laser equipment will be laser safety certified as RLSO or ALSO per

references (n), (o), Chapter 16 of reference (a), and Chapter 7 of

this Order.

g. Class 1, 1M, 2, and 2M lasers are authorized in all TAs,

ranges, and training facilities aboard Camp Lejeune if properly

scheduled in RFMSS. The using unit must be completely familiar with

the operation and the safety requirements for the laser device and the

Non-Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD).

h. Class 3R, Class 3B, and Class 4 lasers are restricted to OPs

2, 3, and 5 and Ranges G-21, K-325, K-402, K-501/K-501A, K-503/K-503A,

K-500/K-500A, L-5, MAC-6, SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, SR-10 and others as

listed in the current copy of Camp Lejeune Laser Survey that is posted

on the Range Control and RTAM TECOM Web Pages. All RLSOs for Class

3R, Class 3B, and Class 4 lasers must be designated an RLSO or ALSO

and be familiar with the MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ Laser Range Safety binder

and this Chapter and all listed references on lasers. All ranges

assigned to WTBn, Stone Bay Range complex (SBRS) are authorized up to

Class 3B Laser Devices.

7-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

2. Unit Laser Safety Program

a. General. Prior to conducting any laser operations, units must

establish a local laser safety program. This program shall be

established as directed by reference (o) and the other references that

are listed in reference (o). A certified Administrative Laser Safety

Officer (ALSO)/Technical Laser Safety Officer (TLSO) that is appointed

in writing by the units commander will manage this program. At a

minimum, the program will include:

(1) A local laser safety organization

(2) Local laser safety regulations (Unit laser SOP)

(3) Activity audit of the lasers

(4) Laser safety-training program

(5) Laser protective eye wear/equipment program

(6) Medical surveillance program if required

(7) Accident investigation/reporting procedures

(8) Record keeping/documentation file (Records and rosters of

annual laser safety training)

(9) Reporting of annual inventories

b. In addition to the above, the CO/OIC of the lasing unit will:

(1) Select, train, and certify safety personnel as necessary

to assist in complying with the provisions of the Chapter 16 of

reference (a), references (n) and (o), this Order and all other

applicable laser regulations. All RLSOs at Camp Lejeune must be

trained as a RLSO using the Marine Net Course (Course Title,

RTAMLRSOAA) or trained as an ALSOs at a minimum.

(2) Provide adequate control of the target area to prohibit

entry of unauthorized personnel, vehicles, or aircraft.

(3) Designate a RLSO for each lasing site (the RLSO can be the

ROIC/RSO of unit conducting training provided he is present at the

lasing site and is laser safety qualified/certified). The RLSO must

have experience appropriate to the exercise or operation and shall be

present during all laser operations.

7-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) Pilots of aircraft both fixed-wing and rotor-wing that are

conducting laser operations from that aircraft into the G-10 Impact

Area must be qualified and trained on that laser device to ensure that

it is operated safely at all times.

c. Units that have an inventory of Class 3B, 3R, or 4 laser

systems will establish a local laser safety program. This program

shall be established as directed by reference (o). A certified ALSO

will manage this program.

3. Range Laser Safety Officer. RLSO duties shall not be delegated.

The RLSO will:

a. Conduct a Face-to-Face Range Laser Safety Officer Brief with

the RSS.

b. Be knowledgeable of and ensure compliance with this Order,

references (a), (n), (o), (ba), (bb), (bc), and (bd), and applicable

FM/TM's and other applicable laser references.

c. Brief personnel working with laser devices and any laser range

support personnel on laser related hazards and safety devices,

procedures, and measures.

d. Know the azimuths, elevations, and lateral limits of each

laser range, each firing position, and targets to be used.

e. Ensure protective eyewear is used when required. Be sure that

unprotected personnel are not exposed to either direct beam or a beam

reflected from a specular (reflective) surface.

f. Maintain continuous communication with BLACKBURN and any

personnel in the target area. Notify BLACKBURN when lasing operations

commence; stop lasing immediately if communications are lost.

g. Stop lasing immediately if positive control of the laser beam

is lost. Approve each specific laser firing.

h. Ensure no specular surfaces are within 30 meters of the target

area and only diffuse reflectors are along the laser line of sight.

i. Ensure controls are in place (range guards/barriers with laser

warning signs) to prohibit unauthorized personnel entry into the laser

SDZ (LSDZ). Laser warning signs are available from Range Control.

Ensure signs are emplaced at safe distances and locations to prevent

unsafe practices and laser accidents.

7-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

j. Record all laser firings (i.e., time, location of laser, and

target, azimuth to target, type laser) for unit records in accordance

with references (n), (o), and (be). Unit laser firing logs will be

maintained for five years by the using unit.

k. Comply with all applicable duties of the ROIC/RSO as listed in

Chapters 1 and 3 of this Order.

l. Post at least one person as an air sentry with the sole

purpose of watching for unauthorized aircraft entering the Laser

Target Area (LTA) or the Laser SDZ (LSDZ).

m. Maintain continuous control of all laser use on the range.

4. Range Control Laser Procedures

a. All laser operations must be scheduled (RFMSS) through Range

Control.

b. All lasers will be treated as direct fire weapons. The

underlying concept of laser safety is to prevent intrabeam viewing by

unprotected personnel. This is done by locating target areas where no

line of sight exists between the lasers and uncontrolled potentially

occupied areas and by removing specular surfaces from targets. The

controls to prevent exposure to hazardous levels of laser radiation

are:

(1) Beam stops;

(2) Controlled access;

(3) Restricted airspace;

(4) A buffer zone around the target area;

(5) Safety Brief/Pre-Mission Briefs; and

(6) Laser Training.

c. To provide these controls to prevent exposure, the following

apply to all laser operations:

(1) The laser range boundary must be marked with signs (e.g.

DANGER, Laser Range in Use, DO NOT ENTER) and access roads blocked by

signs/barricades or radio-equipped personnel to ensure that

unprotected personnel do not enter the range area.

(2) Prior to lasing, the target and range area must be

visually inspected to ensure no unauthorized personnel, aircraft, or

water vessels are in the hazard area.

7-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Lasers will not be activated until the operator has

positively identified the target to be lased.

(4) Never designate aircraft, moving vehicles, or personnel.

Never designate specular reflectors such as plexiglass, water,

mirrors, vehicle windshields, unpainted metal, etc.

(5) Only the specific designated run-in headings/flight

profiles/laser range parameters will be utilized.

(6) Laser operations shall cease in fog, rain, or other

inclement weather conditions.

(7) The beam must be terminated on government owned or

controlled property and within the LSDZ. Lasers will not be directed

at any aircraft or above the horizon at any time.

(8) Personnel movements in areas adjacent to the range area

shall be known by lasing safety personnel. ROIC/RSO/Unit leadership

of the movement or occupied position adjacent to or across from the

lasing range shall be advised of the hazards.

d. The following rules apply for all laser use in the RTAs:

(1) The ROIC/RSO/RLSO must be aware of all personnel movements

in areas adjacent to the range area. The ROIC of any moving personnel

or occupied position adjacent to or across from the lasing range must

be advised of the hazard. BLACKBURN will pass coordinating safety

advisements as needed to all units.

(2) Announcement of laser firing, audible to all training

personnel, must be made prior to firing (e.g., "Lasing, Lasing,

Lasing" shouted out-loud).

(3) RCD shall:

(a) Maintain laser firing logs for the Installation

indefinitely via RFMSS.

(b) Conduct a quarterly sweep of laser ranges to remove

specular surfaces that may cause reflection.

e. Report all mishaps or unusual occurrences to the Command LSSO

immediately.

f. Force-on-force scenarios will be approved by Range Control.

Instrumented Tactical Engagement Simulation System [I-TESS] is a Class

1 system.

7-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

g. Force-on-Force Laser Operations. Due to the inherent risk of

laser use during force-on-force operations, a deliberate Operational

Risk Analysis will be used in all phases of the training or exercise.

Specifically, the ROIC/RSO will:

(1) Train safety/controller personnel before conducting force-

on-force exercises with lasers.

(2) Provide the RSS with a detailed plan of the exercise

including:

(a) A detailed list of all laser use during the exercise

will be provided prior to approval in the RFMSS request;

(b) A list of weapons, ammunition, pyrotechnics, smoke,

and chemicals to be used;

(c) Unit control and communications measures;

(d) Terrain and facilities to be used; and

(e) Number of personnel in the training exercise versus

number of safety controllers and other personnel in support of the

exercise.

(3) When laser-equipped vehicles travel on range roads or

public highways or are not engaged in tactical/operations, the laser

exit port must be covered. This includes all ground mounted/handheld

systems. The RLSO or above must ensure lens caps are in place. Any

tactical vehicle equipped with a laser system must turn laser systems

off when personnel are working or operating in front of the

wheeled/tracked vehicle.

h. I-TESS-II is a Class 3A laser; treat this system with caution

and ensure all laser safety procedures are in place.

i. All lasers used aboard this Installation must be in compliance

with the Laser Range Safety Certification, latest Camp Lejeune Laser

Survey and this Order/Range Card for that range at all times which are

posted on the Range Control Web Page. A copy of these documents will

be handed out to each RLSO when a laser range is signed for at Range

Control. These documents provide the user with specific information

such as authorized lasers, lasing points, laser principal direction of

fire (PDF) and right and left lateral limits of fire for day specific

and night specific target areas.

7-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

5. Laser Incidents/Accidents

a. Personnel suspected of experiencing potentially damaging eye

exposure from laser radiation will be evacuated immediately to the

nearest medical facility and undergo an eye examination. Pertinent

medical guidance for such emergencies is available per references (n),

(o), and (bb). The expeditious examination and treatment of laser eye

injuries is critical in minimizing loss of visual acuity.

b. Report laser overexposure incidents immediately to the Range

Control/BLACKBURN/unit chain of command. Subsequent reporting will be

in accordance with references (n), (o), and (bb).

c. Chapter 16 of reference (a) provides additional guidance and

policy. Expeditious medical guidance is available through the Tri-

Service Laser Injury Hotline at (800) 473-3549 or (937) 938-3764.

d. Medical Surveillance. Conduct First Aid for eye injury from

laser energy. First Aid shall not be attempted for damage produced by

laser energy to the eye; therefore, prompt reporting to a medical

treatment facility is imperative known. Suspected eye injuries

constitute an “Urgent” MEDEVAC. MEDEVAC procedures can be found in

Chapter 1 of this Order. Immediate examination will be given when

there is known or suspected laser overexposure.

6. Supplemental Laser Information

a. Definition of Terms

(1) Diffuse Reflection. The scattering of laser light as it

reflects off of a rough surface.

(2) Divergence. The increase in the diameter of the laser

beam as the distance from the aperture of the laser increases.

(3) Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE). The level of

radiation a person may be exposed to without hazardous effect.

(4) Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD). NOHD is the

distance from the laser to the human eye, where laser exposure does

not pose a hazard.

(5) OD. Refers to the density of the eyewear (goggles or

visors) required to protect the eye from laser radiation.

(6) Specular Hazard. A shiny or mirror-like surface.

Examples are vehicle windows, polished metals, standing water,

plexiglass, and chrome bumpers.

7-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Class 1, Class 1M, Class 2, Class 2M, and Class 3A lasers are

authorized for use in all RTAs with required restrictions based on the

laser class and the Laser Safety Review Board (LSRB) documents for

that laser device/system.

(1) Use of all safety features that limit power output are

mandatory on ranges not certified for Class 3B, 3R, and higher lasers.

(2) ROIC/RSO and the LRSO will ensure use of applicable safety

features per laser TMs.

(3) Use of Class 3A and below lasers for force-on-force

operations must be coordinated with the RSS.

NOTE: DoD Exempt Lasers are lasers designed for actual combat, combat

training operations, or classified in the interest of national

security and are exempted from the requirements specified in reference

(bf).

7. Using Unit

a. Unit Commanders. The CO or designated representative of the

lasing unit will:

(1) Select, train, and certify safety personnel necessary to

assist in complying with the provisions of Chapter 16 of reference

(a) and other applicable laser regulations.

(2) Provide adequate control of the target area to prohibit

entry of unauthorized personnel.

(3) Designate an RLSO for each lasing site; the RLSO can be

the ROIC/RSO of the firing unit provided he is at the lasing site and

is laser qualified/certified.

8. Laser Ranges

a. Limitations

(1) Camp Lejeune will support lasing operations from fixed and

rotar-wing aircraft in accordance with current laser range

certification and this Order.

(2) The laser certification for this Installation addresses

only those class laser systems approved for training scenarios by the

LRSB. Any laser system used in nontraditional modes, R&D

applications, and prototype systems will be handled separately and

coordinated with the RSS and RCO. The Command LSSO will complete the

specific certification on a case-by-case basis.

7-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

b. Ranges

(1) Laser certifications may change should the character of

the laser certified ranges change. Units planning to use lasing

devices will confer with the RSS as to the Installation's current

laser certifications.

(2) Camp Lejeune has multiple LTAs certified for unfiltered

Class 3B/3R and Class 4 laser systems. These LTAs certifications are

located on Camp Lejeune Range Control website.

(3) These ranges are only approved for use with lasers

specifically identified in the current Safety Of Use Memorandums

(SOUMs) or the current Camp Lejeune laser certification/survey.

(4) For detailed information about laser use aboard Camp

Lejeune contact the RSS at (910) 451-1240.

(5) Ensure personnel are trained and have fired the laser and

weapon assigned to them.

(6) Brief participants on the capabilities of the lasers and

weapons used by other units/components in the exercise.

(7) Ensure all personnel participating in the exercise have

all PPE gear required by all orders and regulations governing the use

of lasers.

7-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Chapter 8

Maritime Operations

1. General

a. The CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ, exercises authority to control

access to certain navigable waters to prevent injuries from live-fire

operations and other training activities as described in reference

(bg) and (bh). These waters include:

(1) Atlantic Coast Sector (ACS). Danger Area boundaries are

described as below:

(a) On the north, follow a line bearing 105 degrees (true

meridian) from grid coordinate 0050-3328.

(b) On the east and south, follow the arc having a radius

of 25,000 yards centered at 9187-2765.

(c) On the west, follow a line bearing 205 degrees from

8809-2475.

(d) On the northwest, follow the shore.

(e) Sector warning buoys are located as follows:

1. Lighted Buoy A (LLNR-631.00) in position

34-36-19 N and 77-05-34 W.

2. Lighted Buoy B (LLNR-631.01) in position

34-35-22 N and 77-01-28 W.

3. Lighted Buoy C (LLNR-631.02) in position

34-30-01 N and 70-02-04 W.

4. Lighted Buoy D (LLNR-631.03) in position

34-25-28 N and 77-05-35 W.

5. Lighted Buoy E (LLNR-631.04) in position

34-22-34 N and 77-11-00 W.

6. Lighted Buoy F (LLNR-631.05) in position

34-21-55 N and 77-17-28 W.

7. Lighted Buoy G (LLNR-631.06) in position

34-23-36 N and 77-23-35 W.

8. Lighted Buoy H (LLNR-631.07) in position

34-27-57 N and 77-21-08 W.

8-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) New River Danger Area. This area is comprised of eight

sectors outlined on the National Oceanic and Atmospheric

Administration (NOAA), United States, East Coast, North Carolina, New

River, chart number 11542 - Approaches to New River. All water

sectors must be scheduled in RFMSS.

(a) Traps Bay Secto

(b) Courthouse Bay Sector

(c) Stone Bay Sector

(d) Stone Creek Sector

(e) Grey Point Sector

(f) Farnell Bay Sector

(g) Morgan Bay Sector

(h) Jacksonville Sector

(i) French Creek Sector

(j) New River Sector

(k) New River Inlet Sector

(3) AIWW. This area includes all navigable waters from Bear

Creek through Onslow Beach Bridge to the New River Inlet to include

all creeks, streams, bays, and the water contained therein.

b. Regulations

(1) Vessels may proceed along established waterways except

during live-fire training periods. Warning of military training

periods will be given through Notices to Mariners and by displaying,

one hour before firing, a red danger streamer during daylight hours or

a red light at night on the range towers/poles specified in the Range

Cards for each range. When these signals/lights are displayed,

vessels shall clear the sector immediately.

(2) The ACS and AIWW areas will be searched/swept by aircraft

prior to bombing and firing operations. Watercraft in the area will

be warned of the impending live-fire by safety/guard boats from RCD.

When warned, vessels must/will leave the area as quickly as possible

by the most direct route.

8-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Prior to any firing over New River sectors, the area will

be visually inspected to ensure it is clear of personnel or vessels.

The artillery unit conducting live-fire into the K-2 Impact Area will

place observers at LZ Oriole/GP-33 or other approved locations with

the required equipment to observe up and down the New River and call

“CEASE FIRE” in case of a vessel or aircraft comes within/enters the

GTL of the live-fire event.

(4) When firing into the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, Brown’s Island

the training unit will provide tower guards that are properly equipped

and will be in place and in communications with the ROIC/RSO and Navy

Boat Crew radio operators before the aircraft range sweep.

(5) All navigable waters between Browns Island and the AIWW

(bounded by Browns Inlet and Bear Inlet) are open to navigation only:

no anchoring, fishing, cast netting, wading, or swimming. No bottom

disturbing activity is authorized like; clamming, oystering, or

crabbing are examples of activities not allowed. There are highly

sensitive unexploded projectiles within the limits of these areas.

NOTMARs will close this area when military live-fire training is

scheduled. Avoid areas where signs identifying the danger/hazardous

areas are posted.

(6) The waters of the AIWW and connecting waters from Bogue

Sound-New River Light 58 [(LLNR 39210) at approximate position 34

Degrees 37 Minutes 57 Seconds North, 77 Degrees 12 Minutes 18 Seconds

West, Bear Creek Grid Coordinates 9785-3445)] and continuing in the

AIWW Southwest to Bogue Sound-New River Day beacon 70 [(LLNR 39290) at

approximate position 34 Degrees 33 Minutes 7 Seconds North, 77 Degrees

20 Minutes 30 Seconds West (Cedar Point Grid Coordinates 8540-2500)],

comprise a Safety Zone approximately 10 nm long. Weapons firing on

authorized ranges, G-5/G-6/G-7/H-1, will be allowed on even hours

(e.g., 0800-1000-1200 and so on). Vessels may transit the range area

on the odd hours (e.g., 0900-1100-1300 and so on) and will proceed

without stopping, except in an emergency. When Naval Vessels are

firing from Fire Support Area at sea into G-10, the AIWW will close

for four hours (0800-1200 and 1300-1700) at a time with a one hour

break in between. The Navy Boat Crew will be on station during live

firing to control vessel traffic and pass information as required.

(7) Brown’s Island and the surrounding waterways were

historically used as impact areas for high explosive ordnance for many

years. The dangers of UXO are prevalent throughout the island and

surrounding waterways to include the AIWW. Brown’s Island is closed

to any and all recreational use. All civilian watercraft shall not

beach or drop anchors on or near restricted areas that are posted with

proper warning/danger signs stating “Danger Impact Area, Do Not

Enter”. Foot traffic is prohibited on any of the land/marsh areas of

Brown’s Island at all times.

8-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(8) Each willful violation of the regulations prohibiting

entry into the impact/target area(s) during military use (live firing)

and Brown’s Island at any time is punishable in U.S. District Court by

confinement or a fine.

c. Military Operations on the Waters of and Surrounding MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ

(1) All operations involving military watercraft in the Camp

Lejeune area, to include, but not limited to U.S. Navy, USCG

ships/smaller water vessels, USMC small boats, and military open water

swimmers fall under the jurisdiction of this Order at all times.

Units conducting any open water training events, to include water

parachute operations will have it scheduled properly in RFMSS, signed

for if required and have the required safety supervisors, safety

swimmers, medical support, and safety boats to support the high-risk

training event. The using unit must have the required communication

with BLACKBURN during the properly scheduled in RFMSS and signed for

training event.

(2) Military operations involving AAVs, LAVs, small boats,

open water swimmers, LCUs, LCACs, etc., in waters surrounding MCIEAST-

MCB CAMLEJ, to include water parachute operations must be scheduled

through RFMSS a minimum of 14 working days prior to use. This time

frame is required to permit the coordination mandated by federal law

with appropriate agencies external to the Marine Corps if required and

to permit the publication of the appropriate Notice to Mariners. Any

unauthorized military waterborne operations conducted without a

published NOTMARs, which injures civilians or damages civilian

property could result in the training unit commander being held

personally liable in Federal court.

(3) LCAC Route to/from Mile Hammock Bay. Entry point

approaching from the sea – 855-243; Exit point towards Mile Hammock

Bay – 864-255. LCACs requesting to cross Onslow Beach must coordinate

operations at least 21 working days in advance with the RCO and EMD.

(4) Refueling on or within 100 ft. of water requires a SRR and

a FEREIR. POC for FEREIRs is the NEPA Section, ECB, EMD at (910) 451-

5063.

(5) Requests to place floating bridges, wires, cables, fuel

hoses, pipes, floating targets, etc. across or in navigable waters

must be submitted 30 working days in advance of the scheduled event to

the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ via the AC/S, G-3/5 (RCD). Requests must

contain grid coordinates of obstruction, type of obstruction, and

dates and times of emplacement and removal. Obstructions must be

manned on both sides, easily removed to allow waterborne traffic to

proceed, and completely removed upon completion of training.

8-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) All naval and coast guard vessels involved in operations

in Onslow Bay and adjacent waters falling under the jurisdiction of

the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ must request area clearance prior to entry.

Area clearance is required because five of Camp Lejeune ranges fire

into or from the Atlantic Coast Sector. Naval message PLA addressees

are: CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ and CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G3-5.

(7) Units conducting training in State of North Carolina

waters must be vigilant and yield to hunters, commercial fishermen,

and recreation boaters in the area to prevent conflicts.

2. Navy Boat Crew

a. General. The Navy Boat Crew is organized, staffed, and

equipped to support training involving the navigable waters within the

jurisdiction of the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ. Boats are equipped with

marine band radios and the capability to communicate with BLACKBURN,

ROICs/RSOs of the firing unit on 34.70 FM and all other water crafts

if equipped. Coxswains will operate their boats in accordance with

this Order, USCG, and all other applicable regulations. Routine

support includes:

(1) Downrange safety/guard boats on the NE (Bear Tower) and SW

(Onslow North Tower) points of the AIWW to ensure boat traffic safety

during live firing into the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, Range H-1, Brown’s

Island, and Naval Gunfire. As a small craft, they will always adhere

to applicable storm/sea warnings and the senior Navy Boat Coxswain on

station will make the final decision to secure Navy Boat Crew

operations or to seek temporary safe harbor in the event of foul

weather and high sea state. If Boat Crew must secure, BLACKBURN will

place the range supported in a “COLD" status until the weather

condition or sea warning is lifted.

(2) Safety/guard boat may provide back-up support for

parachute operations into or near navigable waters of Camp Lejeune.

The Boat Crew provides this service on an "as available" basis and is

not equipped for recovery operations (Safety Swimmers with proper

gear) that require special equipment; such equipment and personnel

must be provided by the unit requesting the support.

(3) Escort or guide boat service for amphibious vehicles (AAVs

or LAVs) transiting navigable waters, primarily New River.

(4) All other assignments or tasks as directed by the RCO.

b. Areas of Responsibility. The Navy Boat Crew operates within

the jurisdictional control of the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ as defined in

references (bg) and (bh). This is generally defined as the New River

8-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Inlet; the Atlantic Ocean sector from the New River Inlet to Bear

Inlet and seaward 25,000 yards; the AIWW within Camp Lejeune East-West

boundaries, and the New River.

c. Requesting Procedures

(1) For scheduled firing into the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, E-1,

H-1, G-5, G-7, Naval Gunfire, and Brown’s Island, RCO will routinely

provide Navy Guard Boat support; separate unit requests are not

required but detailed coordination must be conducted between all

agencies.

(2) For all other boat support, unit requests must be

submitted via the chain of command to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5

RCD) 15 working days in advance of the Monday of the training week.

d. Emergency support may be requested directly from BLACKBURN on

34.70 FM or at (910) 451-3064/4449. The Navy Boat Crew is not manned

for emergency 24 hour response, so its off-duty response times will

vary. The Fire Department is the primary source of water rescue

assistance on-base; at sea, the Coast Guard Station at Fort Macon

(252) 247-4570, Emerald Isle (252) 354-2719, Wilmington (910) 256-

2615, (910) 256-4224, (910) 509-0779, or Channels 16, 83A, or 22.

USMC Search and Rescue (PEDRO) helicopter can be reached at (252) 466-

5745 (DSN: 582-5745), 323.7 UHF, or Channel 83A to provide emergency

assistance. BLACKBURN will coordinate the appropriate emergency

response.

e. All units that operate military small boats or amphibious

craft must ensure they comply with all standard procedures and common

courtesy such as no wake zones, water craft speed, trash, with

particular attention to the entire New River, AIWW, Sneads Ferry

Bridge, Onslow Beach Bridge, and Mile Hammock Bay to prevent damaging

civilian watercraft and property. At no time will any trash,

ammunition dunnage such as brass, links, or live ammunition be

disposed of by dumping in the water.

f. VHF Channel 16 is not authorized for general communication on

the water while conducting the range sweep. VHF Channel 16 is for

Hailing and Distress communication only for short and direct

communications and then shift to other assigned frequencies.

3. H Range, E-1 RANGE, N-1/BT-3, and Naval Gunfire Range Sweeps

When the H Range, E-1 Range, N-1/BT-3 Impact Area, or naval gunfire

are scheduled in RFMSS, BLACKBURN will coordinate a range sweep in

accordance with the following procedures:

8-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

a. When the sweep aircraft checks in with BLACKBURN on 233.8 UHF

(primary), 119.5 (alternate), or 34.70 VHF, BLACKBURN will contact the

Navy Guard Boats and the shooting unit, providing the sweep aircraft’s

call sign.

b. Navy Guard Boat 1 will be located in the vicinity of grid

932295 in the AIWW abeam Onslow North Tower. It will have a Blue

flashing light and flying the Bravo Flag (red flag).

c. Navy Guard Boat 2 will be located in the vicinity of Bear

Tower Grid 976-341 in the AIWW. It will have a blue flashing light

and flying the Bravo flag.

d. Navy Speedboat (Speedy) will be located in the AIWW during the

sweep.

e. BLACKBURN will read the following safety brief to the sweep

aircraft: "Sweep the N-1/BT-3 impact area from the AIWW to four miles

seaward. Sweep the marshes, creeks, and AIWW between North Onslow

Beach Tower (Grid 931-288), Bear Tower (grid 974-342), and Bear Inlet

(Grid 003-331). Sweep the beach between North Onslow Beach Tower and

Bear Inlet as well as four miles seaward. Report any sea mammal

sightings to BLACKBURN. Report personnel and surface craft contacts

to Navy Guard Boat with minimum four digit grid. Do you have any

questions at this time?"

f. BLACKBURN will ask the sweep aircraft to contact the Navy

Guard Boat on CH 16 (Marine VHF common) expecting a further switch to

CH 72 to discuss contacts. If unable to establish and/or maintain

communication with Navy Boats on CH-16 (156.800) or CH-72 (156.625)

the sweep aircraft will contact BLACKBURN. Military aircraft without

Marine VHF radio capability may establish communications with Navy

Boats on 34.70 FM. If any aircraft is unable to establish

communications with Navy Boats, BLACKBURN will relay all findings to

Navy Boats.

g. When the sweep is complete, the aircraft will be held on

station until BLACKBURN can verify with the ROIC/RSO and the Navy

Guard Boat the area is clear and they are satisfied with the sweep.

If the ROIC/RSO and the Navy Guard Boat are satisfied with the sweep,

BLACKBURN will state to the aircraft: "I understand you had positive

communication with the Navy Guard Boats. Confirm you have identified

all sea mammal sightings to BLACKBURN and all personnel and surface

craft contacts to Navy Guard Boats."

h. Chapter 2 discusses the rules for avoiding marine/sea mammals

in and around the water impact area/assigned live fire ranges.

i. BLACKBURN will ask the sweep aircraft for requested route and

clear if possible.

8-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

j. A map representation of the range sweep is available on the

Range Control Website or Range Control.

4. Amphibious Vehicle Splash Points. 41 numbered splash points (SP)

have been established for amphibious vehicles to enter or leave the

water (the gaps in the numeric sequence are due to the deletion of

inactive SP). Use only existing SP. Do not widen existing SP. Do

not make new SP. If an authorized SP point is eroded or needs repairs

report it to Range Control at (910) 451-1240.

SP

Grid

Description

1

18S TD 9757 3410

SP Bear Tower

2

18S TD 9594 3227

SP Old Brown’s Tower

3

18S TD 9386 3052

SP Freeman Beacon

4 18S TD 9207 2855

SP TLZ Falcon E (Note 1,

5)

5

18S TD 9191 2841

SP TLZ Falcon (Note 1, 5)

6 18S TD 9163 2811

SP TLZ Falcon W

(Note 1,

5)

7

18S TD 9102 2755

SP Onslow AIWW

(Note 5)

9 18S TD 9010 2693

SP TLZ Albatross N

(Note 5)

10

18S TD 9020 2677

SP TLZ Albatross S

11 18S TD 8779 2540

SP TLZ Bluebird S

(Note 2)

12 18S TD 8761 2545

SP TLZ Bluebird N

(Note 2)

13

18S TD 8673 2604

SP Mile Hammock Bay

15

18S TD 8581 3379

SP Duck Creek N

16

18S TD 8592 3373

SP Duck Creek S

18

18S TD 8564 2768

SP Traps Bay S

19

18S TD 8555 2784

SP Traps Bay N

(Note 5)

20

18S TD 8552 3526

SP Weil Point

22

18S TD 8427 3378

SP Tank Trail 1

23

18S TD 8490 3451

SP Tank Trail 2

(Note 5)

24

18S TD 8453 3754

SP 6th Marines

25

18S TD 8387 3870

SP 8th Marines

(Note 5)

26

18S TD 8366 3298

SP Tank Trail 3

(Note 5)

27

18S TD 8286 3013

SP Courthouse Bay N

28

18S TD 8223 3951

SP Hadnot Point

29

18S TD 8287 3188

SP Tank Trail 4

30

18S TD 8267 3551

SP Rhodes Point

31

18S TD 8244 2996

SP Courthouse Bay

32

18S TD 8222 3122

SP TLZ Sandpiper

34

18S TD 8217 2972

SP Courthouse Bay S

35

18S TD 8176 2928

SP TLZ Kite

(Note 5)

36

18S TD 8184 3834

SP Town Point

8-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

SP

Grid

Description

38

18S TD 8120 3853

SP Town Point W

(Note 5)

40 18S TD 8079 3146

SP Gillette Point

(Note 5)

41

18S TD 8040 3132

SP Oriole

(Note 5)

42

18S TD 8039 3886

SP Magnolia Lane

43 18S TD 7921 4080

SP Ragged Point S

(Note 5)

44

18S TD 7867 4242

SP Ragged Point N

45

18S TD 7855 2807

SP Everett Creek

(Note 3)

46

18S TD 7731 3359

SP Foys Landing

(Note 5)

48 18S TD 7672 4039

SP Stone Creek Landing

(Note 4)

49

18S TD 8500 2820

SP Traps Bay

(Note 5)

Table 8-1--Amphibious Vehicle Splash Points

NOTE(s):

(1) TLZ Falcon – use extreme caution; avoid damage to

telephone cable.

(2) TLZ Bluebird - Avoid the waterfowl improvement area.

(3) Everett Creek – use extreme caution; avoid damage to

telephone cable.

(4) Stone Creek Landing - requires prior coordination with the

Rifle Range. Call Rifle Range, Stone Bay S-3 at (910) 440-1600/2705.

(5) Currently, these splash points are not usable, but this is

subject to change.

5. Naval Gunfire

a. Purpose

(1) In order to enhance the level of training for Shore Fire

Control Party(s) (SFCP) assigned to 10th Marines and other Marine

units (MARSOC Units, MEUs, ANGLICO, etc.) that are required to

maintain proficiency in delivery of Naval Surface Fire Support (NSFS),

the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ has authorized NSFS firing from qualified

ships (as defined below) into the G-10 Impact Area. To ensure the

safe conduct of SFCP/NSFS training, this chapter prescribes procedures

/polices for the planning, coordination, and firing of NSFS aboard

Camp Lejeune.

(2) The following is a list of general references that will be

used when NSFS is used/fired at Camp Lejeune/G-10 Impact Area:

(This List is Subject to Change)

8-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(a) MCO 3570.1C/DA PAM 385-63 (reference (a);

(b) USN Fleet Exercise Publication 5B Series (reference

(bi);

(c) Allied Tactical Publication 4E–Naval Gunfire

Procedures (reference (bj);

(d) United States Navy SW 323-AB-ORD-020 Rev 2 (reference

(bk);

(e) NAVORD PUB TW024-AA-ORD-010, Ammunition (Serviceable,

Suspended, and Limited Use) (reference (bl);

(f) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1 (this Order);

(g) 10th Marines Artillery JtRegtO P3570.1E (reference

(ar);

(h) Navigational Chart 11543 (Cape Lookout-New River)

River) NAD 83/WGS-84;

(i) Camp Lejeune Military Installation Map

(V742SCPLEJEUMIN) Edition 4-DMA) NAD 83/WGS-84; and

(j) COMNAVSURFLANT Standing Letter of Instruction (LOI)

for G-10 Naval Surface Fire Support (NSFS) Shore Fire Control (SFCP)

ISO 10th Marines and Pre-Fire Message.

b. Scope. The procedures described in this Chapter and all

references listed above apply to all Marine and Naval Forces

conducting SFCP/NSFS training aboard Camp Lejeune. The CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ is the only approval authority for deviation from this Order.

c. General

(1) Inert ordnance (Training Practice) is not cleared for fire

into the G-10 Impact Area and will not be used.

(2) Prior to firing, the ROIC, RSO, and/or Naval Gunfire

Liaison Officer (NGLO) shall conduct a Face-to-Face, VTC, or

conference call range safety brief with the scheduled firing ship(s).

This brief will be conducted within 30 days of the Naval Gunfire live-

fire event. The purpose of this brief is to ensure shipboard

personnel are cognizant of range safety requirements, procedures, and

scheduled training events. Unit conducting NSFS must release a NSFS

Pre-fire message at least three working days (72 hours) before the

scheduled event and ensure the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ G-3/5 is listed

on the message routing.

8-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Prior to firing into the G-10 Impact Area, the supporting

ship(s) must conduct a Pre-Action Calibration Fire (PACFIRE) seaward

in order to verify 5”/54 or 5”/62 gun system operation, check

meteorological data, determine Initial Salvo Velocity (ISV) and

conduct barrel warming. Results of this PACFIRE must be updated into

the ship’s fire control computer and verified by Gunfire Liaison

Officer (GLO) prior to any firing into G-10. The ship must also

conduct a GPS check of the gun/ship before conducting any live-fire

into the G-10 Impact Area. The ship is responsible for scheduling the

W-122 airspace and water space with the Atlantic Fleet Exercise

Coordination Center and FASFAC VACAPES and air sweep.

(4) The initial fire mission into the G-10 impact area will be

a single shot at center grid registration adjust mission to ensure

accuracy of gun and spot corrections are having desired effect. TGT 8

will normally be used for this fire mission and the firing ship/ships

must avoid the two published No Fire Areas (NFAs).

(5) In accordance with this Order, the ROIC/RSO and the

participating ship(s) will maintain two-way communications with

BLACKBURN at all times, on frequencies designated in paragraph 5c(7)

below, while the range is in a “HOT” status.

(6) Prior to live-fire, a non-firing rehearsal utilizing

reference (j) geography shall be conducted. The references are listed

on page 8-9 for NGF. This rehearsal may be conducted while en-route

to Camp Lejeune/Onslow Bay.

(7) Ships are responsible for maintaining clearance of water

surface area 350 meters from ship along the GTL.

(8) Ships are cleared for overhead fire beyond the 350-meter

point. Ships must verify munitions to be fired are cleared for

overhead fire per reference (e). The references are listed on page

8-9 above for NGF. Approved DODICs for firing in to G-10 Impact Area

are (no exceptions):

PROJECTILE

DODIC

HE-CVT

D350

D295

D346

D803

HE-HC/PDD

D339

HE-PD

D330

D343

D884

HE-MT/PD

D338

D340

8-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

HE-VT

D331

D332

D347

D339

ILLUM

D328

D353

D354

Table 8-2--G-10 Impact Area Approved DODICs

Note: HE-VT rounds DODIC D331, D332, D347, D328, D353, D354, D333, and

D334 are NOT cleared for overhead fire of troops.

(9) The G-10 Impact Area is defined by the following

coordinates:

(a) 3438.70N5-07717.23W7 (GRID 18STD90373605)

(b) 3438.88N4-07716.57W3 (GRID 18STD91403637)

(c) 3438.59N2-07715.57W6 (GRID 18STD93003580)

(d) 3437.88N3-07715.49W3 (GRID 18STD93003447)

(e) 3437.62N5 07716.76W4 (GRID 18STD91053405)

Note: Rounds impacting outside G-10 will result in an immediate

“CHECK FIRE” until target coordinates/gun fire control solution can be

verified.

(10) Camp Lejeune has established two NFAs within the G-10

Impact Area (UCAS Facility/Lego City and GBU-24 NFA). Live-fire into

the UCAS/Lego City is not authorized.

(a) UCAS Facility/Lego City NFA Coordinates

GRID 18STD91143590

GRID 18STD91213593

GRID 18STD91533593

GRID 18STD91533574

GRID 18STD91363564

GRID 18STD91283564

GRID 18STD91143569

(b) GBU-24 NFA coordinates

GRID 18STD9186835222

GRID 18STD9188835211

GRID 18STD9187535190

GRID 18STD9187635200

8-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Note: The areas must be marked on the map by the SFCP team and ship.

(11) NSFS Spotters/Observers will normally be placed at a

vantage point perpendicular to the GTL in order to adjust fires.

Primary OP will be OP-5/G-3 Berm, but other OPs, such as OP-2/OP-3/

OP-14, may be utilized if scheduled and signed for when training more

than one SFCP/Spot Team.

(12) No intentional discharge of ordnance into the water is

permitted.

(13) Naval vessels will not discard refuse/trash overboard or

pump bilges while in the vicinity of Camp Lejeune/Onslow Bay.

(14) Ships must report number and type by DODIC of

rounds/fuses expended to the ROIC/RSO (NGLO) at end of training. This

information will then be forwarded to BLACKBURN/Range Control along

with number of Marines/Sailors trained. The NGLO will update the

Naval Gunfire Usage spreadsheet as required within 48 hours after the

event and submit the spreadsheet to BLACKBURN/Range Control.

(15) Ships must maintain a constant lookout (visual and radar)

for low flying aircraft and surface vessels that may interfere with

the live-fire training event.

(16) USCG regulations require that the AIWW between Onslow

Beach Bridge and Bear Tower be closed to routine marine traffic during

NSFS live-firing events. Camp Lejeune will coordinate with U.S. Coast

Guard for issuance of applicable Broadcast NOTMARs (BNTM) 30 days in

advance, Broadcast Warnings, and schedule the Navy Boat Crew to

enforce the closure.

(17) State Highway 172 aboard Camp Lejeune will be closed

between the intersections with Sneads Ferry Road (south) and Lyman

Road (north) during all NSFS live-firings. The unit(s) conducting

training is/are responsible for providing the personnel and equipment

required to accomplish the Highway 172 closure. At a minimum, eight

personnel and one NCOIC with VHF communications gear and

transportation will be employed. The following checkpoints will be

established prior to and maintained throughout any live-fire with four

road guards (positioned in groups of two) that are briefed on duties

at each site listed below: This is subject to change due to other

requirements/positions

(a) Intersection of Highway 172 and Sneads Ferry Road

(mechanical gate with flashing lights installed and orange cones

placed out).

(b) Intersection of Highway 172 and Lyman Road (mechanical

gate with flashing lights installed and orange cones/barriers).

8-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) At ETA-4 and Sneads Ferry Road (Gate to be locked or a

Road Guard(s) must be posted).

(d) At Freeman Creek Landing and Highway 172. This Road

Guard(s) also serves as a lookout on Highway 172 for vehicles that

have by-passed gates.

(e) Close and lock gate at TLZ Goose.

(18) Two-way communications between all four checkpoints and

the ROIC/RSO (NGLO) must be maintained continuously while the range is

“HOT.”

(19) Additionally, road guards will be deployed at least one

hour prior to commencement of live-fire in order to thoroughly sweep

Highway 172, Freeman’s Creek Road, and boat launch areas prior to

Highway 172 closure. It is the ROIC/RSO’s responsibility to ensure

that all detour signs and the two gates are properly displayed in a

down position and lights are properly functioning before going “HOT.”

After the training event, all signs and gates need to be returned to

the up position and cones removed. This operation must be checked and

supervised by the ROIC/RSO (NGLO).

(20) When available, a NGLO will be placed on the firing unit

of a U.S. ship during live-fire in order to facilitate a safe

evolution. A U.S. Military NGLO is required for all foreign ships

shooting into the G-10. All ships shall have reference (j) (The

references listed on page 8-9 for NGF) to easily communicate grid

locations with BLACKBURN. NGLO shall ensure ships have reference (j)

The references are listed on page 8-9 for NGF) prior to going to ship

so he can bring one if necessary.

d. Safety

(1) Every person involved in this training is a safety officer

and can initiate a “CHECK-FIRE,” when an unsafe condition or act is

observed. Only the ROIC/RSO (NGLO) may ask to cancel a “CHECK FIRE.”

(2) Unlike artillery, naval gunfire does not depend on the

angle of fire to control the angle of fall. Due to the ballistics of

naval gunfire and the related trajectory, the angle of fall for naval

gunfire is a function of range. As such, the only approved Fire

Support Area (FSA) for NSFS into G-10 Impact Area is bounded by the

following coordinates:

(a) 3429.33N4-07714.61W6 (GRID 18STD94001865)

(b) 3432.31N6-07708.44W0 (GRID 18SUD03552395)

8-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) 3430.90N9-07707.43W8 (GRID 18SUD05052130)

(d) 3427.89N3-07713.62W6 (GRID 18STD95451595)

(3) This FSA ensures a minimum range of 14,000 meters (14 km)

to the near boundary of the G-10 Impact Area and an angle of fall

greater than 20 degrees.

NOTE: Naval Gunfire is not authorized into the G-10 NFA (UCAS Site,

Lego City) or GBU-24 NFA.

(4) The maximum height (ordinate) of the NSFS shall not exceed

17,999 ft. MSL.

(5) The ROIC/RSO (NGLO) is responsible for determining the

minimum and maximum GTL relative to the assigned FSA. These will be

between 309-353 degrees true.

(6) The above standards are normally not negotiable and are in

place to preclude lower round trajectory resulting in a higher

skipping probability.

(7) An immediate “CHECK-FIRE” will be called for any of the

following reasons:

(a) Loss of communications between spotters and firing

unit (ship); or ROIC/RSO, firing unit (ship) and BLACKBURN; or

ROIC/RSO and all road guards;

(b) Targets within the (G-10 Impact Area) that are NOT

visible to spotters;

(c) Range foulers (i.e., land, sea, or air; sea mammals,

boats, turtles, aircraft, ground units, etc.);

(d) Gun or Gun Fire Control System casualty;

(e) Gun sight angle less than 15°;

(f) GTL outside safe firing limits;

(g) Marine mammals within 100 ft. of ship; and

(h) Whales, turtles, or manatees within 500 yards of ship.

e. Personnel, Duties, and Responsibilities. When conducting unit

level SFCP/NSFS training, not in conjunction with a combined arms

exercise live-fire, the required personnel with their duties and

responsibilities are listed below:

8-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(1) OP ROIC and RSO

(a) ROIC must be either the NGLO or qualified NSFS spotter

GySgt/E-7 or above that has a valid Camp Lejeune ROIC/RSO Card.

(b) Perform duties per this Order and reference (ar).

(c) Schedule G-10 Impact Area as a Naval Gunfire event,

observer positions, and EB Onslow as required.

(d) ROIC/NGLO is responsible for signing for the

range/OP/impact area at least one day prior to exercise and prior to

briefing NSFS. Brief shall include but not limited to pre-exercise

message, FSA, concept of operations, ORM, safety issues, and ship’s

readiness ratings.

(e) Conduct a Face-to-Face brief with designated firing

unit(s) prior to any live-fire into the G-10 Impact Area.

(f) ROIC/RSO duties in accordance with Chapter 1. ROIC/

RSO may also serve as the RLSO (if school trained and certified by

unit CO), when employing lasers.

(2) Firing Unit

(a) The CO of the NSFS ship is responsible for all aspects

of safe firing (sea side) aboard the ship.

(b) Responsible to adhere to all regulations and

procedures prescribed in Chapter 2 of this Order.

(c) Must request airspace/water space, W-122 (surface-

17,999 ft.), from FACSFAC VACAPES and Onslow Beach water space from

Camp Lejeune, Range Control.

(d) Ensure all ammunition is cleared for overhead fire and

is on the approved DODIC list.

(e) Maintain positive two-way communication with BLACKBURN

on 233.8 UHF (primary) or 34.70 VHF (primary) and commercial telephone

(910) 451-3064/4449 (alternate). Conduct communication checks every

30 minutes on the half hour and hour when in a “HOT” status.

(f) To go “HOT,” the ship must follow procedures as

prescribed in this Order.

(g) When firing in conjunction with a combined arms

exercise personnel required include: OP ROIC, RSO/RLSO, G-10 Fixed-

wing/Helo ROIC/RSO, and others as required.

8-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

f. Coordinating Instructions

(1) Live-fire NSFS/SFCP training will be scheduled per this

Order. Normally 30 days lead time is required in order to coordinate

AIWW closure and issue the appropriate Broadcast NOTMARs, schedule the

range sweep aircraft and airspace warnings. Requests of less than 30

days will be handled on a case-by-case basis. The 2d Marine Division,

10th Marines, and MEUs NGLOs will assist in the planning and

coordination of all NSFS/SFCP live-fire training and shall be

contacted early on in the process. All units conducting Naval Gunfire

at Camp Lejeune must ensure all message traffic includes the CG

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ (G-3/5).

(2) Supported unit (SFCP/Spot Team) will publish a pre-

exercise message to all concerned no later than 72 hours from

execution of exercise. Pre-Exercise format per reference (c) (The

references are listed on page 8-9 for NGF).

(3) Full service charge is the only authorized propellant for

firing aboard Camp Lejeune. Reduced charge is strictly forbidden.

(4) Only “qualified” NSFS capable ships will be assigned to

conduct live-fire support for SFCP training aboard Camp Lejeune. A

qualified ship is designated as one that has successfully completed a

FIREX I qualification and has an M-2 or better NSFS readiness rating.

g. Communications

(1) Range Control MCB CAMELJ nets:

(a) Range Control Safety Net 34.70 FM.

(b) Air Safety Control Net 233.8 UHF.

(c) Civilian Air Safety Net 119.5 VHF.

(d) Commercial Telephone Number for BLACKBURN (910)451-

3064/4449 or DSN 751.

(2) NSFS Coordination/Spotter Nets and Road Guard Coordination

Net will be promulgated in the Pre-Exercise message.

(3) After the scheduled live-fire event, the using unit will

provide after action comments to Range Control and update the NSFS

Usage Spreadsheet with the required updated data. A copy of the

updated spreadsheet will be sent to Range Control within 48 hours

after completion of the event.

8-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX A

ACRONYMS/DEFINITIONS

1. Acronyms

°F .................................................. degrees Fahrenheit

AAV ......................................... Amphibious Assault Vehicle

AC/S .......................................... Assistant Chief of Staff

AESO ............................ Ammunition & Explosives Safety Officer

AHA ............................................ Ammunition Holding Area

AIWW .................................... Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway

AFS .................................................. Air Field Seizure

ALZ ........................................ Administrative Landing Zone

AMHS ................................. Automated Message Handling System

ARSO .................................... Assistant Range Safety Officer

ASP ............................................ Ammunition Supply Point

ATC ................................................ Air Traffic Control

BFA ............................................... Blank Firing Adapter

BP ..................................................... Battle Position

cal. ........................................................... caliber

CAPEX .............................................. Capability Exercise

CAS .................................................. Close Air Support

CASEVAC ............................................ Casualty Evacuation

CBC .............................................. Company Battle Course

CBRN ................... Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear

CCL ....................................... Command Certification Letter

CCP .............................................. Combat Pistol Program

CERTEX .......................................... Certification Exercise

CG .................................................. Commanding General

CMP ........................................ Combat Marksmanship Program

CQB .............................................. Close Quarters Battle

CVOT ................................ Combat Vehicle Operator’s Training

CVP ................................................... Conversion Point

DA PAM ..................................... Department of Army Pamphlet

DASC ......................................... Direct Air Support Center

DoD .............................................. Department of Defense

DODIC ........................ Department of Defense Identification Code

DZ ........................................................... Drop Zone

DZSO .......................................... Drop Zone Safety Officer

ECCC ....................... Emergency Consolidated Communication Center

ECON ........................................ Environmental Conservation

EDP ........................................... Emergency Divert Pattern

EMD .................................. Environmental Management Division

EOD ........................................ Explosive Ordnance Disposal

ESO ........................................... Explosives Safety Office

ESQD .................................. Explosive Safe Quantity Distance

ETA ............................................. Engineer Training Area

E-TAR ................................ Electronic Training Area Requests

EOTG ............................ Expeditonary Operations Training Group

A-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

FAA .................................... Federal Aviation Administration

FAC ............................................. Forward Air Controller

FAC(A) ................................. Forward Air Controller Airborne

FACSFAC ................... Fleet Area Control and Surveillance Facility

FARP ................................ Forward Arming and Refueling Point

FCLP .................................... Field Carrier Landing Practice

FDC .............................................. Fire Direction Center

FEREIR .......... Field Exercise Request for Environmental Impact Review

FM ........................................................ Field Manual

FOB ............................................. Forward Operating Base

ft. .......................................................... feet/foot

GCS ............................................. Ground Control Station

GIS ...................................... Geographic Information System

GP ........................................................ Gun Position

GSRA ............................................ Greater Sandy Run Area

GTL .................................................... Gun Target Line

HA ........................................................ Holding Area

HAZMAT .............................................. Hazardous Material

HC ....................................................... High-Capacity

HEAT ................................... HMMWV Egress Assistance Trainer

HERO .................. Hazards of Electromagnetic Radiation to Ordnance

HMG ................................................... Heavy Machinegun

HQ ........................................................ Headquarters

HRST ............................... Helicopter Rope Suspension Training

I&E ......................................... Installation & Environment

IAW ................................................. In Accordance With

IED ........................................ Improvised Explosive Device

IGIR ................................. Geographic Information Repository

in. ........................................................... inch(es)

IP ....................................................... Initial Point

ITX ....................................... Integrated Training Exercise

JTAC .................................. Joint Terminal Attack Controller

KGS ................................................. Knots Ground Speed

LAV .............................................. Light Armored Vehicle

LAW ............................................ Light Anti-Tank Weapons

lbs. ............................................................ pounds

LHD ............................................ Landing Helicopter Deck

LRS ........................................... Launch and Recovery Site

LSRB ......................................... Laser Safety Review Board

LTI ....................................... Limited Technical Inspection

LZ ........................................................ Landing Zone

MAC ................................................ MOUT Assault Course

MAET ................................. Modular Amphibious Egress Trainer

MAGTF ..................................... Marine Air-Ground Task Force

MARSOC .................. Marine Corps Forces Special Operations Command

MCCS ................................... Marine Corps Community Services

MCO ................................................. Marine Corps Order

MCOLF ...................................... Marine Corps Outlying Field

MCRP ................................ Marine Corps Reference Publication

MCWP .............................. Marine Corps Warfighting Publication

A-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

MEB ....................................... Marine Expeditionary Brigade

MEDEVAC ............................................. Medical Evacuation

MEF ......................................... Marine Expeditionary Force

MEU .......................................... Marine Expeditionary Unit

MILCON ........................................... Military Construction

MLSR ................................ Missing, Lost, Stolen or Recovered

MOA ........................................... Military Operations Area

MOUT .............................. Military Operations in Urban Terrain

MP ..................................................... Mortar Position

MRE ................................................. Meal, Ready-to-Eat

MSL ..................................................... Mean Sea Level

MSOS .................................. Marine Special Operations School

NAVAID ................................................ Navigational Aid

NCO ............................................ Noncommissioned Officer

NEPA ............................. National Environmental Protection Act

NFA ....................................................... No Fire Area

NLT ...................................................... No Later Than

nm ....................................................... nautical mile

NOAA ............. National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration

NOHD .................................... Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance

NOTAM ................................................. Notice to Airman

NOTMAR .............................................. Notice To Mariners

NSFS ....................................... Naval Surface Fires Support

NSTAR ............................... Non-Standard Training Area Request

NWS ........................................... National Weather Service

OP .................................................... Observation Post

ORM ........................................ Operational Risk Management

ORRV .................................... Off-Road Recreational Vehicles

PAO ............................................. Public Affair’s Office

PARAOP ............................................. Parachute Operation

PCS ........................................... Portable Control Station

PIT ........................................... Portable Infantry Target

PMO .......................................... Provost Marshall’s Office

POC ................................................... Point Of Contact

POV ............................................ Privately-Owned Vehicle

PSO ............................................ Position Safety Officer

RCA ................................................. Riot Control Agent

RCD ............................................. Range Control Division

RCO .............................................. Range Control Officer

RCRS ........................ Resource Conservation and Recovery Section

RCW ............................................ Red-Cockaded Woodpecker

RDMD ......................... Range Development and Management Division

RETS ................................... Remote Engagement Target System

RFMSS ......................... Range Facility Management Support System

RFWO ............... Range Firing Warning and Airspace Utilization Order

RLSO ........................................ Range Laser Safety Officer

ROIC ........................................... Range Officer-In-Charge

ROZ .......................................... Restricted Operating Zone

RSO ............................................... Range Safety Officer

RSS ............................................ Range Safety Specialist

A-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

RTA ............................................ Range and Training Area

SAR .................................................. Search and Rescue

SCA ............................................... Small Craft Advisory

SDZ ................................................ Surface Danger Zone

SESAMS ....................... Special Effects Small Arms Marking System

SIMCAS ..................................... Simulated Close Air Support

SIO ........................................... Safety Insertion Officer

SIR ............................................ Serious Incident Report

SNCO .................................... Staff Non-Commissioned Officer

SOI ................................................. School of Infantry

SOP ....................................... Standing Operating Procedure

SOUM .......................................... Safety of Use Memorandum

SPIE .................................. Special Insertion and Extraction

SPIN ............................................... Special Instruction

SRR .............................................. Special Range Request

SUA ............................................... Special Use Airspace

TACP ........................................ Tactical Air Control Party

TAR .............................................. Training Area Request

TCC ......................................... Tropical Cyclone Condition

TECOM ................................... Training and Education Command

TLZ .............................................. Tactical Landing Zone

TM .................................................... Technical Manual

UAS ............................................. Unmanned Aerial System

UCAS ........................................... Urban Close Air Support

UCMJ .................................. Uniform Code of Military Justice

UET .......................................... Underwater Egress Trainer

UHF ............................................... Ultra High Frequency

USMC ........................................ United States Marine Corps

UTF ............................................ Urban Training Facility

UXO ................................................ Unexploded Ordnance

VCP ................................................ Vehicle Check Point

VHF ................................................ Very High Frequency

WBGTI ................................. Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index

WDZ ................................................ Weapons Danger Zone

WTBn ........................................ Weapons Training Battalion

WWTP ....................................... Waste Water Treatment Plant

2. Definitions

Administrative Area. An area assigned for administrative and

logistical functions, such as housing, troop billets, offices,

industrial areas, storage, and maintenance areas. Field training and

live firing is not conducted in administrative areas.

Administrative Landing Zone (ALZ). A designated helicopter-tiltrotor

landing zones, which provides major commands ready access to air

transportation and medical evacuation. ALZs are designated by number.

A-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Air Sentry. An individual designated by the officer in charge of

firing to maintain surveillance of an assigned sector of airspace to

warn of the approach of aircraft/sea mammal. In some cases, air

sentries also observe navigable waters for the approach of vessels.

Approach and Retirement Route. A predestinated air traffic lane for

helicopter-tiltrotor, generally used in air or air/ground training

exercises. These routes may be utilized by BLACKBURN, the DASC or a

helicopter direction center to route helicopter traffic around

potentially dangerous areas.

BLACKBURN. Radio call sign for Range Fire Desk on 34.70 FM, 233.8

UHF, and 119.5 VHF.

Blast Focus. The refraction patterns of shock waves through the

earth's atmosphere.

CBRN Agents. Devices, biological agents and chemicals, which may

cause damage, incapacity, injury, sickness, and/or death.

CHIEFTAIN. The radio call sign for the DASC (when activated) for all

aircraft (Radio 34.70 FM, 233.8 UHF, and 119.5 VHF.

Coastal Pilot. Regulations concerning federally controlled waterways

from Cape Henry to Key West. Published by the U.S. Department of

Commerce. It delegates to the Commanding General, MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ,

enforcing agency power for waters in the "New River, North Carolina

and vicinity: Marine Corps Firing Ranges."

Common Impact Area. The impact area created when the surface danger

zone of concurrently used ranges overlap.

Control Zone. An airspace of defined dimensions designated by

appropriate authority, usually the FAA. The zone extends upward from

the ground or water and includes one or more air zones, within which

rules apply for the protection of air traffic.

Cook-Off. The detonation of any or all of the explosive components of

a round chambered in a hot weapon, caused by the heat of the weapon.

Danger Area. A sea or water space in which hazards may exist to

mariners. The New River and Atlantic Coast Sector areas are

designated by Coast Pilot 4 as danger areas due to military training

exercises conducted at Camp Lejeune.

De-armer (.50 CAL). A cartridge actuated tool unique to EOD, used

principally for shearing, jamming purposes to defeat fuses or

improvised explosive devices (IEDs) in a rapid manner. Uses either an

A-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

electric or ball (minus the projectile) .50 caliber cartridge to fire

either blast, steel shot, water or various slugs through a 12 in.

barrel.

Demolitions. Explosive charges designed to add realism to training or

to destroy material/unsafe ammunition.

Direct Air Support Center (DASC). A subordinate operational component

of a tactical air control system designed for control and direction of

close air support and other tactical air support operations, and

normally collocated with fire-support coordination elements. Call

sign "CHIEFTAIN."

Direct Fire Weapons. Weapons that deliver fire when the weapons are

laid by sighting directly on the target using the weapons sighting

equipment.

Disrupter. An explosive tool used from a robot or can be placed

manually to defeat fuse/fuse components of an improvised explosive

device (IED).

Drop Zone (DZ). A tactical landing zone in which personnel or cargo

paradrops are authorized.

Dual Communications. Two means of communication, usually radio backed

up by telephone, (either a MAG line or dial telephone). Required

between a unit and "BLACKBURN" before any training being conducted

aboard Camp Lejeune with a live-fire range, training area, or training

facility.

DuD. Any ammunition that, having been fired, placed, dropped or

thrown, fails to function in the manner intended.

Emergency Disposal. The immediate disposal of hazardous munitions by

detonation or burning at EOD Site #1, EOD Site #2, or the G-10/K-2

impact areas.

Exclusion Area. Those areas, by the very nature of the operation of

hazards existing therein, i.e., the Ammunition Supply Point, the Field

Ammunition Supply Dump when occupied, preclude their use for any type

of troop/vehicle maneuver or tactical training. Training units and

individuals will remain clear of these areas at all times. Access is

limited to authorized personnel in the performance of official duties.

Field Training Facilities. Those areas designated for a specific type

of training, normally not requiring the use of live ordnance. For

example, dry net training facilities, MOUT Complex, Enhanced MOUT

(E-MOUT), Mobile MOUT, Urban Training Facility (UTF) and Combat Town

are classified as field training facilities.

A-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Fire and Maneuver Range. Ranges on which troop movement and live

firing may be conducted simultaneously.

Firing Lane. The area within which a single person, aircraft, or

vehicle-mounted weapon is fired. It consists of a start-firing line,

cease-firing/disarm line and left and right limits of fire.

Firing Line or Point. The location from which a weapon is fired at a

target or impact area.

Flanking Fire. Live-fire delivered against the flank of a target.

Flat Trajectory/High-Velocity Weapons. Tank main guns, LAV main guns,

AAV weapon systems, artillery when firing direct fire.

Food Plots. Food plots are cultivated sites within various

maneuver/TAs. They are intended to assist in the preservation of

natural wildlife.

Forest Fire Danger Conditions. A restriction/ condition placed on

training exercises due to the possibility of forest fire. (Fire-

Readiness Plan 1 to 8).

Forward Air Controller (FAC). An officer (aviator/pilot) member of

the tactical air control party who, from a forward ground or airborne

position, controls aircraft in close air support for ground troops.

Gun Position (GP). Pre-selected and surveyed positions from which

artillery and mortars engage in high ordinate indirect firing

exercises.

Hang-Fire. A delay in the functioning of ordnance. The duration of

such delay is unpredictable and may extend from a fraction of a second

to several hours.

Hazardous Area. Areas made dangerous to personnel by live firing,

mines or dangerous contaminants. Specific authorization from Range

Control must be obtained before entering such areas at Camp Lejeune.

High Ordinate Firing. Firing of projectiles above an altitude of 500

ft.

High Explosive Impact Area. Impact areas specifically designated for

all types of ordnance, (dud-producing) such as, G-1O, and K-2 high

explosive impact areas. These areas are referred to as dedicated, or

permanent impact areas. They must not be confused with the danger

area forward of the live firing activity.

A-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Impact Area. The area into which the fire of weapons is directed. It

usually extends from the far boundary of the target line or area to

the maximum range of the weapon and ammunition fired. It is bounded

on the flanks by the right and left limits of fire established in the

surface danger area diagram for each weapon.

Indirect Fire Weapons. Normally considered to be artillery and

mortars.

Known Interference. Conditions affecting the safe conduct of live

firing or training exercises.

Land Line (LL). A metallic line between two telephones or between

telephones and a switchboard.

Laser Terms:

Area S: A 5O-meter radius around the target from which all specular

surfaces shall be removed, covered, painted, or destroyed.

Area T: The area within an established laser surface danger zone

measured from the laser device to “Area T” meters downrange where no

object will be lased. Personnel shall avoid direct exposure to

unprotected skin up to “Area T” meters from the laser device

Backstops: Opaque structures or terrain in the controlled area such

as a hill, a dense tree line, or a windowless building that would

completely obstruct any view beyond it and completely terminate a

laser beam that may miss the target.

Buffer Zone: A safety margin on either side and above and below the

approved target area, extending to a distance at which the beam is

terminated by a backstop extending across the target zone, or when the

Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD) limit is reached. A vertical

buffer zone covers the angular distances below the highest point on a

backstop or above the non-lasing area. The laser horizontal buffer

zone covers the angular distance to the left of the left most targets

and the right of the right most targets.

Intrabeam Viewing: Looking directly at the source of the beam or

reflected beam from within the beam.

Laser: The acronym LASER stands for Light Amplification by Stimulated

Emission of Radiation. A device capable of producing a narrow beam of

monochromatic light in which all the waves are in phases or are

coherent.

A-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Range Laser Safety Officer/Range Laser Safety Noncommissioned

Officer(RLSO/RLSNCO): A designated officer, warrant officer or

noncommissioned officer of the firing unit who is responsible for

ensuring compliance with the Marine Corps Order on Lasers, Unit SOP

and this Order for laser operations and training.

Laser Range-Finder: A range-finder employing a laser device to emit a

pulsed laser beam that is aimed at the target. The range is

determined automatically by electronically measuring the length of

time it takes for the light beam to travel from the laser to the

target, be reflected from the target and return to the range-finder.

Laser Safety Eyewear: Protective eyewear designed specifically to

permit the user to be exposed to either the direct or reflected laser

beam from specific laser devices without eye injury.

Laser Surface Danger Zone (LSDZ): A V-shaped zone designed to contain

the laser beam (while lasing) with buffer (safety zones on either

side, and above and below the approved target area).

Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD): The NOHD for direct intrabeam

viewing is the minimum distance beyond which an unprotected person may

stand in the beam and be exposed repeatedly without injury provided he

or she does not look at the beam source with unfiltered magnifying

optics.

Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance (NOHD)-Magnified (NOHD-MAG): The NOHD

for intrabeam viewing through magnifying optics with an 80mm objective

and 7mm exit pupil.

Specular (mirror-like): A specular surface is one in which an

individual can see his/her undistorted reflection. Examples of

specular surfaces are; vehicle windows, vision blocks, searchlight

cover glass, sheets of plastic, mirrors, and unpainted metal.

Live-fire Range. A range/ETA on which live-fire exercises, including

the use of some types of practice ammunition, may be conducted.

Malfunction. Failure of an ammunition item to function as expected

when fired or launched, or when explosive items function under

conditions that should not cause functioning. Malfunctions include

hang fires, misfires, duds, abnormal functioning, and premature

functioning of explosive ammunition items under normal handling,

maintenance, storage, transportation, and tactical deployment.

Malfunctions do not include accidents or incidents that result solely

from negligence, malpractice, or situations such as vehicle accidents

or fires. Malfunctions are divided into three classes:

A-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Class A. Malfunctions that result in death or lost-time injury, are

similar to previous malfunctions that have resulted in death or lost-

time injury, are judged as having had an appreciable probability of

causing death or lost-time injury, or that have adverse political

implications.

Class B. Malfunctions that result in damage to major equipment that

cannot be repaired at unit level maintenance or result in an

ammunition suspension that significantly impacts readiness or

training.

Class C. Malfunctions that are neither class A or class B.

Maneuver Area (MA). TAs, designated alphabetically by double letters

(AA, AB, and CC) in which approved field training exercises using

blank ammunition, certain pyrotechnics and limited demolitions may be

conducted.

Misfire. A complete failure to fire which may be caused by a faulty

firing mechanism or a defective element in the propellant charge.

Navigable Waters. Waters upon which navigation of vessels is

possible, but not always permissible. Navigable waters in the Camp

Lejeune complex are governed by Coast Pilot 4, which delineates the

circumstances and areas within which vessels may or may not navigate.

No Fire Zone (NFZ). An area designated by the appropriate commander

into which fires or effects are prohibited. Also may be called a No

Fire Area (NFA).

Notice to Airmen (NOTAM). A notice containing information concerning

the establishment, condition, or change in any aeronautical facility,

service, procedures, or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is

essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.

Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR). A publication to mariners and vessels

warning of conditions dangerous to navigation such as live firing or

amphibious exercises.

Observation Post (OP). A point from which impacting projectiles may

be observed.

Overhead Fire. The firing of projectiles over the heads of personnel

or over areas in which the presence of personnel is suspected.

Paradrop. The controlled aerial delivery by parachute of personnel or

equipment.

Practice Range. A range upon which only specified types of practice

ammunition may be fired.

A-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Prohibited Area. An area in which training is not authorized; i.e.,

the N-1/BT-3, G-1O, and K-2 impact areas.

Protected Area. An area in which training normally is not authorized.

Those areas placed off-limits for the protection of endangered animal

and plant species, historical/archaeological sites, and those with

environmental concerns, i.e., Red-cockaded Woodpecker habitat, Rough-

leaved Loosestrife areas, and the beach sand dunes as described in

Chapter 6 of this Order.

Pyrotechnic. Non-injurious smoke or signals, flares (pop ups or hand

held) or grenades. White phosphorous is not considered a pyrotechnic

for the purpose of this Order.

Quiet Hours. No artillery, mortar, or dud-producing firing permitted

during the stated times.

Range. A training facility designated for live-fire, practice firing

of weapons, demolitions, or live-fire and maneuver/movement exercises.

Range Control. The Installation organization responsible for safely

scheduling, coordinating, and controlling all ranges, TAs, air space,

and water space. Range Control maintains a staff (BLACKBURN) on

communications watch during all live firing, paradrop, and fixed-

wing/rotary-wing air exercises/operations.

Range Control Officer (RCO). The officer responsible for enforcing

adherence to safety regulations, scheduling and assigning use of

ground, air and sea space.

Range Control Fire Desk Operator (FDO). The government employee (GS,

Civilian) assigned communications/fire desk tour during live firing,

non-live-fire training, paradrop, and rotary/tilt-rotor/fixed-wing

exercises (call sign "BLACKBURN"). The direct representative of the

Range Control Officer.

Range Firing Warning and Airspace Utilization Order (Daily AMHS

Message). Current listing of scheduled ranges, airspace,

training/maneuver areas and additional notes.

Road Guard(s). An individual or individuals designated to maintain

surveillance over an assigned locale to prohibit unauthorized entry

into the surface danger area/hazard zone and to give the alarm in the

event he detects such entry. Usually assigned in pairs by

policy/safety.

Range Officer-in-Charge of Firing (ROIC). Designated by the

Commanding Officer of the training unit, the ROIC of firing assumes

overall responsibility for all aspects of live-fire, paradrop or air

exercises.

A-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Range Operator (RO). A contractor that provides a service on a

specific range and its equipment.

Range Safety Officer (RSO). An officer or SNCO assigned by the ROIC

to assist in enforcing all safety measures within the air/surface

danger area.

Restricted Airspace. Hazardous airspace established by the Federal

Aviation Administration. Permission must be granted to aircraft

before traversing restricted airspace during periods when the airspace

is in use. Restricted airspace is activated during various times and

to various altitudes. Details as to boundaries, altitudes, time of

use, and controlling agencies are published by the Federal Aviation

Administration and may also be found on radio Facility Charts.

Changes in restricted airspace are published in Notices to Airmen

(NOTAMs) and the "Airmen's Guide."

Restricted Area. A general definition applicable to areas in which

controls are imposed over troop and vehicular movements due to the

proximity of quarters, schools, recreational facilities, etc.

Rocket Wrench. An explosive actuated tool unique to EOD, which uses

two M147 cartridges to remove hazardous fuses from projectiles,

rockets, and bombs by turning rapidly.

RSP. Render Safe Procedure for any ordnance or IED based on EOD 60

Series Publications or best-known avenue of attack to defeat an item

devised by the Senior EOD Technician onsite and recommendation to the

On Scene Commander.

Special Electric Impulse .50 Caliber Cartridge. M174, .50 Caliber

ball round, minus the projectile and set up to function electrically.

Surface Danger Zone (SDZ). An SDZ is generally composed of a firing

line/area or gun position, an impact area, and a secondary danger

area. An SDZ exists from the moment the projectile leaves the

muzzle/launcher until impact. The SDZ will vary with each weapon.

The impact area and associated secondary danger area are also

considered as an SDZ. For further information on SDZs consult MCO

3570.1_/DA PAM 385-63.

Survey Control Point. A permanent or semi-permanent marker placed to

denote a topographical reference point.

Tactical Landing Zone (TLZ). A predesignated/surveyed helicopter-

tiltrotors landing zone, usually named after a bird, which provides

air and ground units a site for helicopter-tiltrotor operations.

A-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Temporary Interruption of the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW).

Blocking traffic on the AIWW due to training exercises. A temporary

interruption will not exceed one hour or must be in the broadcast

NOTMARs for up to four hours at a time.

Toxic Agent. Poisonous agents that are capable of causing

physiological injury.

Training Area (TA). An area designated alphabetically by two letters

within which authorized training/maneuver exercises using blank

ammunition, certain pyrotechnics, and limited demolitions may be

conducted.

TA Request (TAR). Request to use ranges, airspace, TLZs, ALZs,

training/maneuver areas, adjacent waterways, etc. Submitted

electronically to Range Control.

Training Facility. A structure, range or area specifically designed

for military training.

Unexploded Ordnance (UXO). Ammunition and explosives which have been

primed, fused, armed, or otherwise prepared for action and which have

been fired, dropped, launched, projected, or placed in such a manner

at to constitute a hazard to operations installations/communities,

personnel, or material, and remain unexploded either by malfunction or

design or any other cause.

Unserviceable Ammunition. Ammunition beyond its life expectancy or

which fails to respond as its design intended. It can include a

single round or a complete ammunition lot.

Verona LOOP. Designated due to the proximity of the town of Verona.

A complex of training facilities/TAs located west of New River.

Warning Area. Airspace similar to a restricted area, posing a

potential hazard to flight or navigation. Penetration of a warning

area during periods of activity may be extremely hazardous to the

pilot, aircraft, and passengers. Warning areas are established to

permit military maneuvers and firing in certain offshore areas as a

necessary feature of combat training. Changes in warning areas are

made in the same manner as changes to restricted areas.

Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGTI). A rating of temperature and

humidity as it affects personnel. Intensity of human exertion must be

reduced as the WBGTI reaches specific levels.

A-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX B

IMPACT AREAS

1. General. There are three main impact areas aboard Camp Lejeune:

N-1/BT-3, G-10, and K-2. G-10 and K-2 are the only impact areas

designated where dud-producing ordnance and training practice ordnance

can be fired. N-1/BT-3 is restricted to only non-dud producing

ordnance. No personnel will enter a designated impact areas aboard

Camp Lejeune without approval from the RCO and with Base EOD support

to escort them. For the purpose of constructing an SDZ/WDZ, all

buffer, and ricochet areas, will be contained within the impact area.

Impact areas and range boundaries are marked with red warning signs:

“Danger Impact Area Keep Out”. BLACKBURN controls all live-fire into

all impact areas aboard Camp Lejeune.

2. Emergency Destruction and Combat Disposal TAs. The G-10A and K-2A

Emergency Destruction and Combat Disposal TAs within the G-10 and K-2

impact areas are authorized for use to support established training in

the disposal of unserviceable ammunition and explosives. G-10A and

K-2A must be scheduled in RFMSS.

Chapter 3 of this Order provides

scheduling procedures.

3. Impact Areas

IMPACT AREAS LOCATION

PRIMARY USE OR

DESCRIPTION

PAGE

N-1/BT-3

Southeast Corner

of MCB Camp

Lejeune

Live-fire Riverine

Training

B-2

G-10

Center of MCB Camp

Lejeune East of

the New River

Training Range

B-7

K-2

Center of MCB Camp

Lejeune West of

the New River

Training Range

B-21

B-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

4. N-1/BT-3 Impact Area

IMPACT AREA:

N-1/BT-3

DESCRIPTION:

Bomb and Target Range

(Brown’s Island, surrounding

marsh/waterway areas)

PRIMARY RANGE USE:

H-1 Live-Fire Riverine

Familiarization Range

ALTERNATE RANGE USES:

1. Air to Ground Weapon (TP

Only)

2. G-5 Range

3. Field Artillery Direct Fire

Range (G-7)

4. Helicopter and tiltrotor

Gunnery Range

5. Machinegun Mounted on Boats

Familiarization Range

6. E-1 Stinger Missile Range

7. PGM Range (Limited)

STATUS:

Active

LOCATION:

South-East Corner of Camp

Lejeune

PRIMARY DIRECTION OF FIRE:

168 degrees magnetic

WEAPONS ACCOMMODATED:

All Pistol

All Shotguns

All Rifles

All Machineguns

MK19 40mm Linked

LAR 25mm Chain Gun

Helicopter and tiltrotor Weapons

Aircraft Bombs

M777A2 (G-7 Only)

Stinger Missile Launcher

Inert Hellfire/Inert APKWS 2.75

Inert (TP) GBU-10 Series (Laser

Guided Bomb)

Inert (TP) GBU-12 Series (Laser

Guided Bomb)

Inert (TP) GBU-31 Joint Direct

Attack Munition (JDAM)

Inert (TP) GBU-32 Joint Direct

Attack Munition (JDAM)

Inert (TP) GBU-38 Joint Direct

Attack Munition (JDAM)

B-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED:

All Pistol

All Shotguns

All Rifles (A606 upon SRR)

All Machineguns

20mm (T)

25mm (TP-T and APDS-T)

30mm (TP-T)

40mm Linked (TP)

2.75 inch Rocket (TP/Illum)

MK76 Practice Bomb

MK80 Series Bombs (Inert)

M781 Practice Round or M576

155mm HE (G-7 Only)

Stinger Missiles

TARGETS/SIMULATORS/DEVICES:

Hard Targets

FACILITIES:

None

UTILITIES AVAILABLE:

Electricity: No

Lights: No

Water System: No

INSTALLED COMMUNICATIONS:

None

AREA SUITABILITY:

Company

a. Range Use Restrictions/Comments/Conflicts

(1) Projectiles will not be fired to impact within 200 meters

of the AIWW.

(2) HE/HEI aircraft bombs/rockets/missiles/30mm/25mm/20mm are

not authorized.

(3) Observation Posts, Bear Tower and Onslow North Tower,

serve N-1/BT-3.

(4) No class 3R, 3B, and 4 Lasers are authorized.

(5) Safety Restrictions. AIWW may have to be closed during

firing depending on range scheduled.

(6) Bear Tower and Onslow Beach North Tower are included when

ranges are scheduled in RFMSS and signed for. They must be manned

prior to aircraft sweep.

(7) An aerial sweep of this area must include a sweep for

people, small water craft, and marine mammals in the AIWW, creeks,

inlets, marsh areas, and the Ocean. The sweep must be conducted

B-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

before live firing. The aerial sweep must be scheduled two calendar

months out or the unit will be responsible for scheduling its own

sweep.

(8) Chapter 2 discusses the rules for avoiding marine mammals

in a water impact area.

(9) Maneuver Area Restrictions: No maneuvers authorized in

this impact area due to the fact that this is an old duded impact

area. Units that require target emplacement to conduct training/live-

fire on this range must request Base EOD support.

(10) Night use is authorized if properly scheduled and a air

sweep is conduct before darkness/night fall.

(11) Navy Guard Boats will be provided by RCD upon approval of

scheduled event in RFMSS.

b. Other Considerations. Parachute Ops (free fall only) within

five nm of the range will close the range.

c. Special Instructions

(1) Firing into the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area must be scheduled

through Range Control scheduling two calendar month in advance of the

first day of firing to allow for publication of a NOTMARs and request

for air sweeps. Requests received less than one calendar month in

advance will not be approved until verification of support for the

sweep aircraft. See the Range Cards for E-1, H-1, G-5, and G-7.

(2) Be familiar with the contents of Chapter 5 of this Order

and Range Cards.

(3) Display warning signals from the Onslow Beach North and

Bear tower flag poles before firing and until the range is cleared

cold. Red Range Flags will be flown during daylight and flashing red

lights will be used from sunset to sunrise.

(4) Position range guards with radio and binoculars (NVGs for

night firing) at least one half hour prior to the aerial search to

serve as air/water sentries in Bear Creek and Onslow Beach North

Tower. Guards are to promptly notify the ROIC/RSO or FAC before a

vessel or aircraft not involved in the exercise penetrates the

SDZ/WDZ. Sectors of observation are: Bear Creek Tower 58 degrees to

223 degrees magnetic and Onslow Beach North Tower 35 degrees to 235

degrees magnetic.

(5) Firing will cease if Range Flags or flashing lights are

lowered or extinguished for any reason.

B-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) The using unit will ensure that a visual search has been

made of the target complex, AIWW, inlets, marshes, dunes and that the

Navy Safety Boats are in position half an hour prior to firing to

ensure that the area is safe. The FAC may use his aircraft as

appropriate in conducting the aerial search immediately prior to

aircraft firing exercises.

(7) The RSO is required to have positive and continuous

communications with tower guards, the ROIC, Navy Safety Boats, and

BLACKBURN.

(8) Air Operations

(a) Fixed wing aircraft must use control points/IP’s and

run in headings as contained in Chapter 4 of this Order. Authorized

ammunition is MK76 and MK80 series inert bombs and 2.75-inch rockets

TP, 20mm TP, 25mm TP, 30mm TP delivered at 20 degrees or greater dive

angle. Requests for WDZ profiles shall be sent to the RSS.

(b) Helicopter and tiltrotor aircraft headings are 170 to

190 degrees magnetic. Unless specifically authorized by the ROIC, the

ordnance release point will be south of the AIWW. Authorized

ammunition is 2.75 inch TP rockets, 7.62 mm, .50 caliber, and aerial

gunnery with 20mm TP, 25mm TP, and 30mm TP.

(c) A line 800 meters from the seaward shore south of the

AIWW is designated as a permanent bomb line, beyond which aircraft

ordnance may not be impacted.

(d) Close air support operations will be under the

positive control of a JTAC/FAC. The JTAC/FAC must inform aircraft

performing missions of gun positions, ranges, and TAs adjacent to N-

1/BT-3 that are occupied.

(e) During night time close air support operations

(helicopters, tiltrotors, and fixed wing), when weather conditions are

below a 2000 ft. ceiling and five miles visibility (3000 ft. and five

miles for fixed-wing with ordnance), or when range guards cannot

visually observe waterborne traffic in the AIWW or seaward for 1000

meters, aircraft firing or bombing exercises will not be permitted

without continuous lighting by flares (or other measures approved by

the RCO) to ensure no vessel enters the surface danger zone.

(f) To deliver/fire the Inert (Only) Hellfire, Inert (Only

(APKWS) Advanced Precision Kill Weapon System 2.75mm Rocket, Inert

GBU-10 Series (Laser Guided Bomb), Inert GBU-12 Series (Laser Guided

Bomb), Inert GBU-31 Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM), Inert GBU-32

Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM) Inert GBU-38 Joint Direct Attack

B-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Munition (JDAM) very detailed coordination and planning must take

place with Range Control and other directed agencies. Additional

guidance due to environmental concerns and issues/based on the time of

the year will be published separately.

1. This type of training event requires that North

and Bear Towers are manned by the using unit, and one of the towers

must be manned with a JTAC/FAC with the required communications

between the towers, BLACKBURN, and the aircraft delivering/firing. If

Lasers (All Classes of Lasers) are to be used (GBU-10/GBU-12) the

using unit must have the required Range Laser Safety Officer (LRSO)

posted and is properly certified in writing.

2. This event requires that all training

areas/training facilities within the published WDZ must be cleared of

all personnel/vehicles and deconflicted as required.

3. The Hellfire Missile and (APKWS) Advanced

Precision Kill Weapon System 2.75mm Rocket requires that Highway 172

and AIWW be closed/secured at the same time. Highway 172 must be

secured/closed with the required road guards posted/gate checked

/secured. AIWW also must be closed and the Navy Boat Crew posted and

required NOTAM published. Only one missile/rocket can be fire at a

time. All training areas or training facilities that are impacted by

the WDZ must be swept/cleared before any live-fire can be conducted.

4. Inert GBU-10, Inert GBU-12, Inert GBU-31, Inert

GBU-32, and Inert GBU-38 requires the AIWW to be closed and the

required surrounding training area that are impacted are swept/cleared

and Navy Boat Crew posted NOTAM published.

5. An air sweep is conducted of the entire area

impacted for this event. This requires that an air sweep be

scheduled at least two calendar months in advance.

6. Only the targets on the north side of Brown’s

Inlet (Brown’s Island) are authorized for the systems listed above.

Hellfire Missile (Inert) targets are placed on the north end of

Brown’s Island on top of the sand dunes that are visible from the G-10

area firing position.

7. Only Inert ordnance is authorized into Brown’s

Inland.

8. Only the listed airspeed, altitude, release

angle, release range, run-in headings as listed in the approved WDZs

are authorized.

9. All inert JDAM requires a “Tripe Check

Requirement” with the pilot/FAC/JTAC before any release.

B-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

10. A FAC/JTAC must confirm and account for all

impacts of ordnance back to BLACKBURN for each item delivered/fired.

11. A Face-to-Face brief must also be accomplished

with BLACKBURN at least 24 hours before the scheduled event and

updated SPINS provided.

12. Additional guidance/policy may be posted on this

topic in the future since this is a new training event at Lejeune.

(9) The N-1/BT-3 Impact Area accommodates firing from

H-1, G-5, and G-7 ranges into the Browns Island target area and E-1

out to sea. The grid coordinates delineated below are only for the

land mass danger areas. The range extends approximately 11,000 meters

seaward from Browns Island target area as depicted by the Fleet

Operating Area Cherry Point, Cape Hatteras to Cape Fear chart number

11525.

The N-1/BT-3 Primary

Impact Area

18S TD 9340-2959

18S TD 9411-3031

18S TD 9432-3126

18S TD 9533-3231

18S TD 9544-3421

18S TD 9579-3452

18S TD 9625-3466

18S TD 9739-3436

18S TD 9769-3466

18S TD 9900-3251

18S UD 0200-3150

18S UD 0650-2400

18S TD 9300-1800

PIA: Primary Impact Area: defined on the CLNC Special Map (MIM MAP) as

a Blackline within the N-1/BT-3 Impact Area.

5. G-10 Impact Area

IMPACT AREA:

G-10

DESCRIPTION:

Bomb and Target Range

PRIMARY RANGE USE:

Weapons Familiarization Range

ALTERNATE RANGE USES:

1. Air to Ground Weapons

2. Helicopter and tiltrotor Gunnery

Range

3. Mortar Range

4. Field Artillery Indirect Fire Range

B-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

5. Infantry Weapons Range

6. Machinegun Range

7. Guided Missile Range

8. Naval Gunfire Range

9. Convoy Range

10. Tank Range

11. Rocket Range

STATUS:

Active

LOCATION:

Center of Camp Lejeune East of New River

PRIMARY DIRECTION OF FIRE:

None

WEAPONS ACCOMMODATED:

All pistols

All Shotguns

All Rifles

All Sniper Rifles

All Machineguns

M242 Chain Gun

60/81/120mm Mortar

Field Artillery

Aircraft Weapons

Javelin M98A1

SMAW MK-153

AT-4/M72A7 LAW

TOW II Missile

Helicopter and Tiltrotor Weapons Systems

Naval Gunfire

M1A1 Tank (G-29B Only)

M203/M23/MK-19

AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED:

All Pistol DODICs

All Shotguns DODICs

All Rifles DODICs

All Sniper Rifle DODICs (DODIC A606 by

SRR)

All Machineguns DODICs

All DODICS 60/81/120mm Mortars

20mm (TP)

25mm (TP-T and APDS-T)

30mm (TP-T)

40mm HE/HEDP/TP

2.75 inch Rocket;

TP/HE/WP/Illum/Flechette

105mm (including AC-130)

155mm HE, WP, Illum, Smoke

MK76 Practice Bomb

BDU 33

BDU 45

B-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Laser Guided Training Round (LGTR)

MK80 Series Bombs (Inert)

M781 Practice Round or M576

5 inch HE/ILLUM (Naval Gunfire)

120mm TP (Tank)

BGM-71 TOW IIB

40mm grenades (no CS)

TARGETS/SIMULATORS/DEVICES:

Hard Targets: 104 (see RCD website for

list)

FACILITIES (Number of each):

None

UTILITIES AVAILABLE:

Electricity: No

Lights: No

Water System: No

INSTALLED COMMUNICATIONS:

None

AREA SUITABILITY

Battalion

a. Range Use Restrictions/Comments

(1) Types I, II, and III CAS events are authorized in this

facility per the current edition of the JCAS manual. All restrictions

must be read back to terminal controller by aircrew from each

attacking aircraft. All attacks must comply with individual target

set restrictions listed in the following paragraphs below. Any new

WDZ profiles requires a Face-to-Face brief with the RSS using the WDZ

program to receive approval. As profiles are approved, a list will be

maintained for future training events. Contact Range Control for the

current approved list. Additionally, for Type II and Type III

operations on Camp Lejeune, each attack requires inbound with a

heading call (in degrees). A WDZ profile must be accomplished before

hand of the scheduled event.

(a) Special Range Requests for CAS Types II and III attack

profiles with ordnance combinations for target sets will be submitted

to Range Control for approval.

(b) For Type II and III attacks, FAC/JTAC shall confirm

aircraft’s navigation system accuracy with aircrew prior to commencing

the attack.

(2) HE filled bombs (All) from aircraft are not authorized in

the G-10 Impact Area.

(3) OPs 2, 3, 5, and 14 serve G-10.

B-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(4) Unit must provide portable toilets.

(5) Maneuver or walking downrange to place targets into the

impact area is not authorized.

(6) Night Use is authorized if properly scheduled.

(7) LASERS are authorized in accordance with Chapter 7 of this

Order, if properly scheduled, and the Laser Range Certification/Survey

is current (provided by Range Control upon checkout of a laser range).

RLSO is required.

(8) RCW Habitat; no vehicle traffic or training in

specifically designated areas.

(9) 2.75 inch illumination rockets must deploy, function, and

have spent motor land within the G-10 impact area. FACS, JTACs, and

aircrew must take wind speed and direction into account to keep all

rocket components within the G-10 impact area.

b. Other Considerations. Parachute Ops (free fall only) within

five nm of any range shuts down that range.

c. Special Instructions. See Appendix I. Personnel Requirements

for Combined Arms/TACP Shoot.

(1) Fixed-Wing Aircraft

(a) Fixed Wing Aircraft must use Control Points/IPs and

run-in headings as contained in Chapter 4 of this Order.

(b) Authorized ammunition is MK76, BDU33, BDU45, and MK80

series inert bombs, LGTR, 2.75 inch rockets, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm

delivered at 20 degrees or greater dive angle, and AC-130 20mm, 30mm,

40mm, and 105mm. Ammunition (TP only) for the UCAS Facility is listed

separately in paragraph 6. UCAS is scheduled separately from G-10.

(c) The minimum altitude for fixed-wing operations inside

the restricted area is 3000’ AGL (coordinating altitude). Fixed wing

operations below the 3000’ AGL coordinating altitude (i.e. strafing

runs/low altitude ingress) are authorized when deconflicted from non-

participating rotary-wing/tiltrotary-wing operations with lateral and

altitude separation. Fixed-wing shall not overfly occupied BPs and

HAs.

(d) The master arm shall not be “armed” until sights are

on the target and “cleared hot” is given by the Terminal Controller.

B-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(e) Fixed-wing aircraft must be familiar with the fixed-

wing Procedural Line procedures (see Chapter 4). The arming switch is

placed in the “ARMED POSITION” and the weapon system (ordnance)

inadvertently separates from the aircraft the effects must be

contained within the range boundary only.

(2) Helicopter and Tiltrotor Operations

(a) Authorized ammunition: 20mm, 7.62mm, .50 cal, 2.75-

inch rockets, and Airborne BGM-71 TOW IIB missiles.

(b) When firing 7.62mm, .50 cal, or 20mm ammunition from

BP Newt, the “GD” and “GF” TAs must be closed. Road guard positions

are 18S TD 902-323, TD 909-318, TD 921-317, and TD 938-329.

(c) Airborne BGM-71 TOW IIA/B missiles shall be fired from

BP Wolf only. When firing the missile from BP Wolf, Lyman Road shall

be closed. This has a very limited WDZ assigned.

(d) Ammunition may be delivered from within the BPs using

Hover Holds, Running Fire, or Diving Fire.

(e) All fires shall be delivered from inside BPs Newt,

Eel, Sidewinder, and Wolf unless transitioning to BP Ox operations.

(f) Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not exceed 0 degrees

pitch relative to horizon for 2.75 inch rocket delivery.

(g) The master arm shall not be “armed” until sights are

on the target and “cleared hot” is given by the Terminal Controller.

At no time shall the aircraft be armed if aircraft/launcher attitude

(delivery angle) is greater than 0 degrees pitch relative to the

horizon. The master arm shall be secured at the cease-fire lines for

each BP prior to the pull-off. When firing from BP Ox, the

aircraft/launcher attitude (delivery angle) shall be at least negative

20 degrees pitch relative to horizon.

(h) When rotary-wing aircraft are operating within the

Restricted Airspace, HA and BP altitude is 2000 ft. AGL and below

unless FAC/JTAC dictates an alternate altitude as approved through

BLACKBURN. Rotary/Fixed-Wing coordinating altitude shall be 3000 ft.

AGL.

(i) Helicopter and tiltrotor routing/deconfliction. The

G-10 impact area is surrounded by Sneads Ferry Road to the west, Lyman

Road to the north, and Highway 172 to the east and south. Whenever

transiting between the G-10 holding areas and battle positions,

helicopter, and tiltrotor aircraft operating at G-10 shall fly over

this road network (surface to 500 feet AGL). Clockwise traffic shall

be at 300 feet AGL. Counter-clockwise traffic shall be 500 feet AGL.

B-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

1. Aircraft shall not fly over the MCB CAMLEJ ASP

(18S TD 885-355) when transiting along Sneads Ferry road.

2. Aircraft shall coordinate their transit along the

G-10 road network with the FAC/Air Control Agency to ensure

deconfliction with other aircraft operating at G-10. All aircraft are

responsible to see and avoid other aircraft.

3. Helicopter and Tiltrotor Holding Areas (HAs)

HA

Location (18S TD)

Supports BP

Emily

GE TA and LZ Crane

Eel

Nancy

900-370, 882-370, 880-374,880-390,

883-390, 900-384

Newt

Sandy

GI TA and LZ Gull

Sidewinder

Wendy

Two km by two km centered on 860-

350

Wolf

Figure B-1.--Holding Areas

(a) HA Emily. Area dimensions: “GE” TA including LZ

Crane; surface to 2000 feet AGL.

1. Holding area for BP Eel.

2. The attack/egress route connecting Holding Area

Emily to EEL shall run from the Lyman Road/Hwy 172 intersection (18S

TD 956-369) direct to MP-5.

B-12 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure B-2.--Helicopter and Tiltrotor Routing, HAs, and BPs

3. Ingress and egress altitudes along the attack

route shall be surface to 2000 feet AGL.

4. LZ Crane shall be closed to helicopter and

tiltrotor traffic.

(b) HA Nancy. Area dimensions: WGS-84 18S TD 900-370,

882-370, 880-374, 880-390, 883-390, 900-384; surface to 2000 feet AGL.

1. Holding area for BP Newt.

2. LZ Penguin shall serve as the attack/egress route

connecting holding area Nancy to Newt (G-29A/B).

3. Ingress and egress altitudes along the attack

route shall be surface to 2000 feet AGL.

4. TLZs Penguin, Tern, Gull, Crane, and Goose shall

be closed to helicopter and tiltrotor traffic.

B-13 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) HA Sandy. Area dimensions: “GI” TA including LZ

Gull; surface to 2000 feet AGL.

1. Holding area for BP Sidewinder.

2. The attack/egress route connecting Holding Area

Sandy to Sidewinder runs from the northwest corner of the GI TA (18S

TD 954-350) along the 35 gridline to Sidewinder.

3. Ingress and egress altitudes along the attack

route shall be surface to 2000 feet AGL.

4. LZs Gull and Crane shall be closed to helicopter

and tiltrotor traffic.

(d) HA Wendy. Area dimensions: Two km x Two km area,

centered on WGS-84 18S TD 860-350; surface to 2000.

1. Holding Area for BP Wolf. French Creek shall be

the attack route connecting HA Wendy to BP Wolf (OP-5). Marines Road,

Weil Point Road shall be the egress route connecting BP Wolf to HA

Wendy.

2. Ingress and egress altitudes along the attack

route shall be surface to 2000 feet AGL.

3. Aircraft shall not fly over the MCB CAMLEJ ASP

(18S TD 885355) at altitudes below 4000 ft. MSL.

4. LZ Jaybird shall be closed to helicopter and

tiltrotor traffic.

(e) Temporary Holding Areas as approved by the Base RSS.

Approved temporary Holding Areas shall be included in SPINS and

discussed with BLACKBURN during Face-to-Face brief.

(4) Helicopter, Tiltrotor, and AC-130 Battle Positions (BPs)

BP

Location (18S

TD)

Final ATK

Cone/Heading

Start Fire

Line (18S

TD)

Cease Fire

Line 18S TD)

Eel

951-370, 951-

366, 940-362,

937-366, 947-

370

Inert: 245-260

mag

HE: 250 mag

from MP-5

MP-5

940-362,

937-366

Newt

901-374, 902-

375, 904-376,

906-375, 913-

364, 907-364

Inert: 150-165

mag

HE: 160 mag

from G-29A/B

G-29 berm

907-364,

913-364

B-14 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Sidewinder

940-353, 950-

358, 950-347,

940-347

Inert: 265-285

mag

HE: 275-280 mag

95 grid

line

940-353,

940-347

Wolf

894-347, 907-

352, 909-347,

896-342

Inert: 080-090

mag

HE: 085 mag

from OP-5

G-3 berm

907-352,

909-374

Ox

4 km diameter

circle centered

on 923-353,

circular

pattern for AC-

130 is bordered

by Lyman Rd,

Hwy 172, and

Sneads Ferry

Rd.

Inert and HE:

from 040 to 120

mag from 180 to

300 mag

In cone

and

cleared

HOT by

terminal

controller

Circular

pattern when

exiting

cone,

diving fire

at center of

four km

diameter

circle.

Figure B-3.--Battle Positions

(a) BP Eel. Area dimensions: 0.5km width, 1.3km length,

surface to 2000 feet AGL. WGS-84 18S TD 951-370, 951-366, 940-362,

937-366, 947-370.

1. Final Attack Cone (inert ordnance): 245-260

degrees magnetic from MP-5. Additional five degrees can be added once

confirmed using the WDZ program 240-260 degrees magnetic.

2. Final Attack Heading (high explosive ordnance):

250 degrees magnetic from MP-5. Additional five degrees can be added

once confirmed using the WDZ program 245-255 degrees magnetic.

3. Authorized ammunition is 20 mm, 7.62 mm, .50 cal,

and 2.75 inch rockets.

4. Ammunition may be delivered from within the G-10

Impact Area using Hover Holds, Running Fire, or Diving Fire.

5. Hover Hold. Maximum hover altitude is 300 feet

AGL. Aircraft must be forward of MP-5. The cease fire Line for 2.75

inch rockets, 7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm gun is defined by the Pond at

18S TD 940-362 then NW to 18S TD 937-366. Aircraft/launcher attitude

shall not exceed 0 degrees pitch relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch

TP rocket delivery. 7.62mm and 20mm TP guns may be fired from 245-260

degrees magnetic using gunner-controlled off-axis guns or crew served

weapons. Fixed forward or Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm guns from

hover hold are not authorized.

B-15 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

6. Running/Diving Fire. The start fire line is

defined by MP-5; the cease fire line for 2.75 inch rockets, 7.62mm and

20mm gun is defined by the pond at 18S TD 940-362 then NW to 18S TD

937-366. Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not exceed 0 Degrees pitch

relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch TP rocket delivery. 7.62mm, .50

cal, and 20mm TP guns may be fired fixed forward or from 245-260

degrees magnetic using gunner-controlled off-axis guns or crew served

weapons. Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm gun is not authorized.

7. Coordinating Instructions. Clearance to depart

the area is required from the terminal controller/BLACKBURN. Units

may not occupy MP-5/GP-6 or G-3 when Eel is active. GP-7 shall not

fire when BP Eel/HA Emily are active. Aircraft may not occupy BP Wolf

when BP Eel is active. LZ Crane shall be closed to helicopter and

tiltrotor traffic when BP Eel/HA Emily are active.

(b) BP Newt. Area dimensions: 0.5 km width, 1.7 km

length, surface to 2000 feet AGL. WGS-84 18S TD 901-374, 902-375,

904-376, 906-375, 913-364, 907-364:

1. Final Attack Cone (inert ordnance): 150-165

degrees magnetic from the G-29 berm. Additional five degrees can be

added once confirmed using the WDZ program 145-170 degrees magnetic.

2. Final Attack Heading (high explosive ordnance) 160

degrees magnetic from the G-29A/B berm. Additional five degrees can

be added once confirmed using the WDZ program 155-165 degrees

magnetic.

3. Authorized ammunition 20mm, 7.62mm, .50 cal, and

2.75 inch rockets.

4. The “GD” and “GF” TAs may have to be closed in

order to fire 7.62mm, .50 cal, or 20mm ammunition from BP Newt.

5. To fire 20mm, .50 cal or 7.62mm from BP Newt, road

guards shall be placed at WGS-84 18S TD 902-323, 909-318, 921-317,

938-329. Ammunition may be delivered from within the G-10 Impact Area

using hover holds, running fire, or diving fire depending on the angle

of fire.

6. Hover Hold. Maximum hover altitude is 300 feet

AGL. Aircraft must be forward of the G-29B range berm. The cease-

fire line for 2.75 inch rockets, 7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm guns is

defined by the east/west dirt road (WGS-84 18S TD 907-364 to 913364).

Aircraft/Launcher attitude shall not exceed 0 degrees pitch relative

to the horizon for 2.75 inch rocket delivery. 7.62mm, .50 cal, and

B-16 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

20mm guns may be fired from 150-165 degrees magnetic using gunner-

controlled off-axis gun or crew served weapons. Fixed forward or

Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm guns from hover hold are not

authorized.

7. Running/Diving Fire. The start fire line is the

old G-29A/B berm. The cease-fire line for 2.75 inch rockets, 7.62mm,

.50 cal, and 20mm guns is defined by the east/west dirt road (WGS-84

18S TD 907-364 to 913-364). Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not

exceed 0 degrees pitch relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch TP rocket

delivery. 7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm TP guns may be fired fixed

forward or from 150-165 degrees magnetic using gunner-controlled off-

axis gun or crew served weapons. Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm guns

are not authorized.

8. Coordinating Instructions. Clearance to depart

the area is required from the terminal controller/BLACKBURN. Units

may not occupy the G-29A/B when BP Newt is active. MP-1 shall not

fire when BP Newt/HA Nancy are active. LZ Penguin shall be closed to

helicopter and tiltrotor traffic when BP Newt/HA Nancy are active.

Maximum altitude shall be 2000 feet AGL. The “GD” and “GF” TAs may be

closed in order to fire 7.62mm, .50 cal, or 20mm ammunition from BP

Newt.

(c) BP Sidewinder. Area dimensions: 0.5km width, one km

length, surface to 2000 feet AGL. WGS-84 18S TD 940-353, 18S TD 950-

353, 18S TD 950-347, 18S TD 940-347.

1. Final Attack Cone (inert ordnance): 265-285

degrees magnetic. Additional five degrees can be added once confirmed

using the WDZ program 260-290 degrees magnetic.

2. Final Attack Cone (high explosive ordnance): 275-

280 degrees magnetic. Additional five degrees can be added once

confirmed using the WDZ program 270-285 degrees magnetic.

3. Authorized ammunition is 20mm, 7.62mm, .50 cal,

and 2.75 inch rockets. Ammunition may be delivered from within the G-

10 Impact Area using hover holds, running fire, or diving fire.

4. Hover Hold. Maximum hover altitude is 300 feet

AGL. The cease-fire line for 2.75-inch rockets, 7.62mm, .50 cal, and

20mm gun is defined by the dirt road (Mossy Pond Rd.) 18S TD 940-353

to 18S TD 940-347. Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not exceed 0

degrees pitch relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch rocket delivery.

7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm guns may be fired from 265-285 degrees

magnetic using gunner-controlled off-axis guns or crew served weapons.

Fixed forward or Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm guns from hover hold

are not authorized.

B-17 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

5. Running/Diving Fire. The 95-grid line (500 meters

west of Hwy 172) defines the start fire line. Mossy Pond Rd, TD 940-

353 to TD 940-347, defines the cease-fire line for 2.75-inch rockets,

7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm gun. Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not

exceed 0 degrees pitch relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch TP rocket

delivery. 7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm TP guns may be fired fixed

forward or from 265-285 degrees magnetic using gunner-controlled off-

axis guns or crew served weapons. Helmet Sight System (HSS) 20mm guns

are not authorized.

6. Coordinating Instructions. Clearance to depart

the area is required from the terminal controller/BLACKBURN. Units

may not occupy MP-7 or G-3 when BP Sidewinder is active. MP-6/GP-8,

GP-7, and GP-9 shall not fire when BP Sidewinder/HA Sandy are active.

Aircraft may not occupy BP Wolf when Sidewinder is active. LZ Gull

shall be closed to helicopter and tiltrotor traffic when BP

Sidewinder/HA Sandy are active. Maximum altitude shall be 500 feet

AGL when fixed-wing aircraft are on station.

(d) BP Wolf. Area dimensions: 0.5 km width, one km

length, surface to 2000 feet AGL. WGS-84 18s TD 894-347, 907-352,

909-347, 896-342.

1. Final Attack Cone (inert ordnance): 080-090

degrees magnetic from OP-5. Additional five degrees can be added once

confirmed using the WDZ program 075 to 095 degrees magnetic.

2. Final Attack Heading (High Explosive Ordnance):

085 degrees magnetic from OP-5. Additional five degrees can be added

once confirmed using the WDZ program 080 to 090 degrees magnetic.

3. Authorized Ammunition: 7.62mm, .50 cal, 20mm,

2.75 inch rockets and airborne BGM-71 TOW IIB missiles. Ammunition

may be delivered from within the G-10 Impact Area using hover holds,

running fire or diving fire. All fires shall be delivered from inside

the G-10 Buffer Area. At no time will live ordnance be delivered

outside the G-10 Buffer/Impact Area.

4. Hover Hold. Maximum hover altitude is 300 feet

AGL. Aircraft must be forward of the G-3 berm. The cease-fire line

for all ordnance is defined by the eastern boundary (18S TD 907-352 to

18S TD 909-347). Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not exceed 0

degrees pitch relative to the horizon for 2.75 inch rocket delivery.

7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm guns may be fired from 080-090 degrees

magnetic using gunner-controlled off-axis guns or crew served weapons.

Fixed forward or HSS 20mm guns from hover hold are not authorized.

5. Running/Diving Fire. The Start-Fire Line is the

G-3 berm. The Cease-Fire Line for all ordnance is defined by the

eastern boundary (18S TD 907-352 to 18S TD 909-347).

B-18 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Aircraft/launcher attitude shall not exceed 0 degrees pitch relative

to the horizon for 2.75 inch TP rocket delivery. TOW running/diving

fire is not authorized. 7.62mm, .50 cal, and 20mm TP guns may be

fired fixed forward or from 080-090 degrees magnetic using gunner-

controlled off-axis guns or crew served weapons. Helmet Sight System

(HSS) 20mm guns are not authorized.

6. Coordinating Instructions. Clearance to depart

the area is required from the terminal controller/BLACKBURN. Units

may not occupy MP-3, OP-3, MP-7, G-3, or MP-5/GP-6 when BP Wolf is

active. Aircraft may not occupy BPs Eel or Sidewinder when BP Wolf is

active. LZ Jaybird shall be closed to helicopter and tiltrotor

traffic when BP Wolf/HA Wendy are active. Maximum altitude shall be

2000 feet AGL.

(e) BP Ox. Area dimensions: Circular overhead pattern

four km diameter centered on 18S TD 923-353, 300 ft. AGL to 2000 ft.

AGL. AC-130 pattern is circular bordered by Lyman Road, Hwy 172, and

Sneads Ferry Road staying inside road network.

1. Final Attack Cones (inert and high explosive):

040-120 and 180-300 degrees magnetic. Authorized ammunition is

7.62mm, .50 cal, 20mm, 2.75 inch rockets, 30mm 40mm and 105mm (AC-

130). Ammunition shall be delivered within the G-10 impact area from

an overhead pattern using diving fire only. Aircraft shall not fly

over the field ammo storage area (18s TD 885-355) at altitudes less

than 4000 ft. MSL.

2. Diving Fire. 2.75 inch TP rocket, 7.62mm, .50

cal, and 20mm TP delivery shall be in a negative (-) 10 degree (or

greater) weapon delivery angle relative to the horizon. .50 Cal

weapon delivery angle must be at least 25 degrees or greater below the

horizon due to its greater SDZ.

3. Master arm shall not be “ARMED” until sights are

on the target and a “CLEARED HOT” is given by the terminal controller.

At no time shall the aircraft be armed until aircraft/launcher

attitude (delivery angle) is at least negative (-) 20 degrees pitch

relative to the horizon. Master arm shall be secured at the cease-

fire line prior to pull-off.

4. Temporary Battle Positions are approved by the

Base RSS. Approved temporary Battle Positions shall be included in

SPINS and discussed with BLACKBURN during Face to Face brief.

(f) Coordinating Instructions. Clearance to depart area

is required from the terminal controller/BLACKBURN. Concurrent fixed-

wing operations into G-10 are prohibited while BP Ox is active.

B-19 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Figure B-4.--Battle Position Ox

G-10 Impact Area

Primary Impact Area

155 PDA

18S TD 8908-3689

18S TD 8992-3654

18S TD 8945-3726

18S TD 9201-3633

18S TD 8999-3727

18S TD 9439-3633

18S TD 9009-3742

18S TD 9435-3462

18S TD 9045-3756

18S TD 9353-3448

18S TD 9081-3747

18S TD 9080-3360

18S TD 9110-3711

18S TD 9040-3527

18S TD 9209-3701

18S TD 9508-3701

18S TD 9503-3406

18S TD 9370-3384

18S TD 9046-3277

18S TD 9023-3301

18S TD 8977-3501

PIA: Primary Impact Area; defined on CLNC Special as the red area, no

targets outside this area will be engaged with any weapon system. No

access to this area is authorized without EOD escort.

B-20 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

155 PDA: Primary Danger Area; not currently defined on the CLNC

Special. Targets outside this area will not be engaged by 155 mm

howitzers. Artillery safety computations with the ARSS will be

computed from this area.

6. K-2 Impact Area

IMPACT AREA:

K-2

DESCRIPTION:

Bomb and Target Range

PRIMARY RANGE USE:

Training Range

ALTERNATE RANGE USES:

1. Infantry Weapons Range

2. Mortar Range

3. Artillery (SRR Only)

STATUS:

Active

LOCATION:

Center of Camp Lejeune West of New

River (Verona Loop Training Areas)

PRIMARY DIRECTION OF FIRE:

WEAPONS ACCOMMODATED:

All military pistols

All 12 gauge Shotguns

All Rifles

M249 SAW/M27 IAR

5.56 Machineguns ONLY

60/81/120mm Mortar

Aircraft Weapons

MK153 83mm SMAW

AT-4/M72A7 LAW

Artillery 155mm/105mm

AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED:

All Pistol DODICs

All Shotgun DODICs

All Rifle DODICs

All 5.56 Machinegun DODICs

60/81/120mm Mortars (All DODICs)

40mm HE/HEDP/TP

2.75 inch Rocket (TP only)

MK76 Practice Bomb

MK80 Series Bombs (Inert)

M781 Practice Round or M576

155mm HE, WP, Illum,

TARGETS/SIMULATORS/DEVICES:

Hard Targets: 25

FACILITIES(Number of each):

None

B-21 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

UTILITIES AVAILABLE:

Electricity: No

Lights: No

Water System: No

INSTALLED COMMUNICATIONS:

Telephones located at ranges

AREA SUITABILITY:

Company/Platoon

a. Range Use Restrictions/Comments

(1) Several range towers serve the K-2 impact area.

(2) Maneuver is not authorized down range into the K-2 impact

area.

(3) Night use is authorized if properly scheduled.

(4) Lasers are authorized in accordance with Chapter 7 of this

Order and the Laser Range Certification/Survey (provided by Range

Control upon checkout of laser ranges). RLSO is required.

(5) RCW habitat; no vehicle traffic or training in

specifically designated areas. This range will close portions of New

River when firing artillery and either Navy Boat Crew support or unit

observers will be required.

(6) Field artillery is authorized for the K-2 on a case-by-

case basis. A SRR letter, sent via the chain of command, requesting

to fire into K-2 with artillery must be sent to the CG MCIEAST-MCB

CAMLEJ (G-3/5 RCD), 30 working days prior to date of the event.

b. Other Considerations: None

c. Special Instructions

(1) General. Be familiar with the contents of Chapter 5 of

this Order and this Appendix.

(2) Air Operations

(a) Fixed-wing aircraft must use Control Points/IPs and

run-in headings as contained in Chapter 4 of this Order. Authorized

ammunition is MK76 and MK80 series inert bombs.

(b) Authorized ammunition for helicopter and tiltrotor

aircraft is 7.62mm with a SRR and WDZ approval.

B-22 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) Squadrons submit request for the range airspace (K-2

Helo, K-2 Fixed, K-2 Helo/Fixed, K-2 Laser) and an OP (OP-12) in RFMSS

up to 90 days prior but NLT 48 hours prior to the event. TAs must be

scheduled and approved in RFMSS before submitting a SRR for air

operations.

(d) Submit SRR (Chapter 3 of this Order) e-mail to RSS.

K-2 Impact Area

Primary Impact Area

155 PDA

18S TD 7761-3557

18S TD 7831-3488

18S TD 7792-3562

18S TD 7890-3513

18S TD 7842-3560

18S TD 7921-3548

18S TD 7860-3573

18S TD 8121-3548

18S TD 7868-3599

18S TD 8206-3493

18S TD 7866-3629

18S TD 8188-3394

18S TD 7901-3629

18S TD 8025-3285

18S TD 7944-3617

18S TD 7818-3420

18S TD 8038-3629

18S TD 8192-3579

18S TD 8183-3582

18S TD 8200-3575

18S TD 8236-3571

18S TD 8257-3558

18S TD 8282-3530

18S TD 8250-3353

18S TD 8027-3204

18S TD 7744-3390

18S TD 7770-3539

PIA: Primary Impact Area; designated on the CAMLEJ Military

Information Map (MIM) as the red area, no target outside this area

will be engaged with any weapon system. No access authorized without

EOD escort/support.

155 PDA: Primary Danger Area; not currently defined on the CAMLEJ

MIM. Targets outside this area will not be engaged by 155 mm

howitzers. Artillery safety computations with the ARSS will be

computed and Special Range Request.

B-23 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX C

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

1. Purpose. To establish ORM procedures in accordance with

references (f), (bm), and (bn) and as an integral part of non-live-

fire training, live-fire training, naval operations, other training

and planning as directed at all levels of command in order to optimize

operational capability, readiness, and enhance mission accomplishment.

All commanders will apply ORM procedures and develop safety control

measures for all phases of training and must complete an ORM Worksheet

that is signed, reviewed, and onsite/on the range for the training

event.

2. ORM is a decision making process that enhances operational

capability and risk reduction. Risk management and risk assessment

are formal, essential tools of operational planning. Sound decision-

making requires the use of these tools, both in battle and training.

It is a method for identifying hazards, assessing risks, and

implementing controls to reduce the risks associated with any and all

operations or training events. Units are required to conduct ORM for

all high risk training.

3. These instructions apply to all Marine Corps units and other

service units that use Camp Lejeune live-fire ranges, non-live-fire

training in all TAs, and other related training facilities.

4. Basic Principles of ORM

a. Accept risk when the benefits outweigh the cost.

b. Accept no unnecessary risk.

c. Anticipate and manage risk by planning.

d. Make risk decisions at the appropriate command level.

5. Unit commanders will:

a. Implement the ORM process within their command when conducting

live-fire, non-live-fire, conducting training in training facilities

and all other phases of training aboard Camp Lejeune.

b. Incorporate identified hazards, risk assessments, and controls

into written operation orders and plans for live-fire events.

c. Conduct a thorough risk assessment for all new or complex

evolutions (Live-Fire Movement/Maneuver Events/High Risk Training

Events) and define acceptable risk and possible contingencies for the

evolution.

C-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

d. Address the ORM process in safety, training, and lessons

learned reports to the RSS as directed.

e. Inform the chain of command as to what hazard cannot be

controlled or mitigated at their command level.

f. Submit to Range Control a signed/reviewed ORM worksheet with

each formal letter for Special Range Request/Jane and John Wayne

Day/Warrior Night/Mess Night/A Day in Their Boots Day or any other

letters being submitted to Range Control. All pages of the ORM

worksheet must be signed by unit CO or “By direction.”

g. Review references (f), (bm), and (bn) for additional

information/guidance on ORM.

6. Sources of Cause Factors from Accidents and Injuries. Individual

48 percent, Leader 18 percent, Standards 18 percent, Training

Standards percent, and Support 8 percent.

HAZARD PROBABILITY

DEGREE OF

PROBABILITY

DESCRIPTION

Likely (A)

Likely to occur immediately or within a short

period of time. Expected to occur frequently

to an individual item or person or continuously

to a fleet inventory, or group.

Probably (B)

Probability will occur in time. Expected to

occur several times to an individual item or

person or frequently to a fleet, inventory, or

group.

May (C)

May occur in time. Can reasonably be expected

to occur some time to an individual item or

person or several times to a fleet, inventory,

or group.

Unlikely (D)

Unlikely to occur.

HAZARD SEVERITY

CATEGORY

DEGREE OF SEVERITY

CATEGORY I

The hazard may cause death, loss of

facility/asset, or result in grave damage

to national interests.

CATEGORY II

The hazard may cause severe injury,

illness, property damage, damage to

national or service interests, or

degradation to efficient use of assets.

C-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

CATEGORY III

The hazard may cause minor injury, illness,

property damage, damage to national,

service or command interests, or

degradation to efficient use of assets.

CATEGORY IV

The hazard presents a minimal threat to

personnel safety or health, property,

national, service or command interests, or

efficient use of assets.

RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX

PROBABILITY

S

E

V

E

R

I

T

Y

CATEGORY

A

B

C

D

I

1

2

3

II

1

2

3

4

III

2

3

4

5

IV

3

4

5

RISK ASSESSMENT CODE (RAC)

Number

Corresponding Level of Risk

1

Critical

2

Serious

3

Moderate

4

Minor

5

Negligible

NOTE: See next page. This is to allow the removal of document for

reproduction as needed. This is only an example of the form. Units

are authorized other formats for the ORM worksheet. All pages of the

ORM worksheet must be signed by the person that prepared the

worksheet and the person that reviewed it. Risk Decision Authority

Signature/Rank/Unit. Do not accept any unnecessary risk and ensure

risk decisions are made at the appropriate command level. Overall

risk after controls are implemented and residual risk has been

identified. Low (L), Moderate (M), High (H), Extremely High (EH).

C-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

L. SUPERVISE AND EVALUATE

K. Determine overall mission/task risk level after controls are implemented (circle one)

LOW(L) MODERATE(M) HIGH(H) EXTREMELY HIGH(E)

E. Task

D. Prepared By:

A. Mission or Task

F. Identify

Hazards

G. Assess

Hazards

B. Date/Time Group

Begin:

End:

H. Develop Controls

I. Determine

Residual Risk

C. Date Prepared:

J. Implement

Controls

(“How To”)

C-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

A-D

Self explanatory

E

Identify task relating to the Mission or Task in Block A

F

Identify Hazards - Identify hazards by reviewing METT-T

factors for the Mission or Tasks. Additional factors

include historical lessons learned, experience, judgment,

equipment/weapon characteristics and warnings, and

environmental considerations.

G

Assess Hazards – Assessment includes historical lessons

learned, intuitive analyses, experience, judgment,

equipment/weapon characteristics and warnings, and

environmental considerations. Determine initial risk for

each hazard by applying risk assessment matrix. Enter the

risk level for each hazard into the worksheet.

H

Develop Controls – Develop one or more controls for each

hazard that will either eliminate the hazard or reduce the

risk (probability and/or severity) of a hazardous incident.

Specify who, what, where, why, when, and how for each

control. Enter controls into the worksheet.

I

Determine Residual Risk – Determine the residual risk for

each hazard by applying the risk assessment matrix. Enter

the residual risk level for each hazard into the worksheet.

J

Implement Controls – Decide how each control will be put

into effect or communicated to the personnel who will make

it happen (written or verbal instruction: tactical, safety,

garrison, SOPs, rehearsals, battle drills). Enter controls

into the worksheet.

K

Determine Overall Mission/Task Risk Level – Select the

highest residual risk level and circle it. This becomes the

overall mission or task risk level. The Commander decides

whether the controls are sufficient to accept the level of

residual risk. If the risk is too great to continue the

mission or task, the commander directs development of

additional controls or modifies, changes, or rejects the

courses of action.

L

Supervise and Evaluate - The last step is not on the

worksheet. Plan how each control will be monitored for

implementation (continuous supervise, spot-checks, inspect,

command presence, after action review) and reassess hazards

as the situation changes. Determine if the controls worked

and if they can be improved. Pass on the lessons learned.

7. Overall Mission/Task Risk Level

(1) Extremely High: Loss of ability to accomplish the mission

if hazards occur during mission execution. A frequent or likely

probability of catastrophic loss or frequent probability of critical

loss exists.

C-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) High: Significant degradation of mission capabilities in

terms of required mission standard, inability to accomplish all parts

of the mission, or inability to complete the mission to standard if

hazards occur during mission. Occasional to seldom probability exists

of a critical loss exists. Frequent probability of marginal losses

exists.

(3) Moderate: Expected degraded mission capabilities in terms

of the required mission standard; will have a reduced mission

capability if hazards occur during mission. An unlikely probability

of catastrophic loss exists.

(4) Low: Expected losses have little or no impact on

accomplishing the mission. The probability of critical loss is

unlikely, while marginal loss is seldom or unlikely. The probability

of a negligible loss is likely or of personal injury.

C-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX D

GREATER SANDY RUN AREA TRAINING COMPLEX (GSRA)

1. General

a. Background. The GSRA Training Complex is a 41,000 plus acres

of training areas. It consists largely of cutover timber, pine

plantations, large areas of wetlands and a pocosin swamp. Within the

GSRA (southern part) is Camp Davis, a WWII Army Airfield (Camp Davis

North and South Runways) and training facilities and live-fire ranges

located within. The airfield consists of a road network and two

runways with supporting taxiways. NO DUD PRODUCING ORDNANCE

/PYROTECHNICS/SMOKE/CS ARE AUTHORIZED IN THE GSRA TRAINING COMPLEX.

All units must police and remove all trash, ammunition dunnage from

the RTAs and training facilities.

b. Location. The GSRA Training Complex is located within Onslow

County. The town of Verona is located adjacent to the northeastern

boundary of GSRA. Highway 17 is a common eastern boundary. Highway

17 along this boundary includes three underpasses, allowing grade-

separated access from Camp Lejeune to the GSRA. Padgett, Haws Run,

Dawson Cabin, and High Hill Roads make up the northern boundaries. NC

Highway 50 makes up the western boundary.

c. Threatened and Endangered Species. Pocosin areas in the GSRA

have long functioned as de facto wildlife refuges in coastal North

Carolina as more suitable areas were developed for human habitation or

use. Fauna of these areas is typical of that indigenous to the

southern U.S. coastal plain. In addition to the many species of

birds, fish, amphibians, and small mammals, which occur naturally

within the pocosin and surrounding uplands, larger animals such as

bobcats, black bear, turkeys, and white-tail deer, are present.

Because the GSRA is widely used by local hunters, public safety is

always a concern especially during hunting season.

d. Ranges, TAs, and Training Facilities

(1) General. The GSRA Training Complex presently contains six

live-fire ranges (SR-6, SR-7, SR-8, SR-9, SR-10 and SR-11), 22

training and maneuvering areas, ten tactical landing zones, one (1)

para-drop zone, and two airfield seizure facilities (AFSC North and

AFSC South), one Forward Operating Base (GSRA FOB) and the Home

Station Lane Training Complex (JIEDDO HSLTC/SR-12). Other ranges and

training facilities are scheduled to be developed and constructed in

the future and additional correspondence will be released to address

those new ranges and facilities as required.

D-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) Training and Maneuver Areas (listed North to South)

SA

SI

SQ

SB

SJ

SR

SC

SK

ST

SD

SL

SU

SE

SM

SV

SF

SN

SW

SG

SO

SH

SP

(3) Tactical Landing Zones. There are a total of twelve

designated Tactical Landing Zones (TLZs) within the GSRA TA. These

are distributed evenly throughout the GSRA to give complete access for

various training scenarios and for medical evacuation in case of

medical emergencies. An access road serves each TLZ. TLZs can be

scheduled in RFMSS. If TLZs are to be used for rotary-wing external

load operations or other ground training; they must be scheduled in

RFMSS, signed for by ground units, and must be inspected by a Range

Inspector.

(a) TLZ Buzzard is located within the SH TA and is part of

the SR-9 IPBC complex in the vicinity of grid coordinates 635-350.

Enter by way of SR Gate #11.

(b) TLZ Flamingo is located within the SG TA and is part

of the SR-9 IPBC complex in the vicinity of grid coordinates 616-353.

Enter by way of SR-Gate #11.

(c) TLZ Partridge is located within the SE TA in the

vicinity of grid coordinates 647-378. Enter by way of SR-Gate #8 or

#11.

(d) TLZ Snipe is located within the SD TA in the vicinity

of grid coordinates 723-372. Enter by way of SR-Gate #3 (SR-7 Range).

(e) TLZ Kingfisher is located within the SM TA in the

vicinity of grid coordinates 714-326. Enter by way of SR-Gate P (SR-6

Range).

(f) TLZ/Drop Zone Pheasant is located within the SV TA in

the vicinity of grid coordinates 666-235. Enter by way of SR-Gate #22

or #23 (Camp Davis). Pheasant is also a parachute drop zone and the

Camp Davis North Runway is next to the drop zone.

(g) TLZ Peewee is located within the SJ TA in the vicinity

of grid coordinates 708-334. Enter by way of SR- Gate B (SR-6 South

Range). TLZ is equipped with LZ marking lights.

D-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(h) TLZ Pipit is located within the SF TA in the vicinity

of grid coordinates 693-352. Enter by way of SR-Gate #3. TLZ is

equipped with LZ marking lights.

(i) TLZ Phoenix is located within the ST TA in the

vicinity of grid coordinates 648-234 and is used by helicopter

training squadrons for external load training on a regular basis.

Enter by way of SR-Gate #19 just off Highway 50.

(j) TLZ Duck is located within the SV TA in the vicinity

of grid coordinates 657-215 and is also called Camp Davis South.

Enter by way of SR-Gate #22 just off Highway 17.

(k) TLZ Swallow is located within the SV TA in the

vicinity of grid coordinates 666-245 and is located just north of the

Camp Davis North Runway. Enter by way of SR-gate #22 just of Highway

17 and proceed north along the taxiways.

(l) TLZ Turkey is located within the SL TA in the vicinity

of grid 788-312. Enter by taking CC Road to Northbay Road.

(4) Parachute-Drop Zone. PDZ Pheasant is located in the

vicinity of grid 666-235 and is 1400 meters long by 400 meters wide.

(5) Airfield Seizure Complex (AFSC North). There are five

cinder block structures located at Camp Davis (Between Camp Davis

North and South Runways) to provide opportunities for realistic

training scenarios in assault and seizure tactics of a runway. These

structures consist of two mock hangars with dummy aircraft, a mock

control tower, a mock terminal building, and a mock maintenance

building evenly distributed along the two airfields. The cinder block

structures are only building shells containing no equipment, offices,

or providing any other functional services other than their usefulness

as a training device. Buildings are placed as realistically as

possible including appropriate airfield safety setbacks so they will

not represent a hazard to air traffic at Camp Davis. There are two

(2) old A-4 and (2) F-4 aircraft located at the airfield. Units are

not authorized to move these aircraft. The AFSC must be scheduled in

RFMSS, signed for, and must be inspected by a Range Inspector. For

more information on the AFSC North see the Range Card(s) for that

site.

(a) Building SR-25 (Mock Tower) grid 662-226.

(b) Building SR-26 (Mock Hangar #1) grid 661-222.

(c) Building SR-27 (Mock Hangar #2) grid 660-222.

(d) Building SR-28 (Mock Maintenance Bldg) grid 662-226.

(e) Building SR-29 (Mock Terminal) grid 665-232.

D-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(6) Airfield Seizure Complex (AFSC South)/Raid Facility

Buildings/Structures have the following: Internal and external

stairways, external ladders, balconies, roof hatches, entrance doors,

windows, internal and external lights. It also has a mock power

station, fuel farm, guard towers, containers that are painted. Runway

05/23 Camp Davis South is about 100 meters away and Northwest from

this site. Highway 17 is about 500 meters Southeast. See the Range

Card for additional information on those sites. Note: Units using

Air Components will have conflicts with PDZ Pheasant, Camp Davis North

& South runways, Air Field Seizure (North), TLZ Phoenix, LTZ Duck, and

TLZ Swallow. Units should refer to the Range Card for this site for

additional information.

(a) Building 1, Security Headquarters

(b) Building 2, Passenger Terminal

(c) Building 3, Airport Administration

(d) Building 4, Two Aircraft Hangars with Mock-up aircraft

(e) Building 5, Machine Shop (1)

(f) Building 6, Machine Shop (2)

(g) Building 7, Power Sub-Station (Two small Buildings

with surround fence, mock transformers/junction boxes)

(h) Building 9, Two Warehouses (Large gray metal

Buildings)

(i) Building 10, Office Building 1

(j) Building 11, Office Building 2

(k) Building 12, Office Building 3

(l) Building 14, Factory

(m) Building 15, Fuel Farm with surrounding fence/vehicle

gate (Two small Buildings, with five fuel tanks, 10 fuel pumps,

catwalk/stairs, two lights and solar panels).

(n) Building 16, one story guard tower, with metal shades

closest to Highway 17 with railroad crossing arm/gate.

(o) Building 17N, two story guard tower (North Tower) with

Solar Panels.

(p) Building 17S, two story guard tower (South Tower).

D-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(7) Observation Posts. There are a total of four observation

posts (OPs) distributed throughout the GSRA. These consist of 125 ft.

metal towers with a small-enclosed observation room at the top. They

are tied into the base telephone system, and reached by access road.

These OPs are not served by any utilities other than communications,

power for electrical receptacles, and illumination lights. Lights are

located to maximize the view of major TAs as well as other key

elements, such as roads, both military and civilian. The towers are

in a position to provide feedback on training performance and to spot

possible unsafe situations or training conflicts before they develop

into more serious situations.

(a) OP-8 is located within the SN TA in the vicinity of

grid 639-355. Enter by way of SR-Gate #9 (Davis Tram Road).

(b) OP-9 is located within the SD TA in the vicinity of

grid 722-373. Enter by way of SR-Gate #3 (SR-7 Range). This tower

can be used for sniper live-fire on SR-7 if properly scheduled in

RFMSS.

(c) OP-10 is located within the SG TA in the vicinity of

grid 629-357. Enter by way of SR-Gate #11 (Rawls Road). This tower

can be used for sniper live-fire on SR-9 if properly scheduled in

RFMSS.

(d) OP-11 is located within the ST TA in the vicinity of

grid 651-258. Enter by way of SR-Gate #18 (Wells Road Trail). Unit

requesting OP-11 must coordinate with Range Control and the staff of

Home Station Lane Training Complex (CIED Battle Course).

(8) Battalion Bivouac Areas

(a) There are two battalion bivouac areas (BnBiv) sited in

the GSRA.

1. BnBiv #1 is mainly used for units training on

Range SR-6. BnBiv #2 is mainly used for units training within the

Camp Davis/SV TA. These areas will accommodate up to 800 troops.

2. BnBiv #1 is located in the vicinity of grid 709-

312 (SL TA/LZ Turkey). Bivouacking is not authorized in the nearby

wildlife food plot

3. BnBiv #2 is located in the vicinity of grid 677-

234 near Camp Davis (SV TA).

(9) Forward Operating Base (GSRA FOB). Containers/

structures with Walls/Guard Towers, billeting, command, and control

rooms, logistic rooms/containers, ECP/VCP and, gates. Forward

Operating Base (GSRA FOB) is not a MOUT Training Facility. It was not

D-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

designed nor does it support MOUT type training skill sets or force-

on-force type training events. All units using this FOB must ensure

that all tactical vehicles entering or exiting this site using extreme

caution due to the high volume of civilian traffic on Highway 17. At

no time will military vehicles disrupt the flow of civilian traffic on

Highway 17. Helicopters are not authorized to land or fast rope

personnel onto containers/structures at this FOB. Practice

situational awareness at ALL times. SAFETY IS THE HIGHEST PRIORITY.

Forward Operating Base (GSRA FOB) must be scheduled via RFMSS and

signed for at Range Control by a SSgt/E-6 or above who possesses a

CAMLEJ ROIC/RSO Card. Only those units who schedule and checked out

this facility are authorized to use this FOB. Units may be required

to submit a FEREIR to Base EMD as required. Never drive around a

locked gate! To request access, contact Range Control.

(10) Restricted Areas

(a) Vehicle Movement. Vehicle (ALL) movement off graded

gravel maintained roads in all TAs in the GSRA is not authorized.

POVs are not authorized in TAs without RCD permission/issued Range

Control POV passes. POVs are authorized for hunters during the

hunting season with a vehicle pass that must be displayed on vehicle

dashboard. Designated POV parking areas are provided by DoD permit in

approved areas. Hunters may use registered off-road recreational

vehicles to travel to authorized hunting areas designated by the CLEO.

All vehicles must display a DoD vehicle permit per applicable Base

Orders. Units shall never drive around a locked gate.

(b) Tracked Vehicles. Tracked vehicles are not authorized

to travel within the interior of the GSRA unless maneuvering on a

designated range or tank trails and scheduled by the unit in RFMSS.

Support vehicles must use gravel/graded roads while operating in the

GSRA. Off-road travel in TAs is not authorized. Traveling to and

from firing ranges will be accomplished using gravel/graded roads

only. Tracked vehicles are not authorized in the Camp Davis area

unless approved by Range Control. Tracked vehicle are not authorized

on the Camp Davis North/South Runways/Taxiways. Traveling along the

outer tactical road along Highway 50 is not authorized. Tracked

vehicles traveling from Verona Loop will use an underpass in

accordance with tracked vehicle movement guide which will be provided

by Range Control when required.

(c) Tactical Vehicles. Tactical vehicle movement is

allowed, however, movement is restricted to gravel/graded roads. The

GSRA is mostly wetland and is not suitable for off-road vehicles.

Therefore, off-road vehicle use is not authorized. There are several

bridges within the GSRA that have vehicle restrictions (weight and

D-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

width). In all cases, unit representatives shall conduct a

survey/recon of routes and locations prior to training. Speed limits

must be enforced, supervised, and proper road crossing procedures must

be in place, enforced, and supervised by the command at all times.

(11) For additional GSRA updates/comments: Contact Range

Control directly for more information.

(a) CVOT GSRA is a collection of tank trails/

gravel roads within the following Training Areas SP, SQ, SR, SU, SW,

ST, and SV that must be scheduled in RFMSS as CVOT GSRA which includes

six (6) standard used/controlled check points. Range Control will

provide a map on request of the site.

(b) SR-12 Home Station Lane Training Complex (HSLT CIED

Battle Course) within the GSRA Training Area ST just off Highway 50 by

Wells Road. A separate Range Card is published on this site/training

complex and will be made available on request or by going to the Range

Control Web Page. This site will have a staff from the MCES that will

conduct training on request.

D-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX E

SPECIAL RANGE REQUEST (SRR) FORMAT

1. Purpose of a Special Range Requests. A SRR is required whenever

the training unit desires to use a TA, training facility, or live-fire

range for purposes other than what is identified in this Order or the

Range Cards. As such, the submission of a formal letter of a SRR

shall be related to a truly unique training requirement or training

standard/need. Approval and execution of a SRR may require manual

manipulation of the RFMSS, which preempts the software’s ability to

deconflict routine safety issues/concerns, and could require other TAs

and live-fire ranges to be in a cold status or deconflicted by the

unit and Range Control.

2. Examples Requiring a Special Range Request

a. Use of ALZs/TLZs and designated priority of use facilities

(TLZ Phoenix, Camp Davis Airfield, Oak Grove Airfield, and TLZ

Pheasant) require approval (written/e-mail) from a cognizant authority

of the respective unit with confirmation notification via e-mail to

Range Control for entry into RFMSS.

b. Using live-fire and maneuver training on static live-fire

ranges or as per the Range Cards. (e.g., Fire and Maneuver on F-18,

CBC G-6, Mobile MOUT Live-Fire, or MAC-3).

c. Firing large caliber dud/noise producing weapons (40mm and

above) between the hours of 2359 to 0600. Firing beyond established

quiet hours on all Sundays between 2359 to 1200 for all weapon

systems. (Small arms are authorized to fire past 2359 depending on

the location/range and day). SR-7 is not authorized to conduct live-

fire past 2359 as an example.

d. Use of the MOUT Complexes/Facilities/or live-fire ranges

beyond prescribed contractor support times.

e. Employing a weapon system/ammunition other than those

identified in this Order and the Range Cards for a specific range

which would be based on the SDZ. Will the requested weapon system and

ammunition SDZ fit within the SDZ for that range? Can the SDZ be

safely mitigated?

f. Requesting to use improvised demolitions or conducting night

demolitions training.

g. Special events like Mess Nights (with or without alcoholic

beverages, with or without underage drinking), Warrior Nights (with

or without alcoholic beverages or with or without underage drinking),

Family Days, A Day in their Boots, and Jane/John Wayne Days are other

examples. Underage drinking must be approved via the unit’s chain of

E-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

command (S-1/G-1) 30 days in advance as separate correspondence and a

copy provided to Range Control at least 24 hours before the scheduled

event for the underage drinking approval.

3. SRR Submission and Format

a. Prior to submitting the SRR, the unit must schedule the RTA or

training facility via RFMSS. If scheduled as a special event the unit

must ensure it is scheduled that way in RFMSS. This precludes Range

Control from reviewing an SRR that cannot be approved because the TA,

training facility, or live-fire range has not been scheduled in RFMSS

and another unit has it scheduled.

b. The SRR with reviewed and signed ORM matrix/worksheet must be

signed on all pages and submitted to the CG MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ.

(RCD). All SRRs must be routed for endorsement in a timely fashion

through the Unit’s chain of command. Hand delivery to Range Control

is the preferred method. LIVE-FIRE SRRs MUST HAVE BATTALION/SQUADRON

LEVEL OPERATIONS SECTION ENDORSEMENT WITH SIGNED AND REVIEWED ORM

WORKSHEET AND SHOULD BE RECEIVED AT RANGE CONTROL AT LEAST 30 WORKING

DAYS PRIOR TO THE FIRST DAY OF INTENDED TRAINING. II MEF units must

have it to II MEF (G-7) at least 37 days in advance. This lead-time

provides the Range Control Range Safety Specialist adequate time to

view the request and refine any safety parameters as required. Other

time constraints associated with training on Camp Lejeune include the

closure of the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (60 working days notice

to obtain air sweep support) or activation of the R5306D/E and

R5303/R5304 (GSRA air space) (One and two days notice to obtain air

space must also be factored into the timeline).

c. Use the following sequence of paragraphs to ensure all

required information is submitted:

(1) Paragraph 1. State the standard purpose for the range,

training facility, or TA and nature of the SRR usage requested. State

the range/training/area facility has been scheduled in RFMSS.

(a) Example. TLZ Falcon: TLZs are used for rotary-

wing/tiltrotary-wing operations. 2d Tank Bn requests to conduct tank

maneuver training and command post operations. TLZ Falcon is

scheduled for 12–15 December 20XX in RFMSS.

(b) Example. F-18 is a static firing range. 1st Bn, 8th

Mar requests to conduct live-fire and maneuver training. F-18 is

scheduled for 12–13 Jan 20XX in RFMSS.

(2) Paragraph 2. State the weapons/weapons system and all

ammunition to be employed. List all ammunition by DODIC.

(3) Paragraph 3. Describe the scheme of maneuver (SOM) to be

employed. Provide a detailed narrative that sequentially lays out the

E-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

phases of the training to be conducted, including the planned timeline

(day/night) for the scheduled events.

(4) Paragraph 4. Provide an ORM matrix worksheet that is

signed. Identify the increased risk that may be incurred and the

steps to be taken that will mitigate/control the known risks.

(Example of mitigation: Assigning an increased number of PSOs

/Assistant RSOs (ARSO) during live-fire maneuver exercises). The ORM

matrix must be signed and reviewed by the command conducting the high

risk event. The ORM worksheet can be found in this Order as an

example.

(5) Paragraph 5. Identify the Surface Danger Zones (SDZs).

This requirement may be waived if all live-fire and effects from live-

fire are within the approved SDZ for that range/facility.

(a) Identify the SDZ/WDZ for each weapon system

/ammunition being used.

1. Include a 1:50,000 scale for SDZ, which can be

received from Range Control.

2. Include the following information for SDZ

i. Map designation

ii. Originator’s name

iii. Originator’s rank/billet

iv. Weapons/Weapon System

v. Ammunition type by DODIC

vi. Distance

vii. List of appropriate grids

viii. List of appropriate azimuths (in degrees)

ix. Primary direction of fire (in degrees)

x. SDZ/WDZ information if required

(b) Example. SDZ for the M240B, M16A2/M4, and MK-153

SMAW are provided as enclosures (1), (2), and (3) (of the SRR).

1. CAMLEJ 1:50,000

2. 1stLt Marine, I. M. /Unit

E-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

3. 1stLt/Platoon Commander/phone number

4. M249 Weapon System

5. A064 DODIC

6. Distance X

7. (6 digit): firing point 735315

8. Right lateral limit: 65 degrees magnetic; left

lateral limit: 098 degrees magnetic

9. PDF 085 degrees MAG/GRID

10. Area(s) (a, h, i, etc) as appropriate

4. Review of SRR. SRRs shall be reviewed and endorsed by the

appropriate unit’s (Bn/Sqdn, Regt/MAG Div/MAW/MEU) S-3/G-3 Operations

/Training Sections. SRRs submitted by non-infantry units, shall be

reviewed for correctness and accuracy by an Inter-Service Resident

Range Safety Course graduate (Intermediate Level). Live-fire SRR SDZs

shall be reviewed by a Marine Gunner/S-3/Operations/Training Section

of the using unit for accuracy and correctness (infantry units only).

This ensures a Bn/Sqdn S-3 level unit has reviewed and approved the

training requirements.

5. Assistance. Range Control can provide assistance in the

conceptual development of the SRR and in most cases provide previously

approved SRRs of a similar nature. However, due to the large number

of SRRs submitted, Range Control cannot be expected to create the

required SDZs or do the required risk assessment (ORM worksheet) for

the unit.

E-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX F

ELECTRONIC WARFARE/DEFENSIVE MEASURE

1. General. The East Coast Electronic Warfare Systems Branch (RS 25)

of the Naval Surface Warfare Center (NSWC), Corona Division, located

aboard MCAS Cherry Point, operates electronic warfare threat and

signals simulators at approved locations within Camp Lejeune.

Formally known and still referred to as the Mid-Atlantic Electronic

Warfare Range or MAEWR with callsign “BullRun”, the purpose of RS 25

is to provide realistic Electronic Warfare (EW) training to combat

aircrews. Both MAEWR and the MCAS Cherry Point Range Management

Division, callsign “BIG ROCK”, are co-located within Building 4280

aboard MCAS Cherry Point.

2. Background. The MAEWR operates EW threat and signals simulators

at MCOLF Atlantic, MCALF Bogue, BT-11 at Piney Island, Radio Island,

Navy Dare, and Pinecastle Range in Florida. Continuously changing

tactics, training, and procedures as a result of the lessons learned

in Iraq and Afghanistan and the Navy and Marine Corps’ renewed

emphasis on amphibious operations, as well as the introduction of UAS

platforms into the training environment have increased the demand for

EW training resources and areas at Camp Lejeune. The MAEWR EW Threat

Systems Aircrew User’s Guide is available to all aircrews to use as an

EW training guide. Contact the EW Mission Coordinators to request a

copy.

a. Available EW Threats And Signals. The MAEWR’s Aircrew User’s

Guide lists the assorted EW threat simulators available for training.

EW threat simulators include early warning and long range acquisition

radars, short and medium range Surface-to-Air Missiles (SAMs), various

Anti-Aircraft Artillery (AAA) systems, as well as short range IR/UV

missile simulators, MANPADS, and AAA Strobe light simulators.

b. Scheduling EW Training

(1) Units requesting electronic warfare training shall notify

the Range Control Officer 10 working days before the scheduled

training event. All EW training requests shall be entered into the

Lejeune RFMSS by the requesting unit after coordination with EW

Mission Coordinators at MCAS Cherry Point by calling 252-466-2123 or

DSN 252-2123. All units are responsible for scheduling all requested

TAs using RFMSS. This will ensure there will be no live-fire being

conducted in ground TAs. Adjacent or adjoining airspace coordination

and scheduling is done through the Range Management Division, using

MCAS Cherry Point RFMSS for other areas within the Cherry Point

Operating Area and/or for use of the W122 by contacting Fleet Forces

Atlantic Exercise Coordination Center (FACSFAC VACAPES), callsign

“Giant Killer” at (757) 433-1320/1220 or DSN 433-1320/1220.

F-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(2) At the discretion of the RCO, ground TAs may be scheduled

on a co-user basis depending on the type of EW training being

conducted.

(3) Training events that may cause the closure of the Atlantic

Intracoastal Waterway, or the N-1/BT-3 impact area must be scheduled

at least 65 days in advance.

(4) Upon completion of training, units will report to

BLACKBURN the type of aircraft that received EW training and the

number of aircrew aboard.

c. Threat Emitter Sites. The selected sites listed below have

been optimized for training support. Sites 1, 2, and 3 were created

to support unit level training for the MCAS New River based squadrons

and MEU/C2X/JTFEX training. Sites 4-14 were created to provide

additional unit level training capabilities.

Mobile/Transportable EW Threat Systems Sites

Site #

Site Name

Lat/Long

Grid

1

OP-2

34.39.45N 077 16.25W

18S TD 915-375

2

MOUT Facility

34 39.82N 077 15.02W

18S TD 938-380

3

CBC G-6 Range

34 37.52N 077 14.64W

18S TD 941-339

4

TLZ Hawk

34 36.54N 077 17.58W

18S TD 898-321

5

OP-5

34 37.89N 077 17.61W

18S TD 898-345

6

TLZ Falcon/

Onslow Beach Road

34 34.86N 077 16.70W 18S TD 911-288

7

Mock Up Road

34 34.19N 077 16.41W

18S TD 911-276

8

EOTG Site/Onslow Beach

34 33.70N 077 17.00W

18S TD 905-264

9

TLZ Albatross

34 34.06N 077 17.36W

18S TD 895-276

10

TLZ Bluebird

34 32.96N 077 18.90W

18S TD 696-391

11

Moore Road HA TA

34 37.41N 077 21.19W

18S TD 843-338

12

ALZ Kingfisher (GSRA)

34 35.69N 077 29.57W

18S TD 711-324

13

Davis Tram Road (GSRA)

34.35.38N 077 32.86W

18S TD 655-302

14

Bridge Road (GSRA)

34 33.19N 077 31.36W

18S TD 685-264

d. Chaff and Flares

(1) Chaff training is authorized aboard Camp Lejeune over the

G-10 Impact Area after proper coordination with Range

Control/BLACKBURN

(2) Flare training is authorized if properly scheduled in

RFMSS and the flares stay within the boundary of G-10 Impact Area at

all times. Flare use is never authorized in G-10 Impact Area during

Fire Condition 5 or higher.

(3) Training units must monitor wind speeds and directions to

minimize flare debris migration off-base.

F-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

e. Tactical Shapes

(1) The MAEWR provides movable towed tactical shapes

incorporating realistic size, color schemes, and multi-spectral cues,

as a low-cost, light weight, environmentally-friendly target solution

for various range applications. Due to the high replacement costs of

these targets they shall not be used for live-fire training or be

emplaced in live-fire areas. However, they may be used to simulate

OPFOR representations or provide a threat presence to ground personnel

engaged in tactical training operations. Primarily they will be used

in conjunction with electronic warfare and air reconnaissance. Photos

of these shapes are in the MAEWR’s Aircrew User’s Guide.

(2) Multi-spectral cues include:

(a) Visual 3-D representation (full scale) created by

using Solid (olive drab or desert sand) or Camouflage (forest or

desert) paint.

(b) Radar signature (representative radar cross section

(RCS).

(c) IR Signature created by using metal mesh under shape

framing to generate heat differentials with ambient air.

(d) Doppler signature created by rotating antennas.

f. Use of Smokey Sams for Training

(1) The use of the GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) pyrotechnic simulator

has been authorized for use aboard Camp Lejeune during the conduct of

defensive measures training for aircrews. The GTR-18 (Smokey SAM)

provides a visual cue to aircrews undergoing defensive measures

training. Requests to use the GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) will be included in

the special range request submitted to the RCO. At no time will the

GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) be utilized aboard Camp Lejeune without the

express approval of the RCO.

(a) Responsibility. When conducting training with the

GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) it shall be the responsibility of each CO to

ensure that only qualified and certified personnel operate the GTR-18

(Smokey SAM). The following safety requirements will be adhered to at

all times. No deviations are authorized without the express approval

of the RCO or RSS.

(b) Personnel Requirements. A minimum of two and a

maximum of four certified and qualified GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) operators

for each GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) launch site.

F-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(c) Safety Requirements

1. Smoking and flame producing devices are prohibited

at the GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) launch site and within a 50-ft. perimeter

of the launch site.

2. Two 10-pound A, B, or C fire extinguishers will be

at each GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) launch site.

3. Each operator will wear gloves and safety glasses

or face shields while at the GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) launch site.

4. Two-way radios to communicate with BLACKBURN.

5. One properly equipped hospital corpsman at each

launch site.

g. Smokey SAM Operating Procedures

(1) Prior to the launch of a GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) radio

communications will be established with BLACKBURN. Once

communications have been established, permission will be requested to

go hot.

(2) The GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) launch tube(s), (LMU-23E (1-

BAY) and LMU-24E (4-bay)), must not exceed 75 degrees from the deck

for all launch evolutions.

(3) The launcher rack will be set up at an appropriate

site in terms of distance from towers, structures, and vehicles

(minimum 100 feet); adjust for quadrant azimuth and elevation angle in

accordance with wind strength and direction. It is desired that the

GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) have a trajectory elevation of 60-75 degrees and a

trajectory azimuth away from the launch site (including wind effect of

both).

(4) The GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) will be launched in such a

manner as to obtain the best visual effect while minimizing foreign

object damage to aircraft and personnel.

(5) The GTR-18 (Smokey SAM) will not be launched directly

at an aircraft, vehicle, structure (permanent or temporary), or

personnel. The flight path of a GTR-18 must be offset a minimum of

1,000 feet from any participating aircraft’s flight path.

(6) Once training is complete, BLACKBURN will be contacted

via radio and permission to go “COLD” will be requested. Once “COLD”,

the total number of rounds expended will be reported to BLACKBURN.

F-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

h. Emergency Procedures

(1) Should property damage or personnel injury occur, or

serious safety hazards be identified, all GTR-18 (Smokey SAM)

simulator operations will be halted and BLACKBURN be notified

immediately and the reason for halting training reported and

permission to go “COLD” requested.

(2) Training will not resume until corrective action has

been implemented and reported to BLACKBURN and permission to go hot

requested.

(3) In the event of a fire/accident, immediately report

this information to BLACKBURN, fight with onsite extinguishers and try

to contain the fire at the site.

(4) Evacuate injured and non-essential personnel to a

minimum of 500 ft.

(5) If a GTR-18 rocket hang-fire occurs, notify BLACKBURN

and request EOD support.

(6) Unserviceable igniter rods for GTR-18 rockets will be

replaced in their respective storage containers for later disposal by

EOD.

i. Transportation and Temporary Storage. All vehicles,

government owned or government furnished, transporting the GTR-18

(Smokey SAM) will be properly placarded with 1.3G explosive signs on

all four sides of the vehicle and readily visible to traffic. Each

vehicle will be inspected for road-worthiness prior to loading. Two

10-pound B/C fire extinguishers must be on board; one inside the cab

and one mounted on the bed. Both fire extinguishers shall be stored

for easy access in the event of an emergency. The GTR-18 will not be

transported in a closed vehicle unless separated from the passenger

compartment by a permanent dividing wall. Passengers are prohibited

from riding in the open bed of any vehicle transporting munitions.

(1) Drivers Licensing Requirements for Military Personnel.

Military personnel will attend the explosive driver’s course and have

a valid government motor vehicle operator’s permit with an explosives

endorsement.

(2) Drivers Licensing Requirements for Civilian Employees.

For off-base transportation of the GTR-18, civilian employees will

possess a valid commercial driver’s license with a HAZMAT endorsement.

For on-base, they will attend explosives driver refresher training or

attend the explosive driver’s course and have a valid Government motor

vehicle operator’s permit.

F-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

(3) Government Contract Employees. For off-base and on-

base transportation of the GTR-18 (Smokey SAM), Government contract

employees will possess a valid commercial driver’s license with a

HAZMAT endorsement.

F-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX G

RANGE CONTROL PHONE NUMBERS

1. Range Control Headquarters

POC Number

Director, Range Control Division 451-3932

Secretary, Range Control Division 451-3733

FAX, Range Control Division 451-1593

Range Control Officer 451-1235

Range Control Operations Officer 451-1236

Range Safety Specialist 451-1240

Range Control Operations Chief 451-5803

Range Control IT Specialist 450-7966

Scheduling Section 451-3065/3066/4478

FAX, Scheduling 451-1544

BLACKBURN/Fire Desk 451-3064/4449

CS Chamber (Mainside) 451-3518

Navy Boat Crew 451-5046

Base EOD 449-0558

MOUT Staff 451-2364/0752/0508/0753

Training Tank Area 5 451-2027

Training Tank Courthouse Bay 440-6005

GSRA, SR-46 449-6228/6205/6341

FAX, GSRA 449-6227

WTBN S-3 Stone Bay 450-2918

G-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX H

WAIVER OF LIABILITY AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK MANAGEMENT

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS

In consideration of the privilege of participating/observing a live-fire/non

live-fire exercise aboard Camp Lejeune, North Carolina, and further

recognizing the voluntary nature of my participation in this event, I, the

undersigned person, intending to be legally bound, hereby promise to waive

for myself, my guardians, heirs, executor, administrators, legal

representatives and any other persons on my behalf, any and all rights and

claims for damages, demands, and any other actions whatsoever, including

those attributable to simple negligence, which I may have against any of the

following persons or entities: the United States of America; the Department

of Defense; the Department of the Navy; the United States Marine Corps;

Marine Corps Installations East-Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune, North

Carolina; any and all individuals assigned to or employed by the United

States, including but not limited to the Secretary of Defense; the Secretary

of the Navy; the Commandant of the Marine Corps; Commanding General, Marine

Corps Installation East-Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune, North Carolina; in

both their official and personal capacities; any medical support personnel

assigned thereto; and these persons’ or entities’ representatives,

successors, and assigns which said injuries arise out of my participation in

the activities comprising the aforesaid event; as well as any use by me of

any Marine Corps Installation East-Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune, North

Carolina, or government equipment or facilities in conjunction with and

furtherance of such participation by me. I FURTHER VERIFY THAT I HAVE FULL

KNOWLEDGE OF THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ATTENDING THIS EVENT, AND UNDERSTAND

THAT I WILL BE VIEWING A DEMONSTRATION OF MILITARY EQUIPMENT/PERSONNEL

ENGAGED IN SIMULATED COMBAT ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING LOW-FLYING AIRCRAFT, HIGH

SPEED TANKS, AND EXPLODING ORDNANCE. I EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY, AND VOLUNTARILY

ASSUME THE RISKS INVOLVED IN THE PLANNED ACTIVITIES INCLUDING TRANSPORTATION

TO AND FROM THE EVENT, AND AGREE TO HOLD THE UNITED STATES HARMLESS FOR ANY

RESULTING INJURY. I understand that this assumption of risk shall remain in

effect until notice of cancellation is received by the Commanding General,

Marine Corps Installation East-Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune, North

Carolina. I understand that, should I decline to execute this agreement, I

will not be permitted to attend the live-fire exercise.

_____________________________ _____________________________

(Signature of Witness) (Signature) (Date)

_________________________________

(Printed Name)

________________________________

Signature of Parent/Guardian on behalf

of _____________________________

(Name of Minor)

Date: ___________________________

Please Take Note: This document is available as a PDF and can be requested via e-mail.

H-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX I

ROIC/RSO RANK REQUIREMENTS

Type of Event

ROIC (Note 1)

RSO (Note 1)

OFF

WO

SNCO

OFF

WO

SNCO/N

CO

Additional

Req

Practice Hand Grenades; Sub-

Caliber Training Devices; Class

1-4 LASERs; Training Simulators;

Trip Flares, Blanks

X X E-6 X X E-6 Note 17

All MOUT Facilities Operations

X

E-6

X

E-6

SESAMS (Simunition) Training

X

E-6

X

E-6

Static Firing Only, Small Arms

and Machineguns (.50 cal and

Below) Includes use of Short

Range Training Ammo (SRTA)

X X E-6 X X E-6

Chemical Agents (CS)

Only 5711/5702 for all CS Events

X X

E-6

Note

2

X X

E-5/E-

4

Note 2

Aerial Gunnery and Air Defense

Weapons (Rockets and Guided

Missiles); Live Hand Grenades,

Grenade Launchers and Grenade

Machineguns; Live Mines,

Explosive and Demolitions; Tank,

AAV and LAR Live-fire (Training

Practice and Live Ammunition),

HOT FARP (fuel or ammunition)

X

E-7

X

E-6

Breaching

requires

Certified

Breacher/

Demo

(any

rank);

Hand

Grenade

Pit NCOs

must be

certified

by unit

cmdr for

duties

(Air) Fixed Wing/Rotary Wing

Operations, DASC Operations

X X

E-7

Note

3

X X

E-6

Note 3

Either

ROIC or

RSO must

be

FAC/JTAC

Naval Gunfire X X

E-7

Note

4

X X

E-6

Note 4

NGLO or

SFCP

Field Artillery. (105mm/155mm) X X

E-7

Note

5

X X E-6

Firing and

observatio

n

Mortars. (60mm/81mm/120mm) X X E-7 X X

E-6

Note 6

Firing and

observatio

n

I-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Direct Fire Antitank Rockets and

Missiles (Inert and Live

Ammunition)

X X E-7 X X E-6

Live-fire Maneuver/Movement

Exercises (Ground, Vehicles, and

Air)

X X E-7 X X E-6

Live-Fire Exercises with organic

weapons; Fire Team through

Company

X X E-7 X X E-6

Combined Arms, Live-Fire

Exercises with external Fire

Support; Squad through Battalion

or larger

X X

E-7

Note

7

X X E-6

EOD Operations, EOD Proficiency

Training, Emergency Destruction

only

X X

E-7

Note

8

X X

E-5

Note 8

EOD MOS

Marines

only

Group 2 and larger UASs with the

capability of using LASERS and

weapons

X X E-6 X X E-6 Note 9

Non-Live-Fire Events

ROIC

(Note 1)

Additional Requirements

CVOT Courses/Facilities

Operations

X X E-6

Plus qualified CVOT/Facility

Instructor

Dive Operations

X

E-5

Note 10

Parachute Operations X X E-5

Notes 11 & 12

See notes for personnel and

Cargo

HST Operations

X

E-5

Note 13

HRST Operations including Towers

X

E-5

Note 14

Water Survival Training (All

Training Tanks)

X X E-6

Note 15

Plus separate MCIWS Marine

Helo Casting/Open Water Swim X X E-6

Note 16

Use of Blanks and Pyro in

Training Areas

X X E-5

Note 17

Sgt’s (E-5) without issued

ROIC/RSO Card must be on the

Unit’s Command Cert Letter

Group 1 UAS operations

X

E-6

Note 18

NOTES:

1. Civilians in the grade of GS-07/equivalent or above may act as the

ROIC and GS-05/equivalent or above as the RSO. Approved civilian

contractors may only act as RSOs when approved by Installation

Commander via an annual formal letter that is endorsed and in

accordance with SOW. ROIC/RSO qualified civilian personal must be

listed on the Unit’s CO Certification Letter. All ROICs/RSOs must

attend the Camp Lejeune ROIC/RSO class.

I-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

2. The event ROIC is the only person required to report to Range

Control to sign for a CS type training event like open air, Gas

Chamber, Field Expedient Gas Chamber (In a Tent). Both the ROIC and

RSO must be Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and High

Yield Explosives (CBRNE 5702, 5711) qualified when conducting CBRNE

(CS) and be listed on the CO’s certification letter. Unit must list

all CBRNE MOS Marines on the Command Certification Letter regardless

of rank. If unit does not have a SSgt or above 5711/5702 Marine any

MOS SSgt or above that is CAMLEJ ROIC/RSO qualified can sign for the

event but must have the names of two 5711 Marines on a Command

Certification Letter supporting the scheduled event and at least one

must be a 5711 Cpl/E-4 or above.

3. A SNCO, ROIC/RSO must be JTAC qualified, E-7 or above for DUD

producing ammunition, E-6 or above for SIMCAS, and listed in the CO’s

Certification Letter.

4. The ROIC is the only person required to report to Range control to

sign for the event. ROIC and RSO must be a trained Naval Gunfire

Liaison Officer, or Shore Fire Control Party (SFCP). ROIC must have

RSO’s name and both names must be listed in the CO’s Certification

letter.

5. Use of an E-7 or above as ROIC is authorized only when approved by

Installation Commander. Either the battery executive officer or

platoon commander normally performs duties of the ROIC/RSO.

6. Per the most recent change to reference (a):

7. The ROIC for a battalion or larger combined arms live-fire

exercise (CALFEX) will be a field grade officer (O-4 or above).

8. Two persons are required; ROIC who is E-7 or above and RSO who is

E-5 or above for operational training. ROIC may be E-6 or above when

conducting EOD proficiency training on EOD Ranges (EOD-2/EOD-3). E-5s

can perform emergency destruction operations only.

9. See Chapter 4 of this Order for additional guidance on Group 2 and

larger UAS Operations. Both the ROIC (Unmanned Aircraft Commander

(UAC)) and RSO (UAC) will be trained and certified by the commander on

that model UAS (Fire Scout, Scan Eagle, Blackjack, Shadow, etc.). The

Commanding Officer of that unit will certify this in their Command

Certification Letter by including a column to designate UAS UACs and

another column for UAS pilots/Operators certified and current in the

enclosure to the letter. Unit must list all UAS Pilots/Operators with

or without RSO numbers.

10. The ROIC/Dive Supervisor (E-5 or above) will be the only person

required to report to Range Control to sign for the event and must

have a current ROIC/RSO certification. Safety Divers must be a Marine

I-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Combat Diver or SCUBA Diver, any rank. The event must also have a

Dive Medical Technician or SARC on standby. E-5 or above RSO

qualified Dive Supervisors must be listed in the CO’s Certification

letter.

11. The ROIC/Drop Zone Safety Officer (DZSO) for jumpers will be the

only person (E-5 or above) required to report to Range Control to sign

for the parachute event. The DZSO for jumpers will be certified per

all requirements in the references (bo) and (bp). The DZSO must have

a current ROIC/RSO card and meet all the requirements set forth in

this Order. The DZSO must be a certified/current DZSO. The DZSO must

provide the names of two additional jumpmasters for personnel drops

during the checkout process so Range Control can verify that they are

on the CO’s certification letter. Any changes to personnel, other

than the DZSO, must be called into Range Scheduling or BLACKBURN prior

to conducting the RFMSS scheduled event. The DZSO must be a

certified/current DZSO. Any changes to the DZSO must be done in

person at Range Control Scheduling requiring a new signature before

training can be conducted. DZSOs (ROIC/RSO Qualified) and jumpmasters

(ROIC/RSO qualification not necessary) are required to be listed in

the CO’s certification letter. If U.S. Army, Air Force, or Navy

jumpmasters are used in aircraft and may not be on the CO’s

certification letter, mention the military service when their names

are requested by Range Scheduling or BLACKBURN.

12. The ROIC/DZSO for cargo will be the only person (E-5 or above)

required to report to Range Control to sign for the parachute event.

The DZSO must provide the name of one additional jumpmaster for cargo

drops during the checkout process so Range Control can verify the

person with the CO’s certification letter. Any changes to personnel,

other than the DZSO, must be called into Range Scheduling or BLACKBURN

prior to conducting the RFMSS scheduled event. Any changes to the

DZSO must be done in person at Range Control Scheduling requiring a

new signature before training can be conducted. DZSOs (ROIC/RSO

Qualified) and jumpmasters (ROIC/RSO qualification not necessary) are

required to be listed in the CO’s certification letter. If U.S. Army,

Air Force, or Navy jumpmasters/navigators are used in aircraft and may

not be on the CO’s certification letter, denote the military service

when their names are requested by Range Scheduling or BLACKBURN.

13. The ROIC/Safety Insert Officer (SIO) (E-5 or above) for HST

events will be the only person required to report to Range control to

sign for the event. ROIC must be SIO, ROIC/RSO, and HST qualified.

HST events require at least one E-4 or above certified HST individual

(ROIC/RSO qualification not necessary) in addition to the SIO. HST

operations require certified HST personnel at all points of the lifted

object. All other individuals conducting training have no rank

restrictions but must be HST certified or undergoing training to be

I-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

HST certified with no requirements to be certified ROICs/RSOs. All

qualified/certified SIOs and HST certified personnel must be on the

unit’s Command Certification Letter.

14. The ROIC/SIO (E-5 or above) for HRST/Hoisting events will be the

only person required to report to Range Control to sign for the event.

ROIC must be SIO, RSO, and HRST Master qualified. HRST events require

at least one E-4 or above and certified HRST individual on each rope

(RSO qualification not necessary) in addition to the SIO. For

hoisting events/operations the crew chief of the aircraft will be the

qualified individual at the top. Other safety officers must be an E-4

and above with no requirements to be certified RSOs. All qualified

/certified SIOs and HRST certified personnel must be on the unit's

Command Certification Letter.

15. The ROIC and/or WSSO, of swim training events in training tanks

must be ROIC/RSO qualified. The event requires ROIC (E-6 or above) to

sign for the training tank. ROIC must know the names of the MCIWS

instructor(s) and the unit they are from to support the training. The

ROIC signing for training tank, regardless of his/her level of swim

qualification cannot be the instructor conducting the training. All

MCWIS instructors must be listed on the unit's Command Certification

Letter.

16. The ROIC and/or WSSO, of open water swim training events must be

ROIC/RSO qualified. Open water events require one individual to sign

for the event. The ROIC (E-6 or above) must be certified in one of

the following; CWSS, MCIWS, MCITWS, Dive Supervisor or civilian

equivalent certification. ROIC must be certified on the unit’s

Command Certification Letter to sign for the event. These events

include and are not limited to helo-cast, fin operations, or any other

dive indoctrination training. Non-USMC military commands/units must

have civilian equivalent certifications (Red Cross, etc). The ROIC is

not authorized to take part in any training. Certified instructors

/safety swimmers may be in the water at any given time with no

restrictions to the amount of time. Certified instructors are

responsible to meet any and all other additional requirements to meet

the restrictions placed on the number of additional safety personnel

/swimmers required. ROIC must ensure the necessary safety equipment,

communications assets, safety vehicle(s), and safety boats are on hand

prior to conducting training. All open water swim ROICs and certified

instructors (ROIC/RSO qualification not necessary) must be listed on

the unit's Command Certification Letter.

17. When utilizing small arm blanks, pyrotechnics, smoke, or other

related training devices that are properly scheduled in RFMSS by the

using unit for that training area/training areas. An E-5 (ROIC/RSO

qualification not necessary, but must be listed on the Command

Certification Letter) or above is required to sign for the event and

must be present on site for all training being conducted. ROIC must

I-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

ensure the necessary safety equipment, communications assets, and

safety vehicle(s) (if required), are on hand prior to conducting

training. All ROICs must be listed on the unit's Command

Certification Letter.

18. See Chapter 4 of this Order for additional guidance on Group 1

UAS Operations. The ROIC (Unmanned Aircraft Commander (UAC)) and RSO

(Pilot/Operator or Contractor) will be trained and certified by their

COr on that model UAS (Raven, Wasp, Puma, etc). The CO of that unit

will certify this in their Command Certification Letter by including a

column to designate UAS UACs and another column for UAS pilots

/Operators certified and current in the enclosure to the letter. Unit

must list all UAS pilots/operators with or without RSO numbers. If

unit is undergoing initial UAS training a unit E-6 or above must be

designated as UAS UAC certified and the contractor will provide an RSO

for the training.

I-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX J

NOTAM PARA DROP WORKSHEET

Closest Civilian NAVAID or Facility within 25nm, also radial/DME from

that point.

Example: DZ Pheasant ILM 069/019

Radius of the Jump EX (in nm):

Altitude of the Jump EX: SFC TO 10,000 Feet:

Date and Duration of Jump:

Call Sign and Type of Aircraft and Radio Frequency the Aircraft will

be Operating on:

The Number of Passes and the Number of Jumpers on Each Pass:

POC and Phone Number:

Any questions contact:

Lejeune Range Scheduling at (910) 451-3065/3066/4478

[email protected]

Cherry Point Airfield Management (252) 466-6768

J-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX K

MCOLF OAK GROVE STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING

I understand and will ensure compliance with the requirements of this

Order governing the use of MCOLF Oak Grove for ground training. The

following items are restated for emphasis:

a. All aircraft have the right of way.

b. Using ground units will check in and out with the MCOLF Oak Grove

Maintenance Crew located at Building 8512.

c. All vehicles and personnel are prohibited from using the runways

except appropriate aircraft crash rescue equipment.

d. Vehicle traffic is restricted to current road system. No off-road

vehicle traffic is authorized. Do not drive around barriers, cables,

or gates. Do not use fire breaks as roads. Do not drive on or near

wildlife food plots. Food plots are identified by appropriate

signage.

e. All trash and waste must be collected and removed upon departure.

f. Digging is prohibited. Fighting/Fox holes, cat holes, and

straddle trenches are not authorized.

g. The use of open fires is prohibited. (No warming fires are

permitted by military units conducting military training at Oak

Grove).

h. The use of concertina wire is prohibited unless it is used for

physical security and it must be removed upon the unit’s departure.

i. Communication wires will be removed by the using unit. Wire or

cable may not be hung by driving nails or spikes into trees.

j. No live firing is authorized. No pyrotechnics, smoke, or flares

are authorized. Use of blanks up to .50 cal is authorized. Units

will police up and remove all empty brass casings and links.

k. Training outside the perimeter road is prohibited in order to

preserve environmentally sensitive areas of the Trent River.

l. Cutting and clearing of trees or brush is prohibited.

m. Extreme care will be taken to prevent damage to trees and the

environment.

K-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

n. During emergencies, all access roads will be cleared for emergency

vehicles. Units will be required to assist during emergency

situations such as the containment of brush fires.

(1) For any emergencies contact Pollocksville Fire Department

at 911.

(2) Contact BLACKBURN via radio 34.70 or phone (910) 451-3064.

(3) A land line phone is available at the maintenance work

shop, Building 8512, at (252) 466-3817.

o. Squadron/Company or larger units will provide gate guards for Gate

#1 upon arrival of advanced party or arrival of any attached units

until departure of all personnel.

p. Training units will not use the areas designated for recreation.

q. Using units will provide one portable toilet per 25 troops and

toilets will be serviced every day. Access to MCOLF Oak Grove will

not be permitted until portable toilets are in place.

r. Portable generators will have drip pans placed under them before

starting, and shall remain under them while in operation. A

satisfactory system for draining drip pans into a container for

removal from Oak Grove will be provided by the using unit in the SRR

and ULCP.

s. All units are required to have drip pans under vehicles if they

are in the field for over 24 hours. All units must contact their ECO

and notify BLACKBURN if there is a spill or release. Reference

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 5090.9 (HAZMAT Order) and this Order for all

environmental concerns.

t. Active duty, retired personnel, their dependents, and civil

service personnel are authorized to use Oak Grove recreational areas.

For additional rules and regulations for recreational use at Oak Grove

consult MCCS. Availability of recreation areas will be subject to

military operational requirements. The CLEO will maintain a call in

messaging system with the hours of operation and recreation area

availability.

Print Rank/Name_____________________Unit_________RSO #__________

Phone______________________Date_________________________________

Check In______ Check Out______ Check In______ Check Out______

________________________________ ______________________________

Signature Unit POC Signature Oak Grove Crew/Staff

K-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Appendix L

RSO and ROIC Designation Letter

UNIT HEADING LETTERHEAD

3570

Office

7 Oct 14

From: Commanding Officer, ___ Company, ________Battalion

To: Commanding General, Marine Corps Installations East-Marine

Corps Base, Camp Lejeune (Range Control Division)

Subj: COMMANDER’S SAFETY CERTIFICATION LETTER OF RANGE OFFICER-IN-

CHARGE (ROIC) AND RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO)

Ref: (a) MCO 3570.1_/DA PAM 385-63

(b) MCO 3550.9_

(c) MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

1. Per the references, I certify the personnel listed below to perform

the duties of the ROIC and/or RSO for my unit/command. They have been

thoroughly trained and have demonstrated complete knowledge of the

weapons, ammunition and hazards associated with ranges/facilities at

Marine Corps Installations East-Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune

(MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJ).

2. The individuals named below are familiar and understand the

requirements directed by the above references to include all applicable

directives, messages, changes and updates. They are additionally aware

that they must have a completed the Marine On-Line Range Safety Course

(RTAMRSOCAA, New Course) or (CI060120CA, Old Course) and the Camp

Lejeune’s Range Control Safety Officer Course.

3. This letter will be updated quarterly or when changes and/or

additions warrant. Point of contact is Master Sergeant SCHEDULING at

(910) 451-3065 or DSN 751.

U. S. MARINE

L-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

NAME

RANK

RC CONTROL #

SMALL

ARMS/STATIC

Small Arm/FIRE

& MOVEMENT

Mortars 60 /

81 / 120

FAC/JTAC

UAS (C/P)

LASERS

ARTILLERY

NGF

HST/HRST

LASER

PARA OPS (D/J)

SWIM QUAL

(D/M)

DEMO

Grenades

CBRN

CVOT

MARINE,U.S.

MSgt

000999

MARINE,A.B.

SSGT

2356

Any Additional Special Qualifications can be added.

Date

Name

Sign

Certified: CO/By Direction

L-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX M

AUTHORIZED AMMUNITION

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

A-1

X

B-12

X

R-100 Skeet/Trap

X

D-29A

X

D-29B

X

D-30

X

E-1

X

EOD-2

X

EOD-3

X

ETA-1

X

ETA-2

X

ETA-3

X

ETA-4

X

ETA-5/ETA-5A

ETA-6 CVOT

ETA-7

X

ETA-7A

X

ETA-7B

X

ETA-7C

X

M-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

ETA-7D

X

ETA-8

X

ETA-9

X

ETA-10

X

ETA-MCBCL

Mainside

ETA- MCNRAS

F-2

X

F-4

X

F-5

X

F25T

X

F-6

X

F-11A

X

F-11B

X

F-17

F-18/F-18 7.62

MATCH & SNIPER/

F-18 .50 Cal/F-

18 NON-LETHAL

X

G-3

X

G-3 TOW

X

G-5

X

G-6/CBC

X

G-7

X

M-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

G-19A

X

G-19B

X

G-21

X

G-27

X

G-29A

X

G-29B

X

H Range

X

I-1

X

K-325

X

K-402

X

K-402A

X

K-406A

X

K-406B

X

K-407

X

K-408

X

K500

X

K500A

X

K-501/K-501A

X

K-503/K-503A

X

K-504A/K-504B

X

K505

X

K-506

X

K-507

X

M-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

K-508

X

K-509

X

K-510

X

L-5

X

MAC-1

X

MAC-2

X

MAC-3

X

MAC-4

X

MAC-5

X

MAC-6

X

MAC-7

X

SR-6

X

SR-7

X

SR-8/SR-8A

X

SR-9

X

SR-10

X

SR-11

X

Stone Bay Rifle

Ranges

Alpha, Bravo,

and Charlie

Ranges

X

Stone Bay Rifle

Range

X

M-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

Hathcock Range

Stone Bay Rifle

Range

Mechanical

Pistol Range

X

Stone Bay Rifle

Range Walk-Down

Pistol Range

X

Stone Bay Rifle

Range Dodge City

(Urban) Shooting

Range

X

Stone Bay Rifle

Range Multi-

Purpose Range

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

Breacher

Training

Facility

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

Breacher PIT

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

X

M-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

Square Bay

(SRR-227)

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

Indoor

Shoothouse RR-

249

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

Urban Training

Facility/RR-243

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

Non-Lethal

Weapons Range 1

(NLW-1)

X

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

SRR-230

(Murphy’s

Mountain)

EOTG Compound,

Stone Bay

SRR-230 (Rollins

Peak)

M-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

EOTG Compound

Stone Bay SRR-

211

Training Tower

MOUT Lejeune

MOUT Complex

X

MOUT - Combat

Town

X

Mobile MOUT

Complex

X

Enhanced-MOUT

Complex

X

Live-fire Mobile

MOUT

X

MOUT Urban

Training

Facility (UTF-1)

X

MOUT Urban

Training

Facility

(UTF-2

X

MOUT Camp

Devil Dog

X

Camp Geiger

Mobile MOUT

X

M-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

Camp Davis,

Airfield Seizure

Facilities South

X

Camp Davis,

Airfield Seizure

Facilities

North

LHD Deck

Area 5

Training Tank

Courthouse Bay

Training Tank

EOD-2

X

EOD-3

X

CS CHAMBER/CBRN

Obstacle Course

Mainside

CS Chamber Camp

Geiger

G-10 Live-fire

Convoy Range

X

INTERMEDIATE

SEARCH /TACTICAL

SITE

EXPLOITATION

X

M-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Misc. Rifles/MGs

Demolitions, Mines,

Grenades,

Grenade Launchers

Rocke

ts &

Missi

les

Canno

ns &

Morta

rs

Tank, APC & Aerial

Gunnery

RANGE

Pistols

Shotguns

NLW

SESAMS

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

5.56mm

7.62mm

.50 cal.

Demo

Breaching

Expl

25mm

40mm

Practice

Claymore

Bangalore

Line CHC

Pyro

Hand

Grenade

Rockets

Missiles

Stinger

Artillery

Mortars

MK76

MK82

LGTR

2.75 in.

20mm

105mm

120mm

155MM

(ISTSE) FACILITY

Home Station

Lane Training

Complex SR-12

GSRA

X

G-10 URBAN CLOSE

AIR SUPPORT

FACILITY (UCAS)

LEGO CITY

X

Note: This list is subject to change/updated as required.

See Range Cards for additional information.

M-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX N

LASER FIRING LOG

COMMAND

RANGE

DATE

SYSTEM

USER

MISSION COMMANDER

FIRING # TIME

TARGET LOCATION

FIRING POSITION/HEADING

N-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

APPENDIX O

ROIC AND RSO CHECKLIST

RANGE OFFICER-IN-CHARGE (ROIC) AND RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO)

CHECKLIST

(Duties listed are to be performed by the ROIC and RSO as noted)

This is only a guide and is subject to change.

PHASE I – BEFORE CONDUCTING ANY TRAINING/FIRING

Range Officer-in-Charge (ROIC) RESPONSIBILITIES

Checkout the assigned range(s)/facility(ies) from Range Control by

noontime (1200) the day before, except on Fridays or up to eight days

in advance. The ROIC must have his ROIC/RSO Card with him/her and

be on the Unit’s current command certification letter/roster.

Assume responsibility for the scheduled range, related airspace, and

training facility and all gear assigned or signed for.

Be completely familiar with the Camp Lejeune Special Military

Installation Map (MIM), reference (a), MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1 (RC

SOP), Range Cards, Weapons TMs and other required orders/references

before reporting to Range Control.

Obtain or certify possession of required safety equipment (range

regulations (SOP), range flag, and keys).

Receive a briefing from Camp Lejeune, Range Control on conditions or

events that may affect your range utilization such as any conflicts

that must be deconflicted by the using unit.

Certify that all pertinent range and safety regulations have been

read, understood, and are complied with at all times.

Ensure appropriate medical support (properly equipped Corpsman

/Medic/Contractor EMT) and government safety vehicle are present with

the unit and that all personnel are wearing the proper safety (PPE)

equipment for that type of training being conducted.

Ensure that the impact area or range is clear of all personnel and

that all safety measures directed by this Order and the assigned

Range Card have been taken (e.g., use of barriers, posting of air

sentries, posting of range gate guards when necessary to deny access

to the range/impact area).

O-1 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Ensure that two means of communications are utilized between the unit

conducting training and Range Control (e.g., AN/PRC-152/AN/PRC-152 or

unit assigned hand held radios). The responsibility for proper

communications with Range Control rests with the training

unit/ROIC/RSO. The frequencies used by Range Control can be found in

this Order. If a cell phone is to be used, it must be pre-arranged

and it will only be used as a secondary communication method and a

connection must be able to be established from Range Control to the

cell phone being used as the alternate means.

Ensure radio checks are made to Range Control every 30 minutes, on

the half-hour, while in a “HOT” status. The ROIC/RSO will provide

the final radio check when displacing. Training units will establish

their own internal communications network for all administrative

needs (road guards, etc.). Range Control will not provide radios or

communication networks for internal communication needs. Mandatory

radio checks are required with BLACKBURN at 0600, 1400, and 2200.

Ensure all applicable safety precautions are taken for that properly

scheduled in RFMSS event.

Conduct a joint inventory of the A&E (Ammunition) at the range with

personnel delivering the A&E.

The ROIC/RSO will compare their inventory against what is reflected

on the appropriate ASP issue document and verify that the lot number

on every container matches the lot number on the issue document.

Open all containers that are not factory sealed and visually inspect

the ammunition and explosives to ensure the contents correspond with

what is indicated on the issuing document.

Ensure ammunition and explosives are properly handled, transported,

stored, and accounted for within the training complex from the time

of receipt to the time of expenditure or turn-in in accordance with

appropriate service level directives.

Ensure plans for firing exercises and maneuvers are coordinated with

the Camp Lejeune, RCO as scheduled for in RFMSS. The ROIC will

coordinate with the RCO/BLACKBURN and units using adjacent ranges or

facilities to ensure safe conduct of training. Deconfliction of

airspace with the air detachment or any aircraft on-station will be

conducted with the assistance of the unit Air Officer and BLACKBURN.

O-2 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Implement risk management in all phases of the training exercises.

The ROIC will have a detailed ORM worksheet (or other DoD service

equivalent) signed/reviewed by the unit CO that covers all phases of

training to be conducted prior to checking out the range. The ORM

worksheet can be found in Appendix C of this Order. Event ORM must

be made available upon request to Range Control safety personnel.

Obtain clearance from Range Control to go "HOT" and notify Range

Control when going “COLD”.

Anyone observing an unsafe condition (including aircraft, humans, or

animals in the line of fire) during firing exercises shall give the

command CEASE FIRE. When this command is given it will be relayed

immediately to the control tower operator who will echo the command

CEASE FIRE over the public address system. The RSO will investigate

the unsafe condition, take necessary corrective action, and will

report the correction of the unsafe condition to the ROIC. The ROIC

will resume firing when convinced that the RSO has corrected the

unsafe condition

RECEIPT, CONTROL, ASSUMPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR AMMUNITION

(ROIC RESPONSIBILITY)

Ammunition separated by DODIC and provide proper/required security

and the required safe separation distances.

All delivered A&E physically inventoried with delivery ammo tech/ammo

driver.

Ammo DODICs never mixed during use or storage blank ammunition and

live ammunition must be separate with the required supervise in

place, enforced, and supervised at all times.

Guard supervised and instructed on A&E security procedures.

Using unit briefed on ammo to be used on the range/TA.

Training unit briefed on proper ammunition/weapon handling

procedures.

Shake-down (ammunition) procedures briefed.

Only enough ammo to accommodate each training phase is broken-out.

Ammunition Information Notices (AIN), Notices of Ammunition

Reclassification (NAR) and Cleared for Overhead Fire Supplements must

be included in the Range Safety Brief.

O-3 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Range Safety Officer (RSO) RESPONSIBILITIES PRIOR TO FIRING

There is a designated RSO present and isn’t tasked or assigned to

perform any other duty and is of the proper rank for that range or

training activity. Points of interest and potential safety

highlights outlined in ORM have been addressed.

Range regulations (RC SOP) and the (Range Card) for the specific

range/TA/Training Facility have been read/and understood.

Range inspected for safety hazards.

Range flag erected (indicates the range is occupied with intention to

fire ammunition or explosives).

Target material inspected for safety hazards.

Obtain personnel roster for the range from the ROIC (includes first

and last name, rank, and blood type).

Safety personnel and proper safety equipment are present.

Safety Field Medical Technician HM/8404 Corpsman/Army or Air Force

Medic/Contractor EMT is present with medical kit and equipment. The

Corpsman/Medic and Safety Vehicle Driver must be staged in a safe

area and able to response as required.

Government safety vehicle that is fully operational with qualified

driver is present.

Safety vehicle driver briefed on duties.

Vehicles staged on the range to facilitate quick access to TA/range.

Safety radio operator with communication gear is present.

Communication gear checked to ensure it is in working condition.

Extra batteries are present as required.

Radio operator briefed on all procedures.

Radio frequency confirmed.

OE-254 erected (if necessary).

Radio operator monitoring radio at all times.

O-4 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Safety road guards posted with positive two-way communication (in

teams of two (pairs) as per unit SOP).

Air sentries posted with positive two-way communication.

Ammo guards posted (in teams of two) if required.

All road/range guards briefed on post requirements/duties if

required.

All guards provided with meal(s) and water for post duration.

Communication with Range Control established/maintained.

Fire danger rating confirmed (Camp Lejeune’s Fire Readiness Plan).

Permission from Range Control requested to assume “HOT” status.

Number of personnel on the range reported.

Type(s) of weapons to be fired on range reported.

Type(s) of rounds (DODICs) to be fired on the range report and the

number of rounds fired of each DODIC

ROIC/RSO conducting radio checks (“HOT” status = every 30 minutes).

Mandatory radio checks are required with BLACKBURN at 0600, 1400, and

2200.

Receive the safety brief from Range Control on RSO duties and

specific range regulations for that range/training facility.

Conduct a joint inventory of the A&E at the range with personnel

delivering the A&E.

The RSO will compare their inventory against what is reflected on the

appropriate ASP issue document and verify that the lot number on

every container matches the lot number on the issue document.

Open all containers that are not factory sealed and visually inspect

the A&E to ensure the contents correspond with what is indicated on

the issuing document.

Conduct a safety brief for all personnel present using the Range

Safety Card issued with the range can from Range Control.

Ensure weapons are properly positioned at authorized firing sites as

indicated by the Range Tables and overlays.

O-5 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Brief road guards and air sentries in their duties and positions,

ensure that barriers or gates are properly positioned and that road

guards and air sentries have positive two-way communication with the

RSO (radio, landline, etc.).

Communication must be maintained between the RSO, road guards, and

air sentries at all times.

Radio checks must be made to road guard and air sentries every 30

minutes.

If communication is lost the range will go into a check-fire status

until communication is re-established.

The RSO conducts final coordination with the ROIC. This coordination

will include a summary of checks, inspections, and actions that the

RSO has completed. Then the RSO will contact Range Control and

request a “HOT” status.

There are no unauthorized POVs on the range, mortar position, gun

position, TLZ/ALZ, or training facility.

DESIGNATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF A FIELD AMMUNITION SUPPLY POINT (FASP)

FASP establishment. (Security)

Two-man ammo guard (100% alert) assigned for stored ammo in the FASP.

Ammo guard(s) in condition four (with 15 rounds of ammo each).

Site for dunnage consolidation point established.

Site for trash collection established.

Plastic trash bags used (for ease of inspection).

Using unit briefed on trash and dunnage handling.

FASP REQUIREMENTS

Ammo stored 100 meters (m) or more from bivouac site, mess area

No flame-producing items within 50m (i.e., lit cigarettes)

Ammo sheltered with water-resistant cover (poncho/tarp)

Ammo stored on pallets at all times

No radio transmitters within 25 feet (ft.) of stored ammo

O-6 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

All ammo, demolition, and pyrotechnics storage in compliance with

FASP regulations

Compliance with FASP regulations

ESTABLISHMENT OF TRAINING EVOLUTION SAFETY STANDARDS

Special safety considerations for the range/TA briefed

Four safety rules for handling weapons briefed

Weapons condition for each weapon system used on the range/TA briefed

Misfire procedures for each weapon system used on the range/TA

briefed

Assistant Range Safety Officer (ARSO) or Position Safety Officer(PSO)

designated and briefed

Safety brief which includes written/signed ORM assessments is

provided and on the range

PHASE II – DURING TRAINING/FIRING

Range Officer-in Charge (ROIC) RESPONSIBILITIES

No misconduct occurs on the firing line.

All ordnance impacts are observed to ensure projectiles land within

the prescribed impact area/surface danger zone/weapons danger zone.

Firing will be stopped immediately and Range Control notified if

ordnance impacts outside of prescribed impact areas. (Round Out Of

Safe)

The impact area is constantly observed and controlled to ensure that

it remains clear.

Firing is stopped immediately when any unsafe act is observed or

reported.

All accidents, injuries, or fires, regardless of severity, are

reported immediately to Range Control.

IN THE EVENT OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH, THE ROIC WILL:

Call an Immediate “Cease-Fire”

Ensure medical aid is rendered as required.

O-7 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Contact Range Control and report the location, nature and category of

the accident, and assistance required. If an evacuation is required,

the senior service member from the using unit will be the on-scene

commander and will initiate action for the MEDEVAC/CASEVAC.

Preserve the range for accident investigation. (The site must be

secured/controlled)

Fill out a Training Accident Report (Chapter 1 of this Order) and

provide a copy to the Range Control within 24 hours.

In the event of a non-serious injury or near miss that could have

resulted in a serious injury, the ROIC will ensure that corrective

action is taken to prevent the incident from happening again.

Range Safety Officer (RSO) RESPONSIBILITIES

Ensure “ONLY AUTHORIZED WEAPONS”, as indicated by the Range

Tables/RFMSS and signed for are utilized on the scheduled range.

Allow “ONLY AUTHORIZED MUNITIONS” and ensure they are properly

utilized in accordance with all applicable regulations/range card.

Verify that proper safety data is applied to all weapons systems.

Monitor the communications network at all times. Make radio checks

every 30 minutes on the half-hour to Range Control.

Order an immediate cease-fire or check-fire when any unsafe condition

is observed, including loss of communication.

Enforce the safety regulations prescribed in this Range Control

Order/Orders/Range Cards.

Ensure the SDZ is clear and that personnel wear appropriate safety

equipment and hearing protection.

Ensure all ammunition found on the range is reported to Range Control

immediately.

RSO must supervisor and minimize the number of personal on the firing

line/hazard area to ensure safety.

SAFETY SUPERVISION DURING CONDUCT OF TRAINING

ARSO(s) or PSO(s) in place prior to beginning of training if

required.

O-8 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Helmets, flak jackets, hearing, eye and any other PPE properly worn.

Level O, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 as per MCO 3570.1C/DA PAM 385-63

Final sweep of impact/TA conducted (Final Checks).

Training unit conducted inspection for proper ammo and equipment.

Targets and target materials placed in a safe location and direction.

Blank firing attachments properly mounted (if applicable) or removed

if conducting live-fire.

Ammunition shake-down procedures supervised and conducted for each

ammunition type transition (Check Magazines).

PHASE III – AFTER FIRING

Range Officer-in-Charge (ROIC) RESPONSIBILITIES

All weapons have been cleared/checked, and notification of going

"COLD" is given to Range Control.

An accurate count and type of all munitions expended is maintained

and the count is turned in to Range Control upon completion of the

exercise. Must be reported by DODIC.

CONTROL OF UNEXPENDED AMMO TO RECEIVING UNIT AMMO TECH TURN-OVER

Completed ammo expenditure report turned over to ammo tech.

Joint inventory of unexpended ammo (with unit ammo tech) completed.

Form 1348-1 completed with the ammo tech while on the range/TA.

All Grade III ammo identified for turn-in.

Ammo properly packaged.

Only properly transported ammo allowed to leave the range/TA.

The area is policed before leaving. Ensure all brass, cartridge

cases, and reusable containers are removed from the range and

returned to the appropriate facility.

Range inspection conducted by a Range Control, Range Inspector.

All safety equipment and checked-out items are promptly returned to

Range Control.

O-9 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Required paperwork associated with range utilization is completed and

turned into Range Control.

All check-out procedures are completed with Range Control and

responsibility for the facility is relinquished.

UNEXPENDED AMMO AND EXPLOSIVES ACCOUNTABILITY

All unexpended ammo at the FASP consolidated.

Each DODIC at the FASP physically counted.

All dunnage and trash inspected.

Clear plastic trash bags inspected; all dunnage for unexpended ammo

physically inspected

Supervise separation of dunnage from trash. (Brass/Links/Cans)

Liaison made with training unit for removal of dunnage and trash from

the range/TA

Ammunition expenditure (to determine how much ammo was actually

expended down range, on the training area) reconciled

NAVMC 11381 Form completed.

Responsible unit ammo tech contacted for ammunition turn-in.

RSO RESPONSIBILITIES

Verify all weapons are safe and cleared. (Check all magazines)

Assist ROIC in supervising the detail police call.

Perform a shakedown on all personnel/vehicles.

Account for all saved/expended munitions.

Communication with Range Control maintained while occupied.

ESTABLISHMENT OF SHAKE-DOWN SITE AND SUPERVISION OF ALL AMMUNITION

HANDLING

Three stations (with distance between each) established.

Download station – all unexpended munitions are removed from

magazines and equipment.

O-10 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Inspection station – supervised pat-downs and magazine/weapon checks.

Issue point – supervised issuance of the correct type of ammunition

for the next training evolution,

SUPERVISION OF CONDUCT OF DOWNLOAD SITE

Buddy-system used to download unexpended ammo from magazines,

pouches, equipment, and uniforms.

Participants received proper instructions.

All participants accounted for at this station using the roster

provided by the ROIC of training.

All munitions are segregated and stored in properly marked

containers.

SUPERVISION OF CONDUCT OF INSPECTION STATION

ARSOs/PSOs received proper instructions/guidance/duties/functions.

Thorough pat-down of all individual clothing and pockets, gear,

pouches, magazines.

Detailed magazine/feed tray check/chamber conducted for all weapon

systems (Include all Stock Weapons/Crew-Served Weapons.

Equipment displayed and inspected by RSO or ARSO.

All participants accounted for at this station using the roster

provided by the ROIC/RSO of training.

SUPERVISION OF CONDUCT OF AMMO ISSUE POINT

Proper ammo issued for next training event.

Participants have ensured all magazines are loaded with proper ammo

(Note: Do not mix Blank Ammunition/Live Ammunition).

Test-fire conducted (if feasible).

All participants are accounted for at this station using the roster

provided by the ROIC/RSO of training.

CONDUCT RANGE INSPECTION

Sweeps range and/or TA for unexpended ammo and duds from misfires.

O-11 Enclosure (1)

MCIEAST-MCB CAMLEJO 3570.1

7 NOV 2014

Range Control contacted for disposal and EOD liaison requirements if

required.

CONDUCT FINAL DOWNLOAD AT CONCLUSION OF TRAINING

Final shake-down inspection of all weapons/magazines conducted before

participants depart the range/TA.

All personnel (including safety personnel, observers, and

participants) inspected for ammo and explosives.

All personnel to be inspected are accounted for and supervised.

Supervised and accounted for all personnel/weapons to be inspected.

The 4 Weapon Safety Rules

1. Treat every weapon as if it is loaded.

2. Never point a weapon at anything you do not intend to shoot.

3. Keep your finger straight and off the trigger until you are ready

to fire.

4. Keep the weapon on safe until you intend to fire.

Learn to live with a loaded weapon.

Think Range/Weapon Safety at all times!

Common Safety Problems on Ranges

1. Lack of Self-Discipline.

2. Failure to enforce standards, policies, and orders.

3. Inadequate training.

4. Failure to follow procedures.

5. Improper or inadequate clearing.

6. Untimely loading/unloading, negligent discharge

7. In the path of the recoil or back-blast.

8. Failure to properly observe safety features.

9. Inadequate planning and supervision.

10. Attention to details.

O-12 Enclosure (1)